Today's Hours: 8:00am - 10:00pm

Books

  • Digital
    Paul Alexander Gonzales, MPAS, PA-C (Physician Assistant, Comprehensive Epilepsy Center, Children's Health, Dallas, Texas).
    Summary: "The first complete review book for all of the PA Rotation Exams! At last! A complete exam review book for the PA Rotation (EOR) exams that specifically addresses PAEA requirements! Presented in a full-color, concise format, The PA End of Rotation Exam Review covers all the information required to succeed on the EOR Exams for Internal Medicine, Family Medicine, Pediatrics, OB/GYN, Surgery, Emergency Medicine, and Psychiatry. Closely following the PAEA EOR Exam blueprint and featuring practice questions, as well as online review questions for each rotation, this practical solution gives PA students everything they need for EOR exam success. Excellent Value: ll PA rotations are covered in a single text. Focused: Content mirrors the PAEA Blueprint for EOR exams, ensuring that students learn the information they need to excel on the exam. Concise: the tabular and outline format is ideal for quick exam study. High-yield: Information and questions are geared toward each EOR exam and cover high-yield topics, ensuring strong preparation. Easy-to-use: Overlapping content between rotations is fully cross-referenced and easy to locate, regardless of the student's current rotation. Full color: High-quality artwork and photos provide must-know visual information, including dermatology images. Online resources: Practice tests--50 review questions per rotation - provide additional practice and review. Enrich Your eBook Reading Experience with Enhanced Video, Audio and Interactive Capabilities! Read directly on your preferred device(s), such as computer, tablet, or smartphone. Easily convert to audiobook, powering your content with natural language text-to-speech. Adapt for unique reading needs, supporting learning disabilities, visual/auditory impairments, second-language or literacy challenges, and more"--Provided by publisher.
  • Digital
    Jón Eiríksson, Leifur A. Símonarson.
    Summary: This volume sheds new light on the marine fauna and geological setting of the Tjörnes Sequence, North Iceland, which is a classic site for the Pliocene and Pleistocene stratigraphy of the North Atlantic region. Readers will discover descriptions of new data collected by the editors over a period of over three decades on marine faunal assemblages and sedimentology available for palaeoenvironmental reconstructions, as well as the tectonic and stratigraphical relationships on Tjörnes Peninsula. The book includes a comprehensive account of all the collections of marine fossil invertebrate macrofossils and foraminifera known to the editors from the Tjörnes Sequence. It is expected to elucidate sedimentological and faunal changes from relatively stable Pliocene conditions to highly variable and periodically harsh climatic conditions of recurring Quaternary glaciations. The distribution, recent or fossil, of various species is recorded and pertinent ecological and biological features are also discussed. The Tjörnes Sequence records the Neogene migration of Pacific species into the North Atlantic. Researchers in geology, climate science, environmental science and earth science will find this book particularly valuable.

    Contents:
    Chapter1. A Brief Resumé of the Geology of Iceland
    Chapter2. The Marine Realm Around Iceland
    a Review of Biological Research
    Chapter3. The Evolution of the Tjörnes Sedimentary Basin in Relation to the Tjörnes Fracture Zone and the Geological Structure of Iceland
    Chapter4. A Review of the Research History of the Tjörnes Sequence, North Iceland
    Chapter5. Lithostratigraphy of the Tjörnes Sequence in Barmur and Höskuldsvík on the West Coast of Tjörnes, North Iceland
    Chapter6. An Age Model for the Miocene to Pleistocene Tjörnes Sequence, North Iceland
    Chapter7. Systematic Overview of the Pliocene Molluscs and Barnacles of the Barmur Group on Tjörnes, North Iceland
    Chapter8. Foraminifera in the Pliocene Barmur Group on Tjörnes, North Iceland
    Chapter9. Reconstructing the Palaeoenvironments of the Pliocene Barmur Group in the Tjörnes Basin, North Iceland
    Lithostratigraphy of the Upper Part of the Tjörnes Sequence in Furuvík, Breiðavík, Öxarfjörður, and Central Tjörnes Mountains, North Iceland
    Systematic Overview of the Molluscs and Barnacles of the Quaternary Breiðavík Group, North Iceland
    Chapter12. Foraminifera in the Early Pleistocene Part of the Breiðavík Group, North Iceland Knudsen
    Chapter13. Reconstructing the Palaeoenvironments of the Quaternary Tjörnes Basin, North Iceland
    Chapter14. Migration of Pacific Marine Mollusc Fauna into the North Atlantic Across the Arctic Ocean in Pliocene and Early Pleistocene Time.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Sondos Albadri, Claire L. Stevens, editors.
    Summary: This book is a practical, comprehensive guide to the management of children and adolescents in general dental practice. A logical, evidence-based approach to oral health is adopted throughout. The commonly encountered oral and dental problems and their diagnosis and treatment are covered in detail, with particular attention to dental caries, dental trauma, developmental anomalies, periodontal problems, and soft tissue conditions. Up-to-date guidance is provided on history taking, dental examination, preventive strategies and advanced behaviour management. In addition the relevance of common medical conditions to dental management is discussed. The book is divided into four sections, each of which focusses on a specific age group, helping the reader to relate clinical issues to the different dental developmental stages. The readily understandable text is supported by many informative colour illustrations and diagrams.

    Contents:
    Birth To 3 Years Old: Growth and Development in Relation to Paediatric Dentistry
    Introduction to the Dental Surgery
    Prevention and Interventions in Oral Health Care in Children. 3 To 6 Years Old: Behaviour Management of the Paediatric Patient for Dental Procedures
    Management of Dental Caries in Primary Teeth
    Dento-Alvoeolar Trauma in the Primary Dentition
    Safeguarding for the Paediatric Patient. 6- 12 Years Old: Medical History and Dental Management of the Young Patient
    Tooth Eruption and Common Disturbances
    Dental Anomalies in the Young Permanent Teeth
    Management of Dental Caries in the Young Permanent Teeth
    Dento-Alvoeolar Trauma in the Permanent Dentition. 12 To 16 Years Old: Periodontal Conditions
    Tooth Surface Loss
    Common Soft Tissue and Hard Tissue Lesions.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Matthew Pitt.
    Summary: Paediatric Electromyography is a single-author textbook which covers the full range of applications of the techniques of nerve conduction and electromyography (EMG) in children from the neonatal period to the late teenage years. It comprises five sections. Section 1 in its first chapter, gives a detailed introduction to the different skills that are needed to effect successful interventions in paediatric EMG. The emphasis here is that paediatric EMG is not simply adult EMG applied to younger subjects.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Basic physiology
    Nerve physiology
    Pathophysiological correlations in neuropathies
    Nerve damage and entrapment syndromes
    Motor unit anatomy and physiology
    Needle EMG findings in different pathologies
    Investigation of channelopathies
    Techniques used to test the neuromuscular junction in children
    Pthophysiological associations in paediatric neuromuscular junction disorders
    Results of the clinical application of SPACE in suspected disorders of the neuromuscular junction
    More advanced techniques.
    Digital Access Oxford 2018
  • Digital
    Hong Wang, editor.
    Summary: This book introduces the clinical analysis and accompany cases of paediatric Kawasaki disease. It has 14 chapters about typical Kawasaki disease, atypical Kawasaki disease, recurrent, misdiagnosis, and complications involved different systems, such as cardiovascular, digestive, nervous, blood, respiratory, urinary, bone and joints, and endocrine systems complications. In this book, 53 Kawasaki cases are presented with clinical history, physical examination, laboratory findings, diagnosis, treatment and discussion. This book is helpful for clinicians, ultrasonologist, and radiologist to support early diagnosis and proper treatment, which can significantly improve the prognosis of Kawasaki disease.

    Contents:
    Cardiovascular System
    Digestive System
    Nervous System
    Blood System
    Respiratory System
    Urinary System
    Bone and Joint System
    Endocrine System
    IVIG Resistance
    Kawasaki Disease Recurrence
    Missed Diagnosed Cases
    Atypical Kawasaki Disease Cases
    Vaccination Related Case
    Contraversial Cases
    Cardiac Tumor.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Rob Forsyth, Consultant and Senior Lecturer in Child Neurology, Great North Children's Hospital, Newcastle University, UK, Richard Newton, Honorary Consultant Paediatric Neurologist, Royal Manchester Children's Hospital, UK.
    Contents:
    1. Clinical approaches
    2. Neurodiagnostic tools
    3. Signs and symptoms
    4. Specific conditions
    5. Consultation with other services
    6. Emergencies
    7. Pharmacopoeia.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    Benjamin Joseph, James Robb, Randall T. Loder, Ian Torode.
    Summary: The book presents a problem-based, rational approach to the diagnosis of orthopaedic problems in children. It is divided into five sections based on the age at which specific problems may be encountered; the newborn, the neonate and infant, the toddler and the pre-school child, the child in the school-going age and the adolescent. The authors outline a systematic approach to arrive at a tentative diagnosis by asking relevant questions related to the presenting symptom and then performing a thorough clinical examination. They then suggest the most appropriate investigations to confirm the diagnosis. Each chapter deals with the common conditions that may lead to the problem; the rarer causes of the problem are listed at the end.

    Contents:
    The deformed hip
    The deformed femur
    The deformed knee
    The bowed tibia
    The deformed foot
    The inverted foot
    The everted foot
    The deformed shoulder
    The deformed elbow
    The deformed wrist
    The deformed spine
    Anomalies of fingers or toes
    Absence of digits of the hands or feet
    Duplication of fingers
    Duplication of toes
    Deformities of the fingers or toes
    Limb length inequality at birth
    Abnormal body proportions or dwarfism evident at birth
    Decreased movement of an upper or lower limb in the neonate
    Deformities of the neck and limitation of movement of the neck
    The child with multiple deformities
    Acquired deformities of the knee
    In-toeing gait and out-toeing gait
    Toe walking
    The flat foot
    The child with a painless limp
    The delayed walker
    Deformities and limitation of movements of the shoulder girdle
    Deformities and limitation of motion of the forearm
    Deformities and limitation of movements of the wrist
    Brittle bones and frequent fractures
    The child with a painful limp
    The painful hip
    Short stature and altered body proportions
    Gigantism
    Acquired limb length inequality
    The painful hip in adolescence
    The painful knee in adolescence
    The painful foot adolescence. .
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Nick A. Aresti, Matthew Barry, Mark (J.M.H.) Paterson, Manoj Ramachandran, editors.
    Contents:
    Vulnerable Bodies and Embodied Boundaries
    Rural Women?s Bodies and Invisible Hands: Neoliberalism and Population Control in China
    Arrogant Perceptors, World-Travellers, and World-Backpackers: Rethinking María Lugones? Theoretical Framework through Lukas Moodysson?s Mammoth
    Embodied Vulnerability in Large Scale Technical Systems
    Vulnerable Dam Bodies, Water Bodies and Human Bodies
    Toxic Skin and Animal Mops: Ticks and Humanimal Vulnerabilities
    Mothering With Neuroscience in a Neoliberal Age: Child Disorders and Embodied Brains
    Sexual Arousal, Danger and Vulnerability
    The Author?s Body: Almodóvar, auteur, and the Film Object
    Performativity and Expression: The Case of David Cronenberg?s M. Butterfly.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Sattar Alshryda, James S. Huntley, Paul A. Banaszkiewicz, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Richard Hain and Satbir Jassal.
    Summary: Now in its second edition Paediatric Palliative Medicine covers all aspects of the care of children with life limiting illnesses, including symptom control, the philosophy and models that support delivery of palliative medicine to children, and the practical delivery of palliative medicine to other professionals and to families.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    Randi Zlotnik Shaul, editor.
    Summary: This book provides the reader with a theoretical and practical understanding of two health care delivery models: the patient/child centred care and family-centred care. Both are fundamental to caring for children in healthcare organizations. The authors address their application in a variety of paediatric healthcare contexts, as well as the ethical and legal issues they raise. Each model is increasingly pursued as a vehicle for guiding the delivery of health care in the best interests of children. Such models of health care delivery shape health care policies, programs, facility design, resource allocation decisions and day-to-day interactions among patients, families, physicians and other health care professionals. To maximize the health and ethical benefits these models offer, there must be shared understanding of what the models entail, as well as the ethical and legal synergies and tensions they can create. This book is a valuable resource for paediatricians, nurses, trainees, graduate students, practitioners of ethics and health policy.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Michael Paddock, Amaka C. Offiah.
    Summary: This book provides readers with a comprehensive evaluation of paediatric radiographs in preparation for the demanding Rapid Reporting component of the Fellowship of the Royal College of Radiologists (FRCR) Part 2B examination, where the margin between pass and fail is very narrow. While other resources may include only a handful of paediatric images in a practice reporting packet, this book is dedicated solely to improving paediatric reporting skill and knowledge. It is designed to address an important deficiency identified in the FRCR Part 2B Examiners' Report, in that "many candidates struggle with interpretation of paediatric imaging - even for common paediatric pathologies". The ten practice tests presented, each with 30 images, will assist readers not only in passing the examination but also in the real world when they have to report paediatric radiographs independently. The range of cases covered, from neonate to adolescent, delivers a sound knowledge of both common paediatric fracture patterns and patterns which are subtler but require a definitive answer as to whether they are normal or abnormal. Guidance is also provided on how to describe each abnormality.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Albert Martin Li, Kate Ching-Ching Chan, editors.
    Summary: This book aims to provide readers with updated information on the diagnosis and management of common sleep disorders in children. An overview of sleep physiology and sleep disorders evaluation followed by an in-depth discussion with illustrative case examples of the most frequent sleep disorders encountered in children. A section on sleep disorders in children with neuromuscular and developmental diseases has also been included. Written by members of the Asia Pacific Paediatric Sleep Alliance and experts from the region, this case-based textbook will be a valuable reference for sleep researchers, paediatricians, and child neurologists, as well as those who are interested in this field of medicine.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Part I: Introduction
    1: Functions and Control of Sleep
    1.1 The Need to Sleep
    1.2 Control of Sleep
    1.2.1 Generation of Circadian Rhythm
    1.2.2 Sleep and Arousal
    1.2.3 The NREM and REM Sleep
    1.2.3.1 NREM Circuit
    1.2.3.2 REM Circuit
    1.2.3.3 The Role of Hypocretin/Orexin
    1.3 Functions of Sleep
    1.3.1 Sleep and EEG Recovery
    1.3.2 Sleep, Brain Energy Replenishment, Molecular Regeneration
    1.3.3 Sleep and Toxin Removal Within the Brain
    1.3.4 Sleep and Memory
    1.3.5 Sleep and Immunity 1.3.6 Sleep, Mood, and Emotion
    1.3.7 Sleep: The Developmental Perspective
    References
    2: Sleep Physiology and Architecture
    2.1 Sleep Architecture
    2.2 Sleep Physiology
    References
    3: Sleep Needs: Cross-Cultural Comparisons and Problems with Sleep Deprivation
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Sleep Duration
    3.2.1 Developmental Alteration of Sleep Duration
    3.2.2 Cross-Cultural Difference of Sleep Duration
    3.2.3 Factors Associated with Sleep Duration
    3.2.4 Problems Associated with Decreased Sleep Duration
    3.3 Sleepiness
    3.3.1 Sleepiness vs. Sleep Duration 3.3.2 Factors Associated with Sleepiness
    3.4 Sleep Need Index (SNI)
    3.5 Conclusion
    References
    Part II: Evaluation of Sleep Disorders
    4: Clinical Assessment
    4.1 Preparation
    4.2 History Taking
    4.2.1 Chief Complaint and Associated Symptoms
    4.2.2 Sleep Patterns and Sleep-Wake Schedule
    4.2.3 Treatment History, Medical History, Developmental History, and Psychiatric History
    4.2.4 Family History
    4.3 Physical Examination
    4.3.1 Sleep-Associated Physical Examination
    4.4 Questionnaire and Scale 4.4.1 Bedtime Problems, Excessive Daytime Sleepiness, Awakenings, Regularity and Snoring Screener (BEARS)
    4.4.2 Children's Sleep Habit Questionnaire: Preschool and School Ages (CSHQ)
    4.4.3 Sleep Disturbance Scale for Children (SDSC)
    4.4.4 Pediatric Daytime Sleepiness Scale (PDSS)
    4.4.5 Children's Sleep Comic
    4.4.6 Sleep Diary and Sleep Log
    4.4.7 Structured Interview
    4.5 Laboratory Test
    4.5.1 Blood Test
    4.5.2 Dim Light Melatonin Onset (DLMO)
    4.5.3 Cerebrospinal Fluid (CSF) Hypocretin (Orexin) Level
    4.6 Imaging Test
    4.6.1 Cephalometry 4.6.2 Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI)
    4.7 Conclusions
    References
    5: Sleep Diagnostics
    5.1 Diagnosis
    5.2 Home Audio and Video Recording
    5.3 Pulse Oximetry
    5.3.1 Technology Behind Pulse Oximetry
    5.3.2 Limitations of Pulse Oximetry
    5.4 Actigraphy
    5.4.1 Indications for Actigraphy
    5.4.2 Limitations
    5.5 Paediatric Polysomnography
    5.5.1 Mechanics of Polysomnography
    5.5.2 Interpretation and Scoring
    5.5.3 Indications for Paediatric Polysomnography
    5.5.4 Limitations of Polysomnography
    5.5.5 Multiple Sleep Latency Test (MSLT)
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    volume editor, Gabor Szinnai.
    Contents:
    Evolution, child development and the thyroid : a phylogenetic and ontogenetic introduction to normal thyroid function / Krude, H.
    Human fetal thyroid function / Polak, M.
    The role of thyroid hormones for brain development and cognitive function / Rovet, J. F.
    Neonatal screening for congenital hypothyroidism / Torresani, T.
    Diagnosis, treatment and outcome of congenital hypothyroidism / Van Vliet, G.; Deladoëy, J.
    Clinical genetics of congenital hypothyroidism / Szinnai, G.
    Central hypothyroidism in children / Garcí́a, M., Fernssndez, A., Moreno, J.C.
    Thyroid hormone cell membrane transport defect / Ramos, H.E.
    Resistance to thyroid hormone / Onigata, K., Szinnai, G.
    Iodine deficiency in children / Pearce, E.N.
    Thyroid autoimmunity / Wiersinga, W.M.
    Clinical aspects of Hashimoto's thyroiditis / Radetti, G.
    Graves' disease in children / Léger, J.
    Thyroid nodules and differentiated thyroid cancer / Bauer, A.J.
    Medullary thyroid carcinoma in children / Viola, D., Romei, C.; Elisei, R.
    Digital Access Karger 2014
  • Print
    WHO Classification of Tumors Editorial Board.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    New Books Shelf (Duck Room)
    RC281.C4 P34 2022
    2
  • Digital
    Alaa Abd-Elsayed, editor.
    Summary: This concise but comprehensive guide covers all common procedures in pain management necessary for daily practice, and includes all topics on the pain medicine curricula of the American Board of Anesthesiology, World Institute of Pain/Fellow of Interventional Pain Practice, and American Board of Pain Medicine. All nerve blocks (head, neck, back, pelvis and lower extremity) are discussed. Pain: A Review Guide is aimed at trainees in pain medicine all over the world. This book will also be beneficial to all practitioners who practice pain.

    Contents:
    Tation
    Temperature modalities
    Manipulation, mobilization, massage, traction
    Casting and splinting
    Exercise therapy
    23. Work Rehabilitation
    Importance of early intervention and early return to work in reducing absence
    Psychosocial factors as the main determinants of disability
    Identification of obstacles to recovery
    Components of successful comprehensive rehabilitation program
    Multidisciplinary approaches for those who do not return to work within a few weeks
    Functional Capacity Evaluation
    24. Complementary Therapies (CAM)
    CAM
    25. Clinical States: Taxonomy
    IASP classification of chronic pain syndromes
    Application and definition of pain terms
    26. Pain in special population
    Pain in Infants, Children, and Adolescents
    Pain in older adults
    Delirium in the elderly
    Pain Issues in Individuals with Limited Ability to Communicate Due to Neurocognitive Impairments
    27. Pain Relief in Persons with Substance use and Addictive Disorders
    Biopharmacologic and neurophysiologic basis of addiction
    Interactions between addiction and pain
    Screening for substance use disorder or addiction in patients with pain
    Principles of comprehensive approach to pain management in patients with addiction
    Pharmacologic treatment of patients with addiction
    Acute pain management of patients with active addiction or in recovery
    Analgesic response to opioids in patients with addiction
    Risks and benefits of opioid use in treatment of chronic/cancer pain in patients with substance use disorder
    Needs of special populations
    Legal, regulatory, reimbursement issues limiting access to care for patients with pain and addiction
    Treatment of withdrawal
    List of addictive drugs and their metabolites in urine
    Impact of alcohol use on pain
    28. Pain Relief in Areas of Deprivation and Conflict
    Variability of availability and access to adequate pain treatment worldwide
    Causes of pain worldwide
    Spect cal principles in clinical assessment, explanation, and treatment
    Common causes, diagnostic evaluation, and treatment in men
    Common causes, diagnostic evaluation, and treatment in women
    Superior hypogastric plexus block
    Ganglion impar block
    16. Surgical Pain Management
    Importance of general health status in preoperative evaluation
    Surgical lesioning of brain, brain stem, spinal cord, peripheral nerves
    Radiofrequency treatment
    Neurolysis
    Spinal cord and peripheral nerve stimulation
    Intrathecal drug delivery
    DRG stimulator
    Cordotomy
    Kyphoplast and vertebroplasty
    17. Nerve conditions
    Complex Regional Pain Syndromes
    Phantom limb pain
    Peripheral neuropathy
    Other nerve conditions as mononeuropathy, mononeurpathy multiplex and others
    18. Central pain
    Central pain
    19. Cancer Pain
    Palliative care
    Hospice care
    Comprehensive evaluation of patients with cancer pain
    Principles of treatment
    Analgesic ladder approach
    Anesthetic approaches
    Surgical and interventional radiologic approaches
    Neurostimulatory approach
    Physical therapy
    Psychological approaches
    Needs of special populations
    Benefit to burden ratio
    Anorexia and cachexia associated with cancer
    20. Pain in Pregnancy and Labor
    Factors influencing the perception of pain in pregnancy compared with the non-pregnant state
    Causes of pain and principles of pain management in pregnancy
    Mechanisms, characteristic, benefits, consequences and management of labor pain
    21. Acute Pain
    Epidemiology of inadequate control
    Physiologic and psychologic effects
    Pharmacologic properties of major classes of drugs used for acute pain management
    Comprehensive plan for optimal perioperative pain management
    Non-pharmacologic treatment
    Clinical outcomes to be evaluated
    Tools for assessment and measurement
    Role of patient and family education
    Treatment of nonsurgical pain
    22. Physical Medicine and Rehabili.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Gisèle Pickering, Stephen Gibson, editors.
    Summary: This book focuses on the reciprocal interactions between pain, emotion and cognition. International experts report on their findings, clinical experience and the most recent literature on the complex relations between these three domains. Clinical, psychological, behavioral and neuroimaging approaches converge towards aiding patients suffering from pain, cognitive impairment or emotional distress. Beyond the pathophysiological aspects of pain, difficulties encountered with patients are analyzed and strategies are proposed to optimize treatment, doctor-patient relationships, and patient well-being. This work will appeal to a broad readership, from clinical medical practitioners to psychologists, nurses and pain specialists.

    Contents:
    Part I Nociception, Pain, Emotion and Cognition Interconnections
    Cognitive Psychology and Neuropsychology of Nociception and Pain
    Emotional Aspects of Chronic Pain
    Cerebral and Spinal Modulation of Pain by Emotions and Attention
    Understanding the Suffering of Others: The Sources and Consequences of Third-person Pain
    Neuroplasticity in the Pain, Emotion and Cognition Nexus
    Part II Measurement Issues
    Tools that Should be Considered in Pain Assessment: Cognitive Factors, Emotion and Personality
    Pain Evaluation in Patients with Cognitive Impairment
    Behavioural/Facial Markers of Pain, Emotion, Cognition
    Part III Management Issues
    Pharmacological Pain Management: For Better or for Worse?
    Psychological Approaches to the Management of Pain, Cognition and Emotion
    Physical Therapy and Exercise: Impacts on Pain, Mood, Cognition, and Function
    Part IV Special Populations
    Phantom Pain: The Role of Maladaptive Plasticity, Emotional and Cognitive Variables
    Pain in Parkinson Patients
    Clinical Pain in Schizophrenia, a Forgotten Area
    The Pain, Emotion and Cognition Nexus in Older Persons and in Dementia.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    [edited by] Sanjong Pangarkar, Quynh G. Pham, Blessen C. Eapen.
    Summary: "Covering the newest trends and treatments in pain care, as well as the pain treatment strategies that have been successfully employed in the past, Pain Care Essentials and Innovations brings you fully up to date with effective treatments for acute and chronic pain. It offers expert guidance on both interventional and non-interventional strategies, provided by respected academic physicians who practice evidence-based medicine at major universities and affiliated ACGME-accredited Pain Medicine Training programs"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Basic science of pain
    Headache
    Central pain syndromes
    Visceral pain: mechanisms, syndromes, and treatment
    Neuropathic pain
    Musculoskeletal pain
    Palliative care and cancer pain
    Complementary and integrative health
    Pain and addiction
    Geriatric pain management
    Cannabis in pain
    Inpatient pain
    Pain care essentials: interventional pain
    Rehabilitation in pain medicine
    Comorbid chronic pain and posttraumatic stress disorder: current knowledge, treatments, and future directions
    Opioids in pain
    Regenerative medicine
    Future research in pain.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021
  • Digital
    Hans-Georg Schaible, editor.
    Contents:
    Emerging concepts of pain therapy based on neuronal mechanisms
    The pharmacology of nociceptor priming
    Sodium channels and pain
    Role of nerve growth factor in pain
    Central sensitization in humans: assessment and pharmacology
    Nitric oxide-mediated pain processing in the spinal cord
    The role of the endocannabinoid system in pain
    The role of glia in the spinal cord in neuropathic and inflammatory pain
    Plasticity of inhibition in the spinal cord
    Modulation of peripheral inflammation by the spinal cord
    The relationship between opiods and immune signalling in the spinal cord
    The role of proteases in pain
    Amygdala pain mechanisms
    Itch and pain differences and commonalities
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Kanishka Rajput, Nalini Vadivelu, Alan David Kaye, Rinoo Vasant Shah, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive review of the, challenges, risk, stratification, and approaches and techniques needed to improve pain control in ambulatory surgery centers (ASCs). It addresses not only the management of acute perioperative pain but also describes modalities that could potentially reduce the risk of evolution of acute pain into chronic pain, in addition to weaning protocols and follow ups with primary surgical specialties and pain physicians as needed. Organized into five sections, the book begins with the foundations of managing ASCs, with specific attention paid to the current opioid epidemic and U.S. policies relating to prescribing opioids to patients. Section two and three then explore facets of multimodal analgesia and non-operating room locations, including the use of ultrasounds, sedation in specific procedures, regional anesthesia, ketamine infusions, and the management of perioperative nausea and intractable pain in outpatient surgery. Section four examines the unique challenges physicians face with certain patient demographics, such as the pediatric population, those suffering from sleep apnea, and those with a history of substance abuse. The book closes with information on discharge considerations, ambulatory surgery protocols, recovery room protocols, and mandatory pain management services. An invaluable reference for all health personnel and allied specialties, Pain Control in Ambulatory Surgery Centers (ASCs) meets the unmet need for a resource that covers optimum pain control in patients undergoing outpatient surgery as well as the urgent ASCs challenges that are presented on an immense scale with national and international impact. .

    Contents:
    Academic and Non-academic Ambulatory Surgery Centers and Hospital Outpatient Departments
    Opioid Epidemic
    Current US Policy for Opioid Prescribing
    Rationale and Goals for Optimal Pain Control in ASCs
    Challenges of Pain Control in Ambulatory Surgery Setting
    Assessment and Optimization of Available Resources for Pain Control
    Benefits of optimum pain control in ASCs
    Structuring Pain Control Regimens in ASCs
    Preoperative Planning
    Comprehensive Pain Management: Opioid Naïve Vs Opioid Tolerant
    Risks and Benefits of Opioids in Chronic/Cancer Pain
    Maximization of non-opioid multimodal therapy in ASCs
    Use of Ultrasound in an Ambulatory Setting
    Use of Regional anesthesia/Neuraxial anesthesia in ASCs
    Ketamine infusions
    Management of Perioperative Nausea and Intractable Pain in Outpatient Surgery
    Sedation for Interventional Pain Procedures
    Sedation and Analgesia for GI Procedures
    Management of Perioperative Pain for IR Procedures
    Management of Perioperative Pain for Bronchoscopy
    Perioperative management of obstructive sleep apnea patients in an ambulatory setting
    Special Considerations
    Management of Pediatric Pain in an Ambulatory Setting
    Pain management in former addicts on MAT (Medication assisted treatment)
    Special Considerations
    Medical Marijuana and Active Substance Abuse
    Special Considerations
    Indwelling Intrathecal Pumps and Spinal Cord Stimulators
    Discharge from Recovery Room in Ambulatory Surgery Centers
    Recovery Room Protocols for nursing in ASCs and HOPDs
    Weaning protocols for Ambulatory Surgery
    Role of a Focused Ambulatory Pain Specialist
    Inclusion of mandatory pain management services in ASCs
    New Vistas: Opioid Sparing Multimodal Therapy in the Post-Operative Period. .
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Inna Belfer, Luda Diatchenko.
    Contents:
    How do pain genes affect pain experience? / Marshall Devor
    Conservation of pain genes across evolution / Thang Manh Khuong and G. Greg Neely
    Defining human pain phenotypes for genetic association studies / Christopher Sivert Nielsen
    Genetic contributions to pain and analgesia : interactions with sex and stress / Roger B. Fillingim and Jeffrey S. Mogil
    Monogenic pain disorders / Geoff Woods
    Alternative pre-mRNAsplicing of mu opioid receptor gene: molecular mechanisms underlying the complex actions of mu opioids / Ying-Xian Pan
    Discovering multi-locus associations with complex pain phenotypes / Chia-Ling Kuo, Luda Diatchenko, Dmitri Zaykin
    Overlapping phenotypes : genetic contribution to nausea and pain / Charles C. Horn
    A counterpart to pain : itch / Adam P. Kardon and Sarah E. Ross
    Translating genetic knowledge into clinical practice for musculoskeletal pain conditions / Luda Diatchenko, Shad B. Smith, William Maixner
    The human chronic pain phenome : mapping non-genetic modifiers of the heritable risk / Ze'ev Seltzer, Scott R. Diehl, Hance Clarke and Joel Katz.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    Maria Assunta Cova, Fulvio Stacul, editors.
    Summary: This book addresses all pain imaging aspects related to both the central nervous system and the body (thorax, abdomen and pelvis), thus updating the international literature on the topic. By adopting a clinical-radiological approach and offering a comprehensive differential diagnosis for a number of painful syndromes (many of which can mimic one other), the work aims to support and enhance the diagnostic management of these patients, suggesting the most appropriate diagnostic algorithm. The book is divided into separate sections for each anatomical macro-area, and the chapters cover the respective topics from both clinical and radiological perspectives. Further, the book includes extensive electronic supplementary material. As such, it offers an invaluable tool for radiologists, neuroradiologists and clinicians working in internal medicine, surgery and neurology, and could also be used in residency programs for these group.

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Preface; Contents;
    1: Mechanisms of Pain; 1.1 Peripheral Mechanisms; 1.2 Spinal Mechanisms; 1.3 Central Mechanisms and Pain Matrix; References;
    2: Brain Imaging of Pain; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Structural and Functional Neuroimaging Techniques; 2.2.1 Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI); 2.2.2 Functional Magnetic Resonance Imaging (fMRI); 2.2.3 PET; 2.2.4 MEG; 2.2.5 NIRS; 2.3 Structural Neuroimaging of Pain; 2.3.1 Central Post Stroke Pain; 2.3.2 Multiple Sclerosis; 2.4 Functional Neuroimaging of Pain; 2.4.1 Pain Network and Connectivity; 2.4.2 Pain in Infants 2.4.3 Chronic Pain2.4.4 Phantom Limb Pain (PLP); References;
    3: Headache: Clinical Features; 3.1 Primary Headaches; 3.1.1 Migraine; 3.1.1.1 Premonitory Phase; 3.1.1.2 Aura; Types of Aura Symptoms; Visual Aura; Sensory Aura; Language Aura; Motor Aura; Less Typical Aura Symptoms; 3.1.1.3 Headache; 3.1.1.4 Postdrome; 3.1.2 Tension-Type Headache; 3.1.3 Trigeminal Autonomic Cephalalgias (TACS); 3.1.3.1 Cluster Headache; 3.1.3.2 Paroxysmal Hemicrania; 3.1.4 SUNCT/SUNA; 3.1.4.1 Hemicrania Continua; 3.1.5 Other Primary Headache Disorders; 3.1.5.1 Primary Cough Headache 3.1.6 Primary Exercise Headache3.1.7 Primary Headache Associated with Sexual Activity; 3.1.8 Primary Thunderclap Headache; 3.1.9 Other Primary Headache Disorders; 3.2 Secondary Headaches; 3.2.1 Subarachnoid Haemorrhage; 3.2.2 Intracerebral Haemorrhage; 3.2.3 Cerebral Venous Thrombosis; 3.2.4 Cervical Artery Dissection; 3.2.5 Brain Tumours; 3.2.6 Intracranial Infections; References;
    4: Imaging of Headache; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Imaging Modalities; 4.3 Imaging Findings; 4.3.1 Primary Headaches; 4.3.1.1 Migraine; Hemiplegic Migraine; Retinal Migraine; Chronic Migraine Migrainous Infarction4.3.1.2 Tension-Type Headache (TTH); 4.3.1.3 Trigeminal Autonomic Cephalalgias (TACs); 4.3.2 Secondary Headaches; 4.3.2.1 Headache Attributed to Trauma or Injury to the Head and/or Neck; 4.3.2.2 Headache Attributed to Cranial or Cervical Vascular Disorder; Ischemic Stroke; Subarachnoid Hemorrhage (SAH); Other Intracranial Hemorrhages; Cervical Carotid or Vertebral Artery Dissection; Cerebral Venous Sinus Thrombosis (CVST); Reversible Vasoconstriction Syndrome (RCVS); Cerebral Autosomal Dominant Arteriopathy with Subcortical Infarcts and Leukoencephalopathy (CADASIL) 4.3.2.3 Headache Attributed to Nonvascular Intracranial DisordersSpontaneous Intracranial Hypotension; Increased Cerebrospinal Fluid Pressure; Intracranial Neoplasia; Chiari Malformation Type I; 4.3.2.4 Headache Attributed to Intracranial Infection; 4.3.2.5 Painful Cranial Neuropathies and Other Facial Pains; Glossopharyngeal Neuralgia; Tolosa-Hunt Syndrome; Optic Neuritis; References;
    5: Trigeminal Nerve: Clinical Features; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Pathophysiology; 5.3 Clinical Features; 5.3.1 Trigeminal Neuralgia; 5.3.2 Classical Trigeminal Neuralgia
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    volume editors, David P. Finn, Brian E. Leonard.
    Digital Access Karger 2015
  • Digital
    Rajesh Gupta.
    Summary: Pain management is a vast subject and is changing rapidly. Finding a good resource for learning, however, is difficult. Most of the available books are lengthy volumes including many details irrelevant to physicians sitting for examinations or assessment. Furthermore, books aimed at assisting preparation for entire anaesthesia exams typically address pain management in only one chapter or a few pages. This book covers the entire curriculum relating to pain management and will make it easy to learn all aspects of the subject by covering key concepts in a reader-friendly manner. It comprises nine concise and simple chapters that aim to impart the maximum information within a limited space. These chapters address anatomy, assessment of pain, diagnosis of pain, pharmacology, non-pharmacological pain management, acute and chronic pain management, pain management in special groups, and special techniques. Pain Management: Essential Topics for Examinations will be an ideal resource for those who plan to sit for examinations, wherever they are based in the world. In addition, it will be an invaluable reference for higher and advanced pain trainees, residents, and physicians working in chronic pain.

    Contents:
    Pain Pathway
    Nociceptors
    Pain Processing
    Neuropathic Pain
    Patient Evaluation
    Assessment and Measurement of Acute Pain
    Psychological Assessment of Chronic Pain
    Assessment of Neuropathic Pain
    Pain Assessment in Paediatrics
    Assessment of Pain in Elderly
    Imaging
    Sodium Channels
    Potassium and Calcium Channels
    Serotonergic Receptors
    Glutamate and GABA Receptors
    Opioids
    Opioids-Clinical Use
    Nonsteroidal Anti-inflammatory Drugs
    NSAIDs 2
    Antidepressants
    Anticonvulsants
    Topical Agents
    Miscellaneous Drugs
    Placebo and Nocebo Effect
    Acupuncture
    Biofeedback
    Cognitive Behavioural Therapy
    Burns
    Sickle Cell Disease
    Painful Neuropathies
    Phantom Pain Syndromes
    CRPS
    Postherpetic Neuralgia
    Central Pain Syndromes
    Headache
    Fibromyalgia
    Trigeminal Neuralgia
    Pain Management and Substance Abuse
    Epidemiology and Mechanisms of Cancer Pain
    Assessment of Cancer Pain
    Breakthrough Pain
    Mucositis
    Lumbar Radiculopathy
    Lumbar Facet Joint Pain
    Lumbar Spinal Stenosis
    Lumbar Discogenic Pain
    Sacroiliac Joint Pain
    Piriformis Syndrome
    Cervical Radiculopathy
    Cervical Facet Pain
    Radiofrequency Treatment
    Spinal Cord Stimulation.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Kimberly A. Sackheim, editor.
    Contents:
    I. Evaluation of the Pain Patient
    Physiology of Pain
    Obtaining a Pain History
    Physical Exam: Approach to the Pain Patient
    Diagnostic Imaging
    Painful Surgical Referrals and Emergencies
    Urine Toxicology Screen
    Opioid Overdose and Withdrawal
    Detoxification From Opiates and Benzodiazepines
    Discharging the Non-Compliant Patient
    II. Medication Management for the Pain Patient
    Non-steroidal Anti-inflammatory Drugs (NSAIDs)
    Muscle Relaxants and Antispasticity Medications
    Neuropathic Antidepressant Medications
    Neuropathic Anticonvulsant Medications
    Opioid Medications
    Topical Analgesic Medications
    III. Clinical Care for the Pain Patient
    Headache
    Facial Pain
    Post Herpetic Neuralgia
    Joint Pain
    Post-Amputation Pain
    Spinal Pain
    Chronic Pelvic and Abdominal Pain
    Neuropathic pain
    Complex Regional Pain Syndrome (CRPS)
    Fibromyalgia
    Sickle Cell Disease
    Cancer Pain
    Palliative Care
    Hospice Medicine
    IV. Pain Management in Patients with Special Circumstances
    Pain Management in Patients with Renal Impairment
    Pain Management in Patients with Hepatic Impairment
    Pain Management During Pregnancy and Breast Feeding
    Pain Management in Geriatric Patients
    Acute Post-Surgical Pain and PCA Management
    V. Interventional Management for the Pain Patient
    Hematologic-altering Medications and Spinal Injections
    Injections in Patient?s with Bleeding Risks and Comorbid Conditions
    Spinal Procedure Injectables
    Radiation Safety and Monitoring
    Cervical Injections
    Thoracic Injections
    Lumbar Injections
    Sacral Injections
    Sympathetic Block Injections
    Neuromodulation
    Intrathecal Drug Delivery Systems
    Joint, Tendon and Nerve Injections
    Regenerative Injection Therapy
    Injection Complications and Management.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Carl Edward Noe, editor.
    Summary: This book focuses on the modern clinical management of acute and chronic pain syndromes. It not only presents information in a clinically illuminating format, but in a manner that is cognizant of the current prescription opioid epidemic. Divided into seven sections, this book covers acute pain, common pain conditions, regional pain problems, interdisciplinary evaluation and treatment, medical treatments and pain in different stages of life. Concluding with the exploration of several special topics, the last section includes an important discussion on the regulatory and legal issues in the use of controlled substances. Chapters are concise and relevant, with an emphasis on treatment based upon evidence from clinical trials and interpretation by practitioners in the field. Expertly written text is further supplemented by high-quality figures, images and tables outlining proven treatments with drug, dose or other information describing details of treatment. Timely, informative, and socially conscious, Pain Management for Clinicians: A Guide to Assessment and Treatment is a valuable reference for clinicians who manage patients with chronic and common pain problems.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Introduction
    Contents
    Contributors
    Part I: Acute Pain
    Chapter 1: Pain Assessment and Treatment for the Trauma and Burn Patient
    Pain Management of the Trauma Patient
    Introduction
    Traumatic Pain Pathologies
    Assessment of Pain in the Trauma Patient
    Opioid Medications
    Non-opioid Medications
    Interventional Pain Procedures
    Non-pharmacological Interventions
    Special Populations
    Summary of Treatments for Trauma Pain (Tables 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, and 1.4)
    Pain Management for the Burn Patient
    Introduction
    Burn Insult Classification Steroids
    Local Anesthetics
    Gabapentinoids
    Ketamine
    Alpha-2-agonists
    Opioids
    Beta-Blockers
    Potentially Helpful Agents with Less Evidence
    Nonpharmacologic Treatments that May Be Useful
    Future Perioperative Pain Management Modalities
    Opioid-Free Analgesia?
    Charts
    Evidence-Based Treatment
    Strong Evidence
    Weak or Insufficient Evidence
    Emerging or Promising Treatments
    Timing Basic Options
    Enhanced Recovery After Surgery Example Pain Management Protocols
    Inguinal Hernia Repair (Ambulatory: Mild to Moderate Pain Anticipated) Laparoscopic Cholecystectomy (Ambulatory: Moderate Pain Anticipated)
    Open Reduction Internal Fixation Calcaneus (Ambulatory: Severe Pain Anticipated)
    Multilevel Spine Fusion (Hospitalized: Severe pain, Opioid tolerance, and Comorbid Conditions Anticipated)
    Open Thoracotomy (Hospitalized: Severe Pain and Comorbid Conditions Anticipated)
    References
    Chapter 3: Inpatient Pain Management
    Acute Pain Service with Regional and Neuraxial Blocks
    Upper Extremity Pain
    Thoracic Pain
    Abdominal Pain
    Lower Extremity
    Summary of Treatment Principles and Methods Formulation of Individualized Treatment and Rehabilitation Plan
    Evaluation of Medications for Effectiveness, Side Effects, Dependency, and Interactions
    Medications
    Classes of Medications
    Antiepileptics
    Opioids
    Treatment of the Psychological Distress that Often Accompanies Intractable Pain
    Relaxation Training
    Biofeedback
    Group Therapy
    Family Involvement
    Medications
    Serotonin-Norepinephrine Reuptake Inhibitors (SNRIs)
    Tricyclic Antidepressants (TCAs)
    Selective Serotonin Reuptake Inhibitors (SSRIs)
    Physical Function/Behavior Modification
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Gisèle Pickering, Sandra Zwakhalen, Sharon Kaasalainen, editors.
    Summary: This book addresses relevant issues to enhance pain management nurses need to advocate for effective pain treatment in the elderly. Significant changes in the evolving nursing and healthcare environment require adequate information on this topic, as pain is a very challenging area. As other care professionals, nurses are daily confronted with issues on pain assessment and management. This volume offers an overview within an evolving health environment, in which nurses dealing with pain play a growing role. It showcases best practices in pain assessment and management, details non pharmacological and pharmacological treatments. It also addresses core issues defined by the International Association for the Study of Pain (IASP), such as knowledge translation, that are most relevant for clinical nurses, student nurses, nurse researchers as well as other care professionals.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Charles E. Argoff, Andrew Dubin, Julie Pilitsis.
    Summary: "For more than 30 years, the highly regarded Secrets Series® has provided students and practitioners in all areas of health care with concise, focused, and engaging resources for quick reference and exam review. Pain Management Secrets, 4th Edition, features the Secrets' popular question-and-answer format that also includes lists, tables, and an easy-to-read style - making reference and review quick, easy, and enjoyable"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    I. Overview. Definitions
    Classification of pain
    Basic mechanisms
    Topiceuticals
    II. Clinical approach. History taking in the patient with pain
    Physical examination of the patient with pain
    Pain measurement
    Psychological assessment of chronic patients
    III. Clinical syndromes defined by pain. Neuroimaging in the patient with pain
    Tension-type headache
    Migraine
    Cluster headache
    The paroxysmal hemicranias
    Subarachnoid hemorrhage
    Brain tumor headaches
    Increased and decreased intracranial pressure
    Temporal giant cell arteritis
    Headaches associated with systemic disease
    Trigeminal neuralgia
    Glossopharyngeal and other facial neuralgias
    Low back pain
    Neck and arm pain
    Abdominal pain
    Chronic pelvic pain
    Fibromyalgia and myofascial pain
    IV. Syndromes in which pain is a significant component. Postoperative pain management
    Cancer pain syndrome
    Pain in rheumatoid arthritis and osteoarthritis
    Neuropathic pain
    V. Psychological syndromes
    VI. Special patient populations. Pain in children
    Pain in the older patient
    VII. Pharmacologic management. Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs
    Opioid analgesics
    Addiction and pain management
    Regulatory issues
    Adjuvant analgesics
    VIII. Nonpharmologic management. Temporary neural blockade
    Permanent neural blockade and chemical ablation
    Sympathetic neural blockade
    Intraspinal opioids
    Neurostimulatory and neuorablative pocedures
    Psychological constructs and treatment interventions
    Physical modalities: adjunctive treatments to reduce pain and maximize function
    Pain clinics
    Interventional pain management
    Complementary and alternative medicine.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Digital
    R. Jason Yong, Michael Nguyen, Ehren Nelson, Richard D. Urman, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Charlotte Allerton.
    Summary: This book presents a contemporary review of the field of Pain Therapeutics, including the historical medicines which still dominate standard of care treatments, as well as the new mechanisms and combinations/reformulations that have dominated the regulatory approvals over the last decade. In addition this book provides a deep review of the key biological mechanisms currently under investigation for their utility into the treatment of pain, such as ion channels, opiates and others. Additional discussion highlights the current challenges of pain research, covering a range of topics from difficulties in identifying new targets from pre-clinical models to the current regulatory and commercial challenges. This background sets the scene for recent scientific changes in pain research, such as the drive for genetic validation of targets and the derivation of human cell platforms from stem cells. Finally the book covers the discovery and development stories for two pain products approved in the last decade. These case studies for Lyrica and the Butrans patch, will give insight into the discovery and development challenges and successes for both an oral and non-oral product.
    Digital Access R Soc Chem 2014
  • Digital
    Michael D. Stein and Sandro Galea.
    Summary: "As a country, the United States overinvests in medical care, often at the expense of the social, economic, and cultural forces that produce health. Indeed, the rise of medicine as a cornerstone of American life and culture has coincided with a social and political devaluation of factors demonstrated to mean more to one's vitality than anything else-influences like where one lives, works, and plays; livable wages that create opportunity for healthy living; and gender and racial equity. As such, this book pushes the conversation around American health toward matters of class, money, and culture. It highlights how the structural components of everyday life ultimately determine who gets to be healthy in today's America. In doing so, it makes a case for reframing the political discourse on public health in less myopic, more effectual terms"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Oxford 2020
  • Digital
    Lynn R. Webster.
    Contents:
    It's personal : pain as a human experience
    More than a survivor : the resiliency of hope
    Caught in a web : the complexity of pain
    Friendly fire : rejecting stigma
    The new scarlet letter : addiction and recovery
    Soul mates : love amid pain
    The God prescription : spirituality and pain
    Everyday saints and unsung heroes : caregiving and care receiving
    Coming of age : self-advocacy
    The chilling effect : opioids and law enforcement
    A human right : toward curing.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Antonio L. Dans, Leonila F. Dans, Maria Asuncion A. Silvestre.
    Contents:
    Evaluation of articles on therapy
    Evaluation of articles on diagnosis
    Evaluation of articles on harm
    Evaluation of articles on prognosis
    Evaluation of systematic reviews
    Evaluation of clinical practice guidelines
    Evaluation of articles on screening
    Literature searches.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    editors, Charlotte Lindqvist and Om P. Rajora.
    Summary: Advances in genome-scale DNA sequencing technologies have revolutionized genetic research on ancient organisms, extinct species, and past environments. When it is recoverable after hundreds or thousands of years of unintended preservation, "ancient DNA" (or aDNA) is often highly degraded, necessitating specialized handling and analytical approaches. Paleogenomics defines the field of reconstructing and analyzing the genomes of historic or long-dead organisms, most often through comparison with modern representatives of the same or similar species. The opportunity to isolate and study paleogenomes has radically transformed many fields, spanning biology, anthropology, agriculture, and medicine. Examples include understanding evolutionary relationships of extinct species known only from fossils, the domestication of plants and animals, and the evolution and geographical spread of certain pathogens. This pioneering book presents a snapshot view of the history, current status, and future prospects of paleogenomics, taking a broad viewpoint that covers a range of topics and organisms to provide an up-to-date status of the applications, challenges, and promise of the field. This book is intended for a variety of readerships, including upper-level undergraduate and graduate students, professionals and experts in the field, as well as anyone excited by the extraordinary insights that paleogenomics offers.

    Contents:
    Part1. Concepts, Technical Advances and Challenges
    Chapter1. Technical Advances and Challenges in Genome-Scale Analysis of Ancient DNA
    Chapter2. Paleoproteomics: An Introduction to the Analysis of Ancient Proteins by Soft Ionization Mass Spectrometry
    Chapter3. Ancient RNA
    Chapter4. Ancient Epigenomics
    Part2.
    Chapter5. Ancient Pathogens Through Human History: A Paleogenomic Perspective
    Chapter6. Paleovirology: Viral Sequences from Historical and Ancient DNA
    Chapter7. Reconstructing Past Vegetation Communities Using Ancient DNA from Lake Sediments
    Chapter8. Archaeogenomics and Crop Adaptation
    Chapter9. Herbarium Genomics: Plant Archival DNA Explored
    Chapter10. Paleogenomics of Animal Domestication
    Chapter11. Paleogenomic Inferences of Dog Domestication
    Chapter12. Of Cats and Men: Ancient DNA Reveals How the Cat Conquered the Ancient World
    Chapter13. An Ancient DNA Perspective on Horse Evolution
    Chapter14. Primate Paleogenomics
    Chapter15. Structural Variants in Ancient Genomes
    Chapter16. Genomics of Extinction.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    editors, Michel Drancourt, Didier Raoult.
    Summary: "Only recently was it determined that two of the world's most devastating plagues, the plague of Justinian and the medieval Black Death, were caused by distinct strains of the same pathogen. Use of paleomicrobiological techniques led to this discovery. This work is just one example of the historical mysteries that this emerging field has helped to clarify. Others, such as when tuberculosis began to afflict humans, the role of lice in plague pandemics, and the history of smallpox, are explored and further illuminated in Paleomicrobiology of Humans. Led by editors Michel Drancourt and Didier Raoult, the book's expert contributors address larger issues using paleomicrobiology. These include the recognition of human remains associated with epidemic outbreaks, identification of the graves associated with disasters, and the discovery of demographic structures that reveal the presence of an epidemic moment. In addition, this book reviews the technical approaches and controversies associated with recovering and sequencing very old DNA and surveys modern human diseases that have ancient roots."--Back cover.

    Contents:
    1. Demographic Patterns Distinctive of Epidemic Cemeteries in Archaeological Samples / Sacha Kacki
    2. Characterization of the Funeral Groups Associated with Plague Epidemics / Michel Signoli
    3. Paleogenetics and Past Infections: the Two Faces of the Coin of Human Immune Evolution / Didier Raoult
    4. A Personal View of How Paleomicrobiology Aids Our Understanding of the Role of Lice in Plague Pandemics / Didier Raoult
    5. Sources of materials for Paleomicrobiology / Gerard Aboudharam
    6. Paleomicrobiology Data: Authentification and Interpretation / Michel Drancourt
    7. Human Coprolites as a Source for Paleomicrobiology / Matthieu Le Bailly
    8. Ancient Resistome / Jean-Marc Rolain
    9. The History Of Epidemic Typhus / Didier Raoult
    10. Paleopathology of Human Infections: Old Bones, Antique Books, Ancient and Modern Molecules / Olivier Dutour
    11. Past Bartonelloses / Pierre-Edouard Fournier
    12. Paleomicrobiology of Human Tuberculosis / Helen Donoghue
    13. Paleomicrobiology of Leprosy / Mark Spigelman and Mauro Rubini
    14. Past Intestinal Parasites / Matthieu Le Bailly and Adauto Araujo
    15. Paleopathology and Paleomicrobiology of Malaria / Andreas Nerlich
    16. History of Smallpox and Its Spread in Human Populations / Catherine Theves, Eric Crubezy, and Philippe Biagini
    17. Cholera / Donatella Lippi, Eduardo Gotuzzo, and Saverio Caini
    18. Human Lice in Paleoentomology and Paleomicrobiology / Rezak Drali, Kosta Y. Mumcuoglu, and Didier Raoult.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    Howard H. Goldman, Richard G. Frank, Joseph P. Morrissey, editors.
    Summary: This handbook is the definitive resource for understanding current mental health policy controversies, options, and implementation strategies. It offers a thorough review of major issues in mental health policy to inform the policy-making process, presenting the pros and cons of controversial, significant issues through close analyses of data. Some of the topics covered are the effectiveness of various biomedical and psychosocial interventions, the role of mental illness in violence, and the effectiveness of coercive strategies. The handbook presents cases for conditions in which specialized mental health services are needed and those in which it might be better to deliver mental health treatment in mainstream health and social services settings. It also examines the balance between federal, state, and local authority, and the financing models for delivery of efficient and effective mental health services. It is aimed for an audience of policy-makers, researchers, and informed citizens that can contribute to future policy deliberations.

    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note: 1. Mental Health Policy: Fundamental Reform or Incremental Change?
    2. Division of Labor: Function Shifts and Realigned Responsibilities in the Evolving Mental Health Services System / Joseph P. Morrissey / Howard H. Goldman
    3. Economic Perspectives on the Organization and Governance of Mental Health Care / Joseph P. Morrissey / Howard H. Goldman
    4. What Is the Meaning of Recovery? / Richard G. Frank / Sherry A. Glied
    5. Balancing Access to Medications and Psychosocial Treatments / Larry Davidson / Timothy Schmutte
    6. Are There Enough Inpatient Psychiatric Beds? / Patricia A. Aredn / Anna Ratzliff
    7. Mandated Community Treatment in Services for Persons with Mental Illness / Marisa Elena Domino / Eric Slade
    8. Shared Decision-Making and Self-Directed Care / Marvin S. Swartz / Jeffrey W. Swanson
    9. Suicide Prevention: Rising Rates and New Evidence Shape Policy Options / Michelle P. Salyers / Yaara Zisman-Ilani
    10. How Should the United States Respond to the Opioid Addiction and Overdose Epidemic? / Michael F. Hogan
    11. Early Intervention in Psychosis: From Science to Services / Keith Humphreys / Harold A. Pollack
    12. Policy Effects on Mental Health Status and Mental Health Care Disparities / Thomas E. Smith / Lisa B. Dixon
    13. Mental Health Insurance Parity: How Full Is the Glass? / Rupinder K. Legha / Lonnie R. Snowden / Jeanne Miranda
    14. Housing for People with Serious Mental Illness / Haiden A. Huskamp
    15. What Is the Role of Schools in the Treatment of Children's Mental Illness? / Josh Leopold
    16. Policy Issues Regarding Employment for People with Serious Mental Illness / Jeff Q. Bostic / Libby K. Nealis / Sharon A. Hoover
    17. Adults with Serious Mental Illnesses Who Are Arrested and Incarcerated / Gary R. Bond / Ellen R. Meara / Robert E. Drake
    18. Gun Violence Prevention and Mental Health Policy / Fred Osher / Michael Thompson
    19. Stigma as a Mental Health Policy Controversy: Positions, Options, and Strategies for Change / Marvin S. Swartz / Colleen L. Barry / Jeffrey W. Swanson
    20. How Shall We Promote Citizenship and Social Participation? / Bernice A. Pescosolido
    21. Evidence-Based Practices or Practice-Based Evidence: What Is the Future? / Michael Rowe / Allison N. Ponce
    22. New Financing Models in Behavioral Health: A Recipe for Efficiency or Under-Provision? / Marcela Horvitz-Lennon
    23. Mental Health Disability, Employment, and Income Support in the Twenty-First Century / Thomas G. McGuire.
  • Digital
    Michael Silbermann, editor.
    Summary: Palliative Care for Chronic Cancer Patients in the Community: Global Approaches and Future Applications offers a much-needed account of the current state of global palliative care in the community - the good, the bad and, especially, the hopeful. This extraordinary compendium, with chapters form 46 countries, edited by Professor Michael Silbermann, tells the remarkable stories of palliative care - from grass-root efforts by volunteers in resource-constrained countries such as India to the full integration of palliative care in high-resource countries such as the United States, the United Kingdom, New Zealand and Australia. What is so unique about this book is that it captures the enormous range and diversity of palliative care efforts: some led by nurses (Iran), some led by governments (Turkey) and many led by local charities and non-governmental agencies. Readers of this textbook can also learn about the challenges of a government-led palliative care initiative in the post-genocide era in Rwanda or the attempts to provide palliative care services in the conflict zones of Iraq, Palestine and Sudan. Contextual issues requiring cultural sensitivity in Afghanistan, Latin America and the Middle East present a real picture of both the exceptional leadership and environmental hardships that palliative care advocates face in their journeys forward. Each of the 53 chapters in the book tells a narrative of the country's own experience, thus creating a source of on the ground information outlining the barriers, challenges and successes as individual efforts progress. Many reports in the book point toward real change and hope as they relate to healthcare providers becoming empowered advocates for their patients. There are high expectations for the role of nurses to continue to grow. Educating and engaging patients, and the families in their care, has had a measurably positive impact on outcomes. The collaborative spirit of this book gives voice to the incredible vision, tenacity and resilience of the teams of professionals and their supporters who work in palliative care, particularly those who work in the community. In addition, it underscores that all future efforts can only be successful with the concerted and continuous commitments of governments, academics and NGOs across and within national boundaries. - HRH Princess Dina Mired President - Union for International Cancer Control (UICC).
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Lieve Van den Block, Gwenda Albers, Sandra Martins Pereira, Bregje Onwuteaka-Philipsen, Roeline Pasman, and Luc Deliens.
    Summary: One of the most challenging roles of the psycho-oncologist is to help guide terminally-ill patients through the physical, psychological, and spiritual aspects of the dying process. Patients with cancer, AIDS, and other life-threatening illnesses are at increased risk for the development of major psychiatric complications, and have an enormous burden of both physical and psychological symptoms. Concepts of adequate palliative care must be expanded beyond the current focus on pain and physical symptom control to include the psychiatric, psychosocial, existential, and spiritual aspects of care. The psycho-oncologist, as a consultant to or member of a palliative care team, has a unique role and opportunity to fulfill this promise of competent and compassionate palliative care for those with life-threatening illnesses. Psychosocial Palliative Care guides the psycho-oncologist through the most salient aspects of effective psychiatric care of patients with advanced illnesses. This handbook reviews basic concepts and definitions of palliative care and the experience of dying, the assessment and management of major psychiatric complications of life-threatening illness, including psychopharmacologic and psychotherapeutic approaches, and covers issues such as bereavement, spirituality, cultural sensitivity, communication and psychiatric contributions to common physical symptom control. A global perspective on death and palliative care is taken throughout the text, and an Appendix provides a comprehensive list of international palliative care resources and training programs. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Palliative Care for Older People : An introduction
    A public health perspective to palliative care for older people: An introduction
    Organization of and policies for palliative care for older people
    Long-term Care Systems
    Development of palliative care in long-term care
    Development of integrated person-centred care in long-term care
    Policies on palliative care for older people in Africa
    Policies on palliative care for older people in Asia
    Policies on palliative care for older people in Australia
    Policies on palliative care for older people in Europe
    Policies on palliative care for older people in North America
    Policies on palliative care for older people in Latin America and the Caribbean
    Socio-cultural and clinical context of dying in old age
    Dying in place in old age: public health challenges
    Symptoms and trajectories experienced by older people approaching and at the end of life: Implications to care
    End-of-life decisions for older patients who are approaching death
    Ethical issues in palliative care for older people
    Cultural issues in palliative care for older people
    Spirituality and spiritual palliative care in older people
    Use and access of palliative care for older people
    Use of generalist and specialist palliative care for older people
    Compassionate communities: Caring for older people towards the end of life
    Palliative care for older people with dementia
    Collaboration between professionals as a necessary condition for palliative care
    Communication and advanced care planning (ACP) in older people
    Innovations in palliative care for older people
    EU civil society initiatives to protect the right to live and die in dignity
    Care pathways for older people in need of palliative care
    A program for advance care planning for older people: Respecting Patient Choices
    Conclusion: What does a public health approach to improving palliative care in older people look like?
    A public health approach to improving palliative care for older people
    Digital Access Oxford 2015
  • Digital
    Massimo Romanò, editor.
    Summary: This book analyzes the main topics of Palliative Care in Cardiac Intensive Care Units (CICU), from the changing epidemiology of patients admitted to the ICU, to the main clinical and ethical issues. The changing epidemiology of patients has led to new and emerging patient needs at the end of life. Care has shifted from acute coronary syndrome patients towards elderly patients, with a high prevalence of non-ischemic cardiovascular diseases and a high burden of non-cardiovascular comorbid conditions: both increase the susceptibility of patients to developing life-threatening critical conditions. These conditions are associated with a significant symptom burden, high mortality rate, and increased length of stay. The main new challenges involve shared decision-making, symptom control (pain, dyspnea, etc.), and ethical issues (withholding/withdrawing life sustaining treatments, deactivation of implanted cardiac devices, palliative sedation), all of which necessitate formal education on end-of-life care. Written by opinion leaders in their respective fields, who share their experience with improving the cultural and clinical competence of medical/nursing teams, this volume is chiefly intended for cardiologists, anesthesiologists, palliative care doctors and nursing staff.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Acknowledgements
    Contents
    About the Author
    1: Epidemiology and Patterns of Care in Modern Cardiac Intensive Care Units
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Is There a Background for the Evolution of CICU? From the Blitz-3 to Modern International CICU Registries
    1.3 Aging, Comorbidity, and the Risk of Futility in CICU
    1.4 The COVID-19 Tsunami and Its Effect on CICU
    1.5 Conclusions
    References
    2: The Intensive and Advanced Treatments in the Cardiac Intensive Care Units
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Cardiac Arrest and Post-cardiac Arrest Syndrome 2.3 Advanced Heart Failure and End-Stage Heart Failure
    2.4 Cardiogenic Shock (CS) and Low-Output Syndrome
    2.5 Mechanical Circulatory Supports (MCSs)
    2.6 Heart Replacement Therapies
    2.7 Cardiac Implanted Electronic Devices (CIEDs)
    2.8 Palliative Care in CICU
    2.9 Palliative Inotrope Care
    References
    3: Symptom Assessment and Management
    3.1 The Cardiologist's Palliative Competencies
    3.2 Measuring a Symptom
    3.2.1 Dyspnea
    3.2.2 Pain
    3.2.3 Thirst
    3.3 Cognitive and Mood Disorders
    3.3.1 Fatigue
    3.3.2 Gastrointestinal Symptoms
    References 4: The Meanings of Prognosis: When and How to Discuss It?
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Deciding Between Prognosis and Uncertainty
    4.3 Criteria for Prognosis Definition
    4.4 Communicating Prognosis
    4.5 Barriers to Communication
    4.5.1 The Disease
    4.5.2 The Patient
    4.5.3 Treatment Approach
    4.5.4 The Doctor
    4.6 Conclusions
    References
    5: Informed Consent, Advance Directives, and Shared Care Planning
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 Legal and Ethical Aspects
    5.3 Shared Care Planning and Advance Directives in Cardiology
    5.4 Conclusions
    References 6: Withholding or Withdrawing Life-Sustaining Treatments
    6.1 Introduction
    6.2 Forgoing Life-Sustaining Treatments: The Clinical Practice
    6.3 Physician Preferences
    6.4 Withdrawing Life-Sustaining Treatment: Arguments in Favor
    6.5 Withholding Life-Sustaining Treatment: Arguments in Favor
    6.6 Withdrawing or Withholding Life-Sustaining Treatments: Means or Goals?
    6.7 Forgoing Life-Sustaining Treatments: How to Do
    6.7.1 Ethical Principles
    6.7.2 Decision to Forgo Life-Sustaining Treatments: Theoretical Approach 6.7.3 Decision to Forgo Life-Sustaining Treatments: The Goals
    6.7.4 Withdrawing Life-Sustaining Treatments: Basics in Clinical Practice
    6.8 Conclusions
    References
    7: Deactivation of Cardiac Implantable Electronic Devices (CIEDs) at the End of Life
    7.1 Introduction
    7.2 Implantable Cardioverter-Defibrillators (ICDs)
    7.2.1 Ethical Problems
    7.2.2 Information and Patient Awareness
    7.2.3 The Opinion of Physicians and Nurses
    7.3 Cardiac Pacemaker (PM)-Cardiac Resynchronisation Therapy-Pacemaker (CRT-P)
    7.4 Conclusions
    References
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Kathleen O. Lindell, Sonye K. Danoff, editors.
    Summary: This book details the benefits of palliative care to improve the lives of patients with serious lung disease and their caregivers. Palliative care is specialized medical care for people living with a serious illness. This type of care is focused on providing relief from the symptoms and stress of a serious illness, and is often described as "an extra layer of support" for patients and their caregivers, as patients with malignant and nonmalignant lung disease experience great symptom burden and have advanced care planning needs. This book has three main objectives: Define the role of palliative care in advanced lung disease Incorporate a patient-centered perspective in describing symptom burden and interventions to improve quality of life Provide current initiatives to expand evidence-based practice and improve access to palliative care Written by leading experts in palliative care and respiratory medicine, the chapters seek to answer those objectives by first defining and describing palliative care, advanced lung disease, and inadequate palliative care in this patient population. Patient reported outcomes, quality of life, and interventions to help deal with the psychological toll of serious illness are then detailed, as well as pharmacological and non-pharmacological interventions for symptom management. Detailed information is additionally provided on current research studies and management for several lung diseases, including COPD, ILD, Lung Cancer, Pulmonary Arterial Hypertension, Neuromuscular disease, and pediatric lung disease. The more administrative aspects of palliative care programs are then covered with an example of a specialty palliative care program for advanced lung disease and advice on how to address policy that promotes palliative care. Finally, palliative care's role during a pandemic is thoughtfully considered. This book is an ideal guide for clinicians, nurses, hospital administrators, teachers, students to help them understand and fill unmet care needs that many patients with serious lung disease experience.

    Contents:
    Palliative Care in Lung Disease
    An Introduction to Advanced Lung Disease
    Inadequate Palliative Care in Lung Disease
    Patient-Centeredness & Patient Reported Measures (PRM) in Palliation of Lung Disease
    Quality of Life in Chronic Lung Disease
    Breathlessness
    Preparatory and anticipatory grief, anxiety and depression in life-limiting lung disease
    Symptom Management in Advanced Lung Disease
    Communication in Palliative Care
    Palliative Care in COPD
    Palliative care in interstitial lung disease
    The Role of Palliative Care in Lung Cancer
    Palliative care in patients with neuromuscular diseases
    Palliative Care in Pulmonary Arterial Hypertension
    Palliative Care for Children with Lung Diseases
    Specialty Palliative Care Program ILD
    Withdrawal of Mechanical Ventilation: Considerations to Guide Patient and Family Centered Care and the Development of Health Care Policy
    Palliative Care during a Pandemic.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Bernd Alt-Epping, Friedemann Nauck, editors.
    Summary: Palliative care provides comprehensive support for severely affected patients with any life-limiting or life-threatening diagnosis. To do this effectively, it requires a disease-specific approach as the patients? needs and clinical context will vary depending on the underlying diagnosis. Experts in the field of palliative care and oncology describe in detail the needs of patients with advanced cancer in comparison to those with non-cancer disease and also identify the requirements of patients with different cancer entities. Basic principles of symptom control are explained, with careful attention to therapy for pain associated with either the cancer or its treatment and to symptom-guided antineoplastic therapy. Complex therapeutic strategies for palliative cancer patients are highlighted that involve both cancer- and symptom-directed options and address a range of therapeutic aims. Issues relating to drug use in palliative cancer care are fully explored, and a separate section is devoted to care in the final phase. A range of organizational and policy issues are also discussed, and the book concludes by considering likely future developments in palliative care for cancer patients. Palliative Care in Oncology will be of particular interest to palliative care physicians who are interested in broadening the scope of their disease-specific knowledge, as well as to oncologists who wish to learn more about modern palliative care concepts relevant to their day-to-day work with cancer patients.

    Contents:
    1. Disease-specific oncology - disease-specific palliative care
    2. Oncological and palliative care for patients with lung cancer and patients with breast cancer: two opposite ends of a spectrum
    3. Palliative care for patients with haematological malignancies
    4. Definition, pathophysiology, and assessment of pain
    5. Therapy of cancer-related pain and cancer therapy-related pain
    6. Radiation therapy in patients with non-curable cancer
    7. Symptom management: the nursing view
    8. The Liverpool Care pathway for the dying patient
    9. The final phase
    10. Options and problems of drug application in patients with advanced cancer
    11. Drug interactions in palliative cancer care and oncology
    12. Outpatient and inpatient structures: what does it need to integrate palliative care services?
    13. Early palliative care
    14. Psycho-oncology and palliative care: two concepts that fit into comprehensive cancer care
    15. Cancer therapy in developing countries: the role of palliative care
    16. Emergencies in oncology and crises in palliative care
    17. Palliative care for patients participating in experimental or clinical oncology studies
    18. The future of oncology palliative care.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Joanne Wolfe, Barbara L. Jones, Ulrika Kreicbergs, Momcilo Jankovic, editors.
    Summary: This textbook is the first to focus on comprehensive interdisciplinary care approaches aimed at enhancing the wellbeing of children with cancer and their families throughout the illness experience. Among the topics addressed are the epidemiology of pediatric cancer distress, including physical, emotional, social, and spiritual dimensions; the role of the interdisciplinary team; communication and advance care planning; symptom prevention and management; care at the end of life; family bereavement care; and approaches to ease clinician distress. The contributing authors are true experts and provide guidance based on the highest available level of evidence in the field. The book has not only an interdisciplinary but also an international perspective; it will appeal globally to all clinicians caring for children with cancer, including physicians, nurses, psychosocial clinicians, and chaplains, among others.

    Contents:
    Epidemiology of suffering in childhood cancer
    Impact of cancer on the child, parents, siblings and community.- The interdisciplinary oncology team and the role palliative care consultation.- Communication in pediatric palliative oncology
    The relationship between cancer-directed therapy and the pediatric oncology experience
    Easing physical distress
    Easing psychological distress
    Easing existential distress
    Easing social distress
    Care at the end of life
    Family bereavement Care
    Easing clinician distress.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Marianne Matzo, Deborah Witt Sherman.
    Summary: Palliative Care Nursing, Fifth Edition, delivers advanced empirical, aesthetic, ethical and personal knowledge. This new edition brings an increased focus on outcomes, benchmarking progress, and goals of care. It expounds upon the importance of the cross-disciplinary collaboration introduced in the previous edition. Every chapter in Sections I, II, and III includes content written by a non-nursing member of the interprofessional team. Based on best-evidence and clinical practice guidelines, this text presents comprehensive, targeted interventions responsive to the needs of palliative and hospice patients and family. Each chapter contains compassionate, timely, appropriate, and cost-effective care for diverse populations across the illness trajectory.

    Contents:
    Understanding Palliative Care
    Caring for the whole Person and His or Her Family
    Physical Health: Threatening Diseases
    Physical Health: Symptom management.
    Digital Access R2Library 2019
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    edited by Neha Vapiwala, Joshua Jones, Kavita Dharmarajan.
    Summary: Offering practical, comprehensive coverage of the many nuanced technical and clinical aspects of this growing field, Palliative Radiation Oncology provides up-to-date clinical guidance in a thorough yet concise manner. In an easy-access format, it integrates basic science, pathologies, and research with clinical applications, covering different ways to approach problems, tumor assessment, precise target definition, and dosing-specific guidelines to minimize side effects/toxicities while balancing with desired outcomes.

    Contents:
    Foundations and principles of palliative care in oncology
    Techniques and modalities
    Foundations and principles of palliative radiation by body site or special population
    Management of symptoms and treatment-related toxicities.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2024
  • Digital
    Kate Aberger, David Wang, editors.
    Summary: Rooted in everyday hospital medicine, Palliative Skills for Frontline Clinicians addresses the challenges of delivering complex care to patients living with serious illnesses. Spanning emergency medicine, internal medicine, surgery and various subspecialties, each chapter reads like a story, comparing usual care with a step-by-step palliative-based approach. This case-based book features a multidisciplinary, palliative-trained authorship, including neurologists, nephrologists, emergency physicians, surgeons, intensivists, and obstetricians. Divided into four parts, Palliative Skills for Frontline Clinicians outlines common clinical scenarios across settings and specialties to highlight unmet needs of patients with potentially terminal illnesses. Each case is broken down into the usual standard approach, and delves into detail regarding different palliative interventions that can be appropriate in those scenarios. These are meant to be practice changing; down to the actual words used to communicate with patients. In addition to the books focus on the principles of palliative care and the "art" of treating the patient, approaches to communication with the patients families for the best long-term outcomes are discussed. Concise and pragmatic, Palliative Skills for Frontline Clinicians is meant to be practice changing. It provides readers with both a new conceptual framework, as well as actual words to communicate with patients and medication doses for symptom management. It is an invaluable resource for non-palliative trained clinicians who wish to strengthen their palliative care skills.

    Contents:
    Part I: Emergency Medicine
    High Yield Approach to the ED Goals of Care Conversation
    A Palliative Approach to End Stage COPD
    This POLST Makes No Sense
    Treating Pain and Prognosticating in Metastatic Cancer
    Complex Pain Management and Goals of Care in a Debilitated Cancer Patient
    To Intubate or Not to Intubate: Ask the Right Questions
    ED Approach to the Hospice patient
    Part II: Inpatient Internal Medicine
    "We cant let him starve": Artificial Nutrition in Patients with Advanced Dementia
    Shared Decision-Making in the Setting of a Large Ischemic Stroke
    Prognostication and Goals of Care in Advanced Parkinsons Disease
    Saying Yes to Aggressive Measures: The Role of Neuropalliative Care in Critically Ill Patients with Potential for Recovery
    "I am a Fighter": Recognizing and Responding to Cancer Metaphors
    "What does the awake ventilated patient really want?": Shared-decision making in the ICU
    A Mothers Love
    Support Despite Disagreeing with Goals of Care
    End-Stage Renal Disease and Shared Decision-Making Dilemmas
    Discontinuing Continuous Renal Replacement Therapy (CRRT) in the Intensive Care Unit
    Teaching Learners How to Approach Family Decisions as a Process
    Part III: Surgery
    Trach/PEG Consult in the ICU
    Rescinding DNR Orders in the Operating Room
    A Threshold Moment, Preserving Patient Dignity, and the Value of a Time Limited Trial
    Between a Rock and a Hard Place: Anticipating Poor Surgical Outcomes while Honoring Patient Autonomy
    Surgery for the Hospice Patient: When is it Appropriate?
    Non-Operative Approach To Caring For The Ischemic Limb
    Placing a Feeding Tube in a Patient with Dementia
    Malignant Bowel Obstruction In A Dying Patient: To Operate Or Not?
    Geriatric Trauma Decision-Making Based on Functional Outcomes
    Part IV: Specialty Medicine
    Decision by Surrogates for a Patient with a Psychiatric History
    Palliative Approach to Patients with Concurrent Seriou s Illness and Substance Use Disorder
    Responding To Spiritual Suffering And Hope During A Goals Of Care Conversation
    Trisomy 18: Early And Concurrent Palliative Care Enhances Delivery And Neonatal Planning
    Navigating Colleagues and Parents in the Pediatric ICU.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Matthias W. Wichmann, Guy Maddern, editors.
    Summary: Palliative surgery can greatly contribute to improving symptom control and quality of life for terminal cancer patients. Owing to the advanced stage of the disease, however, this type of surgery is also associated with significant morbidity and mortality. It is therefore important for surgeons to have a sound understanding of the medical and scientific background underlying treatment decisions in palliative surgery, a foundation that this book provides. The opening chapters examine the relationship between palliative medicine and palliative surgery and address general issues including pain management and anesthesiological considerations. The role of palliative surgery in a wide range of disease settings is then thoroughly explored, including detailed information on surgical techniques and their indications and outcomes. This book will be an invaluable resource for all who wish to learn more about the emerging role of palliative surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Bernhard Reichert.
    Contents:
    Basic principles
    Shoulder complex
    Elbow complex
    Hand
    Hip and groin region
    Knee joint
    Foot
    Soft tissues
    Posterior pelvis
    Lumbar spine
    Thoracic spine and thoracic cage
    Cervical spine
    Head and jaw.
  • Digital
    Bernhard Reichert.
    Contents:
    Basic principles
    Shoulder complex
    Elbow complex
    Hand
    Hip and groin region
    Knee joint
    Foot
    Soft tissues
    Posterior pelvis
    Lumbar spine
    Abdominal Regional
    Thoracic spine and thoracic cage
    Cervical spine
    Head and jaw.
  • Digital
    Christophe Le Tourneau, Maud Kamal, editors.
    Contents:
    Introduction: Rationale for Precision Medicine Clinical Trials.- The Key Role of Pathology in the Context of Precision Medicine Trials
    Basis for Molecular Genetics in Cancer
    Microarrays Based Molecular Profiling to Identify Genomic Alterations
    High Throughput Technologies: DNA and RNA Sequencing Strategies and Potential
    Bioinformatics for Precision Medicine in Oncology
    Assessment of Biomarkers? Predictive Value of Efficacy
    Designs for Evaluating Precision Medicine Trials
    Conclusions and Perspectives: Challenges for the Clinical Implementation of Precision Medicine Trials.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Eve Hoover, Kimberly Carter, Robyn Sears, Sarah Bolander.
    Digital Access R2Library 2022
    Limited to 2 simultaneous users
  • Print
    by Dwayne A. Williams.
    Summary: Easy to follow and redesigned algorithms and charts that help to organize medicine for maximum retention, especially for visual learners. Essential information for medical examinations, important correlations for clinical rotations and useful material for practicing clinicians. Not only will you quickly establish your strengths, but you will quickly improve on your areas of weakness. -- Publisher description

    Contents:
    Cardiovascular
    Pulmonary Disorders
    Gastrointestinal/Nutritional
    Musculoskeletal/Rheumatology
    EENT (Eyes, Ears, Nose, Throat) Disorders
    Reproductive, obstetrics & gynecology
    Endrocrine
    Nephrology & urology
    Neurologic disorders
    Psychiatry & Behavioral science
    Dermatologic Disorders
    Infectious Diseases
    Hematologic Disorders
    Pharmacology
    Pediatric blueprint topics.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    R697.P45 W55 2017
    1
  • Print
    Williams, Dwayne A.
    Contents:
    Book A.
    1. Cardiovascular System
    2. Pulmonary system
    3. Gastrointestinal system/nutritional
    4. Musculoskeletal system
    5. EENT (eyes, ears, nose, & throat) disorders
    6. Reproductive system (male and female)
    Index
    Book B. 7. Endocrine
    8. Renal system
    9. Genitourinary system (male and female)
    10. Neurologic system
    11. Psychiatry and behavioral disorders
    12. Dermatologic system
    13. Infectious Diseases
    14. Hematologic system
    15. Pediatric pearls
    Index.
    Print Unavailable: Checked out Recall Item
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    R697.P45 W55 2019
    2
  • Print
    Dwayne A. Williams.
    Contents:
    Book A.
    1. Cardiovascular System
    2. Pulmonary system
    3. Gastrointestinal system/nutritional
    4. Musculoskeletal system
    5. EENT (eyes, ears, nose, & throat) disorders
    6. Reproductive system (male and female)
    Index
    Book B. 7. Endocrine
    8. Renal system
    9. Genitourinary system (male and female)
    10. Neurologic system
    11. Psychiatry and behavioral disorders
    12. Dermatologic system
    13. Infectious Diseases
    14. Hematologic system
    15. Pediatric pearls
    Index.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    R697.P45 W55 2022
    2
  • Digital
    Kulwinder Dua, Reza Shaker, editors.
    Contents:
    Elevated Amylase and Lipase: Physiology Including Non-Pancreatitis Related Elevations
    Acute Pancreatitis
    Chronic Pancreatitis
    Recurrent Acute Pancreatitis
    Steroid-Responsive Chronic Pancreatitides: Autoimmune Pancreatitis and Idiopathic Duct Centric Chronic Pancreatitis
    Pancreas Adenocarcinoma and Ampullary Cancer
    Neuroendocrine Tumors of the Pancreas
    Cystic Lesions of the Pancreas
    Bile Duct: Brief Anatomy, Investigations Used
    Gallstone Disease
    Choledocholithiasis including Acute Cholangitis
    Benign Biliary Strictures
    Cholangiocarcinoma
    Autoimmune Liver Diseases: Primary Sclerosing Cholangitis
    Gallbladder Cancer
    Motility Disorders. .
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Abha Goyal, Rema Rao, Momin T. Siddiqui, editors.
    Summary: This book focuses on all aspects of pancreatic pathology, from key features of benign and malignant lesions to diagnostic pearls for differential diagnosis of encountered entities in pancreatobiliary fine needle aspirations and small biopsies. Chapters include a brief introduction and a practical approach to diagnose benign and malignant lesions. The key cytomorphologic features and main differential diagnoses are also summarized in concise tables. Richly colored images complement the text and represent key findings pertaining to the text discussion. An important and current chapter on molecular testing proves to be very useful for the readership for their daily practice in this era of targeted therapy. Written by experts in the fields, all authors contribute their collective experience of preeminent cytopathology service spanning a long time span. Pancreas and Biliary Tract Cytohistology serves as a practical resource for cytotechnologists, cytopathologists and pathologists who are practicing cytopathology and rendering diagnoses on small biopsy samples on pancreatic lesions.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Editors; Contributors;
    1: Indications and Techniques of Fine-Needle Aspiration of the Pancreas; Introduction; Diagnostic EUS; EUS-FNA; EUS-FNA Techniques; Position and Number of Passes; Needle Choice; Histology and Fine-Needle Biopsy; Suction; Stylet; On-Site Cytopathology; Complementary Techniques; Summary; References;
    2: Reporting of Pancreatico-biliary Cytopathology; Diagnostic Categories; Nondiagnostic; Negative; Atypical; Neoplastic; Neoplastic: Benign; Neoplastic: Other; Suspicious for Malignancy; Positive/Malignant; Risk of Malignancy Impact of Pap Society GuidelinesReferences;
    3: Cytology of Normal Pancreas; Introduction and Approach to Pancreaticobiliary Fine-Needle Aspiration; Anatomy and Embryology of Pancreas; Cytology of Normal Pancreas; Benign Ductal Cells; Important Cytologic Features; Histologic Correlation; Differential Diagnosis and Pitfalls; Benign Acinar Cells; Important Cytologic Features; Histologic Correlation; Differential Diagnosis and Pitfalls; Islet Cells; Important Cytologic Features; Histologic Correlation; Differential Diagnosis and Pitfalls; Contamination; Important Cytologic Features Benign Duodenal EpitheliumBenign Gastric Epithelium; Benign Mesothelial Cells; Benign Hepatocytes; Differential Diagnosis and Pitfalls; Approach to Pancreatic EUS-FNA Cytology; References;
    4: Nonneoplastic Solid Mass Lesions of the Pancreas; Introduction; Chronic Pancreatitis; Background; Imaging and Gross Findings; Key Cytomorphologic Features; Key Histologic Features; Differential Diagnosis; Autoimmune Pancreatitis; Background; Imaging and Gross Findings; Key Cytomorphologic Features; Key Histologic Features; Differential Diagnosis; Paraduodenal Groove Pancreatitis; Background Imaging and Gross FindingsKey Cytomorphologic Features; Key Histologic Features; Intrapancreatic Accessory Spleen; Background; Imaging and Gross Findings; Key Cytologic Features; Histologic Features; Differential Diagnosis; Intrapancreatic Reactive Lymph Node; Key Cytomorphologic Features; Sarcoidosis; Background; Key Cytologic Features; Histologic Features; References;
    5: Pancreatic Ductal Adenocarcinoma and Its Variants; Introduction and Clinical Presentation; Radiographic Features and Fine Needle Aspiration; Pancreatic Cancer Precursors: Pancreatic Intraepithelial Neoplasia (PanIN) Important Cytologic FeaturesHistologic Correlation; Differential Diagnosis (Cytology and Histology); Ancillary Testing and Molecular Signature; Ductal Adenocarcinoma, Conventional Type; Important Cytologic Features; Well-Differentiated PDCA; High-Grade PDCA; Histologic Correlation; Differential Diagnosis; Ancillary Testing and Molecular Signature; Undifferentiated (Anaplastic) Carcinoma; Important Cytologic Features and Histologic Correlation; Differential Diagnosis; Ancillary Testing and Molecular Signature; Undifferentiated Carcinoma with Osteoclast-Like Giant Cells
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Duck-Jong Han, Takashi Kenmochi, Yi-Ming Shyr, editors.
    Summary: This book is the first to provide a thorough overview of the experience of pancreas transplantation in Asian countries, including in particular Korea, Taiwan, and Japan. Recent trends are identified and attention drawn to differences in comparison with the United States and Europe. Such differences relate, for example, to the history of pancreas transplantation, the operative procedure, and the organ-sharing system. In addition, the insulin-secreting ability of pancreatic islet cells is thought to vary depending on race. Beyond these aspects, the coverage also encompasses ABO-incompatible living donor pancreas transplantation, which is very rarely performed elsewhere in the world. By introducing the number, technique, and outcomes of pancreas transplantation in Asian countries, the book will hopefully further stimulate the pancreas transplantation program in this region and beyond. It will be of value for all medical professionals in the field and will be informative for diabetic patients receiving insulin treatment in Asia.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. History of pancreas transplantation.-a. General/Japan/Korea/Taiwan
    3. Indication of pancreas transplantation(Donor and Recipient)
    a. General/Japan/Korea/Taiwan
    4. Pre operative evaluation
    a. General/Japan/Korea/Taiwan
    5. Surgical aspect of pancreas transplantation
    a. General/Japan/Korea/Taiwan
    6. Post operative management(general care,immunosuppressant, graft monitoring etc)
    a. General/Japan/Korea/Taiwan
    7. Outcomes
    a. General/Japan/Korea/Taiwan
    8. Complication
    a. General/Japan/Korea/Taiwan
    9. Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Elizabeth D. Thompson, Ralph H. Hruban, Kiyoko Oshima.
    Summary: "New in the Differential Diagnosis in Surgical Pathology series, this abundantly illustrated title helps you systematically solve tough diagnostic challenges in pancreatic and biliary pathology. It uses select images of clinical and pathological findings, together with succinct, expert instructions and diagnostic pearls, to guide you through the decision-making process. By presenting material according to the way pathologists actually work, this user-friendly volume helps you quickly differentiate commonly confused entities that have overlapping morphologic features. Presents nearly 100 differential diagnoses in pancreatic and biliary pathology, including the most common entities as well as selected rare diseases. Provides concise, bulleted summaries of clinical and pathological findings and relevant pictorial examples on the corresponding pages. Features 1,000 high-quality, full-color images of similar-looking lesions side by side for easy comparison with respect to clinicopathologic features and ancillary tests. Includes more than 30 detailed chapters on the pancreas, as well as coverage of the ampulla, extrahepatic bile duct, and gallbladder. Ideal for practicing pathologists, pathologists in training, residents, and medical students"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Ovid 2022
  • Digital
    John P. Neoptolemos, Raul Urrutia, James L. Abbruzzese, Markus W. Büchler, editors.
    Summary: In organizing the second edition of this renowned Handbook, Dr. Neoptolemos and his co-editors have produced and updated a revised edition to the distinguished Major Reference Work devoted to pancreatic cancer. Like its preceding edition, the second edition continues to have a widespread appeal among clinicians, pathologists and basic scientists, who are now struggling to understand this complex and rapidly expanding field. Because of the recent and vast growth in both the clinical and scientific research being done in pancreatic cancer, (there is currently an unprecedented investment by academia and industry in this field), each research's knowledge of other specialty areas outside his or her own is often quite limited. The aim of the new edition is to place the tangible advances, including new developments in surgical approaches with regards to resection techniques, the state of laparoscopic approaches, the growing impact of surgical approaches in the management of recurrent pancreatic cancer, controversies in the management of IMPN as the precursor lesion for PDAC and others - readily at hand. The second edition focuses on advances that will not become dated, and the editors have chosen authors, who are the very best in each area.

    Contents:
    Section: The Nature of Pancreatic Cancer
    Cell Cycle Machinery and Its Alterations in Pancreatic Cancer
    Animal modelling of Pancreatitis-to-Cancer Progression
    Stromal Inflammation in Pancreatic Cancer: Mechanisms and Translational Applications
    Familial Pancreatic Cancer
    Section: Clinical Management of Pancreatic Cancer
    Therapeutic Endoscopy in the Management of Pancreatic Cancer
    Controversies in Pathology Reporting and Staging
    Staging and Postoperative Outcomes Using the International Study Group of Pancreatic Surgery (ISGPS) Classifications
    Borderline Respectable Pancreatic Cancer
    New Japanese Classification of Pancreatic Cancer
    Arterial Resection in Pancreatic Cancer
    Treatment of Recurrent Pancreatic Cancer After Surgery
    Neoadjuvant Chemotherapy in Pancreatic Cancer
    Differential Therapy Based on Tumor Heterogeneity in Pancreatic Cancer
    Neoadjuvant Chemoradiation for Operable Pancreatic Cancer: the Importance of Local Disease Control
    Section: New Directions
    Development of Novel Therapeutic Response Biomarkers
    Clinical Applications of Genomics and Proteomics in Pancreatic Cancer
    Approaching Pancreatic Cancer Phenotypes via Metabolomics
    Circulating Tumour Cells
    Cancer Exosomes for Early Pancreatic Cancer Diagnosis and Role Metastasis
    Metabolism in Pancreatic Cancer
    Secondary Screening for Inherited Pancreatic Ductal Adenocarcinoma
    Role of Radiotherapy in Locally Advanced Pancreatic Cancer
    Evolution of Pancreatic Cancer Surgery
    Multiparameter Modalities for the Study of Patients in the Setting of Individualized Medicine
    Epigenetic Pharmacology
    Precision Medicine Based on Next Generation Sequencing and Master Controllers.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Manoop S. Bhutani, Matthew H.G. Katz, Anirban Maitra, Joseph M. Herman, Robert A. Wolff, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive, state-of-the-art overview of pancreatic cancer. The text presents new data about risk factors and genetic predisposition for pancreatic cancer, highlights current screening strategies and preliminary results, and reviews diagnosis and staging of pancreatic cancer, with a focus on imaging evaluations, laparoscopy, endoscopic ultrasound-guided biopsies, and biomarkers. The book also spotlights emerging paradigms in pancreatic cancer management, such as minimally invasive surgical approaches and emerging radiation approaches, and provides valuable insight into the role of nutrition and early integration of supportive/palliative care for pancreatic cancer patients. Written by experts in the field, Pancreatic Cancer: A Multidisciplinary Approach is an invaluable resource for physicians and researchers with an interest in pancreatic cancer.

    Contents:
    Pancreatic Cancer at a Glance
    Risk Factors and Genetic Predisposition
    Pancreatic Cancer and Diabetes Mellitus
    Pancreatic Cancer Screening
    Diagnosis and Staging of Pancreatic Cancer
    Imaging Evaluations: Pancreatic Protocol CT and MRI, PET-CT
    Laparoscopy
    Role of Gastroenterologists: Endoscopic Ultrasound (EUS), EUS-guided Biopsy
    Role of Ca 19-9 in Diagnosis/Staging and Management
    Management of Locally Advanced/ Metastatic Disease
    Medical Oncology
    Radiation Oncology
    Management of Resectable and Borderline Resectable Disease
    Surgery
    Medical Oncology
    Radiation Oncology
    Endoscopic Management of Pancreatic Cancer Symptoms
    Jaundice/Biliary Obstruction: ERCP/EUS BD
    Gastric Outlet Obstruction: Antroduodenal Stenting, Venting PEG, EUS-guided Gastrojejunostomy
    Pain Control: Celiac Plexus Neurolysis
    Emerging Paradigms in Pancreatic Cancer
    Minimally Invasive Surgical Approaches
    EUS-Guided Local Therapies
    Imaging Based Biomarkers for Pancreatic Cancer
    Liquid Biopsies in Pancreatic Cancer
    Molecular Profiling and Precision Medicine for Pancreatic Cancer
    The Prospects of Immunotherapy in Pancreatic Cancer
    Microbiome in Pancreatic Cancer
    Early Drug Development in Pancreatic Cancer
    Mechanisms and Evidence on Pancreatic Cancer Prevention
    Nutrition in Pancreatic Cancer
    Prioritizing the Patient Experience: Early Integration of Supportive/Palliative Care in Pancreatic Cancer Management
    Patient Reported Outcomes and Quality of Life
    Alternative/Integrative Medicine in Pancreatic Cancer. .
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Sun-Whe Kim, Hiroki Yamaue, editors.
    Summary: This book provides state of the art knowledge on a broad range of clinical issues in pancreatic cancer, covering topics from screening and pathophysiology to surgical treatments. In particular, the focus is on current controversies and on evidence-based surgical techniques. Further aspects considered include the management of precancerous lesions, diagnostic methods, perioperative care and nonsurgical treatment. The description of surgical methods is supported by many helpful illustrations and important technical issues are carefully addressed. Determination of resectability and extent of surgery is also discussed. Based on recent developments in surgical techniques, some surgeons are performing more and more radical operations. It is essential, however, that surgical strategy is based on the best available evidence and surgeons will find that this book offers valuable help in achieving this aim. In addition, it will be a great asset in clinical practice for all who are involved or interested in the management of pancreatic cancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Hans G. Beger, MD, FAS ; Akimasa Nakao, MD, PhD, FACS ; John P. Neoptolemos, MA, MB, BDChir, MD, FRCS, FMedSci ; Shu You Peng, MD, FACS, FRCSG, ESA ; Michael G. Sarr, MD.
    Digital Access Wiley 2015
  • Digital
    George H. Sakorafas, Vassileios Smyrniotis, Michael G. Sarr, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a thorough overview of the detection of PCNs using modern imaging techniques and a clear guide to the recognition of the different subtypes of PCN based on their radiologic and histopathologic features. This volume will serve as an excellent aid to the selection of optimal therapeutic strategies based on preoperative diagnosis. A further important feature is the emphasis placed on radiologic, clinical, and surgical correlations. Pancreatic cystic neoplasms (PCNs) have been increasingly recognized during the past decade, mainly because of the widespread use of modern imaging modalities for the investigation of often unrelated abdominal symptoms. The three most common subtypes of PCN are serous cystic neoplasms, mucinous cystic neoplasms, and intraductal papillary mucinous neoplasms. These subtypes have distinct radiologic and histopathological features, and their biological behavior differs greatly. Accurate preoperative diagnosis is of prime importance in selecting the optimal therapeutic strategy: while serous cystic neoplasms are almost always benign, and may be treated conservatively, mucinous cystic neoplasms and intraductal papillary mucinous neoplasms have malignant potential, warranting an aggressive surgical approach, i.e., pancreatectomy. Pancreatic Cystic Neoplasms will be of great interest to surgeons, gastroenterologists, radiologists, oncologists, and pathologists, and also to internists and residents in these specialties.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Classification
    Serous cystic neoplasms
    Mucinous cystic neoplasms
    Intraductal Papillary Mucinous Neoplasms
    Rare cystic neoplasms
    Diagnostic evaluation
    Imaging
    Cross sectional Imaging
    US, CT, MRI
    Endoscopic ultrasonography
    ERCP / MRCP
    Intraductal ultrasonography / ductoscopy
    FNA and analysis of the cystic fluid
    Cytology
    Biochemical analysis
    Treatment
    Indications for surgery
    Surgical treatment
    Adjuvant therapy
    Follow-up
    Prognosis.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Atif Zaheer, Elliot K. Fishman, Meredith E. Pittman, Ralph H. Hruban, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital/Print
    edited by Miriam Ramírez-Domínguez.
    Contents:
    Historical Background of Pancreatic Islet Isolation / Miriam Ramírez-Domínguez
    The Different Faces of the Pancreatic Islets / Midhat H.Abdulreda, Rayner Rodriguez-Diaz, Over Cabrera, Alejandro Caicedo, Per-Olof Berggren
    Isolation of Mouse Pancreatic Islets of Langerhans / Miriam Ramírez-Domínguez
    Pancreatic Islets: Methods for Isolation and Purification of Juvenile and Adult Pig Islets / Heide Brandhorst, Paul R.V. Johnson, Daniel Brandhorst
    Isolation of Pancreatic Islets from NonHuman Primates / Dora M. Berman
    Necessities for a Clinical Islet Program / Wayne John Hawthorne
    Clinical Islet Isolation / Wayne John Hawthorne, Lindy Jane Williams, Yi Vee Chew
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Mihir S. Wagh, Peter V. Draganov, editors.
    Contents:
    Classification of Pancreatic Lesions
    Pancreatic Adenocarcinoma
    Less Common Solid Tumors of Pancreas
    Cystic Lesions of the Pancreas
    Autoimmune pancreatitis
    Pancreatitis-related pancreatic masses: Chronic Pancreatitis
    Radiographic imaging
    EUS Imaging in the Diagnosis of Pancreatic Masses
    Contrast-enhanced EUS
    Endoscopic Ultrasonography: Role of EUS Sampling in Solid Pancreas Lesions
    Endoscopic Ultrasonography: Role of EUS sampling in Cystic lesions
    Role of ERCP in Diagnosing Pancreatic Masses
    Endoscopic Retrograde Cholangiopancreatography (ERCP): Pancreatoscopy for the evaluation of pancreatic neoplasia
    Recent Advances in Cytologic and Histologic Specimen Evaluation, FISH and Molecular Markers
    Evaluation and Surveillance Strategies for Patients at Increased Risk of Pancreatic Cancer
    Differential Diagnosis and Diagnostic Evaluation Algorithm
    Surgery for Solid Pancreatic Neoplasms
    Radiation Therapy for Pancreatic Cancer
    Chemotherapy
    Endoscopic therapy: ERCP based therapy
    Endoscopic therapy: EUS-based therapy
    Endoscopic Therapy of Gastric Outlet Obstruction
    Management of Cystic Lesions of the Pancreas
    Recent Advances and Novel Treatments of Pancreatic Masses.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    volume editors, Barbara A. Centeno, Jasreman Dhillon.
    Summary: "This book provides a comprehensive review of entities that may be encountered in pancreatic cytology. It is designed for cytotechnologists, pathology trainees, pathologists, and cytopathologists. It is also a useful guide for advanced endoscopists performing EUS-guided FNA, and surgeons and oncologists treating patients with pancreatic disease wanting to understand their pathology reports"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction to pancreatic pathology and fine-needle aspiration cytology / Dhillon, J.
    Processing of fine-needle aspiration specimens from pancreatic lesions / Dhillon, J.
    Imaging of pancreatic tumors / Morse, B., Klapman, J.
    Normal components and contaminants / Dhillon, J.
    Non-neoplastic masses of the pancreas / Centeno, B.A., Thomas, S.
    Non-neoplastic and neoplastic cysts of the pancreas / Centeno, B.A., Thomas, S.
    Pancreatic ductal adenocarcinoma / Betancourt, M., Dhillon, J.
    Non-ductal tumors of the pancreas / Dhillon, J.
    Metastases, secondary tumors, and lymphomas of the pancreas / Centeno, B.A.
    Mesenchymal tumors of the pancreas / Dhillon, J.
    Digital Access Karger 2020
  • Digital
    Terumi Kamisawa, Hisami Ando, editors.
    Summary: From embryology to epidemiology, pathophysiology, diagnosis, complications, treatment and prognosis, this book provides a comprehensive overview and the latest evidence-based data on pancreaticobiliary maljunction (PBM), a congenital malformation in which the pancreatic and bile ducts join anatomically outside the duodenal wall. Resulting in various pathologic conditions, such as biliary cancer and pancreatitis, immediate prophylactic surgery is recommended upon diagnosis. The standard operative procedure for congenital biliary dilatation (CBD) is extrahepatic bile duct resection with bilioenteric anastomosis, but the optimal treatment of adult patients with PBM without biliary dilatation remains highly debatable. This book, written by pioneering editors and authors provides latest data, sheds new light on the disease. With abundant figures to aid understanding, Pancreaticobiliary Maljunction and Congenital Biliary Dilatation appeals to a wide readership, especially adult and pediatric surgeons, physicians including gastroenterologists and endoscopists, as well as radiologists and pathologists.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by David B. Adams, Peter B. Cotton, Nicholas J. Zyromski, John Windsor.
    Contents:
    Epidemiology and genetics of pancreatitis / David C Whitcomb
    Pathobiology of the acinar cell in acute pancreatitis / Stephen J Pandol
    Locoregional pathophysiology in acute pancreatitis: pancreas and intestine / Alistair BJ Escott, Anthony J Phillips, John A Windsor
    Pathophysiology of systemic inflammatory response syndrome and multiorgan dysfunction syndrome in acute pancreatitis / Pramod Kumar Garg
    Diagnosis, prediction, and classification / Efstratios Koutroumpakis, Georgios I Papachristou
    Medical treatment / Andree H Koop, Timothy B Gardner
    Nutritional treatment in acute pancreatitis / Maxim S Petrov
    Gallstone pancreatitis: diagnosis and treatment / Marsela Sina, Gregory A Coté
    Treatment of local complications / Stefan AW Bouwense, Thomas L Bollen, Paul Fockens, Marc GH Besselink for the Dutch Pancreatitis Study Group
    Treatment of systemic complications and organ failure / Alexsander K Bressan, Chad G Ball
    Specific treatment for acute pancreatitis / Li Wen, Muhammad A Javed, Kiran Altaf, Peter Szatmary, Robert Sutton
    Sequelae of acute pancreatitis / Nicholas J Zyromski, Lucas McDuffie
    History of chronic pancreatitis / Peter A Banks
    Epidemiology and pathophysiology: epidemiology and risk factors / Dhiraj Yadav, Julia Greer
    Epidemiology and pathophysiology: genetic insights into pathogenesis / David C Whitcomb
    Pancreatic stellate cells: what do they tell us about chronic pancreatitis? / Minoti V Apte, Zhihong Xu, Ron C Pirola, Jeremy S Wilson
    Autoimmune pancreatitis: an update / Thiruvengadam Muniraj, Raghuwansh P Sah, Suresh T Chari
    Etiology and pathophysiology: tropical pancreatitis / Rajesh Gupta, Sunil D Shenvi, Ritambhra Nada, Surinder S Rana, Deepak Bhasin
    Mechanisms and pathways of pain in chronic pancreatitis / Dana A Dominguez, Kimberly S Kirkwood
    Imaging of chronic pancreatitis / Ferenc Czeyda-Pommersheim, Bobby Kalb, Diego Martin
    Endoscopic ultrasonography in chronic pancreatitis / Brenda Hoffman, Nathaniel Ranney
    Pancreatic enzyme replacement therapy (PERT) / Ravi K Prakash, Alexander Schlachterman, Chris E Forsmark
    Nutritional treatment: antioxidant treatment / Ajith K Siriwardena
    Pancreatogenic diabetes: etiology, implications, and management / Dana K Andersen
    Nutrition without a pancreas: how does the gut do it? / William Lancaster, Matthew Kappus, Robert Martindale
    Endoscopic management of chronic pancreatitis / Wiriyaporn Ridtitid, Stuart Sherman
    Shocking and fragmenting pancreatic ductal stones / Rupjyoti Talukdar, Duvvur Nageshwar Reddy
    Endoscopic management: celiac plexus blockade / Vikesh K Singh
    A brief history of modern surgery for chronic pancreatitis / Michael G Sarr, Charles F Frey, Thomas Schnelldorfer
    Surgery for chronic pancreatitis: indications and timing of surgery / Philippus C Bornman, Dirk J Gouma, Jake E J Krige
    Chronic pancreatitis: surgical strategy in complicated diseases / Philippus C Bornman, Jake E J Krige, Sandie R Thomson
    Surgery for chronic pancreatitis: pancreatic duct drainage procedures / Dirk J Gouma, Philippus C Bornman
    Surgical management: resection and drainage procedures / Tobias Keck, Ulrich Wellner, Ulrich Adam
    The role of pancreatoduodenectomy in the management of chronic pancreatitis / Kristopher P Croome, Michael B Farnell
    Total pancreatectomy and islet cell autotransplantation: patient selection / Sydne Muratore, Martin Freeman, Greg Beilman
    Total pancreatectomy and islet cell autotransplantation: the science of islet cell preservation, from pancreas to liver / Appakalai N Balamurugan, Melena D Bellin
    Total pancreatectomy and islet cell autotransplantation: long-term assessment of graft function / Giuseppe Garcea, Ashley Dennison.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Timothy B. Gardner, Kerrington D. Smith, editors.
    Summary: This clinical casebook provides a comprehensive yet concise state-of-the-art review of pancreatic disease. Presented in a case-based format, each case focuses on a different varient of pancreatic disease and pancreatic cancer, with sections on diagnosis and early detection, management of the disease, and treatment of complications from the disease. The role of neoadjuvant therapy for pancreatic cancer and emerging treatment algorithms for chronic pancreatitis are also highlighted in the text. Written by experts in the field, Pancreatology: A Clinical Casebook is a valuable resource for clinicians, surgeons, and researchers interested in caring for patients with pancreatic disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Andreas Musolff, Ruth Breeze, Kayo Kondo and Sara Vilar-Lluch.
    Summary: "The COVID-19 pandemic has led to a host of critical reflections about discourse practises dealing with public health issues. Situating crisis communication at the centre of societal and political debates about responses to the pandemic, this volume analyses the discursive strategies used in a variety of settings. Exploring how crisis discourse has become a part of managing the public health crisis itself, this book focuses on the communicative tasks and challenges for both speakers and their public audiences in seven areas: - establishment of discursive and political authority - official governmental and expert communication to the public - public understanding of government communication - legitimation of public health management as a 'war' - judging and blaming a collective other - cross-national comparison and rivalry - empathy and encouragement Covering global discourses from Asia, Europe, the Middle East, North and South America, and New Zealand, chapters use corpus-based data to cast light on these issues from a variety of languages. With crisis discourse already the object of fierce national and international debates about the appropriateness of specific communicative styles, information management and 'verbal hygiene', Pandemic and Crisis Discourse offers an authoritative intervention from language experts"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    List of Figures
    List of Tables
    List of Contributors
    Introduction, Andreas Musolff, Ruth Breeze, Kayo Kondo and Sara Vilar-Lluch
    Part I: The Discourse of Authority in a Global Crisis: Who Defines (If There Is) a Pandemic?
    1 COVID-19 Press Conferences Across Time: World Health Organization vs. Chinese Ministry of Foreign Affairs, Dennis Tay
    2 Exploring the Multimodal Representation of COVID-19 on the Official Homepage of World Health Organization (WHO): A Social-Semiotic Approach, Amir H. Y. Salama
    3 COVID-19 Representations in Political Statements: A Corpus-Driven Analysis, Alexandra Papamanoli and Themis P. Kaniklidou
    4 How Autocrats Cope with the Corona Challenge: Belarus vs. Russia, Daniel Weiss
    5 Counting Coronavirus: Mathematical Language in The UK Response to Covid-19, Lee Jarvis
    Part II: The Discourse of Crisis Management: How is the Public Meant to and How Does it Understand the Pandemic?
    6 "Coronavirus Explainers" for Public Communication of Science: Everything the Public Needs to Know, María José Luzón
    7 'COVID Warriors: An Analysis of the Use of Metaphors in Children's Books to Help them Understand Covid-19, María Muelas-Gil
    8 Corona in the Linguistic Landscape, Neele Mundt and Frank Polzenhagen
    9 Political Comedy and the Challenges of Public Communication during the Covid-19 Crisis: A Corpus-Based Study of Last Week Tonight's Coverage of the Pandemic, Virginia Zorzi
    10 Social Reaction to a New Health Threat: The Perception of the COVID-19 Health Crisis by British and Spanish Readerships, Sara Vilar-Lluch
    11 How to Pass this Exam? Dealing with COVID-19 through Metaphors in Turkish Online Public Discourse, Melike Bas and Esranur Efeoglu-Özcan
    Part III: The Discourse of 'War' against the Pandemic: How to 'Fight' COVID-19?
    12 When Wars are Good: Emotional Unpacking Anti-Coronavirus Measures, Molly Xie Pan and Joanna Zhuoan Chen
    13 Legitimising a Global Fight for a Shared Future: A Critical Metaphor Analysis of the Reportage of COVID-19 in China Daily, Yating Yu. 14 Metaphoric Framings of Fighting COVID-19, Mariana Neagu
    15 From an Invisible Enemy to a Football Match with the Virus: Adjusting the COVID-19 Pandemic Metaphors to Political Agendas in Serbian Public Discourse, Nadežda Silaški and Tatjana Đurovic
    16 Are Health Care Political Responses Gendered? A Case Study, Fabienne Baider and Maria Constantinou
    17 "War against COVID-19": Is the Pandemic as War Metaphor Helpful or Hurtful?, Andreas Musolff
    Part IV: The Discourse of Judgement and Rivalry: Blaming Other/s for the Pandemic and Comparing National Performances
    18 "Chinese Virus": A Multimodal Critical Discourse Analysis of U.S. Government Communication about COVID-19 and its Impact on Chinese and Asian Americans in the U.S., Peiwen Wang and Theresa Catalano
    19 'Those Lunatic Zombies': The Discursive Framing of Wuhan Lockdown Escapees in Digital Space, Janet Ho and Emily Chiang
    20 Identity as Crime: How Indian Media's Coverage Demonised Muslims as Coronavirus Spreader, Aaquib Khan
    21 Media Discourse in Slovenia and in the Slovenian-Italian Cross-Border Area during the COVID-19 Pandemic, Vesna Mikolic
    Part V: The Discourse of Empathy and Encouragement: How to Foster Solidarity among Doctors, Patients and Health Experts
    22 Agency in End-of-Life Conversations during the COVID-19 Pandemic, Dariusz Galasinski and Justyna Ziólkowska
    23 Doctors' Empathy and Compassion in Online Health Consultations during the COVID-19 Pandemic in Japan, Kayo Kondo
    24 "Masks aren't Comfortable or Sexy, but...": Exploring Identity Work on Dr Mike's Instagram during the First Phase of the COVID-19 Pandemic, Kim Schoofs, Dorien Van De Mieroop, Stephanie Schnurr, Haiyan Huang and Anastasia Stavridou
    25 Choosing to Stay Fit? Glocalized Ideologies of Health and Fitness during a Pandemic, Ulrike Vogl, Geert Jacobs, Karin Andersson and Jesper Andreasson
    26 Unite against COVID-19: Jacinda Ardern's Discursive Approach to the Pandemic, Marta Degani
    Index.
  • Digital
    Hervé Tettelin, Duccio Medini, editors.
    Summary: This open access book offers the first comprehensive account of the pan-genome concept and its manifold implications. The realization that the genetic repertoire of a biological species always encompasses more than the genome of each individual is one of the earliest examples of big data in biology that opened biology to the unbounded. The study of genetic variation observed within a species challenges existing views and has profound consequences for our understanding of the fundamental mechanisms underpinning bacterial biology and evolution. The underlying rationale extends well beyond the initial prokaryotic focus to all kingdoms of life and evolves into similar concepts for metagenomes, phenomes and epigenomes. The books respective chapters address a range of topics, from the serendipitous emergence of the pan-genome concept and its impacts on the fields of microbiology, vaccinology and antimicrobial resistance, to the study of microbial communities, bioinformatic applications and mathematical models that tie in with complex systems and economic theory. Given its scope, the book will appeal to a broad readership interested in population dynamics, evolutionary biology and genomics.

    Contents:
    Part 1: Genomic diversity and the pan-genome concept
    Chapter 1: The pan-genome: a data-drivendiscovery in biology
    Chapter 2: The prokaryotic species concept and challenges
    Chapter 3: Bacterial guide on how to design a diversified gene portfolio
    Chapter 4: A review of pan-genome tools and recent studies
    Part 2: Evolutionary biology of pan-genomes
    Chapter 5: Structure and dynamics of bacterial populations: pan-genome ecology
    Chapter 6: Bacterial microevolution and the pan-genome
    Chapter 7: Pan-genomes and selection: the public goods hypothesis
    Chapter 8: A pan-genomic perspective on the emergence, maintenance and predictability of antibiotic resistance
    Part 3: Pan-genomics: an open, evolving discipline
    Chapter 9: Metapangenome: at the crossroad of pangenomics and metagenomics
    Chapter 10: Pan-genome flux balance analysis towards pan-phenomes
    Chapter 11: Bacterial epigenomics: epigenetics in the age of population genomics
    Chapter 12: Eukaryotic pan-genomes
    Chapter 13: Computational strategies for eukaryotic pan-genome analyses.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Antonio Egidio Nardi, Rafael Christophe R. Freire, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Eric Sowey, Peter Petocz.
    Contents:
    Part I Introduction
    Why is statistics such a fascinating subject?
    How statistics differs from mathematics
    Statistical literacy- essential in the 21st century
    Statistical inquiry on the web
    Part II Statistical description
    Trustworthy statistics are accurate, meaningful and relevant
    Let's hear it for the standard deviation!
    Index numbers- time travel for averages
    The beguiling ways of bad statistics I
    The beguiling ways of bad statistics II
    Part III Preliminaries to inference
    Puzzles and paradoxes in probability
    Some paradoxes of randomness
    Hidden risks for gamblers
    Models in statistics
    The normal distribution: history, computation and curiosities
    Part IV Statistical inference
    The pillars of applied statistics- estimation
    The pillars of applied statistics- hypothesis testing
    'Data snooping' and the significance level in multiple testing
    Francis Galton and the birth of regression
    Experimental design- piercing the veil of random variation
    In praise of Bayes
    Part V Some statistical byways
    Quality in statistics
    History of ideas: statistical personalities and the personalities of statisticians
    Statistical eponymy
    Statistical 'laws'
    Statistical artefacts
    Part VI Answers
    Answers to the chapter questions.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Peter Lanzer, editor.
    Summary: Vascular management and care has become a truly multidisciplinary enterprise. As a result of scientific progress, the number of specialists involved in the treatment of patients with vascular diseases is steadily increasing. While in the past, treatments were delivered by individual specialists, in the twenty-first century a team approach is without doubt the most effective strategy. Depending on the clinical manifestations, cardiologists, cardiac surgeons, vascular specialists, angiologists, radiologists, vascular surgeons, neurologists, neurointerventionalists, lipidologists, blood coagulation specialists, and diabetologists, to name but a few, may be involved. In order to promote professional excellence in this dynamic and rapidly evolving field, a shared knowledge base and interdisciplinary standards need to be established. PanVascular Medicine, 2nd edition℗ℓhas been designed to offer such an interdisciplinary platform, providing vascular specialists with state-of-the-art descriptive and procedural knowledge. Basic science, diagnostics, and therapy are all comprehensively covered. In a series of succinct, clearly written chapters, renowned specialists introduce and comment on the current international guidelines and present up-to-date reviews of all aspects of vascular care.℗ℓ℗ℓ℗ℓ℗ℓ℗ℓ

    Contents:
    Knowledge and Skills
    PanVascular domain
    Vascular Biology, Molecular Biology and Genetics
    Clinical Vascular Physiology and Pathophysiology
    Prevention
    Vascular Diagnosis
    X-ray Angiography and Venography
    Epidemiology and Risk Factors
    Nosology
    Coronary Artery Disease
    Cerebrovascular Disease
    Peripheral Artery Disease
    Vascular Disease of the Lungs
    Vascular Disease of the Gastrointestinal Tract
    Renovascular Disease
    Urogenital Vascular Disease
    Peripheral Venous Disease
    Vascular Pharmacology
    Catheter-based and Surgery-related Management Instrumentation
    Access, Hemostasis
    Coronary ? Interventional
    Coronary: Surgery
    Cerebrovascular ? Interventional
    Cerebrovascular: Interventional
    Aortic: Interventional Surgery
    Aortic, Visceral: Interventional
    Aortic, Visceral: Surgery
    Peripheral, Arterial
    Interventional
    Peripheral, Arterial ? Surgery
    Peripheral, Venous . Interventional and Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Martha Bishop Pitman, Lester James Layfield.
    Contents:
    Overview of Diagnostic Terminology and Reporting
    Category I: Non-Diagnostic
    Category II: Negative (for Malignancy)
    Category III: Atypical
    Category IV: Neoplastic-Benign
    Category IV: Neoplastic-Other
    Category V: Suspicious (for Malignancy)
    Category VI: Positive or Malignant
    Appendix A: Template for Cyst Diagnosis
    Appendix B: Mucinous Etiology
    Appendix C: Useful Ancillary Tests.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Shantanu Bhattacharya, Sanjay Kumar, Avinash K Agarwal, editors.
    Summary: This volume provides an overview of the recent advances in the field of paper microfluidics, whose innumerable research domains have stimulated considerable efforts to the development of rapid, cost-effective and simplified point-of-care diagnostic systems. The book is divided into three parts viz. theoretical background of paper microfluidics, fabrication techniques for paper-based devices, and broad applications. Each chapter of the book is self-explanatory and focuses on a specific topic and its relation to paper microfluidics and starts with a brief description of the topics physical background, essential definitions, and a short story of the recent progress in the relevant field. The book also covers the future outlook, remaining challenges, and emerging opportunities. This book shall be a tremendous up-to-date resource for researchers working in the area globally.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; About the Editors; 1 A Historical Perspective on Paper Microfluidic Based Point-of-Care Diagnostics; Abstract; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Paper Microfluidics: Historical Perspective; 1.3 Outline; References; 2 Fluid Transport Mechanisms in Paper-Based Microfluidic Devices; Abstract; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Fluid Transport; 2.2.1 Classical Lucas-Washburn Equation (Capillary Flow); 2.2.2 Darcy's Law for Fluid Flow; 2.2.3 Fluid Transport in the Porous Media of Varying Cross Section/Arbitrary Shape; 2.2.4 Radial Fluid Transport in Porous Media 2.2.5 Diffusion-Based Fluid Transport; 2.2.6 Lateral Flow Immunoassay (LFIA); 2.3 Summary; References; 3 Fabrication Techniques for Paper-Based Microfluidic Devices; Abstract; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Fabrication Methods; 3.2.1 2D Fabrication Methods; 3.2.2 Flexographic Printing; 3.2.3 3D Fabrication Methods; 3.3 Comparison of Various Fabrication Methods; References; 4 Flow Control in Paper-Based Microfluidic Devices; Abstract; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Fluid Flow Through Porous Substrates; 4.2.1 Lucas-Washburn Equation; 4.2.2 Darcy's Equation for Fluid Flow 4.2.3 Richard's Equation for Partially Saturated Flows; 4.3 Controlling the Fluid Flow in Paperfluidic Devices; 4.3.1 Techniques to Achieve Flow Control Without Valves; 4.3.1.1 Changing the Channel Dimensions; 4.3.1.2 Creation of Alternate Flow Paths; 4.3.1.3 Changing the Surface Wettability; 4.3.1.4 Changing the Properties of the Porous Substrate; 4.3.1.5 Increasing the Resistance to Fluid Flow Using Physicochemical Barriers; 4.3.1.6 Electrostatic Interactions Between Device Components; 4.3.1.7 Varying the Channel Dimensions for Specific Introduction of Reagents 4.3.2 Techniques to Achieve Flow Control Utilizing Valve-Like Tools; 4.3.2.1 Dissolvable Species; 4.3.2.2 Mechanical Tools Which Connect or Disconnect Channels; 4.3.2.3 Wax-Based Valves; 4.3.2.4 Fluidic Diodes; 4.3.2.5 Automatically Actuated External Valves; 4.4 Challenges to Translation of Flow Control-Based Paperfluidic Devices; References; 5 Paper Microfluidic Based Device for Blood/Plasma Separation; Abstract; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Physiological Hemodynamics and Porous Media Hemodynamics; 5.3 Recent Advances in Paper Based Blood Plasma Separation Devices; 5.4 Summary and Future Perspectives
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    edited by Norman P. Salzman.
    Contents:

    v. 1. The Polyomaviruses.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    QR406 .P36
    1
  • Digital
    Jianghui Hou.
    Summary: The Paracellular Channel: Biology, Physiology and Disease serves as the first volume to offer a cohesive and unifying picture of the critical functions of paracellular channels (tight junctions) in different tissues. This new class of ion channel utilizes a completely different mechanism to create ion passage pathways across the cell junction. This volume outlines common principles that govern the organization and regulation of these diverse cellular structures, describes the methodology of study, and highlights the pathophysiologic consequence of abnormal structure and functions of the paracellular channels in human diseases. Coverage includes biochemical, biophysical, structural, physiologic analyses of the paracellular channel, and new technologies for recording and characterization.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Paracellular channel formation
    Paracellular channel recording
    Paracellular cation channel
    Paracellular anion channel
    Paracellular water channel
    Paracellular channel in organ system
    Paracellular channel in human disease
    Paracellular channel as drug target
    Paracellular channel evolution
    Perspective.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2019
  • Digital
    Howard Friel and Sally Frautschy.
    Contents:
    Monotargeting versus multitargeting
    The Pleiotropic pharmacology of plant polyphenols
    Primary prevention of Alzheimer's disease
    Secondary prevention of Alzheimer's disease
    Treatment mechanisms in mild to moderate Alzheimer's disease
    Pleiotropic theory
    Dose-adherence and intent-to-treat.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Gaafar Ragab, Luca Quartuccio, Hadi Goubran, editors.
    Summary: This book presents paraproteinemia and the highly complex scientific information behind it to clinicians in a way they can understand and, ultimately, apply to their diagnostic and treatment practices. Paraproteinemia or dysproteinemia is characterized by the overproduction of an immunoglobulin by clonal expansion of cells from the B cells lineage which includes the plasma cells. The resultant monoclonal protein can be composed of the entire immunoglobulin or of its components. The identification and categorization of the different representatives of this group of disorders have traveled a long distance, but despite its high prevalence there is surprisingly limited evidence, in some areas, to guide the best clinical practice both at the time of diagnosis and during follow up. This book seeks to fill that gap. The book is divided into three sections, introductory chapters, disease entities and experimental therapies. The text guides clinicians through these diseases and disorders. The group of renal diseases attributed to deposition of monoclonal immunoglobulins or their components are arranged as one disease category in order to simplify the understanding of these complicated diseases in plasma cell dysplasia. In emulation of this practical approach, at a larger scale, the volume editors and chapter authors attempt to encompass the whole spectrum of the paraproteinemias in this text. This will have the dual benefit of offering the audience a panoramic view of this group of disorders and simultaneously keeping them focused on its individual representatives. There have been many recent advances in diagnosis, risk stratifications, and management of many members of this group of diseases and they are explored in depth here. This is an ideal guide for rheumatologists, hematologists, nephrologists, immunologists, oncologists, and relevant trainees caring for patients with paraproteinemia and related disorders.

    Contents:
    The phenomenon of Paraproteinemia
    B Cell in Health and Disease
    Immunoglobulins, structure and function
    The Bone marrow as a hotbed for Plasma Cell activation
    Animal Models in Monoclonal Immunoglobulin Related Diseases
    An Approach to The Diagnosis of Paraproteinemia
    Amyloidosis: Pathogenesis, types and diagnosis
    Amyloidosis: Clinical Manifestations and Treatment
    Primary Light Chain (AL) Amyloidosis
    Monoclonal Immunoglobulin Deposition Disease
    Multiple Myeloma
    Monoclonal Gammopathy of Undetermined Significance (MGUS) & Highlight on Monoclonal Gammopathy of Neurological Significance (MGNS)
    Monoclonal Gammopathy of Renal Significance: An Insight
    Waldenstrom Macroglobulinemia
    IgG4 Related Disease Overview: Pathology, Clinical picture and Treatment
    Type I cryoglobulinemia
    Paraproteinemias associated with Autoimmune Diseases
    Infections and Paraproteinemia
    Paraproteinemia In Autoinflammatory Diseases
    Paraproteins associated with malignancy
    Monoclonal Gammopathies with Miscellaneous Associations
    Novel and Experimental Clone-directed Therapies
    Non-Pharmacological Management of Paraproteinemia.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Heinz Mehlhorn, Sven Klimpel, editors.
    Summary: Rivers are the "blood vessels" of all living organisms on earth - they live in the water, drink the water or use it to spread into new regions in order to avoid overcrowding in specific locations. Since the early beginnings of human life on earth, riverbanks have been used as settlement sites, to provide food and for transport. However, since the oldest human cultures many agents of diseases have also spread along these rivers. Written by leading international parasitologists and physicians, this book discusses the involvement of rivers in the spread of diseases, but also their contributions to the development and destruction of human cultures. Examining past and current data, it shows how important and vulnerable river regions are and how they are increasingly endangered by pollution.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Important rivers and their worldwide contributions to epidemics on earth
    Chapter 2: Conquering the God of Plague in China: a tale of over 60 years
    Chapter 3: Cholera (Blue skin disease) and its history
    Chapter 4: Spreading of cholera along rivers in early times of the USA before detection of the agents of disease
    Chapter 5: Human cercarial dermatitis (HCD) or swimmer's itch along rivers and lakes
    Chapter 6: Blood sucking leeches
    not only nasty but also dangerous and helpful
    Chapter 7: Important foodbornetrematodiases in Lower Mekong River Basin
    Chapter 8: Important protozoan diseases in Lower Mekong River Basin
    Chapter 9: Free-living amoebae and associated drug resistant bacteria in surface waters-A public health concern?
    Chapter 10. Nile River, Impact on Human Health in Egypt from Pharaohs until now
    Chapter 11: Epidemic status of schistosomiasis control in Guangdong province. Chapter 12: Konna
    a help for a self-help project at the Niger River in Mali
    Chapter 13: Leishmaniasis in Israel and Palestinian territories
    Chapter 14: Past and present of tropical diseases in the Amazon river
    Chapter 15: Brazil's big river projects and their impact on the occurrence of tropical diseases
    Chapter 16: The major rivers and the genesis of the recent area of ticks Ixodes persulcatus in Western Siberia
    Chapter 17: The Main River and Main-Danube Canal
    a hub for Ponto-Caspian parasite invasion
    Chapter 18: "Father Rhine"
    from the Alps to the North Sea
    Chapter 19: The River Rhine as hotspot of parasite invasions
    Chapter 20: Free-living amoebae in rivers and ponds and their multiple role in environmental health.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Christopher Peacock, University of Western Australia, Nedlands, WA, Australia.
    Contents:
    The eukaryotic pathogen databases : a functional genomic resource integrating data from human and veterinary parasites
    From sequence mapping to genome assemblies
    Sequencing and annotation of mitochondrial genomes from individual parasitic helminths
    A beginners guide to estimating the non-synonymous to synonymous rate ratio of all protein-coding genes in a genome
    Exploiting genetic variation to discover genes involved in important disease phenotypes
    Identification and analysis of ingi-related retroposons in the trypanosomatid genomes
    Approaches for studying mRNA decay mediated by SIDER2 retroposons in Leishmania
    Gene suppression in schistosomes using RNAi
    Construction of Trypanosoma brucei illumina RNA-seq libraries enriched for transcript ends
    Techniques to study epigenetic control and the epigenome in parasites
    The genome-wide identification of promotor regions in Toxoplasma gondii
    RNA-seq approaches for determining mRNA abundance in Leishmania
    Protein microarrays for parasite antigen discovery
    A transposon-based tool for transformation and mutagenesis in Trypanosomatid protozoa
    Separation of basic proteins from Leishmania using a combination of free flow electrophoresis (FFE) and 2D electrophoresis (2-DE) under basic conditions
    Proteomic analysis of posttranslational modifications using iTRAQ in Leishmania
    Large-scale differential proteome analysis in Plamsmodium falciparum under drug treatment
    Use of ¹³C stable isotope labelling for pathway and metabolic flux analysis in Leishmania parasites
    Molecular genotyping of Trypanosoma cruzi for lineage assignment and population genetics
    Screening Leishmania donovani complex-specific genes required for visceral disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Sven Klimpel, Thomas Kuhn, Julian Münster, Dorian D. Dörge, Regina Klapper, Judith Kochmann.
    Summary: This textbook provides a comprehensive, reliable and practical guide to the dissection and parasitological examination of marine fish and cephalopods. The first part provides a general introduction, presenting basic information on: parasitology, ecology of the marine environment, history and methods of fisheries and aquaculture, as well as the ecology of marine fish and cephalopods and the impact of parasites on hosts. In turn, the second part provides general information on the morphology and anatomy of marine fish and cephalopods using the example of abundant morphotypes (including e.g. habitus photos of the body cavity and internal organs). The third part covers the relevant parasitic groups, their ecology (e.g. lifecycles, transmission), related diseases, and detection. The fourth part, a comprehensive methods section, provides essential protocols and applications of common dissection methods (for roundfish, flatfish and cephalopods) and stomach content analyses, as well as parasite preservation, preparation and molecular identification. Basic calculations of the most common infection and ecological parameters are also introduced. The book's fifth and final part provides information on health risks associated with fish and cephalopod consumption, as well as the prevention of human infection through the correct handling and processing of fish samples. The appendix provides e.g. blank sheets for recording fish dissections and parasitological examinations.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction
    Chapter 2. Anatomy and morphology of fish and cephalopods
    Chapter 3. Parasitic groups
    Chapter 4. Techniques
    Chapter 5. Food safety considerations
    Appendix
    Register.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    editors, Nico J. Smit, Niel L. Bruce and Kerry A. Hadfield.
    Summary: This book offers the first comprehensive review of parasitic Crustacea, which are among the most successful and diverse parasites. Starting with an introductory chapter, followed by an historic overview and topic-specific chapters, each presenting a different aspect of parasitic crustacean biology, it enables readers to gain a better understanding of how these parasites function and allows direct comparisons between the different parasitic crustacean groups. The authors also discuss, in depth, the adaptations and interactions that have made parasitic Crustacea as successful as they are today, covering topics ranging from the history of their discovery, their biodiversity, phylogeny, evolution and life strategies to their role as vectors, or hosts of other organisms, and their significance in ecological processes. Consisting of ten chapters from leading international experts in the field, this volume offers a one-stop resource for all researchers, lecturers, students and practitioners.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction
    Chapter 2. History of Discovery of Parasitic Crustacea
    Chapter 3. Biodiversity and Taxonomy of the Parasitic Crustacea
    Chapter 4. Adaptations and Types of Crustacean Symbiotic Associations
    Chapter 5. Life Cycle and Life History Strategies of Parasitic Crustacea
    Chapter 6. Effects of Parasitic Crustacea on Hosts
    Chapter 7. Parasitic Crustacea as Vectors
    Chapter 8. Hypersymbionts and Hyperparasites of Parasitic Crustacea
    Chapter 9. Unravelling the Evolutions of the Rhizocephala: A Case study for Molecular Based Phylogeny in the Parasitic Crustacea
    Chapter 10. The Ecological Significance of Parasitic Crustaceans.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Monica Florin-Christensen, Leonhard Schnittger, editors.
    Summary: This book provides an in-depth yet concise overview of the most common and emerging protozoa that cause diseases in both farm animals and companion animals. As outlined in the concise introduction, pathogenic protozoans represent an evolutionary highly diverse and little understood group of disease-causing microorganisms. For each of the featured parasitic unicellular eukaryotes, it discusses the morphology, lifecycle, epidemiology and host-pathogen interactions. In addition, the book highlights the latest developments in diagnostic methods, as well as prevention and treatment strategies. Thorough information on genomes and genetic manipulation strategies for some of the protozoa covered in this book is also included. Infections involving parasitic protozoa can cause productivity losses and/or reduce the quality of life of infected animals. Some infections are zoonotic, posing an on-going public health threat. In most cases, prevention and treatment are either non-existent or need considerable improvement. On the other hand, a great deal of research has recently been conducted on these organisms, yielding valuable new information on their global distribution and revealing the mechanisms of host-pathogen interactions at the molecular level - and essential insights that can be used for the development of new control tools. This book includes extensive information on both basic aspects and recent scientific discoveries on these protozoa and thus constitutes a unique resource for students, veterinarians, and researchers alike.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    College of American Pathologists Microbiology Resource Committee ; Bobbi S. Pritt.
    Summary: "User-friendly guide containing more than 70 full-color identifications of parasites commonly found in the clinical laboratory plus detailed descriptions of the most significant morphologic elements, ecology, and clinical significance."-- Provided by publisher.
  • Digital
    volume editor, Maria Luisa Brandi.
    Contents:
    Primary hyperparathyroidism / Masi, L.
    Asymptomatic primary hyperparathyroidism / Clarke, B.L.
    Normocalcemic hyperparathyroidism / Corbetta, S.
    Familial and hereditary forms of primary hyperparathyroidism / Cetani, F., Saponaro, F., Borsari, S., Marcocci, C.
    Familial hypocalciuric hypercalcemia and neonatal severe hyperparathyroidism / Vannucci, L., Brandi, M.L.
    Parathyroid carcinoma / Cetani, F., Pardi, E., Marcocci, C.
    Nonparathyroid hypercalcemia / Goltzman, D.
    Secondary and tertiary hyperparathyroidism / Messa, P., Alfieri, C.M.
    Hypoparathyroidism / Hakami, Y., Khan, A.
    Classification of hypoparathyroid disorders / Cianferotti, L.
    Clinical presentation of hypoparathyroidism / Giusti, F., Brandi, M.L.
    Inactivating PTH/PTHrP signaling disorders / Mantovani, G., Elli, F.M.
    Conventional treatment of hypoparathyroidism / Marcucci, G., Brandi, M.L.
    A new era for chronic management of hypoparathyroidism : parathyroid hormone peptides / Marcucci, G., Brandi, M.L.
    Digital Access Karger 2019
  • Digital
    Mahmoud F. Sakr.
    Summary: The book offers a comprehensive overview of all parathyroid gland disorders both, benign and malignant. It emphases established concepts, presents the ongoing controversies, challenges and debates on diagnosis and treatment of different parathyroid gland disorders, with a view of clarifying some uncertainties, making suggestions to resolve others, and establishing strategies to reach therapeutic success.In addition to general information on parathyroid gland embryology, surgical anatomy, histology and physiology, the chapters explore hyperparathyroidism, osteitis fibrosa cystica, hypoparathyroidism, hungry bone syndrome, the importance of calcium in the human body and differential diagnosis of hypercalcemia. The last chapters investigate post-thyroidectomy hypocalcemia, thyroid cancer, recent intra-operative localizing tools, and illustrate new techniques of parathyroidectomy, as well as parathyroid transplantation. The book will be an invaluable and indispensable source of knowledge and reference for all specialists and trainees entrusted with the care of patients suffering from parathyroid disease.

    Contents:
    Parathyroid Glands: Historical Review
    Embryology of the Parathyroid Gland
    Surgical Anatomy of the Parathyroid Gland
    Histology of the Parathyroid Gland
    Physiology of the Parathyroid Gland
    Calcium: Why is it Important? Hyperparathyroidism (HPT)
    Osteitis Fibrosa Cystica
    Hypoparathyroidism
    Metabolic Syndromes of Parathyroid Failure
    Hungry Bone Syndrome
    Post-thyroidectomy Hypocalcemia: Incidence and Risk Factors
    Post-thyroidectomy Hypocalcemia: Clinical Presentation
    Post-thyroidectomy Hypocalcemia: Prevention
    Parathyroid Transplantation
    Parathyroid Cancer
    Intra-operative tools in Parathyroidectomy
    Parathyroidectomy.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Adrian Covic, David Goldsmith, Pablo A. Ureña Torres, editors.
    Summary: This concise book provides practical strategies to help nephrologists and endocrinologists correctly diagnose and treat the various forms of parathyroid disease they may encounter in the management of chronic kidney disease. Each chapter deals with various topics related to parathyroid gland anatomy and physiology, as well as diagnostic tests and their particularities in regard to chronic disease. The book highlights the range of therapies used for the treatment of secondary hyperparathyroidism, and critically analyses the latest research in the field. Providing an up-to-date review of the current literature, including innovations in both medical and surgical treatment and current indications for parathyroidectomy, this practice-oriented book is an excellent resource for nephrologists, endocrinologists, endocrine surgeons and family medicine physicians.

    Contents:
    Parathyroid glands in CKD: anatomy, histology, physiology and molecular biology in CKD
    PTH regulation by the Klotho/FGF23 axis in CKD
    Parathyroid Imaging in Patients with Renal Hyperparathyroidism
    PTH regulation by phosphate and miRNAs
    Relation between PTH and biochemical markers of MBD
    Effect of PTH on the Hematologic System
    Control of secondary hyperparathyroidism (SPHT) by older and newer vitamin D compounds
    Parathyroidectomy in Chronic Kidney disease
    Relation between PTH and the risk of mortality in CKD.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Karen Bearss, Cynthia R. Johnson, Benjamin L. Handen, Eric Butter, Luc Lecavalier, Tristram Smith, and Lawrence Scahill.
    Summary: The RUBI Autism Network has developed and tested a structured parent training manual for children with autism spectrum disorder and disruptive behaviours. The manual is based on principles of applied behaviour analysis and is designed for therapists to use with parents of children with autism spectrum disorder and co-occurring challenging behaviours, such as tantrums, noncompliance, difficulties with transitions, and aggression.
    Digital Access Oxford [2018?]
  • Digital
    Karen Bearss, Cynthia R. Johnson, Benjamin L. Handen, Eric Butter, Luc LeCavalier, Tristram Smith, Lawrence Scahill
    Summary: "Parent training for disruptive behavior is an 11-session intervention for parents who wish to learn how to reduce disruptive behaviors and increase adaptive skills in their children with ASD. Each session introduces effective behavior change strategies and includes easy-to-use worksheets, checklists, and take-home activities to help parents apply what they have learned. By participating in this intervention with a trained therapist, parents can help their children overcome behavior problems, promoting happier kids and families."--Back cover
    Digital Access Oxford 2018
  • Digital
    Suanne Kowal-Connelly.
    Summary: "Puberty is tough on kids--and maybe even more so on parents! Parenting Through Puberty explains the physical and emotional changes you can expect to see in your child. Dr. Kowal-Connelly covers the nitty-gritty of adolescents' changing bodies, and, critically, addresses the emotional toll puberty can take, covering issues of moodiness, body image, and self-esteem. Dr. Kowal-Connelly's reassuring advice also includes ways to encourage your tween or teen to embrace a healthy, active lifestyle in these crucial years, with tips on exercise and nutrition"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Part I. The physical changes. The basics of physical growth during puberty
    Body image is everything
    Variations of puberty growth and growing pains
    Part II. The emotional changes. Understanding the emotional and intellectual stages of puberty
    Moodiness, depression, and anxiety: what parents need to know
    The value of your child's one-on-one time with the pediatrician
    Part III. A time to value health and wellness. Taking control of weight issues
    Living with a chronic condition
    The effects of puberty on exercise and sports performance
    Caring about health and wellness
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2019
  • Print
    by B.C. Gruenberg...
    Contents:
    v
    .1. For parents of children under school age.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    O656 .G88
    1
  • Digital
    Shiri Sadeh-Sharvit and James Lock.
    Contents:
    Understanding the risk of the offspring of parents with eating disorders
    The broader context of the transition to parenthood in adults with eating disorders and their partners / Shiri Sadeh-Sharvit, Madeline R. Sacks, James D. Lock
    The development of typical and atypical feeding and eating processes in children and youth / Shiri Sadeh-Sharvit, Madeline R. Sacks, James D. Lock
    Two families seeking help
    Overview of parent-based prevention
    Adapting parent-based prevention to diverse family structures and backgrounds
    Treatment planning and real-time evaluation using assessment tools
    Phase one : setting up joint goals
    Session 1 : gearing up
    Session 2 : the family meal
    Session 3 : embracing change
    Phase two : distinguishing the parental eating disorder from parental functioning
    Session 4-5, 7-8 : individual sessions with the affected parent
    Session 6 : a conjoint meeting with both parents
    Phase three : enhancing parental efficacy and family resilience
    Parent-based prevention in action : Stacey and Rob
    Parent-based prevention in action : Dave and Gabby.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Giuseppe Vallar and H. Branch Coslett.
    Summary: "The Parietal Lobe, Volume 151, the latest release from the Handbook of Clinical Neurology series, provides a foundation on the neuroanatomy, neurophysiology and clinical neurology/neuropsychology of the parietal lobe that is not only applicable to both basic researchers and clinicians, but also to students and specialists who are interested in learning more about disorders brought on by damage or dysfunction. Topics encompass the evolution, anatomy, connections, and neurophysiology, the major neurological and neuropsychological deficits and syndromes caused by damage, the potential for improvement via transcranial stimulation, and the role of the parietal in the cerebral networks for perception and action"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Section 1: Neuro-anatomy and neurophysiology of the parietal lobe. The history of the neurophysiology and neurology of the parietal lobe
    The evolution of the parietal lobe: rats, monkeys, apes and humans
    Cortico-cortical and cortico-subcortical connections of the parietal lobe
    Somatosensory maps
    The parietal lobe and pain perception
    The parietal lobe and the vestibular system
    Multisensory and sensorimotor maps
    The parietal lobe "reach" region
    Section 2: Neurological and neuropsychological deficits after parietal lobe damage. Somatosensory deficits
    Pain syndromes and the parietal lobe
    Optic ataxia
    Simultanagnosia and balint's syndrome
    Perceptual deficits of object identification: the apperceptive agnosias
    Unilateral spatial neglect
    Disorders of body knowledge
    Constructional apraxia
    Limb apraxia
    Language deficits
    Memory deficits
    Gerstmann's syndrome
    Parietal lobe epilepsy
    Transcranial stimulations of the parietal lobe for improving neurological deficits
    Section 3: The parietal lobe and brain networks for action and perception
    The "dorsal" parietal stream
    Action systems in the human brain
    Parietal lobe and tool use
    Parieto-frontal networks for eye-hand coordination and movements
    The parietal lobe and memory
    The parietal lobe "mirror" neuron system.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Dorothy L. Rosenthal, Eva M. Wojcik, Daniel F.I. Kurtycz, editors.
    Contents:
    Pathogenesis of Urothelial Carcinoma
    Adequacy of Urine Specimens (Adequacy)
    Negative for High Grade Urothelial Carcinoma (Negative)
    Atypical Urothelial Cells (AUC)
    Suspicious for High Grade Urothelial Carcinoma (Suspicious)
    High Grade Urothelial Carcinoma (HGUC)
    Low Grade Urothelial Neoplasia (LGUN)
    Other Malignancies Primary and Metastatic and Miscellaneous Lesions
    Ancillary Studies in Urinary Cytology
    Cytopreparatory Techniques
    Clinical Management, Including Microscopic Hematuria.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Dorothy L. Rosenthal, Eva M. Wojcik, Daniel F.I. Kurtycz, editors.
    Summary: The first edition of The Paris System for Reporting Urinary Cytology introduced a completely new paradigm for detecting bladder cancer by urine cytology. This system concentrated on defining morphological characteristics of the most clinically significant form of bladder cancer, High Grade Urothelial Carcinoma. This new approach has been widely accepted throughout the world, and has become part of the daily practice of cytology. Considering that the first edition of The Paris System (TPS) introduced a new model of urinary cytodiagnosis, verification and expansion of initial material and data were anticipated. Based on evolving knowledge and readership requests, the group of highly experienced authors have created a new edition of TPS. This second edition includes areas and issues not originally covered. A new chapter on urine cytology of the upper tract, a rarely addressed topic, has been introduced. Furthermore, the issue of cellular degeneration is discussed in the criteria of all diagnostic categories. Examples of standardized reports are included in each chapter. Most importantly, a separate chapter presents data defining the risk of malignancy (ROM) for each diagnostic category to inform clinical management. New high quality images augment those of the first edition to better illustrate diagnostic clues and potential pitfalls. In addition to chapters on diagnostic criteria, current concepts of pathogenesis of bladder cancer, specimen adequacy and preparation, and ancillary tests are covered in separate chapters. A bonus to the volume is a comprehensive history of urine as the earliest diagnostic sample of human disease, richly illustrated with artworks from major museums. Written by internationally recognized authorities, this comprehensive and evidence-based guide to urine cytology is supported by the newest data confirming the original concept and significance of diagnostic criteria defining High Grade Urothelial Carcinoma. TPS is an essential tool for anyone who is practicing urinary cytology, including cytotechnologists, pathologists-in-training and practicing pathologists. This book should find a place in every cytology laboratory throughout the world. The Concept has been endorsed by the American Society of Cytopathology, and the International Academy of Cytology.

    Contents:
    Pathogenesis of Urothelial Carcinoma
    Adequacy of Urine Specimens (Adequacy)
    Negative for High-Grade Urothelial Carcinoma (Negative)
    Atypical Urothelial Cells (AUC)
    Suspicious for High-Grade Urothelial Carcinoma (Suspicious)
    High-Grade Urothelial Carcinoma (HGUC)
    Low-Grade Urothelial Neoplasia (LGUN)
    Cytology of the Upper Urinary Tract
    Other Malignancies Primary and Metastatic and Miscellaneous Lesions
    Ancillary Studies in Urinary Cytology
    Cytopreparatory Techniques
    Risk of Malignancy (ROM) and Clinical Management.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Myung K. Park.
    Summary: Park's Pediatric Cardiology for Practitioners is the essential medical reference book for the ever-changing field of pediatric cardiology. Comprehensive in its content, it provides the practical guidance you need to diagnose and manage children with congenital and acquired heart disease. From history and physical examination through preventative treatment and the management of special problems, the fully revised 6th edition incorporates all of the latest concepts in cardiology, distilled in a way that is understandable to pediatricians, family practitioners, NPs, and PAs alike. Apply the latest knowledge and methods with coverage of surgical techniques in pediatric cardiology, the application of interventional non-surgical techniques, blood pressure standards, and cardiac arrhythmia treatments. Easily grasp the latest techniques with helpful line drawings throughout. Select the best approaches for your patients with extensive coverage of special problems, including congestive heart failure and syncope.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    Myung K. Park, Mehrdad Salamat.
    Summary: "Providing authoritative, everyday guidance in the diagnosis and management of children with congenital and acquired heart disease, Park's Pediatric Cardiology for Practitioners is the go-to reference of choice for pediatricians, family practitioners, NPs, and PAs--as well as medical students, residents, and fellows. The 7th Edition of this core text comprehensively covers every aspect of pediatric cardiology in an easy-to-read, practical manner for the non-specialist"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Part 1: Basic tools in routine evaluation of cardiac patients. History taking
    Physical examination
    Electrocardiography
    Chest radiography
    Part 2: Special tools in evaluation of cardiac patients. Noninvasive imaging tools
    Other noninvasive investigation tools
    Invasive procedures
    Pathophysiology. Fetal and perinatal circulation
    Pathophysiology of left-to-right shunt lesions
    Pathophysiology of obstructive and valvular regurgitation lesions
    Pathophysiology of cyanotic congenital heart defects
    Part 4: Specific congenital heart defects. Left-to-right shunt lesions
    Obstructive lesions
    Cyanotic congenital heart defects
    Miscellaneous congenital cardiac conditions
    Vascular ring
    Chamber localization and cardiac malposition
    Part 5: Acquired heart disease. Primary myocardial disease
    Cardiovascular infections
    Acute rheumatic fever
    Valvular heart disease
    Cardiac tumors
    Cardiovascular involvement in systemic diseases
    Part 6: Arrhythmias and atrioventricular conduction disturbances. Cardiac arrhythmias
    Disturbances of atrioventricular conduction
    Cardiac pacemakers and implantable cardioverter-defibrillators in children
    Part 7: Special problems. Congestive heart failure
    Systemic hypertension
    Pulmonary hypertension
    The child with chest pain
    Syncope
    Palpitation
    Dyslipidemia and other cardiovascular risk factors
    Athletes with cardiac problems
    Cardiac transplantation
    Appendices. Miscellaneous
    Blood pressure values
    Cardiovascular risk factors
    Normal echocardiographic values
    Drugs used in pediatric cardiology.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021
  • Print
    Roger L. Albin.
    Summary: "Description and discussion of the many aspects of Parkinson disease (PD) is dogged by the fact that PD is an ambiguous concept. What we call PD is an etiologically and clinically heterogeneous meta-syndrome overlapping a number of other disorders. Definitions, diagnostic criteria, and classification schema provide essential common vocabularies for communication among clinicians and researchers. Definitions, diagnostic criteria, and classification schemes for PD, however, are constructs imposed on variable and imperfectly understood disease biology. Difficulties with formulation of PD definitions, diagnostic criteria, and classification schemes include historical and contemporary use of competing definitions of PD, disease heterogeneity, the existence of disorders with overlapping clinical and pathological features, and ambiguous use of the terms disease and syndrome. For the purposes of exposition and discussion in this book, an inclusive, perhaps vague, definition of PD is employed:"-- Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    Definition, History, Nosology, and Classification
    Epidemiology
    Pathology
    Pathophysiology I : Basal Ganglia Architecture and The Standard Model
    : Pathophysiology II : Neurotransmitter System Dysfunctions
    Genetics of Parkinson Disease
    Pathogenesis
    Prodromal Parkinson Disease
    Clinical Features I : Initial Evaluation
    Clinical Features II : Non-Motor Features
    Clinical Features III : Natural History
    Pharmacology I : L-Dopa Pharmacokinetics and Pharmacodynamics
    Pharmacology II : Treating Parkinson Disease
    Surgery
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC382 .A43 2023
    1
  • Digital
    Lars P. Klimaschewski.
    Summary: What happens in the brain when we are ageing? How does neuronal cell death occur when we become forgetful? Which new therapies are available to combat the death of brain cells? This non-fiction book informs those interested in neuroscience and medicine about the latest findings on the therapy of neurodegeneration with a focus on Alzheimer's dementia and Parkinson's disease. Supported by illustrative drawings, Lars P. Klimaschewski presents the latest developments in neurobiological research on ageing in a comprehensible way and reports exciting news from the Alzheimer's and Parkinson's laboratories worldwide. From the contents Introduction to brain development: Why do we need billions of nerve cells? What distinguishes our cerebral cortex from that of other mammals? - Ageing and neurodegenerative diseases: Why are nerve cells lost? The normal ageing process; B-synuclein: A key protein in Parkinson's disease; Dementia and Alzheimer's disease: The amyloid and tau pathology; Viral infections in neurodegenerative diseases: Does Covid-19 lead to neurodegeneration? - Saving or replacing nerve cells: Stem cell, immune or antisense therapies? The author Prof. Dr. med. Lars P. Klimaschewski is a professor at the Medical University of Innsbruck, head of the Institute of Neuroanatomy there and the author of numerous papers on neuronal degeneration and regeneration.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    1 Introduction to Brain Development: Why do We Need so Many Nerve Cells?
    1.1 Neurons and Glia in the Central Nervous System
    1.2 What Happens During Brain Development?
    1.3 Evolutionarily Old Brain Parts are Simpler in Structure than the Neocortex
    1.4 What Distinguishes the Left from the Right Brain?
    1.5 Brain Development in Childhood and Adolescence
    1.6 The Child's Brain is Enormously Plastic and can Still Heal
    1.7 Is a Large Brain "Smarter" than a Small One?
    1.8 Absolute and Relative Brain Weight 1.9 With the Second Evolutionary Leap, Our Brain Reaches its Maximum Size
    1.10 Neural Stem Cells Remain Capable of Dividing for a Long Time
    1.11 The Frontal Lobe is Especially Important for Higher Brain Functions
    1.12 The Prefrontal Cortex Encodes Human Specific Properties
    1.13 Brain Performance in Comparison
    Further Reading
    2 Aging and Neurodegenerative Diseases: Why do Nerve Cells Die?
    2.1 The Normal Aging Process
    2.1.1 Mechanisms of Cellular Aging
    DNA Telomeres Determine the Number of Cell Divisions
    Aging Cells Maintain a Chronic Inflammation The Importance of Protein Homeostasis for Cellular Aging
    Self-cleaning of Nerve Cells
    Two Sides of a Coin: Oxygen Radicals
    Endogenous Radical Scavengers Protect Our Nerve Cells
    Chronic Inflammatory Processes in the Brain
    2.1.2 Neuronal Cell Death
    How do neurons die?
    2.1.3 Blood Supply of the Aging Brain
    Barrier Disorders are Not Uncommon in the Elderly
    2.2 Parkinson's Disease
    2.2.1 General Pathomechanisms
    The Problem with Parkinson's Begins in the Lower Brainstem
    2.2.2 Special Morphology of Affected Neurons
    Special Requirements for Highly Branched Neurons Many Amine-releasing Neurons are Constantly Active and Therefore More Easily Stressed
    2.2.3 Specific Causes of Parkinson's Disease
    2.2.4 Alpha-synuclein: A Key Protein in Parkinson's Disease
    Fibrils Are More Dangerous Than Aggregates
    Aggregates Are Not Only Found in Nerve Cells
    2.2.5 The Prion Theory of Parkinson's Disease
    Cranial Nerves Transport Pathological Proteins into the Brain
    The Difficulties of a Clear Pathogenesis of Parkinson's Disease
    2.3 Dementia and Alzheimer's Disease
    2.3.1 How Does Alzheimer's Disease Manifest Itself?
    2.3.2 General Pathomechanisms
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Patrik Verstreken.
    Contents:
    The neurogenetics of Parkinson's Disease and putative links to other neurodegenerative disorders / C.M. Lill, C. Klein
    Electron transport train / L. Aerts, V.A. Morais
    Mitochondrial fission and fusion / V.L. Hewitt, A.J. Whitworth
    Axonal mitochondrial transport / E. Shlevkov, T.L. Schwarz
    Mitophagy / L. King, H. Plun-Favreau
    Autophagy / P.A. Lewis, M. Perez-Carrion, G. Piccoli
    Endocytosis and synaptic function / S.F. Soukup, P. Verstreken, S. Vilain
    Neuroinflammation as a potential mechanism underlying Parkinsons Disease / C. Cebrián, D. Sulzer
    Protien translation in Parkinson's Disease / J.W. Kim, L. Abalde-Atristain, H. Jia, I. Martin, T.M. Dawson, V.L. Dawson.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] Joseph Jankovic, MD, Eduardo Tolosa, MD.
    Summary: Top experts from all over the world have been brought together by the editors, to give a world of expertise on this important subject, with a strong emphasis on therapy and management.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    Kapil D. Sethi, Roberto Erro, Kailash P. Bhatia, editors.
    Summary: This book addresses the challenges in the differential diagnosis and management of paroxysmal movement disorders. It provides the latest information on the genetics and pathophysiology, neurophysiology and neuroimaging of the core group of disorders in the field, namely the paroxysmal dyskinesias (PxD). Focused and concise, this guide features chapters that discuss other conditions that may be paroxysmal such as, episodic ataxia, startle syndromes and other more complicated groups of paroxysmal movement disorders such as ATP1A3 spectrum disorders. A chapter on secondary (acquired) paroxysmal dyskinesia highlights medical and other disorders that may result in paroxysmal dyskinesia. The book features a particularly nuanced chapter that discusses recent discoveries in the genetic aspects of PxD, relaying that paroxysmal dyskinesias are not channelpathies, but in fact are synaptophies and transportopathies. Additionally, expertly written chapters are supplemented by high quality images, tables, and videos. Paroxysmal Movement Disorders: A Practical Guide is primarily written to educate the reader on how to make a syndromic diagnosis of paroxysmal movement disorders and how to build the diagnostic work-up accordingly, as well as how to manage patients with paroxysmal movement disorders.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    Contributors
    Chapter 1: Paroxysmal Dyskinesia: Definitions and Clinical Approach
    Definitions
    Clinical Approach
    References
    Chapter 2: The Early History of Paroxysmal Dyskinesias
    Earliest Descriptions of Paroxysmal Dyskinesia Were Reported as Epilepsy
    Earliest Reports That These Types of Conditions Are a Paroxysmal Disorder of Involuntary Movements
    Early Reports of Paroxysmal Hypnogenic Dyskinesia
    Early Reports of Transient Paroxysmal Dystonia/Torticollis in Infancy
    Early Reports of Paroxysmal Ataxias and Tremor
    References Chapter 3: Paroxysmal Kinesigenic Dyskinesia
    PRRT2-Related PKD
    PKD Associated with Other Genetic Conditions
    Conclusions
    References
    Chapter 4: Paroxysmal Non-kinesigenic Dyskinesia
    Introduction
    Epidemiology
    History
    Genetics
    Clinical Features
    Investigations
    Treatment
    Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 5: Paroxysmal Exercise-Induced Dyskinesia
    Introduction
    SLC2A1 (GLUT1)-Related Paroxysmal Dyskinesia
    GCH1-Related Paroxysmal Dyskinesia
    ECHS1-Related Paroxysmal Dyskinesia
    Pyruvate Dehydrogenase Deficiency
    Early-Onset Parkinson's Disease Conclusions
    References
    Chapter 6: Acquired Paroxysmal Dyskinesia
    Introduction
    Clinical Features
    Etiology
    Autoimmune/Inflammatory
    Endocrine/Metabolic
    Hypoparathyroidism and Pseudohypoparathyroidism (HP and PHP)
    Hyperthyroidism
    Disorders of Glucose Metabolism
    Autoimmune Disorders
    Faciobrachial Dystonic Seizures (FBDS)
    Vascular
    Trauma
    Spinal Cord Lesions
    Functional (Psychogenic) Paroxysmal Dyskinesia
    Miscellaneous Causes
    Investigations
    Treatment
    References
    Chapter 7: Pathophysiology of Paroxysmal Dyskinesia
    Introduction
    PRRT2 PRRT2 Mice
    PNKD
    PNKD Mice
    GLUT1
    Glut1 Mice
    Other "Dyskinetic" Genes
    SCN8A
    KCNMA1
    Conclusions
    References
    Chapter 8: Neurophysiology of Paroxysmal Dyskinesia
    Introduction
    Neurophysiology in the Diagnosis of Paroxysmal Dyskinesia
    Electroencephalography
    Electromyography
    Other Clinical Neurophysiology Studies
    Neurophysiology in the Pathophysiological Study of Paroxysmal Dyskinesia
    Magnetoencephalography
    Transcranial Magnetic Stimulation
    Other Research Neurophysiology Studies
    Conclusion
    References Chapter 9: Other Paroxysmal Movement Disorders
    Introduction
    ADCY5 Mutations
    ATP1A3 Spectrum Disorders
    SCN8A Mutations
    CACNA1A Mutations
    SLC16A2 Mutations
    References
    Chapter 10: Functional Paroxysmal Movement Disorders
    Introduction
    Phenotypic Characteristics
    Associated Signs
    Diagnosis and Treatment Approach
    References
    Chapter 11: Episodic Ataxias
    Introduction
    EA1
    EA2
    EA3-EA8
    Other Paroxysmal or Episodic Disorders Presenting with Ataxia
    References
    Index
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Yuzuru Kanakura, Taroh Kinoshita, Jun-ichi Nishimura, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Nicola J. Curtin, Ricky A. Sharma, editors.
    Contents:
    History of the discovery of poly (ADP-ribose)
    Discovery of the PARP superfamily and focus on the lesser exhibited but not lesser talented members
    The role of PARPs in DNA Strand Break Repair
    TIPs: Tankyrase Interacting Proteins
    PARP and Carcinogenesis
    Multitasking roles for poly(ADP-ribosyl)ation in aging and longevity
    Overview of PARP Inhibitor Design and Optimization
    Structure Based Design of PARP Inhibitors
    Preclinical chemosensitization by PARP inhibitors
    Classification of PARP inhibitors based on PARP trapping and catalytic inhibition, and rationale for combinations with topoisomerase I inhibitors and alkylating agents
    Radiosensitisation by poly(ADP-ribose) polymerase inhibition
    The vasoactivity of PARP inhibitors
    Synthetic lethality with Homologous Recombination Repair defects
    Targeting tumour hypoxia with PARP Inhibitors: Contextual synthetic lethality
    Other determinants of sensitivity
    Synthetic sickness with molecularly targeted agents against the EGFR pathway
    Disruption of DNA repair by cell cycle and transcriptional CDK inhibition
    Resistance to PARP Inhibitors Mediated by Secondary BRCA1/2 Mutations
    PARP inhibitor resistance
    what is beyond BRCA1 or BRCA2 restoration
    Introduction to PARPi clinical trials and future directions
    Clinical trials investigating PARP inhibitors as single agents
    Clinical trials of PARP inhibitors with chemotherapy
    Combination of PARP inhibitors with clinical radiotherapy
    Biomarkers for PARP Inhibitors.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Andrew Sizer, Bidyut Kumar, Guy Calcott.
    Summary: "Preface: The current format of the Part 2 MRCOG examination is now well established with the change to written papers containing single best answer (SBA) and extended matching questions (EMQs) commencing in March 2015. The Part 2 MRCOG examination is primarily concerned with testing candidates' knowledge of the entire specialty of Obstetrics & Gynaecology as defined by the RCOG curriculum. The new Part 3 examination now provides the clinical assessment. It is always preferable to enter an examination having had ample opportunity to practice the type of questions with which one will be faced. To this end we have produced this book that contains 250 SBA and 250 EMQ questions"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    Andrew Sizer, Chandrika Balachander, Nibedan Biswas, Richard Foon, Anthony Griffiths, Sheena Hodgett, Banchita Sahu, Martyn Underwood.
    Contents:
    Questions. IT, Governance and Research
    Core Surgical Skills
    Postoperative Care
    Surgical Procedures
    Antenatal Care
    Maternal Medicine
    Management of Labour
    Management of Delivery
    Postnatal Care
    Gynaecological Problems
    Subfertility
    Sexual and Reproductive Health
    Early Pregnancy Problems
    Gynaecological Oncology
    Urogynaecology and Pelvic Floor Problems
    Explanations. IT, Governance and Research
    Core Surgical Skills
    Postoperative Care
    Surgical Procedures
    Antenatal Care
    Maternal Medicine
    Management of Labour
    Management of Delivery
    Postnatal Care
    Gynaecological Problems
    Subfertility
    Sexual and Reproductive Health
    Early Pregnancy Problems
    Gynaecological Oncology
    Urogynaecology and Pelvic Floor Problems .
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Albert Losken, Moustapha Hamdi ; illustrations by Jennifer N. Gentry.
    Summary: The new edition includes increased video/DVD coverage, new chapters on BRAVA tissue expansion, flaps, and increased detail on mega-filling the breast with fat. The book is published with a bundled eBook, which includes an image library so all the images can be downloaded.

    Contents:
    Part One: Evolution of oncoplastic surgery
    Fundamentals of oncoplastic breast surgery
    Current approach to oncoplastic breast surgery
    How to incorporate oncoplastic surgery into your practice
    Part Two: Principles and considerations of oncoplastic breast conservation
    Applied anatomy and breast aesthetics: definition and assessment
    Breast-conserving therapy
    Breast-conserving therapy: decision-making and anticipating the unfavorable aesthetic and functional result
    Oncologic safety of the oncoplastic approach for breast conservation surgery
    Improving the partial mastectomy deformity
    Improving the quadrantectomy defect
    Breast radiotherapy in oncoplastic surgery
    Indications and benefits of oncoplastic breast surgery
    Designing the oncoplastic operation
    Timing of the oncoplastic reconstruction: immediate, delayed, and delayed-immediate
    Psychosocial aspects of oncoplastic breast conservation
    Part Three: Immediate partial breast reconstruction
    Reduction techniques to optimize results
    Reduction and mastopexy techniques with parenchymal autoaugmentation
    Central defect reconstruction
    The role of local flaps as volume replacement in oncoplastic reconstruction
    Latissimus dorsi miniflap reconstruction
    Endoscopic latissimus dorsi flap reconstruction
    Omental flap reconstruction
    Pedicled perforator flap reconstruction
    Partial breast reconstruction using distant flaps
    Part Four: Correction of the breast-conserving therapy deformity: delayed partial breast reconstruction
    Classification and analysis of the breast-conserving therapy deformity
    Rearrangement surgery
    Correction of the breast-conserving therapy deformity using local flaps
    Perforator flap reconstruction of breast-conserving therapy deformities
    Local perforator flaps in oncoplastic breast-conserving surgery: the nottingham experience
    Breast lumpectomy reconstruction with external vacuum expansion and autologous fat grafting
    Fat grafting in the breast-conserving therapy deformity
    Can implants correct a breast-conserving therapy deformity?
    Part Five: Outcomes and future directions
    Cancer surveillance after partial breast reconstruction
    Complications and outcomes after immediate partial breast reconstruction
    Outcomes and tumor recurrence after oncoplastic surgery of the breast: eighteen-year follow-up.
  • Digital
    Cristina Baldauf, editor.
    Summary: It has long been claimed that addressing biodiversity loss and other environmental problems demands a better understanding of the social dimensions of conservation; nevertheless, the active participation of indigenous peoples and local communities (IPLCs) in conservation initiatives is still a challenging and somehow controversial issue. In this context, this book hopes to give voice to other perspectives related to biodiversity conservation beyond the "fortress conservation" model and emphasize one of the pillars of democracy - popular participation. It covers a wide range of environments and issues of special significance to the topic, such as the expansion of culturally constructed niches, protected areas and food security, community-based management, participatory agroforestry, productive restoration and biocultural conservation. The contents also explore the limitations and shortcomings of participatory practices in protected areas, the relationship between the global crisis of democracy and the decline of biocultural diversity, as well as present current discussions on policy frameworks and governance systems for effective participatory biodiversity conservation. In sum, this book provides a comprehensive and realistic perspective on the social dimensions of conservation based on a series of interrelated themes in participatory biodiversity conservation. The connections between biocultural conservation and the current political and economic environment are highlighted through the chapters and the book closes with a debate on ways to reconcile human welfare, environmental justice and biodiversity conservation.

    Contents:
    1. Concepts and evolving perspectives on biodiversity conservation
    2. Domesticated Nature: The culturally constructed niche of humanity
    3. The right to food? Protected areas, conservation and access
    4. The role of local perceptions in environmental diagnosis
    5. People and nature conservation: Participatory praxis in natural protected areas planning and management
    6. Policy trends in the recognition of indigenous and local knowledge in Amazonia
    7. Community-based management of Amazonian biodiversity assets
    8. Mariculture of macroalgae as a social and environmental alternative in traditional communities located in the semi-arid coastal region of northeastern Brazil
    9. Challenges for rural livelihoods, participatory agroforestry and biodiversity conservation in a neotropical Mexican MAB reserve
    10. Participatory monitoring of natural commons in Brazil: Lessons from the literature and the field
    11. Productive restoration as a tool for socio-ecological landscape conservation: The case of "La Montaña" in Guerrero, Mexico
    12. ATBC's conservation activities around the world: How effective have our declarations and resolutions been in driving policy change and management responses?
    13. Avoiding deforestation policies: A socio-political approach
    14. Participatory biodiversity conservation: What prospects?
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Michael T. Wright, Krystyna Kongats, editors.
    Summary: "This groundbreaking resource explores core issues in participatory health research (PHR) and traces its global emergence as a force for improving health and well-being, health care services and quality of life."--Publisher.

    Contents:
    Central ThemesIntroduction:Michael WrightBuilding Consensus, Celebrating Diversity: The Work of the International Collaboration for Participatory Health Research:Michael WrightWhat is Participatory Health Research?Michael Wright, Jane SpringettEthics in Participatory Health Research:Sarah BanksEvaluating Participatory Health Research:Nina Wallerstein, John Oetzel, Jane SpringettThe Challenges of Reviewing the Participatory Health Research Literature:Jon Salsberg, Janet HarrisChildren and Participatory Health Research:Lisa GibbsThe Role of Participatory Health Research in Training Health Professionals:Irma BritoDemonstrating Impact in Participatory Health Research:Tina Cook, Jane SpringettThe Role of Theory in Participatory Health Research:Sónia AcioliRegional PerspectivesParticipatory Health Research in Portuguese-Speaking Countries: A Review:Irma BritoPartKommPlus
    The German Research Consortium for Healthy Communities:Michael WrightParticipatory Health Research and Post-Colonial Scholarship in Latin America:Francisco MercadoParticipatory Research in Health Care Organizations in North America: A Review:Paula Bush, Jon SalsbergParticipatory Health Research for Planning Work in Sweden:Margareta RämgårdParticipatory Health Research for Improving Healthcare in the Netherlands:Tineke AbmaA History of Participatory Health Research in North America: A Look Back From Where We Are Today:Jon SalsbergParticipatory Health Research in the UK and Ireland:Jane Springett, Siobhán O'Higgins.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Atul Bhargava and Shilpi Srivastava.
    Summary: Plant breeding has played a significant role in the development of human civilizations. Conventional plant breeding has significantly improved crop yield by genetically manipulating agronomically important traits. However, it has often been criticized for ignoring indigenous germplasm, failing to address the needs of the marginal and the poor farmers, and emphasizing selection for broad instead of local adaptation. Participatory plant breeding (PPB) is the process by which the producers and other stakeholders are actively involved in a plant-breeding programme, with opportunities to make decisions throughout. The Working Group on Participatory Plant Breeding (PPBwg) was established in 1996 under the framework of the Consultative Group on International Agricultural Research (CGIAR). Research in PPB can promote informed participation and trust in research among consumers and producers, and in recent years, PPB has had a significant impact on food production by quickly and cost-effectively producing improved crop varieties. At the same time, there has been significant research in the area. PPB offers significant advantages that are particularly relevant to developing countries where large investments in plant breeding have not led to increased production, especially in the marginal environments. In addition to the economic benefits, participatory research has a number of psychological, moral, and ethical benefits, which are the consequence of a progressive empowerment of the farming communities. PPB can empower groups such as women or less well-off farmers that are traditionally left out of the development process.This book explores the potential of PPB in the coming decades. The topic is more relevant since international breeding efforts for major crops are aimed at decentralizing local breeding methods to better incorporate the perspective of end users into the varietal development process. The first book incorporating the upcoming research on this novel breeding approach, it reviews the important tools and applications of PPB in an easy-to-read, succinct format, with illustrations to clarify these complex topics. It provides readers with a basic idea of participatory plant breeding as well as advances in the field and insights into the future to facilitate the successful integration of farmers into breeding programmes. This book is a valuable reference resource for agriculturists, agricultural advisers, policy makers, NGOs, post-doctoral students and scientists in agriculture, horticulture, forestry and botany.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Arabinda Kumar Rath, Narayan Sahoo, editors.
    Contents:
    Particle Therapy in the Third Millennium Current Status and Future Outlook
    Development of Cyclotrons for Proton and Particle Therapy
    Development of C-ion Radiotherapy Technologies in Japan
    Physical rationale for protontherapy and elements to build a clinical center
    Radiation Dosimetry of Proton Beams
    Clinical pencil beam scanning: present and future practices
    Treatment planning for protons
    An essay.- Radiation Therapy with Protons and Heavy Ions
    Robustness Quantification and Worst-Case Robust Optimization in Intensity-Modulated Proton Therapy
    Modeling of Biological Effect of Charged Particles for C-Ion RT
    SFUD, IMPT and plan robustness.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Henk G. Merkus, Gabriel M.H. Meesters, Wim Oostra, editors.
    Summary: This edited volume brings together the expertise of numerous specialists on the topic of particles - their physical, chemical, pharmacological and toxicological characteristics - when they are a component of pharmaceutical products and formulations. The book discusses in detail properties such as the composition, size, shape, surface properties and porosity of particles with respect to how they impact the formulations and products in which they are used and the effective delivery of pharmaceutical active ingredients. It considers all dosage forms of pharmaceuticals involving particles, from powders to tablets, creams to ointments, and solutions to dry-powder inhalers, also including the latest nanomedicine products. Further, it discusses examples of particle toxicity, as well as the important subject of pharmaceutical industry regulations, guidelines and legislation. The book is of interest to researchers and practitioners who work on testing and developing pharmaceutical dosage and delivery systems.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Editors and Contributors; 1 Introduction; Abstract; 1.1 Objective of This Book; 1.2 Pharmaceutical Products; 1.3 Relevance of Particle and Powder Characteristics for Product Quality; 1.4 Particle, Powder and Liquid Dispersion Characteristics [54-56, 58]; 1.4.1 Composition; 1.4.2 Particle Size and Particle Size Distribution (PSD); 1.4.3 Particle Shape; 1.4.4 Particle Morphology; 1.4.5 Particle Density and Porosity; 1.4.6 Surface Area; 1.4.7 Wettability; 1.4.8 Zeta Potential; 1.4.9 Powder Packing, Density and Porosity; 1.4.10 Powder Flowability; 1.4.11 Segregation 1.4.12 Rheology of Emulsions and Suspensions [55, 60]1.4.13 Stability of Emulsions and Suspensions [55, 60]; 1.5 Measurement Methods and Techniques [52, 54, 55]; 1.5.1 Sampling [39, 57, 70]; 1.5.2 Dispersion/Dilution [40, 58]; 1.5.3 Measurement Techniques for API Concentration and Coating; 1.5.4 Measurement Techniques for Particle Characteristics; 1.5.4.1 True Skeleton Density; 1.5.4.2 Crystallinity and Crystal Structure; 1.5.4.3 Elemental Analysis; 1.5.4.4 Particle Size Distribution (PSD); 1.5.4.5 Particle Shape; 1.5.4.6 Surface Area, Porosity and Pore Size Distribution; 1.5.4.7 Wettability 1.5.4.8 Zeta Potential1.5.5 Measurement Methods for Powder Characteristics; 1.5.5.1 Bulk Density; 1.5.5.2 Flow Properties; 1.5.6 Characterization Techniques for Liquid Dispersions; 1.5.7 Characterization Techniques for Sprays; 1.6 Set up of the Book; 1.7 Definitions, Abbreviations and Symbols; References; 2 Guide to Pharmaceutical Product Quality; Abstract; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Quality by Design and Process Analytical Technology; 2.3 Guidelines for Quality Control of Drug Substances; 2.4 Analysis of PSD and Particle Shape and Acceptance Criteria; 2.5 Quality Management 2.6 Definitions, Abbreviations and SymbolsReferences; 3 Bio-nano: Theranostic at Cellular Level; Abstract; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Janus Particles, Superparticles and Core-Shell Particles; 3.2.1 Janus-Particles; 3.2.2 Superparticles; 3.2.3 Core-Shell Particles; 3.3 Overview Drug Delivery Systems (DDS); 3.4 Surface Modification; 3.4.1 Amphiphillic Micelle Structures; 3.4.2 Multidentate Polymeric Ligands; 3.4.3 Bi-functional Ligands; 3.5 Biomedical Application-Diagnostics and Therapy; 3.5.1 Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI); 3.5.2 Hyperthermia; 3.5.3 Computed Tomography (CT) 3.5.4 Photothermal and Photodynamic Therapy3.6 Tumor Microenvironment; 3.7 Biodistribution and Functionalization of the DDS; 3.8 Bio-nano Interface; 3.9 Electronic Properties of Nanomaterials; 3.9.1 Luminescence of Quantum Dots; 3.10 Nanoparticles as Enzyme Mimetics; 3.11 Protein Corona; 3.12 Passive and Active Targeting; 3.13 Endocytose; 3.14 Gatekeeper; 3.15 Biorelated Degradation of the DDS; 3.16 Cancer Immunotherapy; 3.17 Limitation of the DDS; 3.18 Abbreviations; References; 4 Moving Liposome Technology from the Bench to the Oncological Patient: Towards Performance-by-Design; Abstract
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Janis Tondora, Rebecca Miller, Mike Slade, Larry Davidson.
    Contents:
    What is mental health recovery and how does it relate to person-centered care planning?
    Key principles and practices of person-centered care planning
    Preparing for the journey : understanding various types of recovery plans and orienting participants to the PCCP process
    Strength-based assessment, integrated understanding, and setting priorities
    Creating the plan through a team meeting
    Documentation of PCCP : writing the plan to honour the person and satisfy the chart
    So you have a person-centered care plan, now what?
    Plan implementation and quality monitoring
    PCCP implementation : common concerns & person-centered responses.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    Laura Weiss Roberts, Daryn Reicherter, Steven Adelsheim, Shashank V. Joshi, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Andrew Loveitt, Margaret M. Martin, Marc A. Neff, editors.
    Summary: The Certified Bariatric Nurse (CBN) designation was created by the American Society for Metabolic and Bariatric Surgery to fill the rapidly growing need for nurses specialized in the care of patients undergoing weight loss surgery. This book approaches this subject area to assist nurses interested in passing the CBN exam. It can also be used as a general resource for those interested in a comprehensive but concise review of the rapidly growing field of Bariatric Surgery. This would include medical students, residents, dietitians, and other allied health professionals. Dr. Marc Neff is a recognized expert in the field of Bariatric Surgery. In his current position, his hospital is fortunate to have several CBNs caring for the Bariatric patients. With his guidance, along with several nurses who successfully completed the CBN designation, the authors have created a concise, "quick hit" review of the material required to successfully pass the exam. The format is short chapters followed by 5-10 review questions with in-depth explanations. Where appropriate, graphics are provided to highlight the essential anatomy and surgical procedures. Questions are in multiple choice format to simulate the actual CBN exam.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Marc A. Neff, editor.
    Summary: Edited by Dr. Marc Neff, Passing the General Surgery Oral Board Exam, Second Edition helps candidates prepare for the General Surgery Oral Board Exam in a different way than other review books. In addition to covering concepts frequently addressed on the test, the review also alerts you to 'common curveballs' and 'strikeouts'- the unexpected problems or seemingly benign actions (or inactions) that could result in a missed diagnosis or misdiagnosis, and thus result in failure to pass the exam. Fully updated and expanded to reflect the many changes in standards of care, this unique study guide is the first to expose the potential traps and pitfalls of the exam by providing examples of how the questions may be asked and what not to say in response.

    Contents:
    Organizational Theme / Marc A. Neff
    Breast / Linda Szczurek
    Colon and Small Bowel / Linda Szczurek, Devin C. Flaherty, and Marc A. Neff
    Abdominal Endocrine / Anna Goldenberg Sandau and Roy L. Sandau
    Head and Neck Endocrine / Anna Goldenberg Sandau and Roy L. Sandau
    Esophagus / Christina Sanders
    Genitourinary / Marc A. Neff
    Hepatobiliary / Linda Szczurek
    Pancreas / Linda Szczurek, Jonathan Nguyen, and Marc A. Neff
    Pediatric / Linda Szczurek
    Perioperative Care / Jonathan Nguyen and Marc A. Neff
    Skin and Soft Tissue / Marc A. Neff
    Stomach and Duodenum / Marc A. Neff and Devin C. Flaherty
    Thoracic / Nicole M. Harris
    Trauma and Critical Care / Leigh Ann Slater [and others]
    Vascular / Brandt D. Jones
    Conclusions: Last Curveballs Considerations / Marc A. Neff.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Haralampos M. Moutsopoulos.
    Summary: This autobiography chronicles the life and career of Haralampos M. Moutsopoulos, an internationally renowned professor of medicine and prolific researcher on Sjogrens syndrome and autoimmune rheumatic diseases. In language that is simple and direct, he takes us on a fascinating journey from the days of his first scientific awakenings at a hospital in his native town of Ioannina, Greece, through his university years in Athens and training in the U.S., to his eventual return to his homeland. In Greece, he developed two centers of excellence in his field, first at the newly founded University of Ioannina Medical School Department of Internal Medicine and, second, at the Athens University Medical School, Department of Pathophysiology, where he taught until his retirement in 2011. Along the way, he introduces us to his teachers and mentors, and to the colleagues and students he mentored in turn, many of whom went on to assume high-ranking positions in Greece and abroad. A major theme throughout the book is his impassioned struggle for excellence, meritocracy, and transparency in universities and in the National Health System in Greece. Peppered with both amusing and unsettling incidents from this lifelong crusade to raise professional standards and against misconduct, the book is a must-read for anyone interested in learning about or entering the medical profession.

    Contents:
    1. Coming of Age
    2. Student Years
    3. Young Physician
    4. In the Army
    5. Public Health Service.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Cyril Mauffrey, David J. Hak, editors.
    Contents:
    ABOUT THE FRCS
    ANATOMY
    Upper limb
    Lower limb
    Surgical approaches
    SPINE
    Spinal trauma
    Tumours
    Infections
    Stenosis
    Disc prolapse
    Scoliosis (Paediatric and adult)
    Back pain
    Ankylosing spondylitis
    Rheumatoid spine
    Spondylolisthesis
    Cervical spondylosis
    Kyphosis
    PAEDIATRICS
    DDH
    Perthes
    SCFE
    CP
    Neurofibromatosis
    Skeletal dysplasias
    Paediatric trauma
    Club feet
    Metatarsus adductus
    Congenital vertical talus
    BASIC SCIENCES
    Statistics
    Cartilage
    Bone
    Muscles
    Tendons/ligaments
    Meniscus
    Radiation
    Arthritides
    Metals
    Theatre design
    Traction
    Free body diagrams
    Gait cycle
    LOWER LIMB ARTHROPLASTY
    Hip replacement
    Knee replacement
    TRAUMATOLOGY
    Upper limb
    Lower limb
    Scores in trauma
    FOOT AND ANKLE
    Biomechanics
    Arthroscopy
    Arthritis
    Instability
    Hallux rigidus
    Hallux valgus
    Interdigital neuroma
    Neuropatic foot
    Rheumatoid foot
    Tarsal tunnel
    Lesser toe deformities
    Pes planus
    Charcot Marie Tooth
    ORTHOTICS/AMPUTATIONS/REHABILITATION
    Orthotics and braces
    Amputation
    Rehabilitation
    SPORTS
    HANDS
    Rheumatoid hand
    Tendon injuries (flexors/extensors)
    Distal radial fractures
    Scaphoid fractures
    Kienbocks disease
    Trigger fingers
    Dupuytrens disease
    DRUJ and TFCC injuries
    Concepts of tendon transfers
    Carpal instability
    CMCJ thumb arthritis
    Wrist arthritis
    Carpal tunnel syndrome
    De quervain tenosynovitis
    UPPER LIMB
    ACJ arthritis
    Sub acromial impingement
    Cuff tear
    Cuff arthropathy
    Shoulder arthritis
    Shoulder rheumatoid arthritis
    Shoulder ON
    Calcific tendinopathy
    Frozen shoulder
    SLAP
    Shoulder instability
    Elbow OA
    Rheumatoid arthritis
    Instability
    Tendinopathies
    Biceps rupture
    Elbow arthroscopy
    Elbow arthroplasty
    ONCOLOGY
    Basic concepts (classifications, biopsy...)
    Benign tumors (bone, cartilage, others)
    Malignant tumors (bone, cartilage, others)
    PHYSICAL EXAMINATIONS
    Hip
    Knee
    Shoulder
    Spine
    Elbow
    Hand
    Foot and ankle
    Gait cycle
    GEMS
    What you will not find in the books but might be asked in the exam
    UP TO DATE REFERENCES
    Per topics.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Carole Boulanger, David McWilliams, editors.
    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Acknowledgements
    Contents
    About the Editors
    Contributors
    1: The Person Before the Patient: The Importance of a Good History
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 When to Attain a Patient History in the ICU
    1.3 How to Obtain an Effective Patient History in the ICU
    1.3.1 The Clinical Frailty Scale
    1.3.2 Patient Questionnaires: Key Relative Involvement
    1.4 What a Good History Should Include in the ICU
    1.5 Why an Early, Detailed History Is Important
    1.5.1 Family: Key Relationships
    1.5.2 Mobility 1.5.3 Functional Independence and Housing
    1.5.4 Hobbies, Interests and Work
    1.5.5 Medical History
    1.5.6 Lifestyle History
    1.5.7 Understanding and Expectations
    1.6 Conclusions
    References
    2: Respiratory and Mechanical Ventilation Management: Avoidance of Complications
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Respiratory Management During Invasive Mechanical Ventilation
    2.2.1 Endotracheal Suctioning
    2.2.2 Subglottic Suctioning
    2.2.3 Humidification of Respiratory Gases
    2.3 Chest Physiotherapy
    2.3.1 Manual or Ventilator Pulmonary Hyperinflation 2.3.2 Manual Chest Compressions/Vibrations (MCC)
    2.4 Mechanical In-Exsufflation (MI-E)
    2.5 Inspiratory Muscle Training
    References
    3: Patient Care: From Body to Mind
    3.1 Introduction: Patient Care in a Critical Environment
    3.2 "Interventional Patient Hygiene"
    3.3 Bathing and Skin Integrity
    3.4 Oral Care
    3.5 Eye Care
    3.6 Pain Assessment and Nursing Care
    3.6.1 Assessment
    3.6.2 Management
    3.7 Conclusion
    References
    4: Nutrition: Calories Count
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Presence of Pre-existing Conditions on Admission to ICU 4.2.1 Chronic Co-morbidities
    4.2.2 Sarcopenia
    4.2.3 Malnutrition
    4.3 Factors Which Affect Nutritional Status During ICU Stay
    4.3.1 Metabolic Response to Critical Illness
    4.3.2 Iatrogenic Undernutrition
    4.3.3 Immobilisation
    4.4 Assessing Malnutrition in the Critically Ill Patient
    4.4.1 Nutrition Screening Tools
    4.4.2 Muscle Mass
    4.5 Strategies to Improve Physical and Functional Outcomes
    4.5.1 Targeted Nutrition Delivery
    4.5.2 Volume-Based Feeding
    4.5.3 Energy Versus Protein
    4.5.4 Exercise and Protein
    4.5.5 Supplementation 4.6 Recovery Phase of Critical Illness
    4.7 Adequacy of Nutrient Delivery
    4.7.1 Factors Influencing Nutritional Recovery
    4.8 Potential Strategies to Facilitate Optimal Nutritional Delivery in the Recovery Phase of Critical Illness
    4.8.1 Coordinated Multidisciplinary Approach to Nutritional Care
    4.8.2 Systematic Handover to Ward-Based Staff
    4.8.3 Early Involvement of Family
    4.8.4 Conclusion
    References
    5: Promoting Independence
    5.1 Introduction: What Is Dysphagia?
    5.2 Dysphagia Assessment and Screening
    5.3 Bedside Assessment
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Marzia Martina, Department of Translational Bioscience, National Research Council of Canada, Ottawa, ON, Canada, Stefano Taverna, Department of Neuroscience & Brain Technologies, Italian Institute of Technology, Genoa, Italy.
    Contents:
    1. History of electrophysiology and the patch clamp / Alexei Verkhratsky and Vladimir Parpura
    2. Whole-cell patch-clamp analysis of recombinant NMDA receptor pharmacology using brief glutamate applications / Nathan G. Glasgow and Jon W. Johnson
    3. Patch clamp combined with voltage/concentration clamp to determine the kinetics and voltage dependency on N-methyl-D-aspartate (NMDA) receptor open channel blockers / Chris G. Parsons and Kate E. Gilling
    4. State-of-the-art automated patch clamp: heat activation, action potentials, and high throughput in ion channel screening / Sonja Stoelzle-Feix
    5. Industrializing electrophysiology: HT automated patch clamp on SyncroPatch96 using instant frozen cells / Liudmila Polonchuk
    6. Planar patch clamp for neuronal networks
    considerations and future perspectives / Alessandro Bosca, Marzia Martina, and Christophe Py
    7. Methods for the study of synaptic receptor functional properties / Enrica Maria Petrini and Andrea Barberis
    8. Single cell RT-PCR, a technique to decipher the electrical, anatomical, and genetic determinants of neuronal diversity / Maria Toledo-Rodriguez and Henry Markham
    9. Whole-cell voltage clamp on skeletal muscle fibers with the silicone-clamp technique / Romain Lefebvre, Sandrine Pouvreau, Claude Collet, Bruno Allard, and Vincent Jacquemond
    10. Multiphoton imaging approaches for studying striatal dendritic excitability / Joshua L. Plotkin and D. James Surmeier
    11. Investigation of synaptic microcircuits using patch-clamp paired recordings in acute brain slices / Giovanni Russo and Stefano taverna
    12. Outside-out "sniffer-patch" clamp technique for in situ measures of neurotransmitter release / Émilie Muller-Chrétien
    13. A cost-effective method for preparing, maintaining, and transfecting neurons in organotypic slices / Cary Soares, Kevin F.H. Lee, Denise Cook and Jean-Claude Béïque
    14. Acute brain slice methods for adult and aging animals: application of targeted patch clamp analysis and optogenetics / Jonathan T. Ting, Tanya L. Daigle, Qian Chen and Guoping Feng
    15. Synaptic connectivity in engineered neuronal networks / Peter Molnar, Jung-Fong Kang, Neelima Bhargava, Mainak Das and James J. Hickman
    16. Modeling of action potential generation in NG108-15 cells / Peter Molnar and James J. Hickman
    17. Whole-cell patch-clamp recordings in freely moving animals / Albert K. Lee, Jâerãome Epsztein and Michael Brecht
    18. Pressure-polished borosilicate pipettes are "universal sealer" yielding low access resistance and efficient intracellular perfusion / Marco Aquila, Mascia Benedusi, Anna Fasoli and Giorgio Rispoli
    19. Current recordings at the single channel level in adult mammalian isolated cardiomyocytes / Romain Guinamard, Thomas Hof, and Laurent Sallâe
    20. Dynamic clamp as a tool to study the functional effects of individual membrane currents / Géza Berecki, Arie O. Verkerk, Antoni C.G. van Ginneken and Ronald Wilders
    21. Dynamic clamp in cardiac and neuronal systems using RTXI / Francis A. Ortega, Robert J. Butera, David J. Christini, John A. White and Alan D. Dorval II
    22. Ion selectivity of pore-forming peptides and ion channels measured in xenopus oocytes / Thierry Cens and Pierre Charnet
    23. Principles of single-channel kinetic analysis / Feng Qin.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Jean-Marie Lachappelle, Howard I. Maibach, editors.
    Summary: This third edition of the essential guide has been extensively revised and updated and includes additional color illustrations. It reflects the rapid expansion in knowledge of the subject due to progress in the chemical, immunological, and clinical fields.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface to Fourth Edition
    Introductory Remarks
    Nomenclature: A Few Definitions
    Xenobiotics
    Haptens
    Modifications of Molecules [3]
    An Updated Overview of the Skin Barrier Structure and Function
    References
    Contents
    Contributors
    Abbreviations
    Part I: Patch Testing
    Chapter 1: Pathophysiology of Allergic and Irritant Contact Dermatitis
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Pathophysiology of Irritant and Allergic Skin Inflammation
    1.2.1 Irritant and/or Allergic Chemicals
    1.2.2 Skin Irritation: Activation of Innate Immunity
    1.2.2.1 Innate Immunity 1.2.2.2 Skin Irritation: Mechanisms of Action
    1.2.2.3 Direct Responsibility of the Chemical in ICD
    1.3 Skin Allergy: The Role of Specific Immunity
    1.3.1 Antigen-Specific Immunity
    1.3.2 Skin Allergy: Mechanisms of Action
    1.3.3 Indirect Responsibility of Chemicals in Skin Irritation
    1.4 Pathophysiology of Skin Inflammation: The Connection Between Innate and Acquired Immunity
    References
    Chapter 2: Diseases for Which Patch Testing Is Recommended: Patients Who Should Be Investigated
    2.1 Allergic Contact Dermatitis
    2.1.1 Clinical Signs and Symptoms 2.1.2 Histopathological Features
    2.1.2.1 Epidermal Lesions
    2.1.2.2 Dermal Changes
    2.2 Allergic Contact Dermatitis Syndrome
    2.2.1 Stage 1 of ACDS
    2.2.1.1 Morphological Aspects
    2.2.1.2 Topographical Variants
    2.2.2 Stage 2 of ACDS
    2.2.3 Stage 3 of ACDS
    2.2.3.1 Stage 3A of ACDS
    2.2.3.2 Stage 3B of ACDS
    2.3 Allergic Contact Dermatitis Versus Irritant Contact Dermatitis: Criteria for Differential Diagnosis
    2.4 Other Skin Diseases in Which Patch Testing Is of Major Interest
    2.5 Algorithmic Approach: Key Role of Patch Testing 2.6 Hand Dermatitis: Definition and Procedures Applied in Differential Diagnosis
    2.6.1 Hand Dermatitis: Exogenous and Endogenous Factors
    2.6.2 A Classification of Hand Dermatitis
    2.6.3 Tools of Investigation
    2.6.4 Hand Dermatitis: Some Examples of an Algorithmic Approach
    2.6.5 Hand Eczema: A Controversial Issue
    References
    Chapter 3: Patch Testing Methodology
    3.1 Historical Background
    3.2 Definition and Aims
    3.2.1 Requirements for an Ideal Patch Testing Procedure
    3.2.2 Is Patch Testing the "Gold Standard" to Investigate Patients with Allergic Contact Dermatitis? 3.3 Patch Test Units
    3.3.1 Nonchamber Patch Tests
    3.3.2 Chamber Patch Tests
    3.3.2.1 Finn Chambers
    3.3.3 Plastic Square Chambers
    3.3.3.1 IQ Square Chambers Chemotechnique
    3.3.3.2 allergEAZE Chambers SmartPractice
    3.3.3.3 allergEAZE Patch Test Chamber
    3.3.3.4 allergEAZE Clear Patch Test Chamber
    3.3.4 Reinforcement of Patch Test Units
    3.4 A General Overview of Allergens
    3.4.1 Allergens
    3.4.2 Bioavailability of Allergens
    3.4.3 Quality Control of Allergens
    3.4.4 Appropriate Amounts of Petrolatum to Be Applied at Patch Testing
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Jean-Marie Lachapelle, Magnus Bruze, Peter U. Elsner, editors.
    Summary: This book is a compendium of tips on many different aspects of patch testing based on the recommendations of the International Contact Dermatitis Research Group (ICDRG), which is the reference group for all dermato-allergologists. It is intended to complement the book Patch Testing and Prick Testing: A Practical Guide by J.-M. Lachapelle and H. Maibach, which is an official publication of the ICDRG now in its third edition. Among the wide variety of topics covered are pitfalls, legal aspects, patch testing with ultrasonic bath extracts, the role of patch testing in occupational contact dermatitis and atopic dermatitis, semi-open tests, the implications of a negative test, patch testing validity, selection of extra allergens and patch testing in the tropics. Many illustrations are included and all information is completely up-to-date. This book will be of value to all practicing dermatologists.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    editor, Shital N. Parikh, MD (professor of orthopaedic surgery, University of Cincinnati College of Medicine ; co-director, Orthopaedic Sports Center, Cincinnati Children's Hospital Medical Center, Cincinnati, Ohio)
    Digital Access Ovid 2020
  • Digital
    Jason L. Koh, Ryosuke Kuroda, João Espregueira-Mendes, Alberto Gobbi, editors.
    Summary: This practical case-based book assists clinicians in the evaluation and treatment of patellofemoral patients by reviewing critical elements for assessment and presenting clinical scenarios in which different experts provide their recommendations for treatment. Subdivided in 6 parts it explores the joints anatomy and mechanics, as well as case-based evaluation and treatment of patellofemoral instability, arthritis and chondrosis, traumatic injuries and degenerative tendinopathies. Moreover, the closing part offers an overview of the latest advances and future developments. Written in collaboration with ISAKOS, this book offers a valuable guide for orthopedists and sports medicine treating common and complex injuries of this joint.

    Contents:
    I Patellofemoral anatomy, mechanics and evaluation
    1 Patellofemoral anatomy and mechanics
    2 Patient and family history in the evaluation of patellofemoral patients
    3 Examination of patients with patellofemoral symptoms
    4 Imaging evaluation of patients with patellofemoral symptoms
    5 Principles of prevention and rehabilitation for patellofemoral - Christopher Powers
    6 Newest surgical treatments for patellofemoral osteochondral lesions
    II Case based evaluation and treatment of patellofemoral patients
    7 The pediatric patient with open physes: case 11 year old girl with dysplasia
    8 Adolescent patient with closed physes, mild dysplasia and malalignment: case 15 year old girl case presentation, and commentary and treatment recommendations by international surgeons
    9 Young male soccer player with second dislocation, closed physes, normal trochlea 19 year old
    10 21 year old male with alta, recurrent instability
    11 19 year old girl with high tttg, trochlear dysplasia
    12 25 year old with large chondral lesion, patellofemoral instability, tttg 15mm
    13 35 year old with recurrent instability, chondrosis of patella and trochlea
    III Patellofemoral pain. Chondrosis, and arthritis
    14 19 year old with anterior knee pain, normal articular cartilage
    15 22 year old with anterior knee pain, normal cartilage, mild alignment abnormalities
    16 21 year old with patellofemoral pain and mal torsion of the lower limbs: place of derotation osteotomies
    22 27 year old male, basketball, with central trochlear lesion
    23 35 year old woman, lateral patella and trochlear chondrosis
    24 55 year old, marginal osteophytes, general patellofemoral chondrosis
    IV Traumatic injuries to the patellofemoral joint
    25 Patellofemoral fracture, stellate, in 54 year old woman
    26 Patella fracture of inferior pole, in 48 year old man
    27 Quadriceps tendon rupture in 54 year old man
    28 Patella tendon rupture in 37 year old man
    V Degenerative tendinopathies of the patellofemoral joint
    29 Osgood-Schlatters disease in a 12 year old
    30 Patella tendinitis in a 21 year old basketball player
    31 Patella tendinitis at Osgood-schlatters lesion of 32 year old
    32 Quadriceps tendinitis in a 35 year old
    VI Advances and the future treatment of patellofemoral disorders
    33 Evidence based medicine
    34 Biologic treatments.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Alberto Gobbi, João Espregueira-Mendes, Norimasa Nakamura, editors.
    Summary: A comprehensive and thorough selection of contributions from across the world, this book aims to review the current state-of-the-art in assessment and management of the patellofemoral joint. While featuring a wide range of surgical techniques for different pathologies, detailed attention is also devoted to conservative treatment and approaches involving mesenchymal stem cells, autologous chondrocyte implantation, platelet-rich plasma, and pulsed electromagnetic fields. Anatomy, clinical examination, and methods of evaluation are discussed, and individual chapters address important miscellaneous topics, including rehabilitation, complications of surgery, injuries in specific patient populations, and scoring systems. Though patellofemoral joint pathology is a frequent clinical problem, its management remains challenging for the orthopaedic surgeon. Conceived at the ISAKOS Congress held in Toronto in June 2013 as a small booklet, this work quickly turned into a major project involving more than 35 authors worldwide. The editors believe that this book will be of great value to orthopaedic doctors to improve understanding, diagnosis, and treatment of future patients.

    Contents:
    Morphogenesis of the patellofemoral joint
    Anatomy of the patellofemoral
    Anatomy and biomechanics of MPFL
    Clinical examination of patellofemoral joint
    Patellofemoral evaluation: an imagiological objective kinematic approach
    MRI of patellofemoral joint
    Gait analysis in patellofemoral disorder
    Prevention of patellofemoral injuries
    Patellofemoral syndrome
    Patellofemoral instability
    Patellar dislocation: pathomechanism and treatment
    First-time traumatic patellar dislocation: a systematic review
    Medial patellar instability
    a little known cause of anterior knee pain
    Non-operative treatment of patellofemoral joint
    Surgical treatment of the patellofemoral joint: lateral release
    MPFL repair for recurrent or traumatic patellar dislocation
    Medial patellofemoral ligament reconstruction
    Proximal realignment: medial plication
    MPFL reconstruction based on graft tension change and anatomy
    Elmslie-Trillat Procedure: a distal based procedure for patellar stabilization
    Open proximal trochleaplasty (grooveplasty)
    Sulcus-deepening trochleoplasty for the treatment of recurrent patellar dislocation with high-grade trochlear dysplasia
    Role of rotational osteotomy in the treatment of patelofemoral dysfunction
    New techniques for cartilage repair of the patella
    Cartilage lesions of the patellofemoral joint: long term results after ACI
    Role of mesenchymal stem cells in patellofemoral disorders
    Prosthetic indications in patellofemoral osteoarthritis
    Patellofemoral postoperative rehabilitation
    Treatment of patellofemoral disorders in skeletally immature athletes
    Treatment of patellofemoral dislocation in skeletally immature
    Platelet-rich plasma for the treatment of symptomatic patellofemoral cartilage lesions
    Pulsed electromagnetic fields for the treatment of symptomatic patellofemoral cartilage lesions of the knee
    Matrix autologous chondrocyte implantation of the patella: from ACI to MACI to ICC
    Patellofemoral joint pathology and sports
    Patellofemoral injuries in soccer players
    Complications of patellofemoral surgeries: prevention and management
    Scores to evaluate patellofemoral joint
    Conclusions.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Robin V. West, Alexis C. Colvin, editors.
    Summary: Patellofemoral disorders are extremely prevalent in athletes and can lead to chronic pain, instability, weakness, and inconsistent or poor athletic performance. These disorders can be difficult to diagnose.Treatment options can vary depending upon several factors, including the sport andthe time during the sports season when the symptoms occur. Treatment also varies depending on the age of the patient and their competition level. The Patellofemoral Joint in the Athlete provides an extensive review of the physical examination, radiographic evaluation, differential diagnoses, and treatment options of common patellofemoral disorders, including patellar chondrosis, pain and instability. The contributors are nationally recognized experts in the patellofemoral joint that treat athletes of all ages and abilities. Appropriate for orthopedic surgeons, sports medicine physicians, rehabilitation physicians and physical therapists, this book is a comprehensive guide to the unique and sport-specific concerns of athletesof all ages and abilitieswith regard to the patellofemoral joint.

    Contents:
    Anatomy of the Patellofemoral Joint
    Lateral Patella Dislocations: History, Physical Exam and Imaging
    Rehabilitation Considerations for Non-Operative Management of Patellofemoral Conditions
    Surgical Treatment of Patellar Instability in Skeletally Immature Athletes
    Cartilage Restoration in the Patellofemoral Joint
    MPFL Repair and Reconstruction
    Tibial Tubercle Osteotomies
    Patellofemoral Resurfacing Arthroplasty in the Active Patient
    Overview of Surgical Decision Making.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by David Dejour, Stefano Zaffagnini, Elizabeth A. Arendt, Petri Sillanpää, Florian Dirisamer.
    Summary: This excellently illustrated book adopts an evidence-based approach to evaluate the efficacy of different techniques for the imaging and treatment of patellofemoral pain, instability, and arthritis. The aim is to equip practitioners with an informative guide that will help them to manage disorders of the patellofemoral joint by casting light on the many issues on which a consensus has been lacking. The opening chapters supply essential background information and explain the role of various imaging modalities, including radiography, CT, MRI, and bone scan. The various conservative and surgical treatment approaches for each of the three presentations - pain, instability, and arthritis - are then described and assessed in depth, with precise guidance on indications and technique. Postoperative management and options in the event of failed surgery are also evaluated. Throughout, careful attention is paid to the literature in an attempt to establish the level of evidence for each imaging and treatment method. The new edition has been thoroughly updated, with inclusion of additional chapters, in order to present the latest knowledge on biomechanics, diagnosis, surgical techniques, and rehabilitation.

    Contents:
    Classification and general considerations
    Syndromes genetics
    Detecting and addressing psychological factors
    Imaging Analysis of Patella Instability Factors
    MRI of the Patellofemoral Articular Cartilage
    Computed Tomography and Arthro-CT Scan in Patellofemoral Disorders move to imaging
    The Role of Tibial and Femoral Rotational Torsion abnormalities in the Treatment of Patellofemoral Dysfunction
    Pathophysiology of Anterior Knee Pain
    Patellofemoral Pain Syndrome
    Non operative Treatment of PF pain
    Is there a surgical Treatment of PF pain
    Instability Factors Principals and Secondary for Instability
    Influence of Risk Factors in the Natural History
    Clinical Symptoms and Examination of Acute and Chronic Patellar Dislocations
    First Time Dislocation: How to deal with it
    Medial Side Patellofemoral Anatomy: Surgical Implications in Patellofemoral Instability
    Is there any place for medial reefing in acture PF dislocation which technical procedure?
    Medial Patellofemoral Ligament Reconstruction Indications and Surgical Technique
    MPTL (Medial Patellotibial Ligament) Reconstruction
    Tibial Tubercle Osteotomies
    Indications and results
    Tibial Tubercle Osteotomies
    Techniques
    AMZ
    Tibial Tubercle Osteotomies
    Techniques
    Distalization
    Tibial Tubercle Osteotomies
    Techniques
    Medialization
    Tibial Tubercle Osteotomies Complications
    Trochleoplasty Indications and results
    Trochleoplasty Techniques: Arthroscopy
    Trochleoplasty Techniques: Deepening Bereiter
    Trochleoplasty Techniques: Deepening Lyon
    Trochleoplasty Techniques: Elevating/lateral
    Trochleoplasty Techniques: Recession Osteotomy
    Trochleoplasty Techniques: Complications
    Lateral Release of the Lateral Patellar Retunaculum
    Lateral Retinaculum Lengthening
    Lateral retinaculum reconstruction
    Surgical Rehabilitation for select individual procedures
    Designing a rehabilitation programme for PFJ rehabilitation
    Complex primary cases
    Obligatory dislocators in flexion
    Is there an indication for Patella osteotomies
    Is there an indication for correcting a valgus knee
    Isolated Patellofemoral Osteoarthritis: Natural History and clinical Presentation
    The Non-operative Treatment of Patellofemoral Arthritis
    Techniques for cartilage restoration in pf joint
    Isolated Patellofemoral unipolar pf cartilage lesions when to intervene
    Partial Lateral Facetectomy
    Isolated Patellofemoral Osteoarthritis: Prosthetic Indications
    Patellofemoral disorders in skeletally immature patients
    Specific procedures for pediatric dislocation
    Mpfl techniques and constraints: what does this mean?
    Patellar tendon shortening
    Tibial tubercule procedure / old Osgood Schlatter
    Femoral and tibial osteotomies
    Epiphsiodesis : we already have limb lengthening.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Zahid Amin, Jonathan M. Tobis, Horst Sievert, John D. Carroll.
    Contents:
    SECTION I: BACKGROUND AND ANATOMY
    Historical perspective and importance of PFO
    Embryology, Neonatal Circulation and Anatomy of PFO
    Anatomical variations of Patent Foramen Ovale
    Aging and Patent Foramen Ovale
    SECTION II: METHODS AND TECHNIQUES FOR DETECTION AND CHARACTERIZATION OF PFO
    Echocardiographic detection and transcranial Doppler quantification of right-to-left shunting.
    ICE: intra-procedural evaluation and guidance during closure of PFO
    A Comparison of Methods to Detect and Quantitative PFO: TCD, TTE, ICE and TEE
    Angiographic evaluation for PFO and Pulmonary AVMs
    SECTION III: PFO AND CLINICAL SYNDROMES
    An Overview of Clinical Syndromes (Keeping The Heart In Mind)
    The Association of Patent Foramen Ovale and Migraine Headache
    Current Patient Management Issues, Clinical Trial Design Challenges, and the Pathway Forward
    Patent foramen ovale and divers
    Orthodeoxia and Platypnea
    Obstructive Sleep Apnea and Patent Foramen Ovale
    PFO and Various Types of Surgery
    When a PFO is Discovered Incidentally
    SECTION IV: CLOSURE METHODS
    The GORE Septal Occluder
    The novel PFO specific closure devices: Why did they fail?
    Optimal device for children and closure indications in pediatric population
    Occlutech, PFM, Lifetech, and other new devices. What?s on the horizon?
    Complications of PFO Closure
    SECTION V: STATISTICAL METHODS, TRIALS AND TRIBULATIONS
    Device Closure of Patent Foramen Ovale or Medical Therapy for Cryptogenic Stroke: The CLOSURE I Trial
    The Gore REDUCE Clinical Study
    The PC Trial: An Effective Treatment Not Demonstrating Effective Power
    From FDAs point of view: What is needed to move PFO closure for stroke prevention forward?
    The Medical Device Manufacturer?s Perspective ? W.L. Gore & Associates, Inc
    PFO-Patient?s Perspective
    Clinical Trials to Assess the Relationship between Patent Foramen Ovale and Migraine Headaches
    Do We Need More PFO Trials: Hypercoaguable Syndromes, Obstructive Sleep Apnea, and Arrhythmias
    SECTION VI: DIFFICULTIES/OBSTACLES IN STARTING PFO CLOSURE PRACTICE
    Obstacles in Starting a PFO Closure Program. How I Did It
    Developing a successful integrated PFO closure program.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Jennifer M. Manning.
    Summary: This textbook provides a one-stop reference resource and guide for nurses interested in advancing their careers. It addresses self-assessment, goal setting and self-discipline, as well as academic paths and non-academic career paths, and includes two chapters on strategic path development, covering internal motivation, risk taking, work--life balance, work environment, networking, professional membership and mentorship. Lastly, the book discusses professional growth topics such as civility, burnout, professional development and "keeping informed," and explores specific professionalism topics like professional behavior, ethics, social media and executive presence. Intended for nurses at any level, this textbook examines topics relevant to today's nursing professionals and offers guidance on building a successful nursing career. It also helps student nurses create a path for their career and professional growth, both during their training program and beyond.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Introduction
    Section I. Chapter 1: Self-Assessment
    Chapter 2: Goal Setting and Self Discipline
    Section II. Chapter 3: Professional Nursing Career Paths: the non-academic path
    Chapter 4: Professional Nursing Career Paths: the academic path
    Section III. Chapter 5: Charting YOUR Career Path: internal strategies
    Chapter 6: Charting YOUR Career Path: external strategies
    Chapter 7: The basics of Professional Growth
    Chapter 8: Ensuring Continued Professional Growth
    Chapter 9: Professionalism.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital/Print
    Janos Minarovits, Hans Helmut Niller, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Epigenetic regulation
    2. HIV-induced epigenetic alterations in host cells
    3. Epigenetic alterations in Epstein-Barr virus-associated diseases
    4. Epigenetic dysregulation in virus-associated neoplasms
    5. Epigenetic alterations induced by bacterial lipopolysaccharides
    6. Patho-epigenetics of infectious diseases caused by intracellular bacteria
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    editor-in-chief, Linda M. McManus, Richard N. Mitchell.
    Contents:
    Part 1. General disease pathogenesis
    Part 2. Organ systems pathophysiology
    Part 3. Diagnostic pathology
    Part 4. Techniques in experimental pathology.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital/Print
    edited by Mieczyslaw Pokorski, editor.
    Contents:
    Evaluation of genetic diversity of Candida spp. and Klebsiella spp. isolated from the denture plaque of COPD patients
    Particulate matter in the air of the underground chamber complex of the Wieliczka Salt Mine Health Resort
    Comparison of thymic stromal lymphopoietin concentration in various human biospecimens from asthma and COPD patients measured with two different ELISA kits
    Prevalence of Neisseria meningitidis carriage with identifcation of serogroups and genogroups in professional soldiers
    Bacteriological assessment of pneumonia caused by gram-negative bacteria in patients hospitalized in intensive care unit
    Bacteriological assessment of pneumonia caused by gram-negative bacteria in patients hospitalized in intensive care unit
    Whooping cough in adults: a series of severe cases
    Limited clinical significance of dimeric form of pyruvate kinase as a diagnostic and prognostic biomarker in non-small cell lung cancer
    Clostridium Difficile infection due to pneumonia treatment: mortality risk models
    Predictors of progression in IgA nephropathy in childhood.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital/Print
    Ellen Hsu, Louis Du Pasquier.
    Contents:
    Evolution of immunity and pathogens
    A host-pathogen interaction reduced to first principles: Antigenic variation in T. brucei
    Antigenic variation in Plasmodium falciparum
    Polymorphic mucin-like proteins in Schistosoma mansoni, a variable antigen and a key component of the compatibility between the schistosome and its snail host
    Fibrinogen-related proteins (FREP) in mollusks
    Somatic and germline diversification of a putative immunoreceptor within one phylum: Dscam in arthropods
    An immune effector system in the Protochordate gut sheds light on fundamental aspects of vertebrate immunity
    Variable lymphocyte receptors: a current view
    Antibody repertoire in fish
    Unique features of fish immune repertoires: particularities of the adaptive immunity within the largest group of vertebrates
    The evolution and structure of atypical T cell receptors
    Diversification of the primary antibody repertoire by AID-mediated gene conversion
    Antibody isotype switching in vertebrates.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Yasuhiko Tomino., editor
    Contents:
    Part I. Pathogenesis
    Chapter 1. Is IgA nephropathy the same disease/a homogenous disease?
    Chapter 2. Genetic variations of IgA nephropathy
    Chapter 3. Is IgA nephropathy a familial or sporadic disease?
    Chapter 4. Heterogeneity of GdIgA1
    Chapter 5. Differences of histological classification between the Japanese guideline and the Oxford classification
    Chapter 6. Podocyte injury and the role of megalin
    Chapter 7. Complement activation
    Part II. Treatment
    Chapter 8. How different are the current understandings of treatments for IgA nephropathy?
    Chapter 9. Differences in etiology and treatment in China
    Chapter 10. Differences in etiology and treatment in Korea
    Chapter 11. Differences in etiology and treatment in Japan
    Chapter 12. The VALIGA study: Differences in treatment approaches within the EU
    Chapter 13. Differences in etiology and treatment in Scandinavian countries
    Chapter14 The Implication of the KDIGO Clinical Practice Guidelines on management of IgA Nephropathy
    Chapter15 Japanese Clinical Practice Guidelines for IgA Nephropathy: Difference from KDIGO Guidelines
    Chapter16 Limitations of RAS blockade in IgA nephropathy
    Chapter17 What is the goal for proteinuria in IgA nephropathy?
    Chapter 18. Rationale of tonsillectomy and steroid pulse therapy (TSP): Is it race dependent?
    Chapter 19. Is tonsillectomy a possible treatment for IgA nephropathy from RCT?
    Chapter 20. Is tonsillectomy a possible treatment for IgA nephrology from a retrospective analysis?.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Christos C. Zouboulis, Andreas D. Katsambas and Albert M. Kligman, editors.
    Summary: This book, written by experts from across the world, provides comprehensive coverage of acne and rosacea, focusing in particular on pathogenesis and treatment but also considering clinical aspects, prognostic factors, and impacts on quality of life. Both standard knowledge and important, clinically relevant insights that have emerged over the past decade are presented with the goal of assisting the reader in understanding these diseases and improving treatment outcome. It is explained how high-level research has recently given rise to a variety of new concepts in etiology and treatment, and emerging trends are also discussed. The book is in a reader-friendly format that highlights core messages with a very practical and clinical focus. Pathogenesis and Treatment of Acne and Rosacea will be an indispensable reference for all physicians who care for patients with acne or rosacea and for scientists working in the field.

    Contents:
    The Sebaceous Gland Through the Centuries: A Difficult Path to Independence
    Embryology of the Pilosebaceous Unit
    Molecular Aspects of Sebaceous Differentiation
    Anatomy of the Sebaceous Gland
    Sebum and Sebaceous Lipids
    Experimental Models of the Sebaceous Gland
    Acne Epidemiology and Socioeconomic Aspects
    Acne Pathogenesis: What We Have Learned Over the Years
    The Role of Hyperkeratinization
    The Role of the Sebaceous Gland
    The Role of Bacteria
    Inflammation in Acne
    A New Concept of Acne Pathogenesis
    Acne and Genetics
    Acne and Androgens
    Acne and Inflammation
    Acne and Neuropeptides
    Acne and Bacteria
    The Acne Biofilm
    The Evidence Supporting a Link Between Acne and Nutrition
    Acne and Smoking
    Antimicrobial Peptides in Acne
    Acne and Antimicrobial Lipids
    Natural and Artificial Suntanning
    Acne and Environmental Pollution (Chloracne)
    Myths and Beliefs of Acne Pathogenesis: Diet, Smoking, Hygiene
    Understanding Acne as a Chronic Disease
    Clinical Aspects of Acne Vulgaris
    Clinical Aspects of Acne Fulminans
    Childhood Acne
    Congenital Adrenal Hyperplasia and Acne in the Male Patients
    Adult Acne
    Drug-Induced Acne
    Body-Builder Acne
    Acne Cosmetica
    Acne in Persons with Dark Skin
    Acne and Heredity
    Acne Neonatorum
    Serum Androgens
    Body Mass Index
    Sebum Secretion, Skin Type, and pH
    Lipids in Serum and Sebum
    The Leeds Acne Grading Technique
    Evaluation of Clinical Severity by Acne Grading and Lesion Counting
    Modern Technology for Imaging and Evaluation of Acne Lesions
    Acne and Congenital Adrenal Hyperplasia
    The Acne Genes
    Vitamins and the Skin
    Urinary Hormone Analysis in Acne
    Laboratory Evaluations in Acne
    Evidenced-Based Treatment of Acne
    The Difficult Acne Patient
    Improving Compliance with Acne Therapy
    Keratolytic Treatment
    Topical Antibiotics
    Benzoyl Peroxide
    Topical Retinoids
    Azelaic Acid
    Emerging Acne Treatments
    Oral Antibiotics
    The Antibiotic Resistance in Acne
    Prescribing Oral Isotretinoin: The European Approach
    Oral Isotretinoin: The US Approach
    Hormonal Therapy for Acne
    Less Common Treatments
    Risk Factors of Acne Relapse
    Acne Maintenance Therapy
    Cosmetics and Cleansers in Acne
    Chemical Peeling in Acne
    Lasers and Phototherapy in Acne
    Treatment of Acne Scarring
    Concepts of Future Acne Treatment
    Acne and Quality of Life
    Instruments of Measurement of Quality of Life in Acne
    The SAHA Syndrome
    The Polycystic Ovary Syndrome and Acne
    The SAPHO Syndrome
    The PAPA Syndrome
    Acne in Transplantation Patients
    Rosacea: The State of the Art
    The Vascular Concept
    Rosacea and Neuropeptides
    Rosacea and Demodex folliculorum
    The Role of Adenosine Triphosphate in the Pathogenesis of Rosacea: An Explanation for the Mode of Action of Tetracyclines for the Treatment of Rosacea
    Standard Grading System for Rosacea
    Classical Clinical Presentations of Rosacea
    Rhinophyma: A Variation of Rosacea?
    Ocular Rosacea
    Childhood Rosacea
    Differential Diagnosis of Rosacea
    A Treatment Strategy for Rosacea
    Topical Treatment of Rosacea
    Systemic Treatment of Rosacea
    Laser and Light Therapy of Rosacea
    Nonclassical Treatments
    Cosmetics in Rosacea
    Treatment of Rhinophyma
    The Future of Rosacea Treatment
    Impact of Rosacea on Quality of Life.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Masafumi Machida, Stuart L. Weinstein, Jean Dubousset, editors.
    Summary: This book provides comprehensive coverage of current topics in idiopathic scoliosis (IS). A three-dimensional deformity of the spine, the condition is characterized by lateral curvature combined with vertebral rotation. The primary lesion, however, lies in the median sagittal plane, taking the form of a lordosis. Although the clinical manifestations of scoliosis have been well documented, its cause and pathogenesis have not yet been determined. Research into what causes IS has focused on the structural elements of the spine, spinal musculature, collagenous structures, the endocrine system, the central nervous system, and genetics. Results of these studies have brought about a new perception of IS epiphenomena, but the main cause of IS remains unknown. Recently, several investigators have produced new hypotheses regarding the cause of IS using the developing techniques of genetics, biochemistry, and neurology. This book is a review of the various causative factors thus far proposed for IS and an introduction to the directions in which research is heading to determine the primary cause of IS.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Daryl I. Smith, Hai Tran, editors.
    Summary: This comprehensive source on the pathogenic origins of neuropathic pain covers the detailed molecular bases of the currently known neuropathies as classified by their pathogenic origins. Filling a critical need, this book fills the need for a resource on a syndrome that demands improved understanding by clinicians and researchers alike so that treatment options for patients are not categorically limited to a pill or a needle. If the clinician understands the origins of a patients' neuropathic pain, they can work cooperatively toward improving it with tailored therapies that don't create societal diseconomies and that ultimately are effective in helping patients. The book presents in detail the molecular bases of some currently known neuropathies by their pathogenetic origins, allowing clinicians to tailor more specific and more effective treatment regimens for their patients. For basic researchers, this book is a general resource to better direct research on neuropathy-specific molecular mechanisms. The improved understanding of the pathogenesis of neuropathic pain can then be used to develop more specific and more effective manipulations of these pathways.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Transitional Neuropathy: Chronification of Acute Pain
    Diabetic Neuropathy
    Complex Regional Pain Syndrome (CRPS)
    Autoimmune Disease-Related Neuropathy
    Methylation Disorder Neuropathy
    Alcohol-Related Neuropathy
    Perfusion-Related Neuropathy
    Uremic Neuropathy
    Chemotherapy Induced Neuropathy
    Antibiotics and Antifungals
    Miscellaneous
    Treatment
    Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Richard F. Spaide, Kyoko Ohno-Matsui, Lawrence A. Yannuzzi.
    Summary: Pathological Myopia is a major cause of severe vision loss worldwide. The mechanisms for vision loss include cataract, glaucoma, retinal detachment, and above all, degeneration of the macula within the posterior staphyloma. Pathological Myopia is one of the only current books to specifically address this disease and discusses recent developments in imaging technologies and various approaches to treatments, such as laser photocoagulation, photodynamic therapy, pharmaco-therapeutic injections in the vitreous, and surgery. Complete with high-quality color images, this book is written and edited by leaders in the field and is geared towards ophthalmologists, including residents and fellows in training, glaucoma and cataract specialists, and vitreoretinal macula experts.

    Contents:
    1. Myopia: A Historical Perspective
    2. Genes involved in the development of myopia
    3. Epidemiology of Myopia
    4. Animal Models of Experimental Myopia: Limitations and Synergies With Studies on Human Myopia
    5. The Sclera and its Role in Regulation of the Refractive State
    6. Public Health Impact of Pathologic Myopia
    7. Update on the Pathology of Pathologic Myopia
    8. The Sclera and Induced Abnormalities in Myopia
    9. The Choroid
    10. The Optic Nerve in High Myopia
    11. Vitreous Changes
    12. Staphyloma, Part 1
    13. Staphyloma, Part 2
    14. Myopic Chorioretinal Atrophy
    15. Choroidal Neovascularization
    16. Myopic Macular Retinoschisis
    17. Peripheral Retinal Abnormalities
    18. Retinal Detachment
    19. Glaucoma in Myopia
    20. Myopic Optic Neuropathy
    21. Special Considerations for Cataract Surgery in the Face of Pathologic Myopia
    22. Ocular Motility Abnormalities
    23. Myopia: Ocular and Systemic Disease
    24. Prevention of Myopia
    25. Sclera-targeted Therapies for Pathologic Myopia.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Richard F. Spaide, Kyoko Ohno-Matsui, Lawrence A. Yannuzzi, editors.
    Summary: Pathologic Myopia is a major cause of severe vision loss worldwide. The mechanisms for vision loss include cataract, glaucoma, retinal detachment, and above all, myopic maculopathy within the posterior staphyloma. The first edition of Pathologic Myopia is one of the only current books to specifically address this disease and discusses recent developments in imaging technologies and various approaches to treatments, such as laser photocoagulation, photodynamic therapy, pharmaco-therapeutic injections in the vitreous, and surgery. This new edition is a timely update to the standard reference in the field, with new chapters on advanced refractive error correction, genetics, developing a classification system, and special surgical approaches for pathologic myopia. Complete with even more high-quality color images and informative tables, this book is written and edited by leaders in the field and is geared towards ophthalmologists, including residents and fellows in training, glaucoma and cataract specialists, and vitreoretinal macula experts.

    Contents:
    Section 1. Basic Science of Pathologic Myopia.
    Chapter 1. Myopia: A Historical Perspective
    Chapter 2. Definition of pathologic myopia (PM)
    Chapter 3. Epidemiology of Myopia, High Myopia and Pathological Myopia
    Chapter 4. Genetics of Pathologic Myopia
    Chapter 5. Public Health Impact of Pathologic Myopia
    Chapter 6. Animal Models of Experimental Myopia: Limitations and Synergies with Studies on Human Myopia
    Chapter 7. The Sclera and its Role in Regulation of the Refractive State
    Section 2 - Ocular Changes in the Development of Pathologic Myopia.
    Chapter 8. Update on the Pathology of Pathological Myopia
    Chapter 9. The Sclera and Induced Abnormalities in Myopia
    Chapter 10. The Choroid Fin
    Chapter 11. Theories of Myopization: Potential Role of a Posterioly Expanding Bruch's Membrane
    Chapter 12. The Optic Nerve Head in High Myopia / Abnormalities of the Intrapapillary and Parapapillary Region
    Chapter 13. Vitreous Changes in Myopia
    Chapter 14. Ultra-widefield imaging of vitreous in pathologic myopia
    Section 3- Sequella of Pathologic Myopia and Their Potential Treatments.
    Chapter 15. Staphyloma I
    Chapter 16. Staphyloma II
    Chapter 17. Overview of OCT-based classification of macular lesions due to pathologic myopia
    Chapter 18. Myopic Maculopathy
    Chapter 19. Choroidal Neovascularization
    Chapter 20. Myopic Macular Retinoschisis
    Chapter 21. surgical approaches for complications of PM
    Chapter 22. Peripheral Retinal Abnormalities
    Chapter 23. Retinal Detachment
    Chapter 24. Glaucoma in Myopia
    Chapter 25. Myopic Optic Neuropathy
    Chapter 26. Special Considerations for Cataract Surgery in the Face of Pathologic Myopia
    Chapter 27. Ocular Motility Abnormalities
    Chapter 28. Ocular and Systemic Disease
    Section 4 - Treatment of pathologic myopia.
    Chapter 29. Prevention of myopia progression in children and adolescents
    Chapter 30. OPTICAL METHODS TO SLOW THE PROGRESSION OF MYOPIA
    Chapter 31. Sclera-targeted therapies for pathologic myopia.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital/Print
    von E. Finger und M. Sänger.
    Contents: <br/
    >1. T. Die Pathologie und Therapie der Sterilität beim Manne.
    Digital Access Google Books 1898-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    N59 .F49 1898
    1
  • Digital
    Norbert Weiss, Alexandra Koschak, editors.
    Summary: Calcium ions represent Mother Nature's "ion-of-choice" for regulating fundamental physiological functions, as they initiate a new life at the time of fertilization and guide subsequent developmental and physiological functions of the human body. Calcium channels, which act as gated pathways for the movement of calcium ions across the membranes, play a central part in the initiation of calcium signals, and defects in calcium channel function have been found to result in a plethora of human diseases, referred to as the calcium channelopathies. Pathologies of Calcium Channels brings together leading international experts to discuss our current understanding of human diseases associated with the various calcium channels, from their molecular basis to potential future therapeutic targeting of calcium channels.

    Contents:
    Part I. Pathologies of Voltage-Gated Calcium Channels
    Part II. Pathologies of Transient Receptor Potential Channels
    Part III. Pathologies of Ligand-Gated Calcium Channels.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital/Print
    Orth, Johannes; Orth, Johannes.
    Digital Access Google Books 1876-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    J25 .O76 1917
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Hering, Heinrich Ewald.
    Contents: <br/
    >1. Die Funktionsstörungen des Herzens, der Gefässe und des Blutes.
    Digital Access Google Books 1921-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    J113 .H54
    1
  • Digital/Print
    von Carl Breuss und Alexander Kolisko.
    Summary: This is a classic description and classification of pelvic deformities.

    Contents:
    1. Bd. Allgemeines, Missbildungs-, Assimilations- und Zwergbecken, riesen-Rachitisbecken und Dimensional-Anomalien ([1900]-1904. vii, [1], 707 p., incl. 216 ill., tables)
    2. Bd. Osteomalaciebecken, ostitische und synostotische Becken, Exostosen-, Neubildungs-, Fractur- und Lacerationsbecken ([1908]-1910. vi, [2], 583 p. incl. 175 ill., tables)
    3. Bd. Abnorme Beckenformen infolge von Anomalien der Wirbelsäule, der unteren Extremitäten und des Nervensystems (1900-1912. v, [1], 696 p. incl. 182 ill., tables).
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    J27 .B846
    3
  • Digital
    [edited by] Howard M. Reisner, PhD, Department of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, North Carolina.
    Contents:
    Disease and the genome : genetic, developmental and neoplastic disease
    Cell injury, death and aging and the body's response
    Environmental injury
    Clinical practice : anatomic pathology
    Clinical practice : molecular pathology
    Clinical practice : laboratory medicine and patient care
    The vascular system
    Pulmonary pathology
    Pathology of the gastrointestinal tract
    Pathology of the liver, gallbladder and extrahepatic biliary tract
    Pathology of the pancreas
    Pathology of medical renal disease
    Urologic pathology of the lower urinary tract and male gu system
    Hematopathology
    Basic principles of clinical endocrinology
    Breast pathology
    The female reproductive tract
    Soft tissue and bone pathology
    Neuromuscular pathology
    Pathology of the skin
    Pathology of the nervous system.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2015
  • Digital
    Howard M. Reisner.
    Summary: "We have continued to center our presentations around case studies designed to emphasize the role of the pathologist in the team that provides patient care, examining the role of anatomic, clinical, and molecular pathologists in that multi-membered group both in dedicated chapters and in descriptions of the pathology of specific organ systems."--Preface

    Contents:
    1. Cancer and the Genome
    2. Cell Injury, Cell Death, and Aging
    3. Hemostasis and Thrombosis --4. Environmental Injury
    5. Clinical Practice: Anatomic Pathology
    6. Clinical Practice: Molecular Pathology
    7. Clinical Practice: Laboratory Medicine and Patient Care
    8. The Cardiovascular System
    9. Pulmonary Pathology
    10. Pathology of the Gastrointestinal Tract
    11. Pathology of the Liver, Gallbladder, and Extrahepatic Biliary Tract
    12. Pathology of the Pancreas
    13. Pathology of Medical Renal Disease
    14. Urologic Pathology of the Lower Urinary Tract, Male GU System, and Kidney
    15. Hematopathology
    16. Pathology of the Endocrine System
    17. Breast Pathology
    18. The Female Reproductive Tract
    19. Soft Tissue and Bone Pathology
    20. Neuromuscular Pathology
    21. Pathology of the Skin
    22. Pathology of the Nervous System
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessMedicine
    AccessMedicine
  • Print
    Catherine Cavallaro Goodman, Kenda S. Fuller.
    Contents:
    I, Introduction :
    1. Introduction to concepts of pathology
    2. Behavioral, social, and environmental factors contributing to disease and dysfunction
    3. The psychosocial-spiritual impact on health care
    4. Environmental and occupational medicine
    5. Problems affecting multiple systems
    6. Injury, inflammation, healing, and repair. II, Clinical medicine :
    7. The immune system
    8. Infectious disease
    9. Oncology
    10. The integumentary system
    11. The endocrine and metabolic systems
    12. The cardiovascular system
    13. The lymphatic system
    14. The hematologic system
    15. The respiratory system
    16. The gastrointestinal system
    17. The hepatic, pancreatic, and biliary systems
    18. The renal and urologic systems
    19. The male genital/reproductive system
    20. The female genital/reproductive system
    21. Transplantation. III, Pathology of the musculoskeletal system :
    22. Introduction to pathology of the musculoskeletal system
    23. Genetic and developmental disorders
    24. Metabolic disorders
    25. Infectious diseases of the musculoskeletal system
    26. Musculoskeletal neoplasms
    27. Soft tissue, joint, and bone disorders. IV, Pathology of the nervous system :
    28. Introduction to central nervous system disorders
    29. Infectious disorders of the central nervous system
    30. Central nervous system neoplasms
    31. Degenerative diseases of the central nervous system
    32. Stroke
    33. Traumatic brain injury
    34. Traumatic spinal cord injury
    35. Cerbral palsy
    36. Seizures and epilepsy
    37. Headache
    38. Vestibular disorders
    39. The peripheral nervous system
    40. Laboratory tests and values.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RB111 .G66 2015
    1
  • Digital
    Francisco F. Nogales, Rafael E. Jimenez, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Massimo Loda, Lorelei A. Mucci, Megan L. MIttelstadt, Mieke Van Hemelrijck, Maura Bríd Cotter, editors.
    Contents:
    Basic Principles of Patho-Epidemiology
    The Intersection of Epidemiology and Pathology
    Introduction to Histology
    Introduction to Pathology
    Basic Techniques in Molecular Pathology
    Introduction to Cancer Epidemiology
    Cancer Screening
    Molecular and Genetic Epidemiology of Cancer
    Bioinformatic Analysis of Epidemiological and Pathological Data
    Cancer Types
    Epidemiology of Prostate Cancer
    Pathology and Molecular Pathology of Prostate Cancer
    Epidemiology of Breast Cancer
    Pathology and Molecular Pathology of Breast Cancer
    Epidemiology of Ovarian and Endometrial Cancer
    Pathology and Molecular Pathology of Uterine and Ovarian Cancers
    Brain Tumors
    Epidemiology
    Pathology and Molecular Pathology of Brain Cancer
    Epidemiology of Renal Cell Carcinoma
    Pathology and Molecular Pathology of Renal Cancer
    Epidemiology of Lung Cancer
    Pathology and Molecular Pathology of Lung Cancer
    Epidemiology of Colorectal Cancer
    Pathology and Molecular Pathology of Colorectal Cancer
    Epidemiology of Hepatocellular Carcinoma
    The Pathology and Molecular Pathology of Hepatocellular Carcinoma
    Epidemiology of Pancreatic Cancer
    Pathology and Molecular Pathology of Pancreatic Cancer
    Epidemiology of Bladder Cancer
    Bladder Cancer
    Epidemiology of Hematologic Malignancies
    Pathology and Molecular Pathology of Hematologic Malignancies
    Epidemiology of Melanoma
    Pathology and Molecular Pathology of Melanoma.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Elizabeth McInnes.
    Contents:
    An Introduction to Pathology Techniques / Elizabeth McInnes
    Recording Pathology Data / Cheryl L Scudamore
    General Pathology and the Terminology of Basic Pathology / Elizabeth McInnes
    Common Spontaneous and Background Lesions in Laboratory Animals / Elizabeth McInnes
    Target Organ Pathology / Elizabeth McInnes
    Clinical Pathology / Barbara Beust
    Adversity: A Pathologist's Perspective / Bhanu Singh
    Limitations of Pathology and Animal Models / Natasha Neef.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Tim D. Oury, Thomas A. Sporn, Victor L. Roggli, editors.
    Summary: The third edition of Pathology of Asbestos-Associated Diseases builds on the success of the previous editions by fully updating knowledge on diagnostic and epidemiologic aspects and presenting important new insights derived from new epidemiologic studies and animal studies. Background information is first provided on the mineralogy of asbestos, occupational and environmental exposure, and asbestos bodies. The various diseases associated with asbestos exposure are then considered in turn, with detailed description and illustration of pathologic features as well as extensive discussion of etiology, epidemiology, differential diagnosis, treatment, and prognosis. Further chapters are devoted to cytopathology, experimental models of disease, and analysis of tissue mineral fiber content. In addition, the medicolegal issues relating to asbestos-associated diseases are analyzed from the point of view of both the plaintiff and the defendant. This book will be an essential reference for pathologists and an invaluable source of information for pulmonologists, radiologists, and occupational medical practitioners.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Christopher R. Shea, Jon A. Reed, Victor G. Prieto, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I: Introductory Chapters
    Chapter 1. Gross Prosection of Melanocytic Lesions
    Chapter 2. Histopathologic Staging and Reporting of Melanocytic Lesions
    Chapter 3. Clinicopathologic Correlation in Melanocytic Lesions
    Chapter 4. Anathema or Useful? Application of Immunohistochemistry to the Diagnosis of Melanocytic Lesions
    Chapter 5. Applications of Additional Techniques to Melanocytic Pathology
    Part 2: Diagnostic Challenges
    Chapter 6. Spitz Nevus versus Spitzoid Melanoma
    Chapter 7. Halo Nevus versus Melanoma with Regression
    Chapter 8. Nevoid Malignant Melanoma versus Melanocytic Nevus
    Chapter 9. Dysplastic Nevi versus Melanoma
    Chapter 10. Blue Nevus versus Pigmented Epithelioid Melanocytoma
    Chapter 11. Recurrent Melanocytic Nevus versus Melanoma
    Chapter 12. Neurothekeoma versus Melanoma
    Chapter 13. Melanoma in situ versus Paget?s Disease
    Chapter 14. Desmoplastic Nevus versus Desmoplastic Melanoma
    Chapter 15. Cutaneous Metastatic Melanoma versus Primary Cutaneous Melanoma
    Chapter 16. Acral Nevus versus Acral Melanoma
    Chapter 17. Capsular (Nodal) Nevus versus Metastatic Melanoma
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Consolato M. Sergi.
    Summary: This book covers the full range of pathologic conditions encountered during childhood and youth, including tumors and tumor-like conditions of all organ systems, with direct links to developmental biology pathways and genetics. It provides a user-friendly road map to the main diagnostic criteria and combines an organ-related approach with an explanation of the diagnostic approaches to various specific diseases and syndromes, including sequential segmental analysis of congenital heart disease. More than 1000 new full-color macro- and microphotographs using more than 500 multi-photographic panels are included to provide a realistic basis for comparison macroscopically and under the lens, and summarizing tables highlight key information in the concise form required for at-a-glance review. Pathologists will find the book very helpful when signing out complex and challenging cases, and it will also prove invaluable for exam preparation and continuing medical education.

    Contents:
    Cardiovascular System
    Lower Respiratory Tract
    Gastrointestinal Tract
    Liver
    Pancreas, Gallbladder, and Extrahepatric Biliary System
    Kidney, Pelvis, and Ureter
    Lower Urinary and Male Genital System
    Female Genital System
    Breast
    Hemato-Lymphoid System
    Endocrine System
    Soft Tissue
    Arthro-Skeletal System
    Head & Neck
    Central Nervous System
    Peripheral Nervous System
    Skin
    Placenta, Abnormal Conception, and Prematurity. .
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Takuya Moriya, editor.
    Summary: This book focuses on precursor lesions, borderline lesions, and early carcinomas of female-specific organs from the standpoint of pathology. In 2012, the latest WHO Classification of Tumours of the Breast, 4th ed., was published and subsequently, in 2014, the WHO Classification of Tumours of Female Reproductive Organs, 4th ed., was published. In these fourth editions, several new concepts are addressed that were not described in the previous editions, and many of them are related to the awareness of the specific pathogenesis of tumors in female patients. Although some of these issues are still controversial, several paradigm shifts should be understood by medical scientists. Thus researchers, diagnostic pathologists, and clinicians must share current information about what is taking place in the field and what the next issue to resolve is. This volume greatly broadens the reader's understanding of the new concepts and paradigm shifts, as it includes informationon how to diagnose and make differential diagnoses on a practical basis and also provides a thorough explanation of the molecular-clinicopathologic basis of the new concepts. The book thus benefits gynecologists, breast surgeons, gynecologic-medical oncologists, and cytotechnologists.

    Contents:
    A new strategy for diagnosing of squamous intraepithelial neoplasia of the cervix / Yoshiki Mikami
    Adenocarcinoma and its precursor of the uterine cervix : current concept / Suzuko Moritani
    Heterogeneity of the precursor lesions of endometrial carcinoma, according to the histologic subtype / Hiroyuki Yanai
    Current concept of precancerous and early stage of serous ovarian carcinoma / Takako Kiyokawa, Masami Iwamoto
    Ovarian carcinoma associated with endometriosis / Masanori Yasuda, Mitsutake Yano
    Problems with the histological diagnosis of epithelial borderline tumors of the ovary / Miki Kushima
    Development of breast carcinoma in relation to the intrinsic subtype / Takuya Moriya
    Morphological and molecular approaches to breast cancer risk assessment / Shinobu Masuda.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Pallav Gupta, Ramesh K. Gupta.
    Summary: This book provides clear understanding of morphological appearances of various glomerular lesions encountered in a wide range of diseases involving renal glomeruli. Chapters cover various diseases with each chapter including a brief text and multiple colored microphotographs depicting the distinctive morphological features of glomeruli as may be encountered in these diseases. It presents complete clinical history with thorough lab workup and other related investigations as considered essential for proper evaluation of the patient. The book provides systemic approach for proper diagnosis of the underlying disease condition in view of the clinical workup and renal biopsy assessment. It provides visual understanding of the glomerular pathology that helps the consultant nephrologist to have a clear understanding of underlying renal disease thus helping in proper evaluation and appropriate therapeutic management of the patient. It may also guide to predict the likely prognostic outcome of the patient. This book is not only helpful to renal pathologists and nephrologists but also serves as a valuable resource for clear understanding of the glomerular lesions to the beginners and postgraduates in nephrology and renal pathology and other physicians managing the patients of renal diseases.

    Contents:
    Evaluation of Renal Biopsy
    Minimal Change Disease
    Focal Segmental Glomerulosclerosis
    Membranous Glomerulonephritis
    Immune Complex Mediated Membranoproliferative Glomerulonephritis
    C3 Glomerulopathy
    Post-infectious Glomerulonephritis
    IgA Nephropathy and Henoch-Schonlein Purpura
    Alport Syndrome and Thin Basement Membrane Disease
    Congenital Nephrotic Syndrome and Diffuse Mesangial Sclerosis
    Lupus Nephritis and Lupus Podocytopathy
    Anti-glomerular Basement Membrane Disease
    Pauci-immune Crescentic Glomerulonephritis
    Post-partum Thrombotic Microangiopathy
    Haemolytic Uremic Syndrome (HUS)
    Diabetic Nephropathy
    Diabetic Nephropathy
    Renal Involvement in Plasma Cell Dyscrasia
    Glomerular Diseases with Organized Deposits (Cryoglobulinemia, Fibrillary, Collagenofibrotic)
    Renal Involvement in Storage Disorders (Fabry's Disease, LCAT Deficiency, Niemann Pick Disease)
    Hypertensive Nephrosclerosis
    Renal Sarcoidosis
    HIV Associated Nephropathy.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Cecilia C. S. Yeung, Howard M. Shulman, editors.
    Summary: GVHD is the major cause of non-relapse morbidity and mortality after hemopoietic cell transplantation. This text provides a comprehensive, state-of-the art review of the pathology of GVHD for clinicians, pathologists and researchers with an interest in GVHD. The book covers the histologic spectrum of GVHD, clinicopathologic features, pathobiology, grading, risk factors affecting outcome, and differential diagnosis. It profiles the new NIH consensus and international guidelines for diagnosing GVHD. The text chapters are based on actual patient cases covering the gamut of acute and chronic GVHD and associated complications. The discussion initiated teaching points and key histologic points make the reading and teaching more interactive while providing a stimulating discussion of difficult differentials. The chapters are richly illustrated with colored comparative gross and histologic images and include extensive references by experts in the fields including the most up-to-date scientific and clinical information.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Michael T. Ashworth.
    Summary: In recent years, there have been no books published on paediatric cardiac pathology despite enormous developments in genetics, a marked explosion of paediatric transplant programmes, surges in knowledge of fetal cardiac pathology and understanding of congenital heart disease, and the emergence of a flourishing cardiac imaging discipline. This book will be the first unified and comprehensive source of reference for childhood heart disease, covering the full field of paediatric cardiac pathology, in one volume. Comprising the twenty-five year experience of a single pathologist, the full spectrum of the pathology of heart disease, from the fetus to the adult, is uniquely presented here. Richly illustrated, with over 800 colour photographs, general and paediatric pathologists alike will be able to examine the microscopic features of the conditions described, with a specific focus on metabolic disease for practitioners worldwide.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Gary W. Procop, Bobbi S. Pritt.
    Summary: Pathology of Infectious Diseases, by Gary W. Procop, MD, packs all of today's most essential information on infectious disease pathology into a compact, high-yield format! Well-organized and segmented by type of infectious organism, the book's pragmatic approach complemented by abundant full-color, high-quality photomicrographs and clinical photos, and at-a-glance tables makes it easy to access the information you need to quickly and accurately detect and identify pathogenic organisms. Chapters on immunohistochemical and molecular techniques as well as artifacts and pitfalls guide you to accurate detection and identifications.

    Contents:
    Principles of Infectious Disease Pathology: An Introduction
    Herpes Virus Infections
    Viral Hepatitis
    Human Papillomavirus, Polyomaviruses, and Parvovirus Infections
    Human Immunodeficiency Virus Infection
    Influenza and Other Respiratory Virus Infections
    Arbovirus Encephalomyelitis
    Viral Encephalomyelitis: Rabies, Enterovirus, and LCM
    Orf Infections and Molluscum Contagiosum
    Skin and Soft Tissue Infections
    Endocarditis and Other Intravascular Infections
    Bacterial Pneumonia
    Nocardiosis and Infections by Related Species
    Mycetoma: Eumycetoma and Actinomycetoma
    Botryomycoses
    Bacterial Gastrointestinal Infections
    Anaerobic Bacterial Infections
    Bartonella, Coxiella, and Tropheryma Infections *
    Rickettsia, Ehrlichia, and Anaplasma Infections
    Tuberculosis and Infections by Nontuberculous Mycobacteria
    Leprosy
    Buruli Ulcer
    Hyalohyphomycoses
    Zygomycosis
    Dematiaceous Fungal Infections
    Infections with Yeasts and Yeastlike Fungi
    Helminth Infections *
    Protozoal Infections
    Artifacts and Pitfalls in Infectious Disease Pathology.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2015
  • Digital
    Stephen W. Barthold, Stephen M. Griffey, Dean H. Percy.
    Contents:
    Mouse
    Rat
    Hamster
    Gerbil
    Guinea pig
    Rabbit.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    Gary C. Kanel.
    Contents:
    Normal liver
    Viral hepatitis
    Fatty liver diseases
    Diseases of the biliary tract
    Non-viral infectious diseases
    Granulomatous hepatitis
    Autoimmune hepatitis
    Vascular disorders
    Genetic and metabolic hepatic diseases
    Developmental hepatobiliary disorders and cystic diseases
    Drug- and toxin-induced liver diseases
    Liver transplantation
    Hepatic tumors, benign
    Hepatic tumors, malignant
    Miscellaneous hepatic disorders.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Helmut Popper.
    Summary: This well-illustrated book covers the full range of lung and pleural diseases from the pathologic standpoint. It has been updated from the first edition by including the most recent molecular data for the different lung diseases, tumor as well as non-tumor ones. New diagnostic tests are included, new aspects for the understanding of diseases have been added. Both diseases of adults and pediatric lung diseases are presented. The chapter on lung development has been expanded due to the many new findings being reported since the first edition. The book will serve as an excellent guide to the diagnosis of these diseases, but in addition it explains the disease mechanisms and etiology. Genetics and molecular biology are also discussed whenever necessary for a full understanding. The author is an internationally recognized expert who runs courses on lung and pleural pathology attended by participants from all over the world. In compiling this book, he has drawn on more than 30 years experience in the field.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1 Development of the Lung
    Chapter 2 Normal Lung
    Chapter 3 Pediatric Pulmonary Pathology
    Chapter 4 Edema
    Chapter 5 Air Filling Diseases
    Chapter 6 Airway Diseases
    Chapter 7 Smoking Related Lung Diseases
    Chapter 8 Pneumonia
    Chapter 9 Lung Diseases Based on Adverse Immune Reactions
    Chapter 10 Eosinophilic Lung Diseases
    Chapter 11 Vascular Lung Diseases
    Chapter 12 Metabolic Lung Diseases
    Chapter 13 Environmentally Induced Lung Diseases and Pneomuconiosis
    Chapter 14 Iatrogenic Lung Pathology
    Chapter 15 Bronchoalveolar Lavage as a Diagnostic and Research Tool
    Chapter 16 Lung Transplantation-Related Pathology
    Chapter 17 Lung Tumors
    Chapter 18 Metastasis
    Chapter 19 Molecular Pathology of Lung Tumors
    Chapter 20 Immunotherapy of Lung Tumors
    Chapter 21 Diseases of the Pleura
    Chapter 22 Lung Tumors in Experimental Models
    Chapter 23 Handling of Tissues and Cells.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Helmut Popper ; with contribution by prof. Fiorella Calabrese.
    Summary: This well-illustrated textbook covers the full range of lung and pleural diseases from the pathologic standpoint. Both diseases of adults and pediatric lung diseases are presented. The book will serve as an excellent guide to the diagnosis of these diseases, but in addition it explains the disease mechanisms and etiology. Genetics and molecular biology are also discussed whenever necessary for a full understanding. The author is an internationally recognized expert who runs courses on lung and pleural pathology attended by participants from all over the world. In compiling this book, he has drawn on more than 30 years' experience in the field.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Raymond L. Barnhill, editor-in-chief ; Michael W. Piepkorn, Klaus J. Busam, co-editors.
    Summary: Highly acclaimed and considered the leading reference in the field, Pathology of Melanocytic Nevi and Melanoma has once again been fully revised, updated, and expanded to reflect the most recent advances and techniques in the field of melanoma pathology. New chapters on mucosal melanoma, ocular melanoma, and pigmented lesions of the nail apparatus have been included in this new edition. The successful focus and format of the previous editions have been preserved. Each lesion and diagnosis is clearly illustrated withthe aid of a wealth of digitally enhanced full-color photomicrographs. A concise description of the clinical features, histopathology, differential diagnosis, and outstanding characteristics of each lesion provides readers with a quick yet comprehensive overview of each topic covered. Pathology of Melanocytic Nevi and Melanoma is the essential reference for every practicing dermatopathologist, pathologist, dermatologist, and cancer research scientist today.

    Contents:
    Melanocytes
    Biopsies, Tissue Processing, Immunohistochemistry, and Ancillary Techniques
    Genetic and Molecular Pathology of Melanoma
    Circumscribed Pigmented Lesions Composed of Basilar Melanocytes
    Common Acquired and Atypical (Dysplastic) Melanocytic Nevi
    Congenital Melanocytic Nevi and Associated Neoplasms, Congenital and Childhood Melanoma
    Spitz Nevus and Variants
    Dermal Melanocytoses, Blue Nevi, and Related Conditions
    Melanocytic Nevi with Phenotypic Heterogeneity
    Cutaneous Malignant Melanoma
    Benign and Malignant Melanocytic Neoplasms of the Mucosa
    Benign and Malignant Melanocytic Neoplasms of the Ocular Apparatus
    Metastatic Malignant Melanoma
    Prognostic Factors in Cutaneous Malignant Melanoma.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    editors, Klaus J. Busam, Pedram Gerami, Richard A. Scolyer.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    Ramesh K. Gupta, Pallav Gupta, editors.
    Contents:
    Introduction to Opportunistic Infections
    Opportunistic Bacterial Infections
    Opportunistic Viral Infections
    Opportunistic Fungal Infections
    Opportunistic Parasitic Infections
    Mixed Opportunistic Infections.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Pierre Russo, Eduardo D. Ruchelli, David A. Piccoli, editors.
    Summary: Pediatric gastrointestinal and liver biopsies account for a significant portion of the specimens examined by a pathology laboratory. The increasingly widespread use of endoscopic procedures in children, the improved sophistication of medical imaging techniques, and the exciting expansion of knowledge in genetic medicine have all led to new advances and opportunities in pediatric hepatogastroenterology and pathology. Pathology of Pediatric Gastrointestinal and Liver Disease provides the pediatric pathologist, the GI or general pathologist, and the pediatric gastroenterologist with the most complete and current reference on the subject. With an emphasis on clinical-pathological correlation, the book includes in-depth discussions on disorders and issues that are frequently encountered but for which up-to-date information is often not readily available, as well as infrequent disorders unique or specific to children that are not covered in standard texts. Significant revision has been undertaken since the first edition, with the inclusion of many new illustrations and electron micrographs. Among the topics covered are malabsorption and motility disorders, immunodeficiencies, including HIV, developmental malformations, food allergies, cystic diseases of the liver, hepatic tumors, and esophageal and pancreatic disorders. The book is richly illustrated, with many figures in color, and the high-quality endoscopic and radiographic images permit ready correlation with the pathologic principles under discussion.

    Contents:
    Developmental Anatomy and Anomalies of the Gastrointestinal Tract with Involvement in Major Malformative Syndromes
    Esophageal Disorders in Childhood
    Gastritis and Gastropathies of Childhood
    Enteropathies Associated with Chronic Diarrhea and Malabsorption in Childhood
    Gastrointestinal and Hepatic Involvement in Immunodeficiencies and Systemic Disease of Childhood
    Colitis in Infancy and Childhood
    Intestinal Motor Disorders
    Polyps and Tumors of the Gastrointestinal Tract in Childhood
    Normal and Abnormal Liver Development
    Diseases of the Biliary Tree
    Hepatocellular and Intrahepatic Cholestasis
    Hepatitis and Liver Failure in Infancy and Childhood
    The Liver in Metabolic Disease
    Hepatic Tumors in Childhood
    GI and Liver Transplantation Pathology in Childhood.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Olivier Glehen, Aditi Bhatt, editors.
    Summary: This book covers some well-known and some unexplored pathological aspects of management of peritoneal metastases and should be read by both surgeons and pathologists involved in the management of peritoneal surface malignancies. The evaluation of cytoreductive surgery specimens is explored for the prognostic information it can provide and recommendations for evaluation of such specimens are provided. The pathways and patterns of peritoneal dissemination and their clinical implications on the extent of surgery performed and other aspects of management are discussed for some common peritoneal tumours. The exploratory studies presented here provide a new perspective on the surgical resection of peritoneal metastases. Other important aspects of pathological evaluation like pathological response to chemotherapy, diagnosis and classification of rare peritoneal tumors have also been covered in different chapters. Keeping in sync with the progress in molecular oncology, the role of molecular oncology in the current and future management of peritoneal metastases is addressed for different tumors. .

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    About the Editors
    1: Mechanisms of Peritoneal Metastasis Formation
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Mechanisms of Trans-mesothelial Metastasis
    1.2.1 Mechanisms of Cancer Cell Spillage into the Peritoneal Cavity
    1.2.2 Adhesion of PFCCs and Mesothelial Cells (Fig. 1.1, Process 1)
    1.2.3 Morphological Changes of Mesothelial Cells (Fig. 1.1, Process 1), Submesothelial Invasion of PFCCs, Attachment of PFCCs to the Basement Membrane (Fig. 1.1, Process 2)
    1.2.4 Adhesion of PFCCS to the Submesothelial Basement Membrane (Fig. 1.1, Process 2 and Fig. 1.6) 1.2.5 Invasion into the Submesothelial Tissue (Fig. 1.1, Process 3)
    1.2.6 Destruction of Submesothelial Basement Membrane and Extracellular Matrix (ECM) and Invasion into Submesothelial Tissue (Fig. 1.1, Process 3)
    1.2.7 Proliferation in the Subperitoneal Tissue (Fig. 1.1, Process 4: Angiogenesis and Proliferation)
    1.3 Trans-lymphatic Metastasis
    1.4 Mechanisms of Superficial Growing Metastasis
    References
    2: Extent of Peritoneal Resection for Peritoneal Metastases: Inferences from Pathophysiology
    2.1 Background and Introduction 2.1.1 Evolution of Peritoneal Surface Oncology
    2.2 Pathophysiology of Peritoneal Metastases and Its Clinical Implications
    2.2.1 Peritoneal Metastatic Cascade
    2.2.2 Distribution of Disease in the Peritoneal Cavity
    2.2.2.1 Epithelial Ovarian Cancer
    2.2.3 Implications of Mechanism of Peritoneal Dissemination on Surgical Resection
    2.2.4 Morphology of Peritoneal Deposits and Morphological Evolution of Peritoneal Metastases
    2.2.4.1 Morphological Evolution of PM
    2.2.4.2 Alteration in Morphology After Systemic Chemotherapy
    2.2.4.3 Histological Subtype 2.2.5 Impact on the Extent of Surgical Resection
    2.2.6 Resection of Uninvolved Regions
    2.2.7 Primary Tumor Type
    2.2.8 Lymphadenectomy in Addition to Cytoreductive Surgery
    2.2.9 Prognostic Implications of Lymph Node Involvement
    2.3 Extent of Peritoneal Resection for PM Arising from Various Primary Tumors
    2.3.1 Studies Looking at the Extent of Peritoneal Resection
    2.3.2 Application in Clinical Practice and Question for Future Research
    2.4 Conclusions
    References
    3: Therapeutic Rationale and Data Set for Reporting Cytoreductive Surgery Specimens 3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Anatomical Considerations
    3.2.1 Peritoneal Regions
    3.2.2 Lymphatic Drainage
    3.2.3 Subperitoneal Nodes
    3.2.4 Omental Nodes
    3.2.5 Retroperitoneal Nodes
    3.2.6 Paracardiac and Mediastinal Nodes
    3.3 Pathological Evaluation of Cytoreductive Surgery Specimens
    3.3.1 The Surgeon's Role
    3.3.1.1 Labelling of Surgical Specimens by the Surgeon
    3.3.1.2 Morphological Description
    3.3.2 The Pathologist's Role
    3.3.2.1 Handling of Specimens by the Pathologist
    3.3.2.2 Gross Description and Sectioning
    Peritonectomy Specimen(s)
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Alessandro Franchi, editor.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive, up-to-date review of the field of diagnostic histopathology of sinonasal tumors and tumor-like lesions. It includes well-known and recently described structures, focusing on their epidemiological, clinical, radiological, and molecular features. It also discusses the latest surgical and medical treatment of these tumors. Primarily written for pathologists and pathology residents, the topics discussed make it a valuable resource for head and neck surgeons, radiologists, oncologists, and other clinical physicians. Written by experts in the field, this book further our understanding of the pathology of sinonasal tumors.

    Contents:
    Part 1 - General Features
    1. Epidemiology of sinonasal tumors
    2. Imaging of sinonasal tumors
    3. Molecular pathology of sinonasal tumors
    4. Clinical aspects and surgical treatment
    Part 2 - Histopathology Sinonasal Tumor-like Lesions
    5. Histopathology Sinonasal Tumor-like Lesions
    Part 3 - Sinonasal Tumors
    6. Epithelial Tumors
    7. Mesenchymal Tumors
    8. Neuroectodermal/melanocytic tumors
    9. Haematolymphoid tumors
    10. Germ cell tumors
    11. Metastatic tumors.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Patricia V. Turner, Marina L. Brash, Dale A. Smith.
    Contents:
    Rabbits
    Mice
    Ferrets
    Guinea Pigs
    Chinchillas
    Rats
    Hamsters
    Gerbils
    Mice
    Hedgehogs.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    Maurizio Colecchia, editor.
    Contents:
    Part I: Testicular Tumors: Epidemiology
    Epidemiology of Testicular Cancer
    Part II: Tumors of the Testis and Paratesticular Structures
    Congenital Lesions
    Entities Contributing to Infertility and their Relationship to Oncogenic Risk
    Germ Cell Tumor of Infancy and Childhood
    The Stem Cell Origin and Pathogenetic Routes of Testicular Germ Cell Tumors
    Tumours of the Testis
    Prognostic and Predictive Factors in Pathology of the Testis
    Handling of the Surgical Specimen and Pathology Reporting of Malignant Germ Cell and Sex Cord-Stromal Tumors of the Testis
    Cysts and Epithelial Proliferations of the Testicular Collecting System
    Paratesticular Soft Tissue Neoplasms
    Frozen Section in Testicular Pathology
    Part III: Pathology of Precancerous Lesions and Tumors of the Penis
    Precancerous Lesions of the Penis
    Tumours of the Penis and Scrotum
    Handling of the Surgical Specimen and Pathology Reporting of Penile Neoplasms. .
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Print
    C. Simon Herrington, editor.
    Summary: This is the third volume in the Essentials of Diagnostic Gynecological Pathology series sponsored by the British Association of Gynecological Pathologists. Focusing on cervical pathology, it provides an update on current diagnostic criteria, the use of biomarkers and specimen handling. It serves as a quick desktop reference facilitating accurate diagnosis, and also provides detailed descriptions and an exhaustive reference list for more in-depth study. Sections devoted to the changing landscape of cervical screening, current management and future directions are included. Standardized terminology, the biology of HPV-related pre-invasive disease, and the staging of early cervical cancers are discussed. As most histopathology departments receive many gynecological specimens, Pathology of the Cervix has been written to be useful diagnostically to general as well as specialist gynecological pathologists and pathologists in training. Gynecologists, oncologists, dermatologists, genitourinary physicians and cancer nurse specialists will find expert insights here that will help in treatment and counselling of their patients.

    Contents:
    Preface; Preface to the Series; Contents; Contributors; 1: Development of the Uterine Cervix and Its Implications for the Pathogenesis of Cervical Cancer; Introduction; Development of the Lower Female Reproductive Tract; Immunophenotypic Characterization of the Developing Human Fetal Squamocolumnar Junction; Progenitor Cells in the Adult Squamocolumnar Junction; Definition of the Cervical Transformation Zone (TZ); Squamous Metaplasia; Potential Target Cells for HPV Infection; Premalignant Lesions; Low-Grade Squamous Intraepithelial Lesion (LSIL). High-Grade Squamous Intraepithelial Lesion (HSIL) Adenocarcinoma In Situ (AIS); References; 2: Human Papillomaviruses (HPVs); Introduction; Classification; HPV Genome Organization and Life Cycle; Epidemiology; Prevalence in the General Population; Clearance and Risk; Prevalence in Disease (Histological); Prevalence in Disease (Cytologically Defined); Host Defenses; HPV Immunization; Delivery and Immunogenicity; Therapeutic Vaccines; Impact (Prophylactic Vaccines); HPV Testing; Justification for HPV Testing; Targets and Types of HR-HPV Test. Tools and Biomarkers for the Risk Stratification of HR-HPV Infection HPV Testing in Various Biospecimens; HPV Testing in Immunized Populations; References; 3: Cervical Screening: History, Current Algorithms, and Future Directions; Principles of Screening; The Condition; The Test; The Treatment; The Screening Program; Epidemiology of Cervical Cancer; Papanicolaou and the Development of Cytology-Based Population Screening; Cervical Cancer Screening in the UK (1950-1985); UK Terminology of Cervical Cytology and Histology; The NHS Cervical Screening Program (1986-2004). NHSCSP 2004 to the Present Liquid-Based Cytology (LBC); HPV Testing; Triage of Low-Grade Abnormality; Test of Cure; Automation in Cervical Screening; NHSCSP Beyond 2016: Cervical Screening in the Era of HPV Vaccination; HPV Vaccination; Primary HPV Testing; References; 4: Surgical and Nonsurgical Management of Cervical Cancer: Current Practice and Future Directions; Introduction; Stage IA Carcinoma of the Cervix; Stage IA1: Invasive Lesion d" mm Wide and d" mm Deep; Stage IA1 Plus Lymphovascular Space Invasion; Stage IA2: Width d"7 mm and Depth> 3 mm But d" mm. Adenocarcinoma Versus Squamous Cell Carcinoma in Early Cervical Cancer Stage IB1 Carcinoma of the Cervix; Stage IB1: Depth>5 mm, Or Width>7 mm, But Tumour Less Than 4 cm Diameter; or a Clinically Visible Lesion Confined to the Cervix; Stage IB1: Diameter Less Than 1 cm; Stage IB1: 1-2 cm Diameter Tumor; Trachelectomy; Stage IB1: 2-4 cm in Diameter; Stage IB2
    IV Carcinoma of the Cervix; Reducing the Risks of Treatment; Strategy 1: Assess the Risk of Recurrence Prior to Undertaking Surgical Treatment; Strategy 2: Lymph Node Assessment; Strategy 3: Radical Surgical Techniques.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by George L. Mutter, Jaime Prat.
    Summary: Covering a comprehensive range of common, rare, benign and malignant lesions, Pathology of the Female Reproductive Tract, 3rd Edition, authored by an international panel of subspecialty experts, brings you the latest scientific and diagnostic information for diseases of the female reproductive tract. From basic concepts of pathophysiology and diagnostic criteria to clinical correlation, this updated medical reference book delivers an integrated and practical approach to diagnosis and management of women with reproductive tract disorders. Quickly and easily access key information with user-friendly bullet points, diagnostic flowcharts, decision-making algorithms, summary tables, and take-home messages, as well as a "Road Map" at the beginning of each chapter for effortless navigation.Avoid diagnostic errors with the help of practical, expert advice on common pitfalls in differential diagnosis. Browse the complete contents from any location with online access at Expert Consult.

    Contents:
    Embryology
    Disorders of Sexual Development
    Vulvar Dermatoses and Infections
    Vulvar Squamous Lesions
    Vulvar Cysts, Adenocarcinoma, Melanocytic, and Miscellaneous Lesions
    Vulvar Mesenchymal Neoplasms and Tumor-Like Conditions
    Vagina
    Cervical Benign and Non-Neoplastic Conditions
    Biology of Cervical Squamous Neoplasia
    Cervical Squamous Intraepithelial Lesions
    Cervical Squamous Cell Carcinoma
    Cervical Squamous Cell Carcinoma
    Miscellaneous Cervical Neoplasms
    The Normal Endometrium
    Exogenous Hormones and their Effects on the Endometrium
    Endometritis, Metaplasias, Polyps, and Miscellaneous Changes
    Endometrial Hyperplasia without Atypia and EIN
    Endometrial Adenocarcinoma
    Uterine Smooth Muscle Tumors
    Endometrial Stromal Tumors, Mixed Mullerian Tumors, Adenomyosis, Adenomyomas and Rare Sarcomas
    Fallopian Tube
    Endometriosis
    Normal Ovaries, Inflammatory and Non-Neoplastic Conditions
    Non-Neoplastic and Tumor-Like Conditions of the Ovary
    Ovarian Epithelial-Stromal Tumors. Serous Tumors
    Ovarian Mucinous Tumors
    Ovarian Endometrioid, Clear Cell, Transitional, and Mixed Epithelial Stromal Tumors
    Ovarian Sex Cord Stromal and Steroid Cell Tumors
    Ovarian Germ Cell Tumors
    Metastatic Tumors of the Ovary
    The Peritoneum --Implantation and Placenta
    Non-Neoplastic Maternal Gestational Diseases
    Gestational Trophoblastic Disease
    Gross Description and Processing of Specimens
    Practical Biomarkers for Female Genital Tract Lesions
    Appendix A FIGO Staging of Cancers of the Female Genital Tract
    Appendix B Online Resources
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2014
  • Digital
    Fátima Carneiro, Paula Chaves, Arzu Ensari, editors.
    Summary: This book covers the complete field of the pahology of the Gastrointestinal tract - form Abetalipoproteinemia to Zollinger-Ellison Syndrome. The alphabetically arranged entries, each of which provides a detailed description of a specific pathological disease pattern, allow readers to quickly and easily find the information they need.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Pieter Slootweg.
    Contents:
    Non-neoplastic Diseases of the Maxillofacial Bones
    Cysts
    Odontogenic Tumours
    Fibro-Osseous Lesions
    Giant Cell Lesions
    Bone forming Lesions of the Maxillofacial Bones
    Cartilaginous Lesions of the Maxillofacial Bones
    Other Diseases that involve Bone
    Diseases of the Temporomandibular Joint.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Alberto M. Marchevsky, Mark R. Wick.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2015
  • Digital
    Nafisa Wilkinson, editor.
    Summary: As the second volume in the Essentials of Diagnostic Gynecological Pathology series sponsored by the British Association of Gynecological Pathologists, Pathology of the Ovary, Fallopian Tube and Peritoneum is one of the very few dealing wholly with this subject. Pathology of the Ovary, Fallopian Tube and Peritoneum introduces the topic with a discussion of the anatomy, development, histology and normal function of the ovary, followed by chapters on non-neoplastic disorders of the ovary; surgery and medical management of ovarian cancer; and the use of imaging, frozen sections and cytology in ovarian pathology. The book then goes on to describe specific disorders of the ovary, fallopian tube and peritoneum in detail, and finishes with a chapter on specimen cut-up. Pathology of the Ovary, Fallopian Tube and Peritoneum has been written to be useful diagnostically to general as well as specialist gynecological histopathologists and pathologists in training. Gynecologists, oncologists, genitourinary physicians and cancer nurse specialists will find expert insights here that will help in treatment and counselling of their patients.

    Contents:
    Anatomy, Development, Histology and Normal Function of the Ovary
    Non-neoplastic Disorders of the Ovary
    The Surgery of Ovarian Cancer
    Advances in the Medical Management of Ovarian Cancer
    Integration of Imaging and Pathology in the Multidisciplinary Process
    Frozen Section Use in the Diagnosis of Ovarian Pathology
    The Role of Cytology in the Management of Ovarian Lesions
    Overview of Epithelial Ovarian Carcinoma (EOC): Pathogenesis and General Considerations
    Serous Neoplasms of the Ovary
    Mucinous Neoplasms of the Ovary
    Endometrioid Ovarian Carcinomas
    Clear Cell Carcinoma of the Ovary
    Undifferentiated, Transitional, Mixed and Other Epithelial Tumors of the Ovary
    Germ Cell Tumors of the Ovary and Dysgenetic Gonads
    Sex Cord Stromal Tumors
    Pathology of Malignancies Metastatic to the Ovary and of Synchronous Ovarian and Endometrial Carcinoma
    Pathology of the Fallopian Tube
    Pathology of the Peritoneum
    Mesenchymal Tumors of the Ovary
    Specimen Cut-up.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Irene Esposito, Eva Karamitopoulou-Diamantis, editors.
    Summary: This encyclopedia volume covers the complete field of pathology of the pancreas-- from Acinar cell neoplasms to Vascular resections. The alphabetically arranged entries, each of which provides a detailed description of a specific pathological disease pattern, allow readers to quickly and easily find the information they need.

    Contents:
    Acinar cell carcinoma
    Acinar cell nodules
    Acinar cystic transformation of the pancreas
    Acinar-to-ductal metaplasia
    Acute pancreatitis
    Age-related changes
    Agenesis
    Alcohol-related chronic pancreatitis
    Anatomic variants, Surgical Pathology
    Anatomy and Organogenesis of the pancreas
    Anatomy, gross, Pathology of Pancreas
    Annular Pancreas
    Autoimmune pancreatitis
    Cystic fibrosis
    Ductal adenocarcinoma and Variants
    Ectopic tissue
    Familial and inherited pancreatic cancer
    Foregut cyst
    Glucagon-cell hyperplasia and neoplasia
    Groove pancreatitis
    Grossing of distal pancreatectomy specimens, Surgical Pathology
    Grossing of pancreatoduodenectomy specimens, Surgical Pathology
    Haemochromatosis
    Hereditary Chronic Pancreatitis
    Histology, Pathology of Pancreas.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    by Fiona Campbell, Caroline S. Verbeke.
    Summary: This updated volume provides a practical guide to pancreatic pathology that covers recent changes in concepts and classifications. Potential pitfalls and mimics in pancreatic pathology are highlighted and illustrated, and guidance is provided regarding how to recognise and avoid them. There is a new chapter on transplant pathology, and more than 200 new macroscopic and microscopic images have been added. Pathology of the Pancreas: A Practical Approach aims to enable readers to recognise the various pathological entities and provide the key information in their pathology reports, which is necessary for the individual patient's further management. The book provides the diagnostic pathologist with a comprehensive, well-illustrated, and extensively cross-referenced approach to pancreatic pathology.

    Contents:
    Embryology, Anatomy, and Histology
    Pancreatic Specimen Types
    Specimen Dissection and Sampling
    The Pancreatic Multidisciplinary Team
    Common Minor Changes
    Hereditary Exocrine Disorders
    Inflammatory Disorders
    Pancreatic Intraepithelial Neoplasia
    Ductal Adenocarcinoma
    Acinar Cell Carcinoma
    Non-epithelial Neoplasia
    Secondary Neoplasia
    Congenital and Developmental Abnormalities
    Cystic Lesions: Classification and Sampling
    Serous Cystic Neoplasia
    Mucinous Cystic Neoplasia
    Intraductal Papillary Neoplasia
    Solid-Pseudopapillary Neoplasia
    Other Cystic Lesions
    Endocrine Neoplasia
    Endocrine Cell Hyperplasia
    Pathology of the Transplanted Pancreas
    The Role of Frozen Section
    The Role of Cytology.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Khong, T. Yee; Gordijn, Sanne J.; Mooney, Eoghan E.; Morgan, Terry K.; Nikkels, Peter G. J.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Timothy Craig Allen, Saul Suster.
    Summary: This book covers the complete field of pleura and mediastinum pathology - from acquired multilocular thymic cyst to well-differentiated papillary mesothelioma. The alphabetically arranged entries, each of which provides a detailed description of a specific pathological disease pattern, allow readers to quickly and easily find the information they need.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Antonio Lopez-Beltran, Liang Cheng, Maria R. Raspollini, Rodolfo Montironi.
    Summary: Prostate cancer is the most commonly diagnosed noncutaneous neoplasm in men in the United States and is the second leading cause of cancer mortality. It poses diagnostic challenges in day-to-day practice in misdiagnosis of tumor-like lesions and secondary tumors. This book is a concise, practical guide to prostate pathology and is structured to guide pathologists, both practicing and trainees, in the diagnostic process. Numerous color images and algorithms show, in a practical manner, how to integrate pathologic and immunohistochemical features to reach a correct diagnosis in prostate tumors and tumor-like lesions. The book incorporates recent developments in biomarkers applied to immunohistochemistry, representing the best immunohistochemistry practice applied to current diagnosis of prostate cancer in biopsies and surgical specimens. It takes a multidisciplinary approach to the clinical management of prostate cancer and will also appeal to all healthcare professionals treating patients, particularly urologists, oncologists, biomedical scientists, and researchers. This book provides access to an online version on Cambridge Core, accessed via the code printed on the inside of the cover.

    Contents:
    Basic anatomy and histology of the prostate
    Inflammatory and tumor-like conditions of the prostate
    Preneoplastic lesions and conditions of the prostate
    Adenocarcinoma of the prostate
    Gleason grading of prostate cancer
    Histologic subtypes of prostatic carcinoma
    Neuroendocrine tumors of the prostate
    Pathologic prognostic factors of prostate cancer
    Pathology of the prostate after treatment
    Basic molecular pathology of prostate cancer
    Rare forms of prostatic carcinoma
    Tumors and tumor-like conditions of the prostate stroma
    Soft tissue and miscellaneous primary tumours of the prostate
    Metastatic and secondary tumors of the prostate
    The seminal vesicles and ejaculatory ducts
    Pathology of the prostatic urethra
    Practical immunohistochemistry of prostate cancer and related lesions.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2017
  • Digital
    Antonio Lopez-Beltran, Rodolfo Montironi, Liang Cheng.
    Summary: This concise, practical guide is structured to reflect the thought process of the practising pathologist. A key feature is the use of algorithms to aid in reaching the correct diagnosis, for both common and complex bladder tumors and tumor-like lesions. Its coverage of diagnostic criteria is in keeping with international standards and best practice, and the practical layout provides quick access to relevant information, integrating conventional histology, immunohistochemical markers and key clinical knowledge. Topics covered include the full spectrum of pathologic conditions that afflict the bladder and urothelium, as well as the pathology of the renal pelvis, ureter and the urethra. Accompanied by numerous images, this is an essential guide for trainee and practising surgical pathologists, urologists and oncologists.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Urinary bladder
    Basic anatomy and histology
    Inflammatory and tumor-like conditions
    Flat intraepithelial lesions and carcinoma in situ
    Benign papillary neoplasms and inverted papilloma
    Pathology of urothelial carcinoma
    Glandular neoplasms
    Pathology of the urachus
    Squamous cell neoplasms
    Neuroendocrine tumors
    Myofibroblastic proliferations and tumors
    Soft tissue tumors
    Other rare malignancies
    Metastatic and secondary tumors
    Pathology of the renal pelvis and ureter
    Pathology of the urethra
    Immunohistochemistry in urothelial lesions.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2016
  • Digital
    René P. Michel, Gerald J. Berry, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. Immunobiology and Immunopharmacology of Transplantation
    3. Pathology of Cardiac Transplantation
    4. Pathology of Hepatic Transplantation
    5. Pathology of Pancreatic Transplantation
    6. Pathology of Renal Transplantation
    7. Pathology of Pulmonary Transplantation
    8. Pathology of Intestinal Transplantation
    9. Pathology of Bone Marrow/Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation
    10. Malignancies Post-Transplantation
    11. The Future of Transplantation Pathology.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital/Print
    edited by Chapman H. Binford and Daniel H. Connor ; sponsored and supported by Armed Forces Institute of Pathology ... [et al.].
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Google Books
    Google Books
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RC961 .P37 1976
    2
  • Digital
    Lewis A. Hassell, Michael L. Talbert, Jane Pine Wood, editors.
    Contents:
    Section 1: Money and the Practice of Pathology
    Healthcare Finance and the Pathology Practice
    The Trend Outcomes, Accountable Care and Value-Based Purchasing
    Coding and Billing
    Revenue Cycle Management
    Applying the Knowledge
    Current Major Trends and Considerations for the Future
    Section 2: Financial Management of a Practice
    The Income Statement
    More Complex Arrangements
    Practice Sales and Mergers
    Section 3: Contracting
    Payor Contracts
    Hospital Contracts
    Pathologist Employment Contracts
    Section 4: Human Resources
    Human Resources (HR) Management
    Section 5: Pathology Group Issues
    Group Dynamics
    Section 6: Better Practice Management
    Skills and Tools for Better Practice Management
    Section 7: Managing Ricks and Opportunities
    Professional Liability Risk
    Corporate and General Liability
    Disaster Risks and Preparedness Planning
    Market and Valuation Risks
    Technologic and Regulatory Risks
    Opportunities and Entrepreneurism
    Identifying and Capitalizing on Opportunities
    Section 8: Looking Ahead
    The High Performing Practice into the Future
    Bringing It All Together
    Appendix A: Cases for Discussion
    Appendix B: You and Your Environment: Cases for Group Discussion.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Walter L. Kemp, Travis Brown.
    Contents:
    Cell injury, adaptations, and death
    Inflammation and repair
    Hemodynamics
    Diseases of the immune system
    Neoplasia
    Genetic and pediatric diseases
    Environmental and nutritional disease
    Diseases of the cardiovascular system
    Diseases of the hematopoietic and lymphoid systems
    Diseases of the respiratory system
    Diseases of the kidney and urinary tract
    Diseases of the mouth and gastrointestinal tract
    Diseases of the liver, gallbladder, and biliary tract
    Diseases of the pancreas
    Diseases of the male and female genital tract
    Diseases of the breast
    Diseases of the endocrine system
    Diseases of the musculoskeletal system
    Diseases of the peripheral and central nervous systems
    Diseases of the skin
    Mixed items
    Images.
  • Digital
    Douglas H. Richie, Jr.
    Summary: This new book consolidates the current knowledge of lower extremity biomechanics and pathomechanics and makes this information relevant to the study of common foot and ankle pathologies. The content is presented in a language and format that allows the clinician to review current evidence explaining the etiology of these disorders in order to formulate effective treatment interventions. In order to understand pathomechanics, the clinician must also become versed in the normal, healthy biomechanics of the lower extremity. A review of gait, muscle function and forces acting on the lower extremities during physical activity will be the focus of the first part of this book. The second part of the book will study the common, challenging pathologies treated on a daily basis by foot and ankle clinicians: hallux abducto valgus, hallux rigidus, metatarsalgia, digital deformities, adult acquired flatfoot, and plantar heel pain. These chapters discuss all the relevant factors contributing to these conditions, evaluating and exposing myths and misconceptions about the pathomechanics and treatments of these conditions. For each disorder, a comprehensive review of published research provides a foundation for an updated, valid description of etiology and risk factors. Providing a fresh approach to lower extremity pathomechanics and management strategies, Pathomechanics of Common Foot Disorders is a valuable resource for podiatrists and orthopedic foot and ankle surgeons at all levels. .

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Pathomechanics
    References
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    1: Comparative Anatomy and Introduction to the Twisted Plate Mechanism
    The Specialization of the Human Foot
    Ontogeny of the Human Foot
    Does Ontogeny Recapitulate Phylogeny of the Human Foot?
    Ankle and Hindfoot Development: Twisting the Plate of Bones
    Ontogeny of the Forefoot
    Rotation of Segments
    The Twisted Plate Provides the Specialized Function of the Human Foot
    Clinical Application of the Twisted Plate Mechanism
    Twisting the Plate and Locking for Optimal Foot Function High-Gear Push Off
    What Initiates High-Gear Push Off?
    Testing the Theory of High-Gear Push Off
    What Is the Ideal Alignment of the Human Foot?
    The Myth of Midfoot "Locking"
    What Stiffens the Human Foot?
    The Springlike Function of the Human Foot
    Summary
    References
    2: Human Walking: The Gait Cycle
    Introduction
    Kinetics
    Key Events in the Walking Gait Cycle
    Phase 1 Initial Contact 0- 2% of the Gait Cycle (Fig. 2.3)
    Phase 2 Loading Response 2-12% of the Gait Cycle (Fig. 2.4)
    Phase 3 Midstance 12- 31% of the Gait Cycle (Fig. 2.5) Phase 4 Terminal Stance 31-50% of the Gait Cycle (Fig. 2.6)
    Phase 5 Pre-swing 50-62% of the Gait Cycle
    Phase 6 Initial Swing 62-75% of the Gait Cycle Events (Fig. 2.8)
    Phase 7 Mid-swing 75-87% of the Gait Cycle (Fig. 2.9)
    Phase 8 Terminal Swing 87-100% of the Gait Cycle (Fig. 2.10)
    Common Compensatory Changes Observed in Gait
    References
    3: Motion of the Foot: Joints, Muscles, and Sensorimotor Control
    Introduction
    General Motion of the Foot Segments
    The Bone Pin Studies
    The Lateral Metatarsals Move More than the Medial The Navicular-Cuneiform Joints Move More than the Midtarsal Joint
    The Midfoot Joints Contribute More Sagittal Plane Motion than the Ankle
    The Medial Column Moves More than the Ankle
    Pure Ankle Joint Motion Can Now Be Measured
    The Ankle Moves in the Transverse and Frontal Planes
    There Is more Frontal Plane Motion in the Ankle than the Subtalar Joint
    The Talonavicular Joint and the Calcaneocuboid Joints Move More than the Subtalar Joint
    Majority of First Ray Motion Is as the Naviculocuneiform Joint
    The Lateral Metatarsals Move More than the Medial Metatarsals The Lateral and Medial Columns Have the Same Sagittal Plane Motion
    How Does the "Normal" Foot Function in Gait?
    Neuromuscular Control
    Do Joint Axes Determine Direction and Range of Motion?
    Muscle Function in the Lower Extremity
    Phasic Activity
    Muscle Strength
    Moment Arm
    Major Muscle Contributors in Six Planes of Motion (Summary of Table 3.2)
    Sagittal Plane
    Frontal Plane
    Transverse Plane
    Muscle Activity/Demand and Foot Type
    The Plantar Intrinsic Muscles
    Storage and Return of Energy
    Twisting the Plate Stores and Releases Energy
    References
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Abdelhamid H. Elgazzar, editor.
    Summary: This book, now in its third edition, aims to promote a deeper understanding of the scientific and clinical basis of nuclear medicine and the new directions in medical imaging, which will lead to better utilization of nuclear medicine techniques in patient management and to further modifications and innovations in the field. The new edition has been revised and updated to reflect recent changes and to ensure that the contents are in line with likely future directions. The book starts by providing essential basic information on general pathophysiology, cell structure, and cell biology as well as the mechanisms of radiopharmaceutical localization in different tissues and cells. The clinical applications of nuclear medicine are then presented in a series of chapters covering every major organ system. These chapters relate the basic relevant knowledge of anatomy, physiology, and pathology to the clinical utilization of various scintigraphic modalities. The therapeutic applications of nuclear medicine, including recent advances, are discussed in a separate chapter. The final chapter is devoted to the biologic effects of ionizing radiations, including radiation from medical procedures. A glossary at the end of the book has been expanded with clear explanations of certain terms and uncommon disease conditions that will help students and trainees in understanding pertinent concepts. It is hoped that this book will continue to help nuclear medicine practitioners, trainees, students, and researchers, as well as professionals in various other medical fields.

    Contents:
    The Cell: Structure, Function, and Molecular Biology
    Pathophysiology and Mechanisms of Radiopharmaceutical Localization
    Inflammation
    Musculoskeletal System
    Thyroid Gland
    Parathyroid Gland
    Adrenal Gland
    Genitourinary system
    Oncology 1: Basic Principles of Tumor Pathology and Biology
    Oncology 2: Tumor Imaging: Scintigraphic and Pathophysiologic Correlation
    Respiratory System
    Cardiology 1: Myocardial Contractility and Assessment of Cardiac Function
    Cardiology 2: Basis of Myocardial Perfusion, Metabolism, Infarction and Receptor imaging
    Digestive system 1: Gastrointestinal Tract
    Digestive system 2: Liver and Biliary Tract
    Central Nervous System
    Nuclear Hematology
    Lymphoscintigraphy
    Basis of Therapeutic Nuclear Medicine
    Biological Effects of Ionizing Radiation.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Abdelhamid H. Elgazzar, editor.
    Summary: This book, now in its fourth edition, aims to promote a deeper understanding of the scientific and clinical basis of nuclear medicine and the new directions in medical imaging. The new edition has been revised and updated significantly to reflect recent changes and to ensure that the contents are in line with likely future directions. In addition to that, chapters have been reorganized in order to simplify the contents and to increase the readability. The book starts by providing essential information on general pathophysiology, cell biology and biologic effects of ionizing radiation followed by the mechanisms of radiopharmaceutical localization in different tissues and cells. This is followed by a series of chapters that covers all relevant organ systems presenting the basic knowledge of anatomy, physiology, and pathology and relating them to the clinical utilization of various scintigraphic modalities. The final chapter is devoted to the basis of therapeutic applications of nuclear medicine. The book will prove invaluable to all with an interest in the pathophysiologic basis of Nuclear Medicine, including nuclear medicine professionals, radiologists, surgeons, pediatricians and internal medicine physicians.

    Contents:
    General Concepts of Pathophysiology
    Cell Biology and Biologic Effects of Ionizing Radiation
    Basis of Radiopharmaceutical Uptake
    Basis of Inflammation Imaging
    Basis of Musculoskeletal Imaging
    Basis of Endocrine System Imaging
    Basis of Genitourinary System Imaging
    Basis of Respiratory System Imaging
    Basis of Cardiovascular System Imaging
    Basis of Digestive System Imaging
    Basis of CNS Imaging
    Basis of Oncologic Imaging
    Basis of Therapeutic Radionuclide Therapy. .
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Lachel Story.
    Summary: "Story, Pathophysiology: A Practical Approach, is a solid undergraduate text for a course of the same name. It is a fourteen-chapter text attractive to the modern student: concise, well-written, focused on the essential, and applicable to practice"-- Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    Cellular function
    Immunity
    Hematopoietic function
    Cardiovascular function
    Respiratory function
    Fluid, electrolyte, and acid-base homeostasis
    Urinary function
    Reproductive function
    Gastrointestinal function
    Endocrine function
    Neural function
    Musculoskeletal function
    Integumentary function
    Sensory function.
    Digital Access R2Library 2021
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    volume editors, Jeffrey S. Borer, O. Wayne Isom.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
  • Digital
    Gowraganahalli Jagadeesh, Pitchai Balakumar, Khin Maung-U, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Jon C. Aster, H. Franklin Bunn.
    Summary: "Introduction to the physiological principles underlying the regulation and function of blood cells and hemostasis, as well as the pathophysiologic mechanisms responsible for the development of blood disorders. Featuring a strong emphasis on key principles, the book covers diagnosis and management primarily within a framework of pathogenesis." -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Contributors
    1 Introduction to blood and hematopoietic tissues
    2 Hematopoiesis
    PART I ANEMIA AND RED CELL DISORDERS
    3 Overview of the anemias
    4 Anemias due to bone marrow failure or infiltration
    5 Iron homeostasis: deficiency and overload
    6 Megaloblastic anemias
    7 Anemias associated with chronic illness
    8 Thalassemia
    9 Sickle cell disease
    10 Inherited hemolytic disorders of the red cell membrane and red cell metabolism
    11 Acquired hemolytic anemias
    12 Erythrocytosis
    PART II HEMOSTASIS AND THROMBOSIS
    1 Overview of hemostasis
    14 Platelet disorders
    15 Inherited coagulation disorders
    16 Acquired coagulation disorders
    17 Thrombotic disorders
    PART III WHITE BLOOD CELL DISORDERS
    18 Leukocyte function and nonmalignant leukocyte disorders
    19 Introduction to hematologic malignancies
    20 Myeloproliferative neoplasms and myelodysplastic syndromes
    21 Acute leukemias
    22 Non-Hodgkin lymphomas and chronic lymphocytic leukemias
    23 Hodgkin lymphoma
    23 Multiple myeloma and related disorders
    PART IV TRANSFUSION MEDICINE
    25 Blood transfusion
    26 Hematopoietic stem cell transplantation
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessMedicine
    AccessHemOnc
  • Digital/Print
    McPhee, Stephen J.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessPhysiotherapy
    AccessPharmacy
    AccessMedicine
    AccessMedicine
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RB113 .P365
    3
  • Digital
    Messoud Ashina, Pierangeo Geppetti, editors.
    Contents:
    1 Anatomy of headache
    2 Animal models of migraine
    3 Animal models of other primary headaches
    4 Genetics of headache
    5 Human models of primary headaches
    6 Imaging of migraine
    7 Imaging of other primary headaches
    8 Neurophysiology of migraine
    9 Neurophysiology of other primary headaches
    10 Biochemistry of primary headaches
    11 Pathophysiology of migraine: current status and future directions
    12 Pathophysiology of TTH: current status and future directions
    13 Pathophysiology of cluster headache: current status and future directions
    14 Pathophysiology of MOH: current status and future directions.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    editor, Leonard S. Lilly.
    Contents:
    Normal cardiac structure and function / Jacob E. Lemieux, Elazer R. Edelman, Gary Strichartz, and Leonard S. Lilly
    The cardiac cycle: mechanisms of heart sounds and murmurs / David B. Fischer and Leonard S. Lilly
    Cardiac imaging and catheterization / Diana M. López and Patricia Challender Come
    The electrocardiogram / David B. Fischer and Leonard S. Lilly
    Atherosclerosis / SarrahShahawy and Peter Libby
    Ischemic heart disease / Jayme Wilder, Marc S. Sabatine, and Leonard S. Lilly
    Acute coronary syndromes / Jayme Wilder, Marc S. Sabatine, and Leonard S. Lilly
    Valvular heart disease / Elizabeth Ryznar, Patrick T. O'Gara, and Leonard S. Lilly
    Heart failure / David Miranda, Gregory Lewis and Michael A. Fifer
    The cardiomyopathies / P. Connor Johnson, G. William Dec, and Leonard S. Lilly
    Mechanisms of cardiac arrhythmias / Morgan J. Prust, William G. Stevenson, Gary R. Strichartz, and Leonard S. Lilly
    Clinical aspects of cardiac arrhythmias / Morgan J. Prust, William G. Stevenson, and Leonard S. Lilly
    Hypertension / Joshua Drago, Gordon H. Williams, and Leonard S. Lilly
    Diseases of the pericardium / Leonard S. Lilly
    Diseases of the peripheral vasculature / SruthiRenati and Mark A. Creager
    Congenital heart disease / Zena L. Knight and David W. Brown
    Cardiovascular drugs / Andrey V. Dolinko, Michael T. Kuntz, Elliott M. Antman, Gary R. Strichartz, and Leonard S. Lilly.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library (Medical Education)
  • Digital
    Leonard S. Lilly.
    Summary: Enthusiastically acclaimed by medical students and faculty worldwide, this text is specifically designed to prepare students for their first encounters with patients with cardiovascular disease. Thoroughly revised by internationally recognized Harvard Medical School faculty and a team of select cardiology fellows and internal medicine residents, this seventh edition equips students with a clear, complete, and clinically relevant understanding of cardiovascular pathophysiology, setting a strong foundation for patient diagnosis and management. Review questions and answers in each chapter prepare students for course and board exams. Updated content reflects the latest understanding of mechanisms of cardiac disease and technological advances. Medical imaging and color clinical photographs show real-world examples of many clinically relevant cardiovascular conditions. Introductory chapter outlines and end-of-chapter summaries provide organized, quick review of core information.

    Contents:
    Normal Cardiac Structure and Function
    The Cardiac Cycle: Mechanisms of Heart Sounds and Murmurs
    Cardiac Imaging and Hemodynamic Assessment
    The Electrocardiogram
    Atherosclerosis
    Ischemic Heart Disease
    Acute Coronary Syndromes
    Valvular Heart Disease
    Heart Failure
    The Cardiomyopathies
    Mechanisms of Cardiac Arrhythmias
    Clinical Aspects of Cardiac Arrhythmias
    Hypertension
    Diseases of the Pericardium
    Diseases of the Peripheral Vasculature
    Congenital Heart Disease
    Cardiovascular Drugs
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2021
  • Digital
    Paramjit S. Tappia, Bram Ramjiawan, Naranjan S. Dhalla, editors.
    Summary: According to the World Health Organization, the epidemic of global obesity has nearly tripled since 1975. In 2016, more than 1.9 billion adults were overweight, over 650 million of which were obese. Being overweight and obese has been linked to a number of non-communicable, chronic diseases. Pathophysiology of Obesity-Induced Health Complications is a compilation of review articles dedicated to describe co-morbidities associated with obesity. The wide range that is covered is of significant interest to basic research scientists, clinicians and graduate students who are engaged in studying obesity-induced health complications. Furthermore, this book highlights the potential of novel approaches for the prevention and treatment of obesity and its related illnesses. Nineteen articles in this book are organized in four sections that are designed to provide an overview of obesity-induced health complications. The first section serves as an introductory section on the prevalence, causes, consequences, treatments and preventive approaches for obesity. Section two covers the metabolic disturbances and inflammation due to obesity. The third section is focused on neurological and visceral complications as a consequence of obesity. The final section covers strategies for the prevention of obesity-induced complications. The book illustrates that obesity can result in a diverse range of pathophysiological conditions that adversely affect health.

    Contents:
    Prevalence, consequences, causes and management of obesity
    Adipocytes Under Environmental Assault: Targets for Obesity?
    Obesity and its Complications Pathogenesis
    Extracellular Vesicles and Circulating miRNAs
    Exercise -Induced Mitigation of Obesity and Associated Metabolic Diseases
    Pathophysiology of Obesity Induced Hyperglycemia and Insulin Resistance
    Obesity and Osteoarthritis: Are Adipokines Bridging Metabolism, Inflammation, and Biomechanics
    Understanding the Initiation and Progression of Diet-Induced Obesity and Associated Pathophysiology: Lessons Learned from a Rat Model
    Immune Modulation and Macrophage Polarization in Pathogenesis of Pancreatic Dysfunction in Obesity
    Association Between Obesity and Poor Sleep: A Review of Epidemiological Evidence
    Exploration of the Bidirectionality of Obesity and Depression by means of the Neuropsychological Model of Obesity Genesis
    Obesity-Induced Non-Alcoholic Fatty Liver Disease (NAFLD): role of hyperhomocystenemia
    Mechanisms of Obesity Related Kidney Disease
    Consequences of Maternal Obesity on Neonatal Outcomes and Cardio-Metabolic Health in Infancy
    The Developmental Mechanisms of Obesity by Maternal Obesity
    Diet Induced Maternal Hypercholesterolemia and In Utero Fetal Programming
    Modified Denouement in Bariatric Surgery due to Genetic Polymorphism
    Anti-Inflammatory Components from Functional Foods for Obesity
    Attenuation of Obesity-Associated Oxidative Stress by Cucurbita maxima Seed Oil in High Fat Diet Induced Obese Rats
    Pathophysiology of Obesity-Related Non-Communicable Chronic Diseases and Advancements in Preventive Strategies.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital/Print
    Mieczyslaw Pokorski, editor.
    Contents:
    Lund-Mackay system for computed tomography evaluation of paranasal sinuses in patients with granulomatosis and poliangitis
    Oxidative stress and nitric oxide in sedentary older adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities
    Foreign body in the airway a female patient with myasthenia gravis
    Relevance of immune-sympathetic nervous system interplay for the development of hypertension
    The influence of insulin therapy on the course of acute exacerbation of bronchial asthma
    Association of allergic rhinitis in female university students with socio-economic factors and markers of estrogens levels
    Psychosocial context of differences between asthma and diabetic patients in adaptation to the disease
    Exacerbations of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease and quality of life of patients
    Effects of glucocorticosteroids on myocardial ultrastructure in experimentally-induced acute myocardial ischemia
    Breathing in Parkinsonism.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Print
    edited by Carly Meyer, Nerina Scarinci, Louise Hickson.
    Contents:
    Principles and outcomes of patient- and family-centered care / Carly Meyer, Nerina Scarinci, Caitlin Barr
    Getting ready to be a patient- and family-centered clinician / Caitlin Barr
    Getting the environment ready for patient- and family-centered care / Nerina Scarinci, Carly Meyer
    Planning a patient- and family-centered approach to service delivery / Carly Meyer, Nerina Scarinci
    Identifying patient and family member needs through assessment / Louise Hickson, Tanya Rose, Nerina Scarinci, Carly Meyer
    Meeting patient and family member needs through collaborative management planning / Louise Hickson
    Consideration of cultural and linguistic diversity in patient- and family-centered care / Nerina Scarinci, Carly Meyer, Leanne Sorbello.
  • Digital
    Pranavi V. Sreeramoju, Stephen G. Weber, Alexis A. Snyder, Lynne M. Kirk, William G. Reed, Beverly A. Hardy-Decuir, editors.
    Summary: This book focuses on the interface between the patient and the healthcare system as the entryway to high-quality care and improved outcomes. Unlike other texts, this book puts the patient back in the center of care while integrating the various practices and challenges. Written by interdisciplinary experts, the book begins by evaluating the entire quality landscape before giving voice to all parties involved, including physicians, nurses, administrators, patients, and families. The text then focuses on how to develop a structure that meets needs of all of these groups, effectively addressing common threats to positive outcomes and patient satisfaction. The text tackles the most common challenges clinicians face in a hospital setting, including infection prevention, medication error and stewardship that may jeopardize recovery, complex care, and employee-patient engagement. The Patient and Healthcare System: Perspectives on High-Quality Care is an excellent resource for physicians across broad specialties, nurses, hospital administrators, social workers, patient caregivers and all healthcare professionals concerned with infection prevention, quality and safety of care delivery, and patient satisfaction.

    Contents:
    Voice of the Patient
    Voice of the Physician
    Voice of the Nurse
    The Quality Landscape
    Access to Affordable Health Care Coverage
    Access to Affordable Healthcare: Healthcare Executive Perspective
    Health and Healthcare Disparities: The Next Frontier in Population Health?
    Preventing Mistakes in Health Care
    Timeliness of Care
    Effectiveness of Care
    Improving the Efficiency of Care
    Quality Assurance of Data
    Patient-Centeredness through Shared Decision Making
    Relationship-based Care
    When Technical Solutions are not Enough: Engaging Everyone in Improving Healthcare.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Richard N. Herrier, Pharm. D., FAPhA, CAPT., USPHS (Ret.), Professor, Department of Pharmacy Practice and Science, College of Pharmacy, University of Arizonia, Tuscon, Arizonia, David A. Apgar, Pharm D., PA-C (1976-78), CAPT., USPHS (Ret.), Assistant Professor, Department of Pharmacy Practice and Science, College of Pharmacy, University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona, Robert W. Boyce, RPh, FASHP, CAPT., USPHS, (Ret.), Director of Pharmacy, Plageman Student Health Center, College of Pharmacy, Oregon State University, Corvallis, Oregon, Stephan L. Foster, Pharm. D., FAPhA, FNAP, CAPT., USPHS (Ret.), Professor and Vice Chair, Department of Clinical Pharmacy, College of Pharmacy, University of Tennessee Health Sciences Center, Memphis, Tennessee.
    Summary: This unique text explains how to integrate pathophysiology, medical history, physical findings, and laboratory test results to accurately assess and monitor patient problems.

    Contents:
    Approach to differential diagnosis
    Obtaining a patient history
    Documentation
    Dealing with patients and health care providers
    Dealing with patient adherence issues
    Organizing patient visits
    Symptoms related to the ear, nose and throat
    Cough
    Chestpain
    Heartburn and abdominal pain
    Nausea and vomiting
    Diarrhea and constpation
    Headache
    Inflamed (red) eye
    Musculoskeletal symptoms
    Dysuria and vaginal discharge
    Common skin disorders
    Essential hypertension
    Hyperlipidemia
    Diabetes mellitus
    Asthma/COPD
    Heart failure
    Seizure disorders
    Liver and renal disease
    Anemia, bleeding and infection.
    Digital Access AccessPharmacy 2015
  • Digital
    [edited by] Hans Gombotz, Kai Zacharowski, Donat Rudolf Spahn ; translator, Sarah Venkata.
    Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2016
  • Digital
    Christian von Heymann, Christa Boer, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a multidisciplinary approach to the maintenance of hemostasis and minimisation of blood loss in patients undergoing cardiac surgery. All aspects of patient blood management are covered that may contribute to a reduction in perioperative bleeding and transfusion requirements in cardiac surgery. This is achieved through practical cases and a theoretical background that gives a better understanding of patient hemostasis and the occurrence of bleeding complications. This book is relevant to cardiac surgeons, anesthesiologists, clinical perfusionists, hematologists and intensivists.

    Contents:
    Team Approach
    Identification of patients at high risk for bleeding
    Definition and Risk Factors of Bleeding
    Relevance of Blood Loss and Economic Impact
    Preoperative measures to reduce anemia
    Risk of Anemia
    Therapy of Anemia
    Perioperative drug management to prevent bleeding and thrombosis
    Antiplatelet Drug Management
    Preoperative Management of Anticoagulants
    Bridging
    Monitoring of coagulation and hemostasis
    Platelet Function Monitoring
    Coagulation Monitoring
    Intraoperative measures to reduce bleeding and maintain hemostasis
    Anticoagulant Management
    Fibrinolysis
    Cardiopulmonary Bypass
    Blood Conservation Strategies
    Minimally Invasive Extracorporeal Circulation Systems
    Volume Replacement
    The Jehovah's Witness
    Postoperative treatment of coagulopathy and microvascular bleeding
    Treatment Algorithms for Bleeding
    Treatment with Procoagulants
    Transfusion Thresholds for Packed Red Blood Cells
    Bleeding Management in the Intensive Care Unit
    Venous Thromboembolism Prophylaxis.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    edited by Catherine D. DeAngelis.
    Contents:
    Medical professionalism from the patient's perspective: is there an advocate in the house? / Martha E. Gaines, Rachel Grob, Mark J. Schlesinger, and Sarah Davis
    The Hippocratic Oath as an example of professional conduct / Howard Markel
    Professionalism and politics in the United Kingdom / Carol Black, Cyril Chantler
    The role of specialty boards in promoting professionalism: the case of the American Board of Internal Medicine / Clarence H. Braddock III, Eric S. Holmboe, Christine K. Cassel
    Medical professionalism in the twenty-first century / Catherine D. DeAngelis
    Professionalism and nursing: a quest or an accomplishment? / Kathleen M. White
    Public health: the "population" as patient / Lawrence O. Gostin
    Exploring the role of law and legal systems in the therapeutic relationship / James G. Hodge, Jr.
    Professionalism and fiduciary responsibilities in health care leadership / Phil B. Fontanarosa
    Professionalism, medicine, and religion / Patricia M. Fosarelli
    Professionalism: the science of care and the art of medicine / James C. Harris.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    R727.3 .P3634 2014
    1
  • Print
    edited by Alice D. Domar, Denny Sakkas, Thomas L. Toth.
    Summary: "Most chromosomal abnormalities are incompatible with life, but a small minority of them leads to normal development and lifespan (e.g., balanced Robertsonian translocations), while others, although life-compatible, have appreciable effects on the individual's phenotype (e.g., sexual chromosomes imbalances). Because of their compatibility with life, some aneuploidies may be present in the karyotype of individuals in reproductive age and therefore be transmitted to their offspring. The presence of a balanced or unbalanced translocation in the oocyte or spermatozoon that will form the embryo will determine embryo and fetus' karyotype (normal or abnormal) for that chromosome. The ability to evaluate the presence of structural rearrangements in individuals looking to conceive a baby would determine whether they require ART (and screening of the specific condition in embryos generated through IVF) or if they are not at risk for that determined condition. In this case, the use of ARTs will drastically reduce the chance of miscarriage, fetal death, abnormal conception, and birth defects. Age-related chromosomal conditions are not inheritable. They are caused by defects in the chromosomal set of germinal cells due to various reasons. The most common one is the accumulation of errors in the meiotic machinery, which results in a significantly inefficient process of germinal cell maturation during meiosis. This defective process is significantly more common in females than males due to the lengthy oocyte maturation progression[2]. According to standard scientific evidence, the number of female germinal cells is determined at birth and from this point in time they suspend their maturational process at an early stage of the first meiosis (dictyotene), which resumes during ovulation. There is solid evidence that the incidence of aneuploidy in embryos generated by women of advanced maternal age is significantly higher than in younger patients. This suggests that the longer the oocytes remain in this suspended maturational state, the higher the chance that the meiotic machinery accumulates defects and is unable to complete the process without resulting in the formation of chromosomal abnormalities. This defective process impacts the ability of females of advanced maternal age to naturally conceive a healthy baby. Since the occurrence of these chromosomal defects is not hereditary, ECS programs cannot precisely identify the risk of an individual to generate chromosomally abnormal gametes or embryos. The only effective strategies to assess the presence of nonhereditary chromosomal abnormalities in embryos and fetuses remain preimplantation and prenatal genetic testing"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Access to Infertility Care / Kevin Doody and Kaitlin Doody
    The Patient Evaluation of the Future : Genetics, New Diagnostics, and Prediction Modeling / Maurizio Poli, Monica Clemente, Carmen Rubio, Antonio Capalbo, and Carlos Simon
    Advances in ART Pharmacology : Drug Delivery Systems and the Pipeline / Colin M Howles
    ART Monitoring : An End to Frequent Clinic Visits and Needle
    Sticks / Jan Gerris
    The IVF Cycle to Come : Laboratory Innovations / Denny Sakkas and David K Gardner
    Integrative Care / Sarah R Holley and Lauri A Pasch
    Psychological Counseling : Ethical Challenges of the Future / Elizabeth Grill and Lindsay Childress-Beatty
    Using Technology to Enhance Communication in Medically Assisted Reproductive Care / Karin Hammarberg, Lone Schmidt, Gritt Malling, and Emily Koert
    The Economics of IVF : Evaluating the Necessity and Value of Public Funding / Evelyn Verbeke, Jeroen Luyten, and Thomas D'Hooghe
    Medical and Elective Fertility Preservation : Options and Suggestions for a Patient-Centered Approach / Pasquale Patrizio and Marcia Inhorn
    Patient Retention, Nursing Retention : The Importance of Empathic Communication and Nursing Support / Alice D Domar
    Patient-Centered IVF Care / Sofia Gameiro
    The IVF Patient Journey of the Future / Thomas Toth and Angela Leung.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Digital
    by Gregory L. Hall.
    Summary: This title is an easy-to-read guide outlining specific differences in communication, clinical therapies, medications, protocols, and other critical approaches to the care of African Americans. The book discusses a wide range of disorders impacting African Americans and takes a comprehensive and evidence-based approach to the clinical support of providers that see African American patients. Recording the worst medical outcomes of any racial/ethnic group in America, African Americans have the highest mortality, longest hospital length of stay, worst compliance with medications and referrals, and the lowest trust of the healthcare system. Indeed, there are countless well-designed studies that validate verified differences in the clinical care of a number of pervasive diseases in African Americans, including hypertension, heart disease, kidney disease, obesity, cancer, and more. Despite the widespread acknowledgement of the existence of health disparities among racial/ethnic groups, the overall outcomes for African Americans are still the most shocking. From high infant mortality to death by almost any cause, African Americans have the worst data of any other racial or ethnic group. Patient-Centered Clinical Care for African Americans, a highly practical and first-of-its-kind title, illuminates these alarming issues and represents a major contribution to the clinical literature. It will be of significant interest to all physicians, clinicians, and allied health personnel.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1 Why is Patient-Centered Culturally Competent Care important?
    Chapter 2 Establishing Trust
    Chapter 3 Deliver Consistent and Equitable Care
    Chapter 4 Important Differences in Cardiovascular Care
    Chapter 5 Important Differences in the Care of Obesity and Diabetes
    Chapter 6 Important Differences in Cancer Care
    Chapter 7 Important Differences in Renal Disease
    Chapter 8 Important Differences in Rheumatological Diseases
    Chapter 9 Important Differences in Pulmonary Diseases
    Chapter 10 Other Important Differences in Clinical Care
    Chapter 11 Dietary Differences and Ways to Impact Choices
    Chapter 12 Connect with Stories: Improving Patient Adherence and Compliance
    Chapter 13 Our Hippocratic Oath
    Appendix: Instructors Notes.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    Natacha J. Moreno.
    Summary: "A practical resource that provides keys to improved patient-provider communication in healthcare "Engages its readers not only on an intellectual level but also on an emotional one.... This is a must read for everyone in the healthcare field and also for those involved in any form of caregiving. Natacha has written an inspiring book!" George Kohlrieser, PhD, Distinguished Professor of Leadership and Organizational Behavior Patient-Centered Communication: The Seven Keys to Connecting with Patients by Natacha Moreno supports and enhances caring communication and empathetic dialogue between providers and patients, an extremely important topic that exemplifies excellence in medical practice. The book focuses on seven essential components which form the foundation of compassionate communication. These are mindfulness, intention to bond, positive body language, empathetic vocal tone, attending to the patient's state and perspective, and listening with the heart and mind. The chapters provide instruction on effective verbal and nonverbal skills that support each vital key to connection. Key Highlights Opening vignettes provide an example of each chapter's topic in practice Imagine This and Take Action boxes stimulate thinking, motivate action, and provide an opportunity to apply knowledge and communication skills Videos demonstrate how to nonverbally reflect engagement, openness, kindness, and compassion, and also provide positive and negative examples of tone and vocal style This highly compelling and inspirational book is an essential read for all healthcare professionals and caregivers and serves as a vital teaching guide. Natacha J. Moreno, MS, CCC-SLP, is a Speech-Language Pathologist, Private Practice, Moreno SLP, Largo, Florida"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Being mindful of personal state
    Attending to the patient's state
    Considering the patient's perspective
    Addressing the patient with the intention to bond
    Employing positive body language
    Listening with the heart and the mind
    Using vocal tone that reflects empathy.
  • Digital
    David H. Rosen, Uyen B. Hoang.
    Contents:
    Medicine as a human experience
    Clinical application of the biopsychosocial model / George L. Engel
    The care of the patient : art or science / George L. Engel
    The doctor-patient relationship
    The patient-centered interview
    The experience of illness and hospitalization
    The nature of the healing process.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    by Alan Bleakley.
    Summary: The recent history of medicine is one of great biological and technological advances. Diagnoses are being made earlier, diseases caught sooner, patients living longer. And yet there is one area that lags behind the rest of the field: despite the efforts of graduate courses and training manuals, too many doctors still find communication a challenge. In Patient-Centered Medicine in Transition, the focus is not on skills or tools but on context to improve communication not only with patients, but between colleagues, with management, and within and across teams. Rigorous and readable, this timely manifesto presents new models of team process in patient-centered care, emphasizing their value in reducing harmful medical errors and improving patient care, safety, and outcomes. Further, the author provides significant research evidence supporting democratic approaches to communication in medicine while also addressing vital questions of ethics, empathy, gender dynamics, and physician self-care. Included in the coverage: The epidemic of communication hypocompetence. Patient-centeredness without a center. How doctors think can be judged from how they listen and speak. Working and learning in teams in the new era of health care. Blunting Occam's Razor: team process and complexity theory. Building a collaborative community in medical education research. Patient-Centered Medicine in Transition offers a bold new reconceptualization of an important topic and a roadmap to new frontiers in practice to be read and discussed by researchers and practitioners in medical education.

    Contents:
    Communication hypocompetence--an iatrogenic epidemic
    Democracy in medicine
    Patient-centeredness without a center
    How doctors think can be judged from how they listen and speak
    A new wave of patient-centeredness
    Models of patient-centered care
    What is meant by empathy?
    Gender matters in medical education
    Working and learning in teams in a new era of health care.-Theorizing team process through cultural-historical activity theory (CHAT): networking and knotworking
    Theorizing team process through a Foucauldian perspective: gaining a voice in team activity at the clinical coalface
    Theorizing team process through actor-network-theory (ANT): communication practice as a theory in action
    Theorizing team process through Deleuzean rhizomatics: becoming a medical professional in nomadic teams
    Team process and complexity theory: blunting Occams Razor
    Building a collaborative community in medical education research
    Conclusion: professing medical identities in the liquid world of teams.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Alexander Blount ; foreword, Frank deGruy, MD, MSFM.
    Summary: "There have been great strides made in designing the administrative structures of patient-centered care, but it is still difficult to design truly patient-centered clinical routines that the entire healthcare team can enact. The kind of partnership, in which patients are fully part of the team that guides their own care, goes against so much of the training and socialization of health professionals and, for that matter, the expectations of many patients. This is particularly true for patients we sometimes call "complex." In other contexts, we call them "high utilizers," "disadvantaged," "heartsink patients," or "people with trauma histories." Blount calls them "multiply-disadvantaged" patients. To successfully serve these patients requires our best versions of team-based care, including behavioral health and care management team members, though every member of the team needs help in engaging these patients and mutual support in adapting to the rapid changes in roles that new team approaches are creating. This book offers a summary of the approaches that are currently in growing use, such as health literacy assessment, motivational interviewing, appreciative inquiry, shared decision making, minimally disruptive care, trauma informed care, enfranchisement coaching, relationship-centered care, and family-informed care. Finally, it offers a transformative method, based on familiar elements, that is Transparent, Empowering, Activating, and Mutual: the T.E.A.M. Way."--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Foreword / Frank deGruy
    Getting to Patient-Centered Care
    From a Squad to a Team: Creating Team-Based Care
    Behavioral Health and Care Enhancement: Building a Team to Do the Whole Job
    Getting from "Delivering Care to Patients" to "Partnership with Patients"
    When the Doctor-Patient Divide is a Chasm
    Bridging the Chasm: The Current State of the Art
    "T" is for Transparent
    "E" is for Empowering
    "A" is for Activating
    "M" is for Mutual
    Growing and Retaining an Expert Team
    Quality Improvement, Data, and Partnership
    Articulating the Model.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Yuzhuo Wang, Dong Lin, Peter W. Gout, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Print
    Thom J. Mansen, Julieta Gabiola.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC71.3 .M2745 2015
    1
  • Digital
    Karen M. Facey, Helle Ploug Hansen, Ann N.V. Single, editors.
    Summary: "If you're not involving patients, you're not doing HTA!"--Dr. Brian O'Rourke, President and CEO of CADTH, Chair of INAHTA This is the first book to offer a comprehensive guide to involving patients in health technology assessment (HTA). Defining patient involvement as patient participation in the HTA process and research into patient aspects, this book includes detailed explanations of approaches to participation and research, as well as case studies. Patient Involvement in HTA enables researchers, postgraduate students, HTA professionals and experts in the HTA community to study these complementary ways of taking account of patients' knowledge, experiences, needs and preferences. Part I includes chapters discussing the ethical rationale, terminology, patient-based evidence, participation and patient input. Part II sets out methodology including: Qualitative Evidence Synthesis, Discrete Choice Experiments, Analytical Hierarchy Processes, Ethnographic Fieldwork, Deliberative Methods, Social Media Analysis, Patient-Reported Outcome Measures, patients as collaborative research partners and evaluation. Part III contains 15 case studies setting out current activities by HTA bodies on five continents, health technology developers and patient organisations. Each part includes discussion chapters from leading experts in patient involvement. A final chapter reflects on the need to clearly define the goals for patient involvement within the context of the HTA to identify the optimal approach. With cohesive contributions from more than 80 authors from a variety of disciplines around the globe, it is hoped this book will serve as a catalyst for collaboration to further develop patient involvement to improve HTA.

    Contents:
    1. Health Technology Assessment
    2. Exploring Ethical Rationales
    3. Reflections on Terms, Goals and Organisation
    4. Patient-Based Evidence in HTA
    5. Developing the Mosaic of Patient Participation in HTA
    6. Patient Input to HTA
    7. Discussion
    Attending to Values and Quality of Patient Involvement in HTA
    8. Patients as Collaborative Partners in Clinical Research to Inform HTA
    9. Developing Patient-Reported and Relevant Outcome Measures
    10. Discrete Choice Experiments
    11. Analytic Hierarchy Process
    12. Ethnographic Fieldwork
    14. Deliberative Methods to Involve Patients in HTA
    15. Qualitative Evidence Synthesis
    16. Evaluation of Patient Involvement in HTA
    17. Discussion
    Making Sense of Patients' Perspectives, Experiences and Preferences in HTA
    18. Discussion
    Research to promote patient-based HTA
    19. Australia
    20. Brazil
    21. Canada
    22. Denmark
    23. England
    24. EUnetHTA
    Patients' Perspectives in the HTA Core Model®
    25. Germany
    26. Italy
    27. Scotland
    28. Sweden
    29. Taiwan
    30. USA
    Comparative Effectiveness Research
    31. Discussion of Approaches in Different Countries
    32. Discussion
    Patient Participation in HTA; Evidence of Real Change?
    33. Patient Involvement in Medicine Development and Assessment
    34. Medical Technologies: Involving Patients in Development and Assessment
    35. Role of Patient Organisations
    36. Discussion
    Perspective of an HTA Appraisal Committee Chair
    37. Reflections for Future Development.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    editors, Muhammad Saad, Timothy J. Vittorio, Manoj Bhandari.
    Contents:
    10 real cases on acute coronary syndrome : diagnosis, management and follow up / contributed by Nisha Ali, MD, Timothy. J. Vittorio, MD
    10 real cases on arrhythmias : diagnosis of tachyarrhythmia and bradyarrhythmia with management / contributed by Nisha Ali, MD, Manoj Bhandari, MD
    10 real cases on syncope and dizziness : diagnosis, management and follow up / contributed by Nikhitha Mantri, MD, Muhammad Saad, MD, Timothy. J. Vittorio, MD
    10 real cases on valvular heart disease : diagnosis, management and follow up / contributed by Nikhitha Mantri, MD, Ayyadurai Pavanalingam, MD, Marin Nicu, MD
    10 real cases on acute heart failure syndrome : diagnosis, management and follow up / contributed by Swathi Roy, MD, Gayathri Kamalakkannan, MD
    10 real cases on hypertensive emergency and pericardial disease : diagnosis, management and follow up / contributed by Niel Shah, MD, Fareeha S. Alavi, MD, Muhammad Saad, MD
    10 real cases on transient ischemic attack and stroke : diagnosis, management and follow up / contributed by Miranda Jeirym, MD, Fareeha S. Alavi, MD, Muhammad Saad, MD
    10 real cases on peripheral artery disease and carotid artery disease : diagnosis, management and follow up / contributed by Niel Shah, MD, Muhammad Ameen, MD, Muhammad Saad, MD
    10 real cases on electrolyte management and miscellaneous cases on telemetry / contributed by Niel Shah, MD, Nisha Ali, MD, Miranda Jeirym, MD, Muhammad Saad, MD
    10x10 abnormal electrocardiogram, echocardiogram and miscellaneous imaging / contributed by Vincent S. Prawoko, MD, Ayyadurai Pavanalingam, MD, Marin Nicu, MD.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessCardiology
    AccessMedicine
  • Digital
    Peter N. Benotti.
    Summary: "Patient Preparation for Bariatric Surgery provides a comprehensive and state of the art review of all aspects of the patient preparation process, The text reviews current literature and controversies involving sources of referrals and the difficulties encountered by primary care physicians in managing patients with extreme obesity. Strategies for addressing this problem and integrating primary care physicians in comprehensive obesity programs are presented. The text also reviews current indications for surgery and the current patient access limitations that have resulted in the need for revised surgical indications based more on medical need than mere extent of obesity. Written by an authority in the field, Patient Preparation for Bariatric Surgery is a valuable resource for bariatric surgeons, bariatric physicians and all allied health personnel who manage patients with extreme obesity and will assist in the advancement of this area of surgery as well as stimulate new discovery."--Publisher's website.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction
    Chapter 2. Indications and Patient Referrals for Bariatric Surgery
    Chapter 3. Patient Education and Informed Consent
    Chapter 4. Initial Medical Evaluation
    Chapter 5. Psychological and Behavioral Evaluation
    Chapter 6. Comprehensive Medical Evaluation
    Chapter 7. Nutrition I: Protein and Vitamins
    Chapter 8. Nutrition II: Minerals
    Chapter 9. Pregnancy
    Chapter 10. Diagnostic Endoscopy: Perioperative
    Chapter 11. Therapeutic Endoscopy
    Chapter 12. Risk Assessment in Bariatric Surgery
    Chapter 13. Management of the High-Risk Bariatric Surgery Candidate
    Chapter 14. Anesthesia Considerations in Bariatric Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Yasser El Miedany, editor.
    Contents:
    PROMs and Quality of Care
    A Guide to PROMs Methodology and Selection Criteria
    PROMs (MDHAQ/RAPID3) and Physician RheuMetric Measures
    PROMs in Rheumatoid Arthritis
    PROMs in Spondyloarthritis
    PROMs in Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
    PROMs in Fibromyalgia
    PROMs in Juvenile Idiopathic Arthritis
    PROMs in Gouty Arthritis
    PROMs for Osteoarthritis
    PROMs in Systemic Sclerosis (Scleroderma)
    PROMs in Sjögren's Syndrome
    PROMs in Carpal Tunnel Syndrome
    PROMs in Polymyalgia Rheumatica
    Electronic Patient Reported Outcome Measures (ePROMs) in Rheumatology
    PROMs and Patient Education
    PROMs vs. PREMs (Patient Reported Experience Measures)
    PROMs and Musculoskeletal Ultrasonography. .
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Tim Benson.
    Summary: This book shows how PROMs and PREMs can help improve patient experience and outcomes. Part 1 covers the core principles of PROMs and PREMs, including their strengths and weaknesses, reporting and analysis, data sharing and valuation. Part 2 covers measures of patient experience, health status, wellbeing, self-efficacy, individualized measures, social determinants of health and impact evaluation. It concludes with a discussion of staff-reported measures, proxies and caregivers. Patient-Reported Outcomes and Experience: Measuring What We Want with PROMs and PREMs concisely covers how to use these measures successfully to improve patient experience of healthcare services and associated outcomes. It is a critical resource for trainee and practicing clinicians, managers, analysts and policymakers seeking an up-to-date reference on the latest developments in this rapidly expanding field.

    Contents:
    Why PROMs and PREMs matter?
    History
    Terminology
    Why PROMs are Hard: People
    Noise and complexity
    Analysis
    Interoperability
    Value of health and lives
    Patient-reported measures
    Patient experience
    Health status
    Wellbeing
    Patient-centred Care
    Individualised Measures
    Social factors
    Innovation Evaluation
    Staff-reported measures
    Proxies, caregivers and care home residents.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Thanos Athanasiou, Ara Darzi, Aung Ye Oo, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a guide to the assessment of patient reported outcomes measures and quality of life in cardiovascular interventions, which have become a fundamental component of decision making in bedside medicine, health policy, health economics, and public health. Cardiac surgery, cardiovascular interventions, vascular interventions, and the core principles of quality of life are all covered. This book is the first book to demonstrate how clinicians and policy makers can easily get access to a single source of quality of life and patient reported outcomes measures evidence to help them make the best informed decisions in the field of cardiovascular interventions. This is a rapidly emerging field and the book would be relevant to doctors, healthcare scientists, allied-health professionals, healthcare managers, medical statisticians, healthcare economists, and consultants working in healthcare.

    Contents:
    Unveiling the concept of minimal clinically important difference (MCID) in cardiac surgery
    Quality of life following the use of mechanical circulatory support devices
    What Factors Predict an Improved Quality of Life Outcome Following Coronary Artery Bypass Graft Surgery? A Systematic Review
    Thoracic Aortic Surgery
    Patient Reported Outcomes and Quality of Life following Heart Transplantation
    QOL and PROMS following Transcatheter Aortic Valve Implantation
    Patient-Reported Quality of Life after Stand-alone and Concomitant Arrhythmia Surgery: a systematic review and meta-analysis
    Transcatheter Mitral Valve Procedures
    Percutaneous Interventions in Adult Congenital Heart Disease
    The Impact of Valve Surgery on the Health-Related Quality of Life of Elderly Patients: Systematic Review
    Quality of life after mitral valve and tricuspid valve surgery
    Quality of Life and patient reported outcomes in Paediatric Cardiac Surgery patients
    Percutaneous Coronary Intervention
    Quality of Life and Patient Reported Outcome Measures Following Carotid Artery Intervention
    Quality of Life and Patient Reported Outcome Measures Following Percutaneous Aortic Intervention for Aortic Aneurysms and Dissection
    QOL and PROMS in Catheter Ablation of Cardiac Arrhythmia
    Patient Reported Outcomes and Quality of Life following Percutaneous and Surgical Intervention for Subclavian Artery Disease
    QoL and PROMS following Percutaneous and Surgical Intervention for Renal Artery Disease
    Health-Related Quality of Life Outcomes for Endovascular and Open Surgical Interventions in Aortoiliac and Femoropopliteal Steno-occlusive Arterial Disease
    Infrapopliteal arteries (classical and percutaneous)
    Quality-of-life (QOL) and Patient-Reported Outcome Measures (PROMs) following intervention for Chronic Venous Disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Krisa Tailor.
    Summary: "The future of the health care industry rests on advanced analytics Health Data's Destiny provides a visionary overview of how advanced analytics is set to transform the health care industry. Beginning with the plethora of opportunities already in place, this book addresses the ways in which each stakeholder--payers, providers, governments, consumers, entrepreneurs, employers, and others--can benefit from the next generation of health data. The future of the industry is laid out in terms of technology, data sources, and integrated systems, giving you an expansive, holistic, yet reality-based preview of what's to come. Claims and clinical data are only the beginning; upcoming sources like mobile applications, wearable technology, and more are beginning to provide the kind of patient data that will lead to an integrated, connected health care system in which advanced analytics is key in establishing premier patient care. The health care industry's size, scope, and sheer complexity make developing an integrated system all the more difficult. This book shows how big data and advanced analytics can streamline the process and make the vision a reality. Improve outcomes, reduce cost, and establish the best patient care Learn how data is being used, and how it will continue to evolve Discover how up-and-coming data sources will revolutionize health care Stay on the front lines of innovation with mobile and "wearable" data Data is the future of health care, and smart organizations are putting systems and strategies in place now to continue providing top-of-the-line care as technology evolves and the environment changes. Health Data's Destiny gives you a preview of the future, so you can stay out in front and not get left behind"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Christoph Rehmann-Sutter, Heike Gudat, and Kathrin Ohnsorge.
    Summary: Wish to die statements are becoming a frequent phenomenon in terminally ill patients. Those confronted by these statments need to understand the complexity of such wishes, so they can respond competently and compassionately to the requests. If misunderstood, the statements can be taken at face-value and the practitioner may not recognise that a patient is in fact experiencing ambivalent feelings at the end of life, or they may misinterpret the expressed wish to die as a sign of clinical depression. Public debate about the morality and ethics of various end-of-life care options has exploded in recent years. However, it has never been sensitive to the finer aspects of clinical reality or the experiences of patients. The Patient's Wish to Die: Research, Ethics, and Palliative Care brings together that reality and the patient's voice, combining them with different research approaches. It presents the best available knowledge and research methodologies about patients' wishes at the end-of-life, together with a series of ethical views and a discussion about the clinical implications for palliative care. The book presents material in an open and unbiased manner whilst remaining sensitive to the spiritual and existential dimensions of dying, and to the different cultural views that provide meaning to the individual. Written by the best specialists and ethics scholars from around the world, including palliative care practitioners and end-of-life scholars from countries where assisted dying practices are legalized and from those where it isn't, The The Patient's Wish to Die: Research, Ethics, and Palliative Care will prove essential reading for all those working or studying in the field of palliative care.--Description from back cover.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Research
    Ethics
    Practice
    Conclusion.
    Digital Access Oxford 2015
  • Digital
    Abha Agrawal, editor.
    Summary: Despite the evolution and growing awareness of patient safety, many medical professionals are not a part of this important conversation. Clinicians often believe they are too busy taking care of patients to adopt and implement patient safety initiatives and that acknowledging medical errors is an affront to their skills. Patient Safety provides clinicians with a better understanding of the prevalence, causes and solutions for medical errors; bringing best practice principles to the bedside. Written by experts from a variety of backgrounds, each chapter features an analysis of clinical cases based on the Root Cause Analysis (RCA) methodology, along with case-based discussions on various patient safety topics. The systems and processes outlined in the book are general and broadly applicable to institutions of all sizes and structures. The core ethic of medical professionals is to do no harm. Patient Safety is a comprehensive resource for physicians, nurses and students, as well as healthcare leaders and administrators for identifying, solving and preventing medical error.

    Contents:
    Concepts
    Examples
    Special considerations
    Organizational issues
    Appendix.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Deborah Sesok-Pizzini, editor
    Summary: Patient Safety in Anatomic & Clinical Pathology Laboratories describes patient safety culture in the laboratory and how it fits in with the larger mission and purposes of the health care enterprise. The text addresses common types of errors seen in pathology and the role of cognitive bias in contributing to these errors, reducing errors through communication and technology, and tools and methods to improve patient safety. Also addressed are building high-reliability teams and the role of the patient navigator in addressing patient safety issues through continuity, coordination, and care. The book also describes developing and implementing a patient safety curriculum in order to fulfill ACGME training requirements to meet standards for resident and fellow education for anatomic pathology and laboratory medicine -- Back cover

    Contents:
    Introduction / Tina Ipe, Lee Hilborne
    The Culture of Patient Safety in the Laboratory / Frederick L. Kiechle
    Human Factors and Patient Safety in the Laboratory / Scott R. Owens
    Communication, Handoffs, and Transitions / Virginia Elizabeth Duncan, Suzanne Renee Thibodeaux, Gene P Siegal
    Utilizing Technology to Improve Laboratory Patient Safety / Anand S. Dighe
    Tools and Methods to Improve and Evaluate Patient Safety in the Laboratory / Tina Ipe, Lee Hilborne
    Diagnostic Errors and Cognitive Bias / Stephen S. Raab
    Building High-Reliability Teams in the Laboratory / Nicole D. Riddle
    Developing a Patient Safety Curriculum for Resident and Fellow Education / Deborah Sesok-Pizzini
    Patient Safety and the Patient Navigator / Elizabeth A. Wagar
  • Digital
    Rahul K. Shah, Sandip A. Godambe, editors.
    Summary: This text uses a case-based approach to share knowledge and techniques on how to operationalize much of the theoretical underpinnings of hospital quality and safety. Written and edited by leaders in healthcare, education, and engineering, these 22 chapters provide insights as to where the field of improvement and safety science is with regards to the views and aspirations of healthcare advocates and patients. Each chapter also includes vignettes to further solidify the theoretical underpinnings and drive home learning. End of chapter commentary by the editors highlight important concepts and connections between various chapters in the text. Patient Safety and Quality Improvement in Healthcare: A Case-Based Approach presents a novel approach towards hospital safety and quality with the goal to help healthcare providers reach zero harm within their organizations.

    Contents:
    Introduction: A Case-Based Approach to Quality Improvement
    Organizational Safety Culture: The Foundation for Safety and Quality Improvement
    Creation of Quality Management Systems: Frameworks for Performance Excellence
    Reliability, Resilience, and Developing a Problem-Solving Culture
    Building an Engaging Toyota Production System Culture to Drive Winning Performance for our Patients, Caregivers, Hospitals, and Communities
    What to Do When an Event Happens: Building Trust in Every Step
    Communication with Disclosure and Its Importance in Safety
    Using Data to Drive Change
    Quality Methodology
    Designing Improvement Teams for Success
    Handoffs: Reducing Harm Through High Reliability and Inter-Professional Communication
    Safety II: A Novel Approach to Reducing Harm
    Bundles and Checklists
    Pathways and Guidelines: An Approach to Operationalizing Patient Safety and Quality Improvement
    Accountable Justifications and Peer Comparisons as Behavioral Economic Nudges to Improve Clinical Practice
    Diagnostic Errors and Their Associated Cognitive Biases
    An Improvement Operating System: A Case for a Digital Infrastructure for Continuous Improvement
    Patient Flow in Healthcare: A Key to Quality
    It Takes Teamwork: Consideration of Difficult Hospital-Acquired Conditions
    Human Factors in Healthcare
    Workforce Safety
    Changing the Improvement Paradigm for Our Kids.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Christopher E. Dandoy, Joanne M. Hilden, Amy L. Billett, Brigitta U. Mueller, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    volume editors, Matthias K. Widmer, Jan Malik.
    Contents:
    Patient safety: what is it all about? / Schwappach, D.
    Patients with chronic kidney disease : safety aspects in the preoperative management / Malovrh, M.
    What every doctor should know about drug safety in patients with chronic kidney disease / Paparella, M., Martina, V., Rizzo, M.A., Gallieni, M.
    Patient safety in vascular access patients on hemodialysis : contrast agents and renal function / Vogt, B.
    Contrast agents and ionization with respect to safety for patients and doctors / von Tengg-Kobligkl, H., Karal, L., Klinkl, T., Khanichehl, E., Heverhagenl, J.T., Böhml, I.B.
    Cardiac safety in vascular access surgery and maintenance / Malik, J., Kudlicka, J., Tesar, V., Linhart, A.
    Simulation in vascular access surgery / Widmer, M.K., Widmer, L.W., Schmidli, J., Wyss, T.R., Davidson, I.
    Team training to establish a safety culture in dialysis access surgery / Davidson, I., Slakey, D., Widmer, M.K., Nolen, B., Ross, J.
    How to perform safe anesthesia in patients with end-stage renal disease / Seidl C., Eberle B.
    Careful and safe vascular access creation / Wyss, T.R., Widmer, M.K.
    Improving patient safety in vascular access : a role for individualization and patient preferences / Roy-Chaudhury, P., Verma, A.
    How to prolong the patency of vascular access / Glazer S., Saint, L., Shenoy, S.
    Safety issues in surgical and endovascular techniques to rescue failing or failed arteriovenous fistulas and arteriovenous grafts / Lazarides, M., Georgiadis, G., Argyriou, C.
    Vascular access-induced hand ischemia : risks and safe management / Sessa, C., De Lambert, A., Pirvu, A., Palacin, P., Pichot, O.
    Patient safety in peritoneal dialysis / Slakey, D.P., Davidson I.
    Safety aspects in patients on hemodialysis with catheters / Polakovi, V., Lopot, F.
    Nosocomial infections in dialysis access / Schweiger, A., Marschall, J., Trevino, S.
    How to improve vascular access care? / van Loon, M.
    The patient's role in patient safety and the importance of a dedicated vascular access team / Shemesh, D., Olsha, O., Goldin, I., Danin, S.
    Patient safety in dialysis access : education and research / Tordoir, Jan H.M., Widmer M.K.
    Digital Access Karger 2015
  • Digital
    Philip F. Stahel, Cyril Mauffrey, editors.
    Contents:
    Part 1. General Aspects
    1: Quality Assessment in Surgery: Mission Impossible?
    2. Incidence of 'Never Events' and Common Complications
    3. Cognitive Errors
    4. Diagnostic Errors
    5. Technical Errors
    6. The Missed Injury: A 'Preoperative Complication'
    7. Non-Technical Aspects of Safe Surgical Performance
    8. Postoperative Monitoring for Clinical Deterioration
    9. Effective Communication- Tips and Tricks
    10. Professionalism in Health Care
    11. Accountability in the Medical Profession
    12. The Role of the Surgical Second Opinion
    13. Compliance to Patient Safety Culture
    14. The Universal Protocol: Pitfalls and Pearls
    15. Patient Safety in Graduate and Continuing Medical Education
    16. Translation of Aviation Safety Principals to Patient Safety in Surgery
    17. Handovers: The 'Hidden Threat' to Patient Safety
    18. Public Safety-Net Hospitals- The Denver Health Model
    19. Electronic Health Records and Patient Safety
    20. Research and Patient Safety
    Part 2. The Surgeon's Perspective
    21. The Surgery Morbidity and Mortality Conference
    22. Reporting of Complications
    23. Disclosure of Complications
    24. Surgical Quality Improvement
    25. Surgical Safety Checklists
    Part 3. Other Perspectives
    26. The Anesthesia Perspective
    27. The Nursing Perspective
    28. The Patient's and Patient Family's Perspective
    29. The Ethical Perspective
    30. Patient Safety- A Perspective from the Developing World
    Part 4. Case Scenarios
    31. Improving Operating Room Safety: A Success Story
    32. Management of Unanticipated Outcomes: A Case Scenario
    33. The Preventable Death of Michael Skolnik: An Imperative for Shared Decision-Making
    Epilogue
    Appendices.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Andras Nagy, Kursad Turksen.
    Contents:
    Generation of patient-specific induced pluripotent stem cell from peripheral blood mononuclear cells by Sendai reprogramming vectors / Oscar Quintana-Bustamante and Jose C. Segovia
    Doxycycline-inducible system for genetic correction of iPSC disease models / Xiuli Sim ... [et al.]
    Generation and characterization of patient-specific induced pluripotent stem cell for disease modeling / Renuka Sivapatham and Xianmin Zeng
    Modeling genomic imprinting disorders using induced pluripotent stem cells / Stormy J. Chamberlain ... [et al.]
    Generation and characterization of induced pluripotent stem cells from patients with mtDNA mutations / Riikka H. Hssamssalssainen and Anu Suomalainen
    Skin biopsy and patient-specific stem cell lines / Yao Li, Huy V. Nguyen, and Stephen H. Tsang
    Directed myogenic differentiation of human induced pluripotent stem cells / Emi Shoji, Knut Woltjen, and Hidetoshi Sakurai
    Using human induced pluripotent stem cells to model skeletal diseases / Emilie Barruet and Edward C. Hsiao
    Modeling cardiovascular diseases with patient-specific human pluripotent stem cell-derived cardiomyocytes / Paul W. Burridge ... [et al.]
    Calcium imaging in pluripotent stem cell-derived cardiac myocytes / Anna Walter ... [et al.]
    Patient-specific induced pluripotent stem cell models : generation and characterization of cardiac cells / Fabian Zanella and Farah Sheikh
    Differentiation of human pluripotent stem cells to cardiomyocytes under defined conditions / Cathelijne W. van den Berg ... [et al.]
    Generation of cardiomyocytes from pluripotent stem cells / Hiroko Nakahama and Elisa Di Pasquale
    Generation and characterization of patient-specific iPSC model for cardiovascular disease / Yee Ki Lee ... [et al.]
    Transgene-free disease-specific iPSC generation from fibroblasts and peripheral blood mononuclear cells / Kerem Fidan ... [et al.]
    Generation and neuronal Differentiation of patient-specific induced pluripotent stem cells derived from Niemann-Pick type C1 fibroblasts / Michaela Trilck, Rayk Hubner, and Moritz J. Frech
    Multisystemic disease modeling of liver-derived protein folding disorders using induced pluripotent stem cells (iPSCs) / Amy Leung and George J. Murphy
    In vitro modeling of alcohol-induced liver injury using human-induced pluripotent stem cells / Lipeng Tian, Neha Prasad, and Yoon-Young Jang
    Generation of human induced pluripotent stem cells using RNA-based sendai virus system and pluripotency validation of the resulting cell population / Valeria Chichagova ... [et al.]
    Modeling axonal phenotypes with human pluripotent stem cells / Kyle R. Denton, Chong-Chong Xu, and Xue-Jun Li
    Mitochondrial disease-specific induced pluripotent stem cell models : generation and characterization / Xuan Zhang ... [et al.]
    Patient-specific induced pluripotent stem cell models : characterization of iPS cell-derived cardiomyocytes / Toru Egashira ... [et al.]
    Generation of integration-free patient specific iPS cells using episomal plasmids under feeder free conditions / Sara Caxaria ... [et al.].
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Air & Surface Transport Nurses Association ; edited by Reneé Semonin Hollera, Allen C. Wolfe, Jr., Michael A. Frakes.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2018
  • Digital
    Almut Böer-Auer, Harald Kittler, Philipp Tschandl.
    Summary: Pattern analysis is a powerful method that changed dermatopathology, nowadays an indispensable tool in the diagnostic workup of inflammatory and neoplastic lesions. The diagnosis of melanocytic lesions can also be mastered by pattern analysis, which is the link between pathology, dermatoscopy, and clinical dermatology and supports the integration of all views. The histopathologic diagnosis of melanocytic lesions can be challenging for novices and experts alike. While classifications of melanocytic lesions come and go, pattern analysis is timeless; it can be assigned to any classification, current or future, and provides a framework that allows to address complex and uncertain cases in a repeatable manner. While uncertainty cannot be totally eliminated, pattern analysis helps to express this uncertainty in a meaningful way. Written by expert dermatopathologists with experience in dermatoscopy, this book is dedicated to young colleagues and to those who have not yet settled on one of the competing schools of thought; it is intended as a practical guide to help making correct observations, to describe them with a well-defined terminology, and to yield critical decisions in the face of incomplete or conflicting information. The illustrations contained in the volume are all original pictures in high-quality and full-color: reproductions of histopatological cuts in low and high magnification will assist pathologists, dermatologists, and dermatopathologists in interpreting histological slides of melanocytic skin lesions.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Historical perspective
    Classifications
    Pattern analysis
    Integration of patterns
    Integration of context
    Pattern analysis in practice
    Bias, Noise, and Error.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Dewen Hu, Ling-Li Zeng.
    Summary: This book presents recent advances in pattern analysis of the human connectome. The human connectome, measured by magnetic resonance imaging at the macroscale, provides a comprehensive description of how brain regions are connected. Based on machine learning methods, multiviarate pattern analysis can directly decode psychological or cognitive states from brain connectivity patterns. Although there are a number of works with chapters on conventional human connectome encoding (brain-mapping), there are few resources on human connectome decoding (brain-reading). Focusing mainly on advances made over the past decade in the field of manifold learning, sparse coding, multi-task learning, and deep learning of the human connectome and applications, this book helps students and researchers gain an overall picture of pattern analysis of the human connectome. It also offers valuable insights for clinicians involved in the clinical diagnosis and treatment evaluation of neuropsychiatric disorders.

    Contents:
    Intro; Contents; 1 Introduction; 1 Multimodal Brain Imaging; 2 sMRI-Based Structural Connectivity; 3 DTI-Based Anatomical Connectivity; 4 fMRI-Based Functional Connectivity; 5 Dynamic Functional Connectivity; 6 Multivariate Pattern Analysis; 7 Feature Extraction; 8 Dimensionality Reduction; 9 Classifier Design and Performance Evaluation; 10 The Content of the Book; References; 2 Multivariate Pattern Analysis of Whole-Brain Functional Connectivity in Major Depression; 1 Introduction; 2 Subjects; 3 Image Acquisition and Preprocessing; 4 Identification of Features with High Discriminative Power 2 Participants3 Image Acquisition and Preprocessing; 4 ALFF-FC Map of Dynamic Functional Connectivity; 5 Partial Least-Squares Analysis and Age Prediction; 6 Age-Dependent Changes in the Variability of the Dynamic FC During Maturation; 7 Control Analysis; 8 Reproducibility; 9 Discussion; Functional Connectivity Fluctuations Decode Individual Brain Maturity; Specific Brain Networks Exhibit Changed Connectivity Fluctuation with Age; Inter-network Rather Than Within-Network Connectivity Dynamics Shows Strong DevelopmentalTrends; Control Analysis, Limitations, and Directions for Future Research 5 DiscussionReferences; 7 Locality Preserving Projection of Functional Connectivity for Regression; 1 Introduction; 2 Data Acquisition and Preprocessing; 3 Parametric Curve Fitting and Age-Related Changes in Interregional Functional Connectivity; 4 Low-Dimensional Embeddings; 5 Locally Adjusted Support Vector Regression (LASVR) for Age Prediction; 6 Discussion; References; 8 Intrinsic Discriminant Analysis of Functional Connectivity for Multiclass Classification; 1 Introduction; 2 Participants; 3 Data Acquisition and Preprocessing; 4 IDA Algorithm and Intrinsicconnectomes 5 Support Vector Classification and Performance Evaluation6 Altered Resting-State Functional Connectivityin Major Depression; 7 Discussion; References; 3 Discriminative Analysis of Nonlinear Functional Connectivity in Schizophrenia; 1 Introduction; 2 Participants; 3 Imaging Acquisition and Preprocessing; 4 MIC and eMIC; 5 High Discriminative Connectivity Features; 6 Support Vector Classification and Performance Evaluation; 7 Functional Connectivity Changes; 8 Discussion; References; 4 Predicting Individual Brain Maturity Using Window-Based Dynamic Functional Connectivity; 1 Introduction
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] Leslie C. Grammer with Paul A. Greenberger.
    Digital Access Ovid 2018
  • Print
    George D. Clayton and Florence E. Clayton, editors ; contributors, M. C. Battigelli ... [et al.].
    Contents:
    v. 1. General principles
    v. 2A, Toxicology ; v. 3. Theory and rationale of industrial hygiene practice.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC967 .P37
    3
  • Print
    George D. Clayton, Florence E. Clayton, editors ; contributors, R.E. Allan ... [et al.].
    Contents:
    v. 1, pt. A-B. General principles
    v. 2, pt. A-F. Toxicology.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC967 .P37
    8
  • Digital
    [edited by] Martin F. Flajnik, Nevil J. Singh, Steven M. Holland.
    Summary: "Selected as a Doody's Core Title for 2022!Defining the field of immunology for 40 years, Paul's Fundamental Immunology continues to provide detailed, authoritative, up-to-date information that uniquely bridges the gap between basic immunology and the disease process. The fully revised 8th edition maintains the excellence established by Dr. William E. Paul, who passed away in 2015, and is now under new editorial leadership of Drs. Martin F. Flajnik, Nevil J. Singh, and Steven M. Holland. It's an ideal reference and gold standard text for graduate students, post-doctoral fellows, basic and clinical immunologists, microbiologists and infectious disease physicians, and any physician treating diseases in which immunologic mechanisms play a role. Reflects the latest advances in the field, including current insights on immune system function, both basic and translational. Contains 50 chapters written by leaders in all subfields of immunology. Provides extensive coverage of the molecular biology that explains the dynamics underlying immune disorders and their treatment. Includes 10 entirely new chapters covering invertebrate and plant immunity, eosinophils, innate lymphoid cells, gamma/delta T cells, NKT and MAIT cells, immunometabolism, maternal-fetal immunology and more. Contains abundant full-color illustrations and tables that provide essential information at a glance. Features annual updates from the authors to the VST version, keeping you current with changes in this dynamic field from the experts. Enrich Your eBook Reading Experience Read directly on your preferred device(s), such as computer, tablet, or smartphone. Easily convert to audiobook, powering your content with natural language text-to-speech. "-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access 2023
  • Digital
    Ann J. Brorsen, RN, MSN, PHIN, CCRN, CEN, Keri R. Rogelet, RN, MSN, MBA/HCM, CCRN, RNC-NIC.
    Summary: "PCCN Certification Review, Third Edition is the ideal study guide for nurses preparing to take the Progressive Care Certified Nurse (PCCN) exam administered by the American Association of Critical-Care Nurses (AACN). It includes more than 1,100 questions and comprehensive answers with rationales. The Third Edition has been updated and revised in all sections to reflect changes in the new PCCN test plan, including gerontological issues, cardiac surgery, pacemakers, infectious diseases, and palliative care"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    History
    Exam
    Test-taking strategies
    Cardiovascular
    Pulmonary
    Endocrine
    Hematology/immunology
    Neurology
    Gastrointestinal
    Renal
    Multisystem
    Behavioral.
    Digital Access R2Library 2018
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    editors, Robert A. Sinkin, Christian A. Chisholm.
    Summary: This popular resource features step-by-step skill instruction and practice-focused exercises covering neonatal care. Developed by a distinguished editorial board, the Perinatal Continuing Education Program (PCEP) is a comprehensive, self-paced education program in 4 volumes. This book features 11 units covering information and skills assessment and initial management of frequently encountered neonatal illnesses, plus a brand-new unit on how to care for babies with neonatal abstinence syndrome (neonatal opioid withdrawal syndrome).

    Contents:
    Intro
    Unit 1: Oxygen
    Unit 2: Respiratory Distress
    Unit 3: Umbilical Catheters
    Unit 4: Low Blood Pressure (Hypotension)
    Unit 5: Intravenous Therapy
    Unit 6: Feeding
    Unit 7: Hyperbilirubinemia
    Unit 8: Infections
    Unit 9: Identifying and Caring for Sick and At-Risk Babies
    Unit 10: Preparation for Neonatal Transport
    Unit 11: Neonatal Abstinence Syndrome (Neonatal Opioid Withdrawal Syndrome)
    Pretest Answer Key
    Glossary
    Index.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2021
  • Digital
    editor, Robert A. Sinkin, Christian A. Chisholm
    Summary: The fourth edition of this popular resource features step-by-step skill instruction and practice-focused exercises covering maternal and fetal evaluation and immediate newborn care. Developed by a distinguished editorial board, the Perinatal Continuing Education Program (PCEP) is a comprehensive, self-paced education program in 4 volumes.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Unit 1: Is the Mother Sick? Is the Fetus Sick?
    Skill Unit: Determining Fetal Presentation With Leopold Maneuvers
    Unit 2: Fetal Age, Growth, and Maturity
    Unit 3: Fetal Well-being
    Skill Unit: Electronic Fetal Monitoring
    Unit 4: Is the Baby Sick? Recognizing and Preventing Problems in the Newborn
    Skill Unit: Electronic Cardiorespiratory Monitoring
    Skill Unit: Pulse Oximetry
    Unit 5: Resuscitating the Newborn
    Skill Unit: Suctioning
    Skill Unit: Management of Oxygen in the Delivery Setting
    Skill Unit: Free-Flow Oxygen and Positive-Pressure Ventilation
    Skill Unit: Endotracheal Intubation
    Skill Unit: Chest Compressions
    Skill Unit: Emergency Medications
    Skill Unit: Apgar Score
    Unit 6: Gestational Age and Size and Associated Risk Factors
    Skill Unit: Estimating Gestational Age by Examination of a Newborn
    Unit 7: Thermal Environment
    Skill Unit: Radiant Warmers
    Skill Unit: Incubators and Neutral Thermal Environment
    Unit 8: Hypoglycemia
    Skill Unit: Blood Glucose Screenings
    Pretest Answer Key
    Glossary
    Index
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2021
  • Digital
    editor, Robert A. Sinkin, Christian A. Chisholm
    Summary: The fourth edition of this popular resource features step-by-step skill instruction and practice-focused exercises covering maternal and fetal care. Developed by a distinguished editorial board, the Perinatal Continuing Education Program (PCEP) is a comprehensive, self-paced education program in 4 volumes. This book features 12 units containing information and skills essential for the recognition and initial management of high-risk and sick pregnant women and their fetuses. In this updated fourth edition, new units have been added on psychosocial risk factors in pregnancy and obstetric risk.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Unit 1: Hypertension in Pregnancy
    Unit 2: Obstetric Hemorrhage
    Unit 3: Infectious Diseases in Pregnancy
    Unit 4: Other Medical Risk Factors in Pregnancy
    Unit 5: Obstetric Risk Factors: Prior or Current Pregnancy
    Unit 6: Psychosocial Risk Factors in Pregnancy
    Unit 7: Gestational Diabetes
    Unit 8: Prelabor Rupture of Membranes and Intra-amniotic Infection
    Skill Unit: Sterile Speculum Examination
    Skill Unit: Tests for Suspected or Proven Rupture of Membranes
    Unit 9: Preterm Labor
    Unit 10: Inducing and Augmenting Labor
    Unit 11: Abnormal Labor Progress and Difficult Deliveries
    Unit 12: Imminent Delivery and Preparation for Maternal/Fetal Transport
    Pretest Answer Key
    Glossary
    Index.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2021
  • Digital
    editor, Robert A. Sinkin, Christian A. Chisholm
    Summary: This fourth edition of this popular resource features step-by-step skill instruction and practice-focused exercises covering maternal and fetal evaluation and immediate newborn care. Developed by a distinguished editorial board, the Perinatal Continuing Education Program (PCEP) is a comprehensive, self-paced education program in 4 volumes. This book features 8 units on complex neonatal therapies, including 2 new units on neonatal encephalopathy and the ethical issues surrounding perinatology, especially when caring for fetuses of periviable gestational ages.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Unit 1: Direct Blood Pressure Measurement
    Unit 2: Exchange, Reduction, and Direct Transfusions
    Unit 3: Continuous Positive Airway Pressure
    Unit 4: Assisted Ventilation With Mechanical Ventilators
    Unit 5: Surfactant Therapy
    Unit 6: Therapeutic Hypothermia for Neonatal Hypoxic-Ischemic Encephalopathy
    Unit 7: Continuing Care for At-Risk Babies
    Unit 8: Biomedical Ethics and Perinatology
    Pretest Answer Key
    Glossary
    Index.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2021
  • Print
    [editors-in-chief Andrew Wilcock, Paul Howard, Sarah Charlesworth].
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RM301.12 .P35 2020
    1
  • Print
    [edited by] Andrew Wilcock, Paul Howard and Sarah Charlesworth.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RM301.12 .P46 2022
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Chhandak Basu.
    Summary: "This volume provides an overview on design PCR primers for successful DNA amplification. Chapters focus on primer design strategies for quantitative PCR, in silico PCR primer design , and primer design using software. Written in the highly successful Methods in Molecular Biology series format, chapters include introductions to their respective topics, lists of the necessary materials and reagents, step-by-step, readily reproducible laboratory protocols, and tips on troubleshooting and avoiding known pitfalls." -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Fast masking of repeated primer binding sites in eukaryotic genomes / Reidar Andreson, Lauris Kaplinksi, and Maido Remm
    Primer design for PCR reactions in forensic biology / Kelly M. Elkins
    Design of primers and probes for quantitative real-time PCR methods / Alicia Rodríguez, Mar Rodríguez, Juan J. Córdoba, and María J. Andrade
    Large-scale neucleotide sequence alignment and sequence variability assessment to identify the evolutionarily highly conserved regions for universal screening PCR assay design: an example of influenza A virus / Alexander Nagy, Tomáš Jiřinec, Lenka Černíková, Helena Jiřincová, and Martina Havlíčková
    Low-concentration initiator primers improve the amplification of gene targets with high sequence variability / Kenneth E. Pierce and Lawrence J. Wangh
    Multiplex PCR primer design for simultaneousu detection of multiple pathogens / Wenchao Yan
    Degenerate primer design for highly variable genomes / Kelvin Li, Susmita Shrivastava, and Timothy B. Stockwell
    Allele-specific real-time polymerase chain reaction as a tool for urate transporter 1 mutation detection / Juliet O. Makanga, Antonius Christianto, and Tetsuya Inazu
    MultiPLX: automatic grouping and evaluation of PCR primers / Lauris Kaplinski and Maido Remm
    In silico PCR primer designing and validation / Anil Kumar and Nikita Chrodia
    Primer design using Primer Express® for SYBR green-based quantitative PCR / Amarjeet Singh and Girdhar K. Pandey
    Designing primers for SNaPshot technique / Greciane Gaburro Paneto and Francisco de Paula Careta
    Rapid and simple method of qPCR primer design / Brenda Thornton and Chhandak Basu
    PRIMEGENSw3: a web-based tool for high-throughput primer and probe design / Garima Kushwaha, Gyan Prakash Srivastava, and Dong Xu
    Selecting specific PCR primers with MFEprimer / Wubin Qu and Chenggang Zhang.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Reynaldo R. Rivera, Joyce J. Fitzpatrick.
    Summary: "Nurses are in charge of the patients and their families throughout the hospital and health system experience. They assist patients through illness to achieve higher levels of health. They coordinate the care throughout the patients' experiences with the healthcare system. Nurses are the leaders of patient care at the bedside and beyond. It is important that as clinical leaders, nurses have the most accurate, most up-to-date, and evidence-based information available so that they can always do the right thing. The PEACE model develops clinical nurses as leaders in care of both patients and their families. Clinical nurses, those at the point of care, have embraced this model for guiding their practice. The PEACE model helps clinical nurses solve challenging problems through a rigorous evidence-based practice process-from problem identification to evaluation and dissemination. The crux of the PEACE model is the mnemonic that simplifies the evidence-based practice (EBP) process for clinical nurses. The PEACE model is used across New York-Presbyterian (NYP), one of the nation's most comprehensive academic healthcare delivery systems. NYP is composed of 10 hospitals in New York and employs more than 11,000 nurses across the enterprise. One striking advantage of the model is that it emerged from the work of clinical nurses who were struggling to find a way to remember and apply the components of other EBP models. The mnemonic PEACE promotes understanding and application by clinical nurses, providing a way to easily remember the EBP component stages. The uniqueness of the PEACE model is its simplicity. This relevance leads to continued application in day-to-day nursing practice. As we strive for peace at many levels of our lives and work, the mnemonic is easy to remember. The PEACE model may be adapted to any setting where nurses practice"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Chapter 1: Evidence-Based Practice, Research, and Quality Improvement
    Chapter 2: Problem Identification
    Chapter 3: Evidence Review
    Chapter 4: Appraise the Evidence
    Chapter 5: Change Practice
    Chapter 6: Conduct Research
    Chapter 7: Evaluation
    Chapter 8: Disseminate Findings
    Chapter 9: Resources
    Chapter 10: Practice Exemplars
    Index.
    Digital Access R2Library 2021
  • Digital
    editor, Schuyler S. Korban.
    Summary: Addressing the pear genome, this book covers the current state of knowledge regarding genetic and genomic resources, breeding approaches and strategies, as well as cutting-edge content on how these tools and resources are being / soon will be utilized to pursue genetic improvement efforts that will combine fruit quality, high productivity, precocious fruit bearing, and long postharvest storage life, along with elevated levels of resistance to various major diseases and insect pests. Throughout, the book also explores potential opportunities and challenges in genomic analysis, sequence assembly, structural features, as well as functional studies that will assist in future genetic improvement efforts for pears. The pear (Pyrus), an important tree fruit crop, is grown worldwide, and has several economically relevant cultivars. In recent years, modern genetic and genomic tools have resulted in the development of a wide variety of valuable resources for the pear. In the past few years, completion of whole genome assemblies of 'Dangshansuli', an Asian pear, and 'Bartlett', a European pear, have paved the way for new discoveries regarding for example, the pear's genomic structure, chromosome evolution, and patterns of genetic variation. This wealth of new resources will have a major impact on our knowledge of the pear genome; in turn, these resources and knowledge will have significant impacts on future genetic improvement efforts.

    Contents:
    Botany and taxonomy of pear
    Pear germplasm resources: origin, characterization, and conservation
    Genetics and breeding of pears
    Using genetic data for taxonomic, diversity, and domestication assessments in pear
    Genetic linkage maps in pear
    Molecular mapping of major genes and QTLs in pear
    Whole genome sequencing strategy, and genome assembly of Asian pear
    Whole genome sequencing strategy, and genome assembly of European pear
    Repetitive sequences in pear
    Regulatory sequences in pear.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Morris E. Hartstein, Guy G. Massry, John B. Holds, editors.
    Summary: Pearls and Pitfalls in Cosmetic Oculoplastic Surgery, Second Edition addresses the need among surgeons for cleanly distilled and clinically relevant information. The second edition of this popular text highlights the changes and updates to the ever expanding field of facial cosmetic surgery. There are updates regarding the advances, for example in blepharoplasty techniques, fillers and filler techniques, periorbital fat grafting, brow lifting techniques, and midface rejuvenation. Additionally, nearly every chapter has full color illustrations to bring each one to life. This concise and practical "how to" book is written and edited by experts in their fields and offers "here?s how I do it" advice on the most commonly performed procedures. Each chapter becomes the voice of an expert and experienced colleague, reminding readers of the pearls and pitfalls of each procedure. These pearls will lead to more efficient techniques, fewer complications, and enhance outcomes for physicians and their patients.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Alessandro Franchi, University of Florence, Italy.
    Summary: Avoid unnecessary diagnostic markers, and pathology pitfalls with this practical approach to head and neck surgical pathology. Written by experts in the field, this book features practical algorithms and ninety illustrative cases, guiding the reader through neoplastic and non-neoplastic head and neck pathology, with ease. With additional access to the full online version, including expandable images on Cambridge Core, achieve accuracy every time. Master practical challenges of efficiently diagnosing diseases in lesions of the nasopharynx, sinonasal tract, salivary glands, oral cavity lesions and soft tissues of the neck. Confidently provide all aspects of care, in tackling new entities in the field, through to reviewing appropriate ancillary studies. Discover a clinical history, histopathology, differential diagnosis and teaching points with each case, alongside working with state-of-the-art immunohistochemistry and molecular technologies. Equipping the reader to make successful diagnoses, maximise surgery time, and avoid common errors, this invaluable guide supports busy practitioners worldwide.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Ophelia E. Dadzie and Meera Mahalingam.
    Summary: This practical book takes the challenge of the dermatopathology sign-out and walks the reader through a diagnostic approach, explaining how to distinguish between benign and malignant lesions and identifying histopathologic features unique to each entity. Through discussion of some 150-200 lineage-unrelated cutaneous neoplastic disorders (primary and secondary), the reader will become familiar with common and sometimes uncommon but clinically relevant conditions. Each chapter adopts a consistent style for quick and easy reading, covering typical microscopic features, clinical vignettes, histological variations, diagnostic pitfalls and differentials, and key diagnostic pearls. Chapters also explain general pathological principles, laboratory processing of specimens and medico-legal aspects of neoplastic dermatopathology. Each copy of the book is packaged with a password, providing online access to all text and images. Written by leading pathologists and educators, this is an essential resource for trainees and more experienced pathologists tackling the daily sign-out as well as board exams in dermatopathology.

    Contents:
    Keratinocytic tumors / Ophelia E. Dadzie
    Melanocytic tumors / Meera Mahalingam
    Adnexal tumors / Dorendra Maisnam and Ophelia E. Dadzie
    Hematolymphoid tumors / Brett Mahon and Vijaya B. Reddy
    Fibrous and myofibroblastic tumors and reactive lesions / Diana Murro and Vijaya B. Reddy
    Neural tumors / Meera Mahalingam
    Smooth and striated muscle tumors / Mark Jabbour and Ossama Abbas
    Vascular and perivascular tumors, and tumor-like conditions / Ophelia E. Dadzie
    Adipocytic tumors / Mark Jabbour and Ossama Abbas
    Bone and cartilage / Mark Jabbour and Ossama Abbas
    Uncommon lineage-unrelated tumors / Meera Mahalingam
    Cutaneous metastases / Meera Mahalingam
    Medicolegal pitfalls in dermatopathology : perspectives from the USA and the UK / Ophelia E. Dadzie and Meera Mahalingam.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2016
  • Digital
    Martin Lacher, Shawn D. St. Peter, Augusto Zani, editors.
    Summary: Providing core information on pediatric surgery, this book serves as a supplement to standard pediatric surgical textbooks. It offers pearls of wisdom that will help those who participate in pediatric surgical care, as well as to provide state-of-the-art insights based on physiological principles, literature reviews, and clinical experience. This book is an ideal tool to help readers prepare for questions they will be asked on ward rounds, in the OR, or in oral exams. The depth of exploration is intended for medical students, residents in pediatrics and pediatric surgery, pediatric surgical trainees, pediatric nurse practitioners, primary care pediatricians, and family practitioners.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword by Benno Ure
    Foreword by George W. Holcomb
    Foreword by Agostino Pierro
    Preface
    Contents
    Chapter 1 Evaluation of the Pediatric Surgical Patient
    Abstract
    1.1 Introduction
    References
    Chapter 2 Nutrition, Fluids and Electrolytes for the Pediatric Surgical Patient
    Abstract
    References
    Chapter 3 Chest Wall Deformities
    Abstract
    Bibliography
    Chapter 4 Congenital Diaphragmatic Hernia
    Abstract
    References
    Chapter 5 Esophageal Atresia With or Without Tracheoesophageal Fistula
    Abstract
    References Chapter 6 Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease
    Abstract
    References
    Chapter 7 Caustic Ingestion of the Esophagus
    Abstract
    References
    Chapter 8 Esophageal Foreign Bodies
    Abstract
    References
    Chapter 9 Congenital Lung Malformations
    Abstract
    References
    Chapter 10 Acquired Lung and Pleural Disease
    Abstract
    References
    Chapter 11 Tracheobronchial Foreign Bodies
    Abstract
    References
    Chapter 12 Pediatric Surgical Diseases of the Larynx, Trachea, and Bronchi
    Abstract
    References
    Chapter 13 Mediastinal Masses
    Abstract
    References Chapter 14 Congenital Cardiac Anomalies
    Abstract
    References
    Chapter 15 Hemangiomas and Vascular Malformations
    Abstract
    References
    Chapter 16 Umbilical Problems
    Abstract
    References
    Chapter 17 Hernias-Epigastric, Inguinal and Incisional
    Abstract
    17.1 Inguinal Hernia
    17.2 Epigastric Hernia
    17.3 Incisional Hernia
    References
    Chapter 18 Abdominal Wall Defects, Gastroschisis and Omphalocele
    Abstract
    References
    Chapter 19 Exstrophy-Epispadias Complex
    Abstract
    References
    Chapter 20 Prune Belly Syndrome
    Abstract
    References Chapter 21 Normal Embryology, Anatomy, and Physiology of the Gastrointestinal Tract
    Abstract
    References
    Chapter 22 Small Intestinal Obstruction
    Abstract
    References
    Chapter 23 Intestinal Atresia and Webs
    Abstract
    References
    Chapter 24 Malrotation and Midgut Volvulus
    Abstract
    References
    Chapter 25 Gastrointestinal Surgical Aspects of Cystic Fibrosis
    Abstract
    References
    Chapter 26 Necrotizing Enterocolitis (NEC)
    Abstract
    References
    Chapter 27 Meckel's Diverticulum & Vitelline Duct Remnants
    Abstract
    References
    Chapter 28 Appendicitis Abstract
    References
    Chapter 29 Intussusception
    Abstract
    References
    Chapter 30 Small Left Colon Syndrome (SLCS)
    Abstract
    References
    Chapter 31 Disorders of Colonic Motility/Hirschsprung Disease
    Abstract
    References
    Chapter 32 Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    Abstract
    References
    Chapter 33 Gastrointestinal Bleeding
    Abstract
    References
    Chapter 34 Anorectal Malformations
    Abstract
    References
    Chapter 35 Anorectal Complaints (Proctology): Hemorrhoids, Fissures, Abscesses, Fistulae
    Abstract
    35.1 Hemorrhoids
    35.2 Anal Fissures
    35.3 Abscesses
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Jean-Pierre Chavoin, editor.
    Summary: This book with accompanying videos focuses on pectus excavatum correction using custom-made silicone implants. It discusses patient evaluation, the minimally invasive procedure and follow-up care. It also describes in detail, and in a way that is comprehensible for practicing clinicians, the procedure for creating silicone implants using a scanner (computer-aided design). Further, the book presents the possibility of using fat grafting to correct this congenital deformity and highlights secondary surgical procedures and complications (e.g. infections). Correcting pectus excavatum using a computer-aided design silicone implant is a simple and reliable technique that yields high-quality, aesthetic results. In the medium term, the approach may render invasive techniques obsolete, however, these operations remain risky.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    Paulo Freire ; translated by Myra Bergman Ramos ; with an introduction by Donaldo Macedo and an afterword by Ira Shor.
    Summary: "First published in Portuguese in 1968, [this book] was translated and published in English in 1970. Paulo Freire's work has helped to empower countless people throughout the world and continues to possess a special urgency as the creation of a permanent underclass among the underprivileged and minorities in urban centers around the world continues. The 50th anniversary edition includes a new introduction by Donaldo Macedo, an afterword by Ira Shor, and interviews with Marina Aparicio Barberán, Noam Chomsky, Gustavo E. Fischman, Ramón Flecha, Ronald David Glass, Valerie Kinloch, peter Mayo, Peter McLaren, and Margo Okazawa-Rey to inspire a new generation of educators, students, and general readers for years to come."--Page [4] of cover.

    Contents:
    Introduction to the 50th Anniversary Edition / Donaldo Macedo
    Preface
    Chapter 1
    Chapter 2
    Chapter 3
    Chapter 4
    "A luta continua": Afterword to Pedagogy of the Oppressed / Ira Shor
    Interviews with Contemporary Scholars : Marina Aparicio Barberan ; Noam Chomsky ; Gustavo E. Fischman ; Ramon Flecha ; Ronald David Glass ; Valerie Kinlock ; Peter Mayo ; Peter McLaren ; Margo Okazawa-Rey
    Foreword to the Original English Edition (1970) / Richard Shaull.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    LB880.F73 P4313 2018
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Beth Nachtsheim Bolick, Karin Reuter-Rice, Maureen A. Madden, Paul N. Severin.
    Summary: "Pediatric Acute Care: A Guide for Interprofessional Practice takes an evidence-based, interprofessional approach to pediatric acute care as it exemplifies the depth and diversity that's needed for the dynamic healthcare environments in which acutely ill children receive care. Coverage includes how to work with the pediatric patient and family, major acute care disorders and their management, emergency preparedness, common acute care procedures, and much more. With contributions from more than 200 practicing clinicians and academic experts, it represents a wide variety of disciplines including medicine, nursing, pharmacy, child life, nutrition, law, integrative medicine, education, public health, and psychology, among others. The second edition also features the addition of new physician and nurse practitioner co-editors as well as extensive content updates including updated evidence-based content throughout the text, the integration of the 2016 IPEC Core Competencies for Interprofessional Collaborative Practice, a new full-color design, and new vivid illustrations throughout"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Part I. Interprofessional patient care. The interprofessional team
    Research and evidence-based practice
    Certification, licensure, and credentialing/privileging for the healthcare professional
    Documentation and coding
    Team communication and handoffs
    Patient safety
    Part II. Approach to the pediatric patient and family
    Child life: developmental considerations
    Patient- and family-centered care
    Communicating bad news
    Ethical considerations
    Care of the minor and legal considerations
    Transition to adulthood
    Care of children with medical complexity
    Management in the emergency setting
    Management in the inpatient setting
    The premature infant in the pediatric acute care setting
    Management of the chronically ill child
    Transport of the ill of injured pediatric patient
    Rehabilitation
    Palliative care and integrative medicine
    Part III. Selected disorders and their management. Analgesia, paralytics, sedation, withdrawal, and opioid disorders
    Cardiac disorders
    Dermatologic disorders
    Endocrine disorders
    Fluid, electrolytes, and nutrition
    Gastrointestinal disorders
    Genetic and metabolic disorders
    Hematologic and oncologic disorders
    Immunologic/autoimmune and rheumatologic disorders
    Infectious disorders
    Kidney and genitourinary disorders
    Musculoskeletal disorders
    Neurologic disorders
    Orofacial disorders
    Pulmonary disorders
    Child maltreatment
    Toxicologic exposure
    Traumatic injuries
    Part IV. Emergency preparedness. Principles of disaster management and clinical practice
    Part V. Procedures. Arterial catheter insertion
    Central venous catheter insertion and removal
    Chest tube insertion and removal
    Intracardiac line removal
    Intraventricular catheter insertion and shunt access
    Lumbar puncture
    Postpyloric feeding tube insertion
    Peripherally inserted central venous catheter insertion and removal
    Peritoneal catheter insertion
    Rapid sequence intubation
    Ultrasound
    Wound closure
    Part VI. Laboratory values. Laboratory values
    Part VII. Learning and evaluation. Simulation
    The role of assessment in teaching and learning.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2021
  • Digital
    Motohiro Kato, editor.
    Summary: This book discusses key aspects of childhood acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL), presenting the latest research on the biology and treatment of the disease and related issues. The cure rate for ALL has improved dramatically due to advances such as supportive care, treatment stratification based on relapse risk, and the optimization of treatment regimens. Gathering contributions by eminent scholars Pediatric Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia is a valuable resource for pediatric hematologists as well as for medical students, interns, residents and fellows. It not only offers comprehensive insights, but also provides a springboard for future research.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Part I: Epidemiology and Diagnosis of Pediatric ALL;
    Chapter 1: Overview; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Symptoms and Diagnosis; 1.3 Treatment; 1.4 Future Directions; References;
    Chapter 2: Genetic Alterations of Pediatric Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia; 2.1 B Precursor ALL with Recurrent Fusion or Chromosomal Abnormality; 2.1.1 KMT2A Rearrangement; 2.1.2 ETV6-RUNX1 and High Hyperdiploid; 2.1.3 TCF3 Rearrangement; 2.1.4 Hypodiploid; 2.1.5 BCR-ABL1; 2.2 New Subtype of B-ALL; 2.2.1 IKZF1 Deletion, CRLF2 Deregulation, and Ph-Like ALL; 2.2.2 iAMP21 2.2.3 MEF2D and ZNF384 Rearranged ALL2.2.4 DUX4 Rearranged ALL; 2.2.5 Others; 2.3 Genetic Alterations of T-ALL; 2.4 Genetic Alterations of Acute Leukemia Ambiguous Lineage; 2.5 Genetic Alterations of Relapsed B-ALL; 2.6 Clinical Implications of Genetic Studies; References;
    Chapter 3: Germline Biology of Pediatric ALL; 3.1 Importance of Germline Variants in Leukemia Biology; 3.2 Germline Biology for Drug Response; 3.2.1 Pharmacogenomics of Adverse Events; 3.3 Germline Biology for Leukemogenesis; 3.3.1 Leukemia Predisposing Syndrome; 3.3.2 Leukemia Predisposing in Non-syndromic ALL; References
    Chapter 4: Immunophenotype of Pediatric ALL4.1 Diagnostic Criteria of Pediatric ALL According to Immunophenotyping; 4.2 Immunophenotyping of B-Lineage ALL; 4.3 Immunophenotyping of T-Lineage ALL; 4.4 Relationship Between Immunophenotyping and Cytogenetic Abnormalities; References;
    Chapter 5: MRD in Pediatric ALL; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Detection Methods of Minimal Residual Disease; 5.2.1 PCR-Based MRD Detection; 5.2.2 FCM-Based MRD Detection; 5.3 Clinical Impact of MRD; 5.4 Future of Minimal Residual Disease Detection; References; Part II: Treatment of Pediatric ALL
    Chapter 6: B-Cell Precursor ALL6.1 Risk Stratification of B-Cell Precursor ALL; 6.2 Treatment Backbone of B-Cell Precursor ALL; 6.2.1 Induction Therapy; 6.2.2 Consolidation Therapy; 6.2.3 Maintenance Therapy; 6.2.4 CNS Directed Therapy; 6.2.5 Immunotherapy; References;
    Chapter 7: Pediatric T-Cell Acute Lymphobastic Leukemia; 7.1 Epidemiology; 7.2 Diagnosis; 7.3 Clinical and Biological Characteristics; 7.4 Treatment; 7.5 Prognostic Factors; 7.6 Future Directions; 7.7 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 8: Mature B-Cell Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia; 8.1 Epidemiology; 8.2 Pathology/Biology 8.3 Clinical Presentation8.4 Treatment; 8.4.1 Standard Treatments; 8.4.2 Relapsed or Refractory Disease; References;
    Chapter 9: Infant ALL; 9.1 Introduction; 9.2 Risk Stratifications in Infant ALL; 9.3 Treatment of Infant MLL-r ALL; 9.3.1 Chemotherapy; 9.3.2 Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation; 9.3.3 Novel Therapies; 9.3.3.1 Nucleoside Analogues; 9.3.3.2 FLT3 Inhibitors; 9.3.3.3 Epigenetic Agents; 9.3.3.4 BCL-2 Inhibitors; 9.3.3.5 Immunotherapies; 9.4 Treatment of Infant MLL-g ALL; 9.5 Treatment of Relapsed Infant ALL; 9.6 Acute and Late Toxicities on Infant ALL Treatment; References
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Steven L. Shein, Alexander T. Rotta, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a concise yet comprehensive overview of pediatric acute respiratory distress syndrome (PARDS). The text reviews the emerging science behind the new PARDS definition; explores epidemiology, pathobiology, etiologies, and risk factors; reviews state-of-the-art treatment modalities and strategies; and discusses clinical outcomes. Written by experts in the field, Pediatric Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome: A Clinical Guide is a valuable resource for clinicians and practitioners who specialize in pediatric critical care.

    Contents:
    The History of ARDS and the Need for a Pediatric Definition
    Pediatric Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome: Definition and Epidemiology
    Pathobiology of the Pediatric Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome
    Risk Factors and Etiologies of Pediatric Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome
    Imaging and Monitoring in Pediatric Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome
    Conventional Mechanical Ventilation in Pediatric Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome
    Non-conventional Mechanical Ventilation for Pediatric Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome: High-frequency Oscillatory Ventilation and Airway Pressure Release Ventilation
    Ventilator Weaning and Extubation Strategies for Children with PARDS
    Non-Invasive Respiratory Support in Pediatric Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome
    Ancillary Pulmonary Treatments for Pediatric Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome
    Analgesia, Sedation and Neuromuscular Blockade in PARDS
    Fluids, Nutrition, and Acute Kidney Injury in Pediatric Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome
    Heart-Lung Interactions and Cardiovascular Support in Pediatric Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome
    Red Blood Cell Transfusion in Pediatric Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome
    Pediatric Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome in Immunocompromised Patients
    ECMO for Pediatric Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome
    Clinical Outcomes in Pediatric Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    American Heart Association.
    Contents:
    Part 1: Course overview
    Part 2: Review of BLS and AED for Infants and Children
    Part 3: Systematic Approach to the Seriously ill or Injured Child
    Part 4: Recognition and Management of Cardiac Arrest
    Part 5: Effective Resuscitation Team Dynamics
    Part 6: Recognition of Respiratory Distress and Failure
    Part 7: Management of Respiratory Distress and Failure
    Resources for Management of Respiratory Emergencies
    Part 8: Recognition of Shock
    Part 9: Management of Shock
    Resources for Management of Circulatory Emergencies
    Part 10: Recognition of Arrhythmias
    Part 11: Management of Arrhythmias
    Part 12: Post-Cardiac Arrest Care
    Appendix
    Index.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC87.9 .P35 2016
    1
  • Digital
    American Heart Association.
    Contents:
    Part 1: Course overview. Course objectives ; Precourse preparation ; Course materials ; Course completion requirements ; Science update ; The chain of survival
    Part 2: Review of BLS and AED for infants and children. Learning objectives ; BLS for infants and children ; AED for infants and children younger than 8 years
    Part 3: High-performance teams. High-performance team roles and dynamics
    Part 4: Systematic approach to the seriously ill or injured child. Learning objective ; Initial assessment to identify a life-threatening condition ; Initial assessment ; Evaluate-Identify-Intervene ; Primary assessment ; Secondary assessment ; Diagnostic assessments
    Part 5: Recognizing and managing cardiac arrest. Learning objective ; Rapidly intervene to prevent cardiac arrest ; Life-threatening problems ; Cardiac arrest in infants and children ; Definition of cardiac arrest ; Pathways to cardiac arrest ; Causes of cardiac arrest ; Recognizing cardiac arrest ; Managing cardiac arrest
    Part 6: Effective high-performance team dynamics. Learning objective ; Roles in a high-performance team ; Elements of effective high-performance team dynamics
    Part 7: Recognizing respiratory distress and failure. Learning objective ; Fundamental issues associated with respiratory problems ; Identifying respiratory problems by severity ; Identifying respiratory problems by type ; Summary: recognizing respiratory problems flowchart
    Part 8: Managing respiratory distress and failure. Learning objective ; Rescue breating ; Initial management of respiratory distress and failture ; Principles of targeted management ; Managing upper airway obstruction ; Managing lower airway obstruction ; Managing lunch tissue disease ; Managing disordered control of breathing ; Summary: managing respiratory emergencies flowchart ; Resources for managing respiratory emergencies
    Part 9: Recognizing shock. Learning objective ; Defining shock ; Pathophysiology of shock ; Identifying shock by severity (effect on blood pressure) ; Identifying shock by type ; Recognizing shock flowchart
    Part 10: Managing shock. Learning objective ; Goals of shock management ; Fundamentals of shock management ; General management of shock ; Fluid therapy ; Glucose ; Management according to type of shock ; Managing shock flowchart ; Resources for managing circulatory emergencies
    Part 11: Recognizing arrhythmias. Learning objectives ; Bradycardia definitions ; Recognizing bradycardia ; Tachyarrhythmias
    Part 12: Managing arrhythmias. Learning objectives ; Principles of managing pediatric arrhythmias ; Management: pediatric bradycardia with a pulse ; Managing tachyarrhythmias ; Summary of emergency interventions ; Pediatric tachycardia with a pulse algorithm
    Part 13: Post-cardiac arrest care. Learning objective ; Goals of therapy ; Respiratory system ; Cardiovascular system ; Neurologic system
    Appendices: BLS skills testing checklists ; Initial assessment: pediatric assessment triangle ; Primary assessment ; Skills station competency checklists ; Rhythm recognition review ; Learning station competency checklists and PALS case scenario testing checklists.
    Digital Access AHA 2020
  • Print
    American Academy of Pediatrics.
    Summary: This convenient reference provides clinicians with point-of-care guidance on the assessment and treatment of pediatric allergies in children of all ages, from infants to young adults

    Contents:
    Front Matter
    Tab 1. Allergic Conjunctivitis
    Tab 2. Allergic Rhinitis
    Tab 3. Respiratory Exposures
    Tab 4. Remediation Strategies for Common Respiratory Allergens
    Tab 5. Mold Exposures
    Tab 6. Mold-Related Illness and Health Effects
    Tab 7. Hymenoptera Venom Allergy
    Tab 8. Classic Reactions to Antibiotics
    Tab 9. Immediate Reactions to Antibiotics
    Tab 10. Nonimmediate Reactions to Antibiotics
    Tab 11. Nickel Allergy
    Tab 12. Latex Allergy
    Tab 13. Diagnosis of Atopic Dermatitis
    Tab 14. Treatment of Atopic Dermatitis
    Tab 15. Avoiding Eczema Triggers Tab 16. Food Allergies
    Tab 17. Cow's Milk Allergy
    Tab 18. Peanut Allergy
    Tab 19. Anaphylaxis Recognition
    Tab 20. Anaphylaxis Treatment
    Tab 21. AAP Allergy and Anaphylaxis Emergency Plan
    Tab 22. Allergy testing
    Tab 23. Immunotherapy
    Digital Access AAP ebooks [2023]
  • Digital
    Nima Rezaei, editor.
    Summary: This book comprises a collection of case-based chapters, submitted by physicians and pediatricians in all specialties and meticulously refined and selected to cover the most common and important aspects of Pediatric Allergy knowledge. Commonly encountered disorders such as allergic rhinitis, food allergy, and atopic dermatitis are covered among many others. Each chapter starts with a brief of the initial presentation and lab data of the patient, followed by a series of 3-6 multiple choice questions (MCQs), leading the reader to the diagnosis and best of practice in a step-wise manner. Clinical pearls presented as "practical points", and the MCQ format along with detailed answers, makes Pediatrc Allergy an essential reading material that a pediatric allergologist cannot afford to miss.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] Donald Y.M. Leung, Cezmi A. Akdis, Stanley J. Szefler, Hugh A. Sampson, Francisco A. Bonilla.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Donald Y.M. Leung, Cezmi A. Akdis, Leonard B. Bacharier, Charlotte Cunningham-Rundles, Scott H. Sicherer, Hugh A. Sampson.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    Carlo Foresta, Daniele Gianfrilli, editors.
    Summary: This book addresses and summarizes the main andrological disorders (genital, reproductive or sexual diseases) that may originate in childhood or adolescence. Since many of the andrological diseases that occur in adulthood originate before the age of 18 and sometimes even during gestation, andrological evaluation is essential during childhood to highlight anomalies in the genital organs. During puberty, evaluation can help to monitor growth and secondary sex characteristics, and to assess e.g. the possible presence of an eunucoid habitus, gynecomastia, testicular hypotrophy or varicocele, a very common pathology in young people. During adolescence, the assessment of risk factors, such as those related to certain lifestyles, is of fundamental importance for primary prevention. Moreover, in late adolescence the focus shifts to preventing sexually transmitted infections, or to dealing with possible discomforts related to the sexual sphere. Finally, ensuring young people's genital and sexual health also means protecting their fertility. Written by respected experts in the field, this book constitutes an innovative resource, combining updated, reliable and comprehensive information with agile consultation in order to provide a streamlined approach to the care of children and adolescents with such disorders.

    Contents:
    Genetics and alterations in the development of reproductive systems: diagnosis and clinical management
    Impact of endocrine disruptors on male sexual development
    Risk factors affecting male reproductive health, role of epigenetics
    Congenital anomalies of the penis
    Disorders of pubertal development: from hypogonadotrophic hypogonadism to constitutional delay of puberty
    Disorders of pubertal development: precocious puberty
    Clinical management and treatment of varicocele in the adolescence
    Congenital causes of hypergonadotropic hypogonadism: Klinefelter syndrome
    Acquired testicular disorders (trauma, torsion, orchitis, iatrogenic damage)
    Risk factors affecting puberty: environment, obesity and lifestyles
    Sexually transmitted infections and risk behaviors in the adolescence
    Sexual disorders in adolescents and young adults
    Diagnosis and management of testicular tumors
    Gender dysphoria: management in the transition age.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Sarah M. Creighton, Adam Balen, Lesley Breech, Lih-Mei Liao.
    Summary: "Pediatric and Adolescent Gynecology (PAG) is now a recognized sub-speciality which encompasses a spectrum of conditions affecting gynecological health from birth through to adulthood. Serious and life threatening diseases may be relatively rare, but problems such as atypical development of the genital tract are highly complex. The development of specialist centers is important for appropriate and timely referral. For conditions that affect fertility, sexuality, health and well-being, multi-disciplinary care is the gold standard. In addition, for conditions requiring life-long care, the development of methodical transition from pediatric to adolescent and adult services is necessary. Collaborative clinical networks not only promote quality and consistency in care delivery, they also improve professional learning and raise the standard of research"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    Sattar Alshryda, Jason J. Howard, James S. Huntley, Jonathan G. Schoenecker, editors.
    Summary: This book provides an evidence-based approach to treating the increasing number of children and adolescents presenting with hip disorders. It integrates the most up-to-date data with essential knowledge, gleaned from decades of previous research and practice. Each chapter provides a comprehensive text which integrates relevant pathophysiology, clinical assessment, and imaging, with an evidence-based approach to non-operative and operative management, authored by globally recognized experts in the field of pediatric hip surgery. Detailed surgical techniques, illustrated with original medical drawings and accompanied by their respective indications, anticipated outcomes, and potential complications, are also featured, in this first orthopedic text dedicated solely to the pediatric and adolescent hip. The Paediatric and Adolescent Hip: Essentials and Evidence will be an indispensable resource for wide spectrum of audience including paediatric orthopaedic surgeons, general practitioners, general orthopaedic surgeons, trauma surgeons, orthopaedic residents, emergency department doctors, and physiotherapists seeking a clear and consistent evidence-based guide to treating the paediatric hip. .

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Contents; Part I: Foundational Aspects;
    1: The History of Pediatric Hip Surgery: The Past 100 Years; Scientific Developments That Have Allowed Childhood Hip Surgery to Advance; Anesthesia; Bacterial Basis for Surgical Infection; Unfortunate Timing: Discovery of Anesthesia vs. Discovery of Antiseptic Technologies; Röntgen and Radiographs (X-Rays); Stainless Steel Implants; Antibiotics; Hospitals and Children's Orthopedic Hip Surgery; Congenital Dysplasia of the Hip 'First CDH-Now DDH'; Anatomy; First Treatment: Pravaz, France; Surgical Methods; Open Reduction for CDH Boston ContributionsMedial vs. Anterior Approach for Hip Reduction; Osteotomies to Stabilize Reduction; Surgical Improvements: Deepening the Acetabulum Along with Open Reduction; Femoral Shortening for Older Children; Extreme Cases; Traction Prior to Reduction Surgery; Osteotomies for Residual Hip Dysplasia; Perthes Disease 'Also Legg-Calvé-Perthes Disease'; Non-operative Treatment; Surgical Containment; Newer Methods; Slipped Capital Femoral Epiphysis (SCFE); Surgical Stabilization; In-Situ Pinning vs. Reduction; Societal Change and Surgical Choices Stable vs. Unstable Slip and Surgical ChoicesUnstable Slips; The Move Towards Anatomic Reduction; Less Complete Reduction/Monitoring Blood Supply; The "Athletic Hip": Deformity Due to Extreme Training; Hip Preservation Surgery; Summary; References;
    2: Anatomy and Physiology of the Pediatric Hip; Introduction; Prenatal Development of the Hip Joint; The Embryonic Phase of Hip Joint Development; The Fetal Phase of Hip Joint Development; Postnatal Development of the Hip Joint; Acetabulum; Femur; Normal Hip Joint Anatomy and Geometry; Acetabular Depth; Acetabular Diameter; Femoral Head Diameter The Neck-Shaft AngleFemoral Anteversion Angle; Postnatal Ossification of the Femoral Head; Periarticular Muscles About the Hip Joint; Functional Muscle Groups About the Hip Joint; Surgical Considerations for Muscles About the Hip Joint; Surgical Approaches to the Hip Joint; Vascular Supply to the Hip Joint; Vascular Supply of the Femoral Head; Prenatal Development of the Femoral Blood Supply; Postnatal Development of the Femoral Blood Supply; Surgical Implications for the Femoral Vascular Supply; Vascular Supply of the Acetabulum Surgical Implications for the Vascular Supply of the AcetabulumReferences;
    3: Biomechanics of the Hip During Gait; Introduction; Functional Anatomy; Bony Structures; Passive Soft Tissues; Muscles and Moments; Biomechanics of the Hip During Gait; Gait Terminology; Kinematics; Typical Gait Kinematics; Kinetics; Altered Kinematics and Kinetics of the Hip Joint; Joint Contact Forces; Final Note; Classic Literature; Key Evidence; References; Part II: Developmental Dysplasia of the Hip;
    4: Developmental Dysplasia of the Hip in Young Children; Introduction; Pathophysiology
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital/Print
    Branski, D.
    Digital Access Karger v. 1-, 1991-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Periodicals (Downstairs)
    8
  • Digital
    Teresa K. Woodruff, Yasmin C. Gosiengfiao, editors.
    Summary: Reflecting the increasing interest in fertility management for pediatric and adolescent patients and fulfilling an urgent need to have a comprehensive guide to the management of these individuals, this is the first book of its kind to present a comprehensive discussion of pediatric and adolescent oncofertility. It carefully examines the impact of pediatric cancer and cancer therapy on fertility and presents both current and emerging fertility preservation techniques for both males and females, such as cryopreservation. Fertility concerns beyond cancer are also discussed, including disorders of sexual differentiation, gender dysphoria and thalassemia. Practical chapters on pediatric oncofertility in the clinic round out the book, covering setting up a practice, counseling and consent, disclosure and insurance considerations. Concluding chapters document fertility preservation techniques and outcomes internationally, with contributions from Portuguese, Brazilian and Japanese authors. Timely and wide-ranging, Pediatric and Adolescent Oncofertility is an ideal resource for reproductive medicine specialists, pediatric oncologists, and primary care physicians treating pediatric and adolescent cancer patients looking to protect fertility options.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Aleksandar M. Vlahovic, Emir Q. Haxhija.
    Summary: This book describes plastic surgery treatments in children for e.g. cleft lip and palate, polydactyly and syndactyly, pigment lesions, benign and malign skin and soft tissue tumors, and vascular anomalies. Every chapter starts with a short introduction, followed by sections on patient evaluation, treatment options and postoperative care. Supporting images and pitfalls are also included. Based on the authors experience, the book offers pediatric plastic surgeons a valuable guide in their everyday work, while also introducing interested practitioners to the field. Pediatric plastic surgery is a specific field of surgery which includes reconstructive and aesthetic-cosmetic procedures in children. The majority of procedures are reconstructive in nature, making aesthetic considerations especially important. As aesthetic procedures in children are not so frequent, only a small group of clinicians are familiar with this part of surgery.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Otoplasty
    Microtia and other congenital auricular deformities
    Breast augmentation in children
    Breast reconstruction in congenital deformities
    Male breast reduction
    Cleft lip and palate
    Polydactyly
    Syndactyly
    Pigment lesions
    Benign soft tissue tumors
    Malign soft tissue tumors
    Hemangiomas
    Lymphatic malformation
    Venous malformation.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Vincenzo Guzzanti, editor.
    Summary: This handy volume focuses on the evaluation and treatment of a wide range of sports injuries, in relation to the Tanner stage of sexual development in young athletes. Recognized leaders in each subspecialty illustrate their own treatment preferences, and a series of detailed chapters address the injuries likely to be encountered in different parts of the body, including the spine, shoulder, elbow, wrist and hand, hip, knee, ankle, and feet. Among the topics that receive particular attention are epiphyseal-physeal injuries, the still controversial issue of capsular ligament tears and the impact of their treatment on joint and bone development, and stress syndromes of the musculoskeletal system. Helpful algorithms covering the diagnosis and treatment of ligament tears are included, and advice is provided on when to return an athlete to training. One chapter is devoted to non-sports-related pathologies that have to be considered in the differential diagnosis of sports injuries in adolescents. Written by a multidisciplinary team of experts, this volume will be an excellent guide in diagnosis and in evaluating the impact of treatments for all professionals dealing with young athletes; orthopedic surgeons, physiotherapists, general practitioners and athletic trainers.

    Contents:
    Basic science and injury in growing athletes: Cartilage, Menisci and Bone
    Muscle, Tendon and Ligament
    Evaluation of the pediatric and adolescent athlete
    Overuse injuries
    Physeal and epiphyseal cartilage injury
    The Spine: Sports-related pathology
    The Shoulder: skeletal injuries and ligamentous instability
    The Elbow: Ligamentous and skeletal injuries
    Wrist and Hand: Ligamentous and skeletal injuries
    The Hip: Femoro-acetabular Impingement
    The Knee: Ligamentous tears
    Meniscal Lesions
    Osteochondritis Dissecans of the Knee
    Patello-femoral disorders
    Osteochondritis Dissecans of the Talus
    Acute ligamentous tears of the Ankle
    Chronic instability of the Ankle
    Foot Abnormalities and Pathologies
    Non-sports-related pathologies in young athletes
    Imaging and techniques.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Lane S. Palmer, Jeffrey S. Palmer, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive reference for health care providers of children and adolescents with urologic conditions. The first section covers the principles of each radiologic modality as well as radiation safety and the history of uroradiology. The second section integrates the lessons of the first section into specific urologic conditions arranged anatomically and includes additional unique conditions.

    Contents:
    Part I. Radiology principles
    part II. Clinical imaging.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Claire Sampankanpanich Soria, Suraj Trivedi, editors.
    Summary: Of Clinical Teaching Points -- Reference -- Chapter 6: Awake Tracheostomy (Adult) -- Case Outline -- Learning Objectives -- Simulator Environment -- Actors -- Case Narrative -- Scoring Rubric -- Summary of Clinical Teaching Points -- References -- Chapter 7: Brain Code (Adult) -- Case Outline -- Learning Objectives -- Simulator Environment -- Actors -- Case Narrative -- Scoring Rubric -- Summary of Clinical Teaching Points -- References -- Chapter 8: Bronchospasm (Pediatric) -- Case Outline -- Learning Objectives -- Simulator Environment -- Actors -- Scenario Development -- Scoring Rubric. Of Clinical Teaching Points -- References -- Chapter 9: Burn Resuscitation (Pediatric) -- Case Outline -- Learning Objectives -- Simulator Environment -- Actors -- Scenario Development -- Scoring Rubric -- Summary of Clinical Teaching Points -- References -- Chapter 10: Button Battery Foreign Body (Pediatric) -- Case Outline -- Learning Objectives -- Simulator Environment -- Actors -- Case Narrative -- Scoring Rubric -- Summary of Clinical Teaching Points -- References -- Chapter 11: Code Sepsis (Adult) -- Case Outline -- Learning Objectives -- Simulator Environment -- Actors.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    References
    Contents
    Contributors
    Chapter 1: Automatic Implantable Cardioverter Defibrillator (AICD) Misfiring (Adult)
    Case Outline
    Learning Objectives
    Simulator Environment
    Actors
    Scenario Development
    Scoring Rubric
    Summary of Clinical Teaching Points
    References
    Chapter 2: Amniotic Fluid Embolism (Adult)
    Case Outline
    Learning Objectives
    Simulator Environment
    Actors
    Scenario Development
    Scoring Rubric
    Summary of Clinical Teaching Points
    References
    Chapter 3: Anaphylaxis (Adult)
    Case Outline Learning Objectives
    Simulator Environment
    Actors
    Scenario Development
    Scoring Rubric
    Summary of Clinical Teaching Points
    References
    Chapter 4: Anterior Mediastinal Mass (Pediatric)
    Case Outline
    Learning Objectives
    Simulator Environment
    Actors
    Case Narrative
    Scoring Rubric
    Summary of Clinical Teaching Points
    Preparation and Anticipation
    In Summary
    References
    Chapter 5: APNEA in Post-Anesthesia Care Unit (Adult)
    Case Outline
    Learning Objectives
    Simulator Environment
    Actors
    Scenario Development
    Scoring Rubric Case Narrative
    Scoring Rubric
    Summary of Clinical Teaching Points
    References
    Chapter 12: Craniosynostosis (Pediatric)
    Case Outline
    Learning Objectives
    Simulator Environment
    Actors
    Case Narrative
    Scoring Rubric
    Summary of Clinical Teaching Points
    References
    Chapter 13: Delivery Room Resuscitation (Pediatric)
    Case Outline
    Learning Objectives
    Simulator Environment
    Actors
    Case Narrative
    Scoring Rubric
    Summary of Clinical Teaching Points
    References
    Chapter 14: Difficult Airway in Obstetrics (Adult)
    Case Outline
    Learning Objectives
    methods
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Hakan Ilaslan, Murali Sundaram.
    Summary: MRI is the only imaging technique that allows direct visualization of bone marrow and its components with good spatial and contrast resolution. Accordingly, it is an optimal imaging modality for bone marrow assessment in both adults and children. This comprehensive atlas is unique in being devoted to the MRI appearances of bone marrow in the axial and appendicular skeleton of adults and children. Normal MRI findings, including common variants and degenerative changes, are first documented. MRI appearances in the entire spectrum of neoplastic and non-neoplastic infiltrative marrow disorders are then presented, with accompanying explanatory text. Among the conditions considered are multiple myeloma, the acute and chronic leukemias, diffuse metastases, diffuse lymphomas, the anemias, polycythemia vera, myelofibrosis, storage disorders, and infections. Characteristic changes to bone marrow following various forms of treatment are also displayed and discussed. The selected images reflect the use of a variety of sequences and techniques, such as fat suppression, and contrast-enhanced imaging.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Paul R. Barach Jeffery P. Jacobs, Steven E. Lipshultz, Peter C. Laussen, editors.
    Summary: This book is the first in a two-volume set of textbooks and focuses on outcomes analysis in pediatric cardiac care, supporting the coverage of quality improvement and patient safety in its sister title. There has been a huge research effort undertaken in pediatric and congenital cardiac care to understand and measure what is done, to establish collaborative definitions and tools of measurement, and to determine robust benchmarks and methodologies to analyze outcomes. This book concentrates on implementation science in terms of continuous quality improvements and safety science and systems. Pediatric and Congenital Cardiac Care: Volume 1 ? Outcomes Analysis reveals the remarkable developments that have been seen in the fields of pediatric cardiology and cardiac surgery. This unique collaboration between four Editors from disparate medical disciplines (cardiac surgery, cardiology, anesthesia, and critical care) incorporates an international community of scholarship with articles by luminaries and cutting edge thinkers on the current and future status of pediatric and congenital cardiac care. The goal of this and its companion volume is to understand and advance the profession and its activities, to use common terms, and to improve the management of risk and safety in order to enhance pediatric and congenital cardiac care.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Paul R. Barach, Jeffery P. Jacobs, Steven E. Lipshultz, Laussen, Peter C. Laussen, editors.
    Summary: This book is the second in a two-volume set of textbooks and focuses on quality improvement and patient safety, supporting the coverage of outcomes analysis in its sister title. There has been a huge research effort undertaken in pediatric cardiac care to understand and measure what is done, to establish collaborative definitions and tools of measurement, and to determine robust benchmarks and methodologies to analyze outcomes. This book concentrates on implementation science in terms of continuous quality improvements and safety science and systems. Pediatric and Congenital Cardiac Care: Volume 2 - Quality Improvement and Patient Safety reveals the remarkable developments that have been seen in the fields of pediatric cardiology and cardiac surgery. This unique collaboration between four Editors from disparate medical disciplines (cardiac surgery, cardiology, anesthesia, and critical care) incorporates an international community of scholarship with articles by luminaries and cutting edge thinkers on the current and future status of pediatric and congenital cardiac care. The goal of this and its companion volume is to understand and advance the profession and its activities, to use common terms, and to improve the management of risk and safety in order to enhance pediatric and congenital cardiac care.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Selection, Training and Mentoring of Cardiac Surgeons
    Improving Pediatric Cardiac Care with Continuous Quality Improvement Methods and Tools
    Quality Improvement in Pediatric Cardiology: The National Pediatric Cardiology Quality Improvement Collaborative
    Teams, Team Training, and the Role of Simulation
    The Cardiac Intensive Care Unit and Operating Room Continuum: Quality and Safety in the Cardiac Intensive Care Unit
    Professional Formation of Physicians Focused on Improving Care
    Surgical Volume and Outcome Relationship in Pediatric Cardiac Surgery
    The Pediatric Perioperative Cardiac Arrest (POCA) Registry
    Reporting in Pediatric Resuscitation: Get With the Guidelines-Resuscitation Registry
    Addressing Nutrition and Growth in Children with Congenital Heart Disease
    Patients as Observers and Reporters in Support of Systems and Patient Safety
    Failure to Rescue and Failure to Perceive in Pediatric Cardiac Surgery: Lessons Learned from Aviation
    Quality Improvement in Noninvasive Imaging?Present and Future Initiatives
    Improving Clinical Outcomes in Pediatric Cardiology
    The Impact of Continuous Quality Improvement on Pediatric Cardiac Surgery
    Leadership and Quality Improvement
    A Brief Description of the Role of the Federal Government in the Improvement of Healthcare Costs and Quality in the United States
    Lessons Learned from the Public
    Inquiry into Children's Heart Surgery at the Bristol Royal Infirmary and the English Safe and Sustainable Cardiac Review
    Lean in the Cardiac Intensive Care Unit
    Local Improvement Teams
    Implementation Science?The Next Frontier
    Leadership, Surgeon Well-Being and Other Non-Technical Aspects of Pediatric Cardiac Surgery
    Quality and Safety in a Children's Hospital
    The Children?s Hospital of Michigan Quality and Safety Journey: Making Safety First and Making It Last
    Resilience and Systems Engineering
    Measuring and Assessing Adverse Medical Events
    The Role of Communication and Patient Handovers in Pediatric Cardiac Care Centers
    The Role of Technology and Medical Devices in Enhancing Pediatric Cardiac Critical Care Outcomes
    Human Factors and Outcomes in Pediatric Cardiac Surgery
    Information Management and Hospital Enterprise Information Systems
    Towards Effective Data Utilization in Congenital Cardiac Critical Care
    Clinical Decision Making
    Design of Cardiac Surgery Operating Rooms and the Impact of the Built Environment
    Simulation-Based Training to Enhance Patient Safety in Pediatric Cardiovascular Care
    Epilogue ?A Vision for the Future.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Eduardo M. Da Cruz, Dunbar Ivy, James Jaggers, editors.
    Summary: Pediatric and Congenital Cardiology, Cardiac Surgery and Intensive Care provides a consistent and comprehensive approach to multiple congenital and acquired cardiac pathologies pre, peri and postoperatively, with the use of algorhythms, guidelines and current research issues. Included with this book are interactive videos with the most common interventions, online access to practical learning activities, and to the comprehensive Aristotle score and database. This reference work satisfies the need for a universal and practical review of management of critically ill children and adults with congenital heart disease, based upon taskforce decisions and the cumulative experience of the world leaders in the field.

    Contents:
    General aspects
    Fetal cardiology
    Assessment of the cardiac patient
    Preventive cardiology
    Cardiovascular anesthesia
    Cardio-pulmonary bypass
    Monitoring of the cardiac patient
    Cardiopulmonary and intracardiac interactions
    Cardiovascular pharmacology
    General principles of interventional cardiac catheterization
    Innovative interventional techniques
    Cardiopulmonary resuscitation
    Nursing issues related to the cardiac patient
    Congenital cardiovascular diseases in pediatrics
    Cardiovascular dysfunction in infants, children and adolescents
    Pulmonary hypertension
    Systemic vasculopathies
    Acquired cardiac diseases
    The adult with congenital cardiac defects
    Extracorporeal life support (ecls) of the cardiac patient
    Heart and lung transplant
    Arrhythmias and conductive disorders
    Upper airway and tracheal pathology
    Extra-cardiac issues and complications
    Outcomes, long term follow-up and cardiac recovery
    Leadership issues of a pediatric heart center
    Miscellaneous.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Kirk Lalwani, Ira Todd Cohen, Ellen Y. Choi, and Vidya T. Raman
    Summary: This volume, part of the Problem-Based Learning series, reviews key topics in Pediatric Anesthesia found on the American Board of Anesthesiology's Pediatric Anesthesiology Certification Exam using illustrative clinical cases. With real-world clinical cases and discussion questions that guide case progression, this book facilitates both individual and small-group learning. Each case is further broken down to include additional related subtopics for maximum yield. Evidence-based reviews and multiple-choice self-assessment questions follow each case, making this book ideal for continuing education in pediatric anesthesia for the generalist and specialist practitioner. Teachers and trainees in anesthesiology will take advantage of this book's features for targeted teaching, learning, and retention.
    Digital Access Oxford 2018
  • Digital
    Robert S. Holzman, Thomas J. Mancuso, Joseph P. Cravero, James A. DiNardo, editors.
    Summary: This text is designed for those who may become consultants in pediatric anesthesia. It is based on a curriculum developed since 1992 to illustrate the breadth and depth of the practice of pediatric anesthesia and the program is an integral part of the didactic series in the Department of Anesthesiology, Perioperative and Pain Medicine at Boston Children's Hospital. This second edition has the same purpose as the first -- to accompany the reader's journey in attaining proficiency, expertise and finally, mastery in pediatric anesthesiology. The format of the book is designed to encourage the readers' free flow of ideas and the written examinations, seen at the beginning of the text as a baseline in pediatric medicine, are primarily knowledge-based, reflecting factual medical information necessary for the subspecialty practice of pediatric anesthesiology. With this basic guidance, the reader can bring him or herself "into the operating room" and manage the patient in an expert fashion.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Robert S. Holzman, Thomas J. Mancuso, Joseph P. Cravero, James A. DiNardo.
    Summary: This book functions as a workbook for consultants in pediatric anesthesia. Based on a curriculum developed at the Boston Children's Hospital Department of Anesthesiology, the content illustrates the breadth and depth of the practice of pediatric anesthesia. Organized into two parts, the book seeks to provide a sense of progression and feedback using clinical scenarios to aid the medical professional in developing autonomy, while preserving the availability of expert level discussion. Each chapter features self-assessments in question and answer format, and encourages the reader to be creative in their responses by invoking not only their clinical knowledge, but their philosophical views of pediatric anesthesia practice as well. Practical and accessible, The Pediatric Anesthesiology Review is an essential resource for those looking to attain proficiency, expertise, and mastery in pediatric anesthesiology.

    Contents:
    Part I. PEDIATRIC MEDICINE FOR PEDIATRIC ANESTHESIOLOGISTS
    1.General Pediatrics.-2. Newborn Medicine
    3. Respiratory System
    4. Cardiology
    5. The Musculoskeletal System
    6. Hematology/Oncology
    7. Surgery
    Part II. CONSULTATIONS IN PEDIATRIC ANESTHESIA
    8. Prematurity and Extreme Prematurity
    9. Newborn Emergencies
    10. Fetal Surgery
    11. Conjoined Twins
    12. Neuroanesthesia
    13. Orthopedics I
    Spine Surgery
    14. Orthopedics II
    15. Congenital Bone and Connective Tissue Disorders
    16. Otolaryngology
    17. Craniofacial and Maxillofacial Surgery
    18. Ophthalmology
    19. Respiratory System
    20. Thoracic Surgery.-21. Cardiac I
    22. Cardiac II
    23. Cardiac III
    24. Cardiac IV
    Mechanical Support.-25. Genitourinary System
    26. Transplantation
    27. Minimally Invasive Surgery
    28. Ambulatory Surgical Procedures
    29. Anesthesia Outside the Operating Room
    30. Vascular Anomalies
    31. Dental Procedures
    32. Trauma I
    33. Trauma II
    34. Burns
    35. Behavioral Issues
    36. Adolescents
    37. Obesity and Surgery
    38. Gastrointestinal Disease
    39. Renal Disease
    40. Acid-Base Disturbances
    41. Skin Disorders
    42. Allergy and Immunology
    43. Inborn Errors of Metabolism
    44. Infectious Diseases
    45. Neuromuscular Diseases
    46. Endocrinopathies
    47. Equipment and Monitoring
    48. Regional Anesthesia
    49. Pain Management
    50. Post Anesthesia Care Unit
    51. Critical Care Unit
    52. Resuscitation.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Print
    Jane R. Madell, PhD, FAAA, CCC-A/SLP, LSLS Cert AVT, Director Pediatric Audiology Consulting, New York, New York, Carol Flexer, PhD, FAAA, CCC-A, LSLS Cert AVT, Consultant in Pediatric Audiology Distinguished Professor Emeritus, Audiology School of Speech-Language Pathology and Audiology The University of Akron, Akron, Ohio, Jace Wolfe, PhD, CCC-A, Director of Audiology Hearts for Hearing Foundation Adjunct Assistant Professor Department of Audiology University of Oklahoma Health Sciences Center, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma, Erin C. Schafer, PhD, FAAA, CCC-A, Professor Department of Audiology and Speech-Language Pathology College of Health and Public Service University of North Texas, Denton, Texas.
    Summary: "Leverages real-life cases to foster in-depth understanding of pediatric audiology Pediatric Audiology Casebook, Second Edition is fully updated with more than 60 new cases presented in four sections, covering all facets of the diagnosis and management of hearing disorders in children. Renowned experts Jane R. Madell, Carol Flexer and rising stars Jace Wolfe and Erin C. Schafer have compiled an impressive compendium of basic to complex diagnostic cases, covering the most salient topics in the field. The book effectively bridges the gap between content knowledge and clinical application, enabling readers to put acquired theory into active practice by engaging in problem-based learning. Key Features - All cases include key information for diagnosing and managing pediatric patients: clinical history, audiologic testing, evaluative reader questions, thought-provoking answers, definitive diagnosis, recommended treatment options, and final outcome - Expanded use of cochlear implants including implant performance issues - Overcoming challenges from family non-compliance and complicated mapping to professional collaboration and multidisciplinary assessments. Paired with the best-selling textbook Pediatric Audiology: Diagnosis, Technology, and Management, Third Edition, this robust classroom duo is an essential resource for instructors and students alike. Acquire in-depth knowledge from the textbook, apply it to practical case studies, and achieve deeper understanding of the full spectrum of pediatric audiology"--Provided by publisher.
  • Digital
    Farzaneh Rahmani, Nima Rezaei, editors.
    Summary: This book is a collection of case-based questions, directed towards and meticulously selected to cover the most common and important aspects of pediatric autoimmune disorders. Autoimmune disorders of infancy and childhood, rheumatological disorders, dermatologic autoimmune disorders, autoinflammatory disorders, and clinical immunology in solid organ and hematopoietic stem cell transplantation are among the topics covered. Each chapter starts with a case description followed by a series of 5-6 multiple choice questions (MCQ), presenting the flow from diagnosis to treatment in a step-wise, logical manner. The text guides the reader through the stream of real clinical practice from initial presentation, differential diagnosis, next best step, lab data, and definitive diagnosis to management and adverse effects of therapy. This MCQ format along with precise, yet detailed answer ensure a quick, reality learning to the reader. The book provides a quick guide and hands-on learning experience for pediatricians, hematologists, immunologists, transplant specialists, pulmonologists, as well as PhD and post-graduate researchers around the world.

    Contents:
    Introduction to Autoimmunity, Secondary Immunodeficiency, and Transplantation-Fever and Cervical Lymphadenopathy-Prolonged Refractory High Fever-Pain in Both Knees-Challenging Pain in Knee and Ankle-Fever and Urticarial Rash-Knee Swelling and Rash-Malaise, Weight Loss and Intermittent Fever-Anemia, Microhematuria and Proteinuria-Fever, Anasarca and Arthralgia-Bradycardia in a Neonate-Annular Rash in a Neonate
    Itchy Facial Rash
    Muscle Weakness and Fever-Pruritic Erythematous Rashes on Face and Eyelids-Edema of Hands and Hypopigmented Lesions on Her Neck and Cheeks-Asymptomatic Atrophic Plaque on the Face-Morbiliform Rash and Fever-Recurrent Interstitial Keratitis and Audiovestibular Dysfunction-Breathlessness and Weight Loss
    Neck Swelling and Fever
    Puffy Face and Abdominal Distension
    Hematuria and Abdominal Mass-Pitting Edema and Desquamation-Fever and Cutaneous Nodules
    Neck Stiffness and Fever-Rash and Generalized Body Pains-Positive HIV and Violet Macular Rash-Weight Loss and Tuberculin Skin Test Anergy-Edema on Lower Limbs-Asthenia and Fatigue-Infections, Whitish Skin Papules and Subcutaneous Nodules-Recurrent Pneumonia and History of Transplantation-Painful Skin Nodules, Prolonged Fever and Cervical Lymphadenopathy-Malaise, Laryngitis and Fever-Acute Myeloid Leukemia Requiring Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation
    Acute Myeloid Leukemia Requiring Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation-Suspected Immunodeficiency
    Acute Myeloid Leukemia Requiring Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation
    T-Lymphoblastic Lymphoma
    No Lymphocytes in an Infant
    DOCK8 Deficiency and No Matched Donor
    Diarrhea Post-HSCT
    Follow-Up of a Severe Combined Immunodeficiency, Who Received Bone-Marrow-Transplantation Four Decades Ago
    Nonalcoholic Steatohepatitis Referred for Liver Transplantation
    Acute Respiratory Distress during Stem Cell Infusion
    Acute Dyspnea after Platelet Transfusion-Requiring Immunization after Rescue Autologous HSCT-Fever and Abdominal Pain-Prolonged Fever, Rash and Mucosal Bleeding-Recurrent Infections, Diarrhea and Hypereosinophilia-Liver Transplantation Who Developed Pancytopenia Post-Transplantation-Kidney Transplant Candidate Showing Presence of Pre-Formed Donor-Specific-Antibodies Against a Prospective Living Donor
    Heart Transplant Candidate Who Required Extra-Corporal Membrane-Oxygenation (ECMO)-Acute Antibody-Mediated Rejection (AMR) Transplantation with Negative-Prospective Crossmatch Results-Kidney Transplantation in a Patient with End Stage Renal Disease (ESRD)-Secondary to Focal Segmental Glomerulosclerosis-Itchy Violaceous Plaques
    Photosensitivity and Bullous Lesions-Recurrent Bullous Lesions-Refractory Blisters and Erosions-Annular Blisters and Erosions-Vesicular Pruriginous Lesions
    Widespread Vesiculobullous Rash-Itchy Skin Rashes
    Blisters on Back and Upper Extremities-Itchy Blisters-Sudden Onset Grouped Blisters-Pruritic Blisters
    Widespread Depigmented and Hypopigmented Patches
    Whitish Patches
    Hyperpigmented Patches-Outbreaks of Erythematous and Necrotic Papules with Hemorrhagic Crusts
    Persistant, Annular Urticarial Plaque
    Yellow, Reddish Brown Skin Lesions
    Erythroderma
    Erythematous Scaly Plaques
    Multiple Circinate, Sterile, Flaccid, Relapsing Pustules
    Purpuric Macules and Oral Erosions
    Diffuse Skin Rash and Mucosal Lesions
    Painful Facial Ulceration
    Patchy Hair Loss
    Concerning Weight Loss Over Three Weeks
    Toddler with Bruising on Knees.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Areej Hassan, MD, MPH.
    Contents:
    Determinants of dietary behavior among youth : an umbrella review / Ester F.C. Sleddens, Willemieke Kroeze, Leonie F.M. Kohl, Laura M. Bolten, Elizabeth Velema, Pam J. Kaspers, Johannes Brug, and Stef P.J. Kremers
    Dietary intake of children participating in the USDA summer food service program / Betty Del Rio-Rodriguez and Karen W. Cullen
    Parental feeding practices and child weight status in Mexican American families : a longitudinal analysis / Jeanne M. Tschann, Suzanna M. Martinez, Carlos Penilla, Steven E. Gregorich, Lauri A. Pasch, Cynthia L. De Groat, Elena Flores, Julianna Deardorff, Louise C. Greenspan, and Nancy F. Butte
    Development of the general parenting observational scale to assess parenting during family meals / Kyung E Rhee, Susan Dickstein, Elissa Jelalian, Kerri Boutelle, Ronald Seifer, and Rena Wing
    Mealtime behavior among siblings and body mass index of 4-8 year olds : a videotaped observational study / Rana H. Mosli, Alison L. Miller, Niko Kaciroti, Karen E. Peterson, Katherine Rosenblum, Ana Baylin, and Julie C. Lumeng
    Frequency and socio-demographic correlates of eating meals out and take-away meals at home : cross-sectional analysis of the UK national diet and nutrition survey, waves 1-4 (2008-12) / Jean Adams, Louis Goffe, Tamara Brown, Amelia A. Lake, Carolyn Summerbell, Martin White, Wendy Wrieden, and Ashley J. Adamson
    Feeding practices of low-income mothers : how do they compare to current recommendations? / Thomas G. Power, Sheryl O. Hughes, L. Suzanne Goodell, Susan L. Johnson, J. Andrea Jaramillo Duran, Kimberly Williams, Ashley D. Beck, and Leslie A. Frankel
    Overweight among students aged 11-15 years and its relationship with breakfast, area of residence and parents' education : results from the Italian HBSC 2010 cross-sectional study / Giacomo Lazzeri, Mariano Vincenzo Giacchi, Angela Spinelli, Andrea Pammolli, Paola Dalmasso, Paola Nardone, Anna Lamberti, and Franco Cavallo
    Maternal educational level and children's healthy eating behaviour : role of the home food environment (cross-sectional results from the inpact study) / Wilke J.C. Van Ansem, Carola T.M. Schrijvers, Gerda Rodenburg, and Dike Van De Mheen
    A pilot study of a pictorial bilingual nutrition education game to improve the consumption of healthful foods in a head start population / Veronica Piziak
    Blending better beverage options : a nutrition education and experiential workshop for youths / Kathy K. Isoldi and Veronika Dolar
    Self-regulation and the management of childhood obesity / Moria Golan and Rachel Bachner-Melman
    Weight self-regulation process in adolescence : the relationship between control weight attitudes, behaviors, and body weight status / Jordi Pich, Maria del Mar Bibiloni, Antoni Pons, and Josep A. Tur
    The role of self-regulating abilities in long-term weight loss in severely obese children and adolescents undergoing intensive combined lifestyle interventions (HELIOS) : rationale, design, and methods / Jutka Halberstadt, Sabine Makkes, Emely de Vet, Anita Jansen, Chantal Nederkoorn, Olga H. van der Baan-Slootweg, and Jacob C. Seidell
    Enhancing self-regulation as a strategy for obesity prevention in head start preschoolers : the growing healthy study / Alison L. Miller, Mildred A. Horodynski, Holly E. Brophy Herb, Karen E. Peterson, Dawn Contreras, Niko Kaciroti, Julie Staples-Watson, and Julie C. Lumeng.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2017
  • Digital
    John J. Hutton, editor.
    Summary: The book describes the core resources in informatics necessary to support biomedical research programs and how these can best be integrated with hospital systems to receive clinical information that is necessary to conduct translational research. The focus is on the authors' recent practical experiences in establishing an informatics infrastructure in a large research-intensive children's hospital. This book is intended for translational researchers and informaticians in pediatrics, but can also serve as a guide to all institutions facing the challenges of developing and strengthening informatics support for biomedical research. The first section of the book discusses important technical challenges underlying computer-based pediatric research, while subsequent sections discuss informatics applications that support biobanking and a broad range of research programs. Pediatric Biomedical Informatics provides practical insights into the design, implementation, and utilization of informatics infrastructures to optimize care and research to benefit children. .
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Amy L. Dunn, Bryce A. Kerlin, Sarah H. O'Brien, Melissa J. Rose, Riten Kumar.
    Summary: This clinical casebook provides a concise, state-of-the-art review of pediatric bleeding disorders. Presented in a case-based format, each case presents a different variant of bleeding disorder, illustrates the etiology, pathology, genetics, diagnosis, and management of the disorder, and offers clinical pearls. Disorders covered include hemophilia A and B, rare factor deficiencies, von Willebrand disease, immune thrombocytopenia purpura, and platelet dysfunctions. Written by experts in the field, Pediatric Bleeding Disorders: A Clinical Casebook is a valuable resource for clinicians and practitioners treating patients with challenging coagulation issues.

    Contents:
    Management of an Infant with Hemophilia A
    Clinical Care of a Child with Hemophilia A and Inhibitors
    Diagnosis and Management of a Patient with Newly Diagnosed Hemophilia B
    Approach to a Child with Hemophilia B and Anaphylaxis to Factor IX
    Manifestations and Treatment of Congenital Fibrinogen Deficiency
    Diagnosis and Management of FVII Deficiency
    Approach to Mucosal Bleeding in an Adolescent with FXI Deficiency
    Recognition and Care of a Newborn with FXIII Deficiency
    Classification and Management of Type 1 von Willebrand Disease
    Presentation and Management of Type 2 von Willebrand Disease
    Clinical Approach to Type III von Willebrand Disease
    Pathophysiology and Management of Acquired von Willebrand Syndrome
    Approach to a Patient with Sudden Onset Mucocutaneous Bleeding and Thrombocytopenia
    A Pre-teen Female with Fatigue and Incidental Finding of Thrombocytopenia
    Diagnosis and Management of an Infant with Micro Thrombocytopenia
    Care of a Toddler with Epistaxis and Bernard-Soulier Syndrome
    Caring for an Infant with Heelstick Bleeding
    Approach to a Child with Epistaxis and Macrothrombocytopenia
    Recognition and Management of Congenital Platelet Granule Disorders.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Osama I. Naga, editor.
    Summary: Building upon the highly successful 1st edition, this book is a comprehensive review designed to prepare pediatric residents, fellows, and pediatricians for the General Pediatrics Certifying Examination, and for the American Board of Pediatrics Maintenance of Certification. Pediatric Board Study Guide: A Last Minute Review, 2nd edition, covers all aspects of pediatric medicine; each chapter has been updated according to the most recent content specifications provided by the ABP. The 2nd edition provides more illustrations, diagrams, radiology images, and clinical case scenarios to further assist readers in reviewing pediatric subspecialties. New chapter topics include nutrition, sports medicine, patient safety, quality improvement, ethics, and pharmacology. Finally, the book closes with a ?Last Minute Review? of high-yield cases arranged in the same sequence as the chapters, providing readers with a concise study guide of critical cases and conditions. Pediatric residents and fellows preparing for the board examination, pediatricians, and pediatric subspecialists preparing for certification maintenance will find Pediatric Board Study Guide: A Last Minute Review, 2nd edition easy to use and comprehensive, making it the ideal resource and study tool. .

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. General Pediatrics
    Chapter 2. Neonatology
    Chapter 3. Adolescent Medicine
    Chapter 4.Genetic Disorders
    Chapter 5.Metabolic Disorders
    Chapter 6.Mental and Behavioral Health
    Chapter 7.Emergency Medicine
    Chapter 8.Critical Care
    Chapter 9.Infectious Diseases
    Chapter 10.Hematology/Oncology
    Chapter 11. Allergy and Immunology
    Chapter 12. Endocrinology
    Chapter 13.Orthopedics
    Chapter 14. Sports Medicine
    Chapter 15. Rheumatology
    Chapter 16.Neurology
    Chapter 17.Ophthalmology
    Chapter 18.Ear, Nose, and Throat
    Chapter 19.Cardiology
    Chapter 20.Pulmonology
    Chapter 21. Nutrition
    Chapter 22. Gastroenterology
    Chapter 23. Fluid and Electrolytes
    Chapter 24.Nephrology
    Chapter 25.Urology
    Chapter 26.Dermatology
    Chapter 27 .Psychosocial Issues and Child Abuse
    Chapter 28.Ethics
    Chapter 29.Research and Statistics
    Chapter 30.Patient Safety and Quality Improvement
    Chapter 31. Pharmacology and Pain Management
    Chapter 32. Radiology Review
    Last Minute Review.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Edward Y. Lee, Mark C. Liszewski, Michael S. Gee, Pedro Daltro, Ricardo Restrepo.
    Summary: This book is a unique, authoritative and clinically oriented text on pediatric body MRI. It is your one-step reference for current information on pediatric body MRI addressing all aspects of congenital and acquired disorders. The easy-to-navigate text is divided into 17 chapters. Each chapter is organized to comprehensively cover the latest MRI techniques, fundamental embryology and anatomy, normal development and anatomic variants, key clinical presentation, characteristic imaging findings with MRI focus, differential diagnosis and pitfalls, as well as up-to-date management and treatment. Written by internationally known pediatric radiology experts and editorial team lead by acclaimed author, Edward Y. Lee, MD, MPH, this book is an ideal guide for practicing radiologists, radiology trainees, MRI technologists as well as clinicians in other specialties who are interested in pediatric body MRI.

    Contents:
    SECTION I: MRI of Pediatric Thorax
    Lung and Pleura
    Large Airways
    Great Vessels
    Mediastinum
    Chest Wall and Diaphragm
    SECTION II: MRI of Pediatric Abdomen and Pelvis
    Liver
    Bile Duct and Gallbladder
    Pancreas
    Spleen
    Adrenal Glands
    Gastrointestinal Tract
    Kidney, Ureter, and Bladder
    Male Genital Tract
    Female Genital Tract
    Peritoneum and Retroperitoneum.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Nathaniel H. Robin, Meagan Farmer.
    Contents:
    Epidemiology of childhood cancer
    The genetic evaluation of a child with cancer
    Genetic counseling
    Cancer genetics and biology
    Genetic syndromes with an associated cancer risk
    Cancer syndromes that present in childhood
    Ethical and legal issues
    Multidisciplinary care of the pediatric cancer patient
    Case examples
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Daniela Cristina Stefan, Mhamed Harif.
    Summary: This text is the only book of its kind to provide specific guidance applicable to limited resource settings and builds up from the foundation of general practitioner or general pediatrician competence. Written and edited by leaders in the field, this manual educates physicians on the essential components of the discipline, filtered through the experience of specialists from developing countries, with immediate applicability in the specific healthcare environment in these countries. Typically, manuals of pediatric hematology-oncology are written by specialists from high-income countries, and usually target an audience with a sub-specialist level of training, often assisted by cutting-edge diagnostic and treatment facilities. However, approximately 80% of new cases of cancer in children appear in mid- and low-income countries. Almost invariably, general practitioners or general pediatricians without special training in oncology will look after children with malignancies who enter the health care system in these countries. The diagnostic facilities are usually limited, as are the treatment options. The survival figures in these conditions are somewhere below 20%, while in high-income countries they are in the range of 80% for many childhood cancers. This book includes simplified therapy protocols, pain therapy and palliation, as well as ward procedures such as bone marrow aspiration/biopsies, intravenous therapy and chemotherapy drugs mixing. It provides an overview of pediatric cancer epidemiology, cancer registration and organizing support networks and features the management of cancers with associated pathology like AIDS, malnutrition, malaria and tuberculosis.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Jorge DiMartino, Gregory H. Reaman, Franklin O. Smith, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive overview of the scientific, medical, regulatory, and economic considerations associated with the discovery, development, and delivery of novel therapeutics for children with cancer. Co-authored by a diverse team from academic, government, and industry backgrounds, the book describes the steps in the process from the identification of a promising therapeutic target to the evaluation of drug candidates in the various phases of clinical testing and regulatory review. Throughout, special emphasis is placed on the unique biology of pediatric malignancies and the medical and social needs of children and their families. In providing a firm grounding in the drug development process, the book will be of value to all with an interest in how medicines currently used to treat pediatric cancer were made available. This includes trainees as well as established practitioners and others participating in translational and clinical research in the academic setting.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    1: History of Drug Development for Children with Cancer
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Initial Progress
    1.3 Rise of the Cancer Cooperative Groups
    1.4 Impact of Regulation to Improve Safety and Efficacy Federal Laws Providing a Regulatory Framework for Drug Development in Children
    1.5 Indications
    1.6 Summary
    References
    2: Targeted Small Molecule Drug Discovery
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Stage Gating
    2.3 Phenotypic Drug Discovery
    2.4 Target-Based Drug Discovery: Considerations for Target Selection/Identification 2.5 Target-Based Drug Discovery: Identifying Chemical Starting Points
    2.6 Hit-to-Lead
    2.7 Lead Optimization
    2.8 Candidate Nomination
    References
    3: An FDA Oncology Perspective of Juvenile Toxicity Studies to Support Pediatric Drug Development
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Should a JAS Be Considered?
    3.2.1 ICH S11: Nonclinical Safety Testing in Support of Development of Pediatric Medicines
    3.2.2 ICH S9: Nonclinical Evaluation for Anticancer Pharmaceuticals Questions and Answers
    3.3 Dinutuximab and Naxitamab
    3.4 TRK Inhibitors
    3.5 Conclusion
    References 4: Design and Statistical Considerations for Early Phase Clinical Trials in Pediatric Oncology
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Rule-Based Designs
    4.2.1 Traditional 3 + 3 Design
    4.2.2 Accelerated Titration Design
    4.2.3 Rolling Six Design
    4.3 Model-Based Designs
    4.3.1 Continual Reassessment Method (CRM)
    4.3.2 EWOC and BLRM
    4.3.3 TITE-CRM and TITE-EWOC
    4.4 Model-Assisted Designs
    4.4.1 Modified Toxicity Probability Interval (mTPI) Design
    4.4.2 Keyboard Design
    4.4.3 Bayesian Optimal Interval (BOIN) Design
    4.5 New Designs
    4.5.1 Modified 4 + 4 Design 4.6 Conclusions
    References
    5: Exploratory Clinical Development: From First in Humans to Phase 3 Ready
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 The Therapeutic Hypothesis
    5.3 Dose and Schedule Determination
    5.4 Clinical Proof of Concept (PoC)
    5.5 Putting It All Together: Combined Phase 1-2 Studies
    5.6 A Role for Pediatric Cancer in Exploratory Drug Development
    References
    6: Gene and Cell Therapy: How to Build a BioDrug
    6.1 Introduction
    6.2 BioDrug ToolKit: Cells
    6.2.1 Hematopoietic Stem Cells (HSCs)
    6.2.2 T Lymphocytes
    6.2.3 Natural Killer (NK) Cells
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Viviane G. Nasr, James A. DiNardo.
    Contents:
    The Basics. Cardiovascular Development
    Important Concepts in Congenital Heart Disease
    Preoperative Evaluation
    Intraoperative Management
    Interpretation of Cardiac Catheterization Data
    Cardiopulmonary Bypass
    Mechanical Support Devices
    Specific Lesions. Patent Ductus Arteriosus
    Aortopulmonary Window
    Coarctation of the Aorta
    Atrial Septal Defect
    Ventricular Septal Defect
    Atrioventricular Canal Defects
    Double Outlet Right Ventricle
    Truncus Arteriosus
    Total Anomalous Pulmonary Venous Return
    Left Ventricular Outflow Tract Obstruction
    Mitral Valve
    Pulmonary Atresia/Intact Ventricular Septum (PA/IVS)
    Tetralogy of Fallot (TOF)
    Tetralogy of Fallot with Pulmonary Atresia (TOF/PA)
    Tetralogy of Fallot with Absent Pulmonary Valve (TOF/APV)
    Transposition of the Great Arteries (TGA)
    Single-Ventricle Lesions
    Hypoplastic Left Heart Syndrome
    Interrupted Aortic Arch
    Vascular Rings
    Tricuspid Atresia
    Heart Transplantation
    Heart-Lung and Lung Transplantation
    Anomalous Origin of the Left Coronary Artery from the Pulmonary Artery (ALCAPA)
    Heterotaxy
    Ebstein Anomaly.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Dilachew A. Adebo, editor.
    Summary: This book serves as a comprehensive guide to pediatric cardiac computed tomography (CT), particularly for patients with congenital heart disease. Congenital heart disease (CHD) is the leading cause of congenital abnormalities (8/1000 of live births). Over the past two decades, the diagnostic medical approach has significantly changed with a considerable increase in the number of CT studies in pediatric patients. Preoperative surgical or interventional planning for children with CHD remains crucial and challenging, but despite this and the advancement in the development of new CT techniques and radiation dose reduction methods, there are limited books addressing pediatric cardiac CT. This work fills that gap by offering a complete look at the techniques and clinical utilization for pediatric cardiac CT with liberal use of images. The text begins with overarching themes of pediatric cardiac CT, like its advantages and techniques, and moves into covering different areas of the heart and possible presentations, like atrioventricular connections and cardiac tumors. Each chapter begins with a short introduction section followed by preoperative and postoperative cardiac CT imaging, management approach, and short-term and long-term outcomes. This book also describes the novel technologies being used for three-dimensional modelling and three-dimensional printing in the surgical preparation of patients with complex congenital heart disease. This book is the first to address pediatric cardiac CT image fusion to fluoroscopy to guide cardiac catheterization in patients with complex congenital heart disease. Radiation dose reduction during cardiac catheterization is also an important part of diagnostic and interventional cardiac catheterization that is covered in detail. The book concludes with an overarching look of the role cardiac CT plays in the pre- and post-operative evaluation of congenital heart disease in children. This book is an ideal guide for pediatric radiologists, pediatric cardiologists, pediatric cardiothoracic surgeons, related trainees, and any physician interested in advanced cardiac imaging.

    Contents:
    Advantages of Cardiac CT Scan over Other Diagnostic Techniques
    Techniques of Cardiac CT Scan: Patient Preparation, Contrast Medium, Scanning and Postprocessing
    Evaluation of Cardiac Malposition, Cardiac Segmental Approach, and Heterotaxy Syndrome
    Systemic Venous Anomalies
    Anomalous Pulmonary Venous Connections and Cor Triatriatum
    Septal Defects: Atrial Septal Defects, Ventricular Septal Defects, Atrioventricular Septal Defects, and Unroofed Coronary Sinus
    Atrioventricular Valves: Tricuspid Valve
    Atrioventricular Valves: Congenital Mitral Valve Abnormalities
    Atrioventricular Connections: Double Inlet Ventricle, Atrioventricular Discordance, Congenitally Corrected Transposition of Great Arteries
    Right Ventricular Outflow Tract: Pulmonary Valve Stenosis
    Right Ventricular Outflow Tract: Pulmonary Atresia with Intact Ventricular Septum
    Right Ventricular Outflow Tract: Pulmonary Valve Atresia, Ventricular Septal Defect, Major Aortopulmonary Collateral Arteries
    Right Ventricular Outflow Tract: Tetralogy of Fallot
    Right Ventricular Outflow Tract: Absent Pulmonary Valve Syndrome
    Left Ventricular Outflow Tract: Congenital Aortic Valve and Left Ventricular Outflow Anomalies
    Left Ventricular Outflow Tract: Hypoplastic Left Heart Syndrome
    Double Outlet Right Ventricle
    Dextro-Transposition of Great Arteries
    Truncus Arteriosus
    Anomalous Aortic Origin of Pulmonary Arteries.-Anomalous Coronary Arteries
    Aneurysm of the Sinus of Valsalva, Aorta-Left Ventricle Tunnel
    Aortopulmonary Window
    Aortic Arch Anomalies: Coarctation of Aorta and Aortic Arch Hypoplasia
    Aortic Arch Anomalies: Aortic Arch Interruption
    Vascular Rings and Slings
    Cardiac Tumors
    Cardiac Computed Tomography after Single Ventricle Palliation
    Cardiac Computed Tomography in Evaluation of Ventricular Function
    Role of Cardiac CT in Pre-operative and Post-operative Evaluation of Congenital Heart Defects in Children
    Non-cardiac Findings of Cardiac CT.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Nikolaus A. Haas, Ulrich Kleideiter ; translator, Melanie Nassar ; illustrators, Rose Baumann, Heike Hübner.
    Contents:
    Basics and diagnostics
    Clinical history and examination in pediatric cardiology
    Electrocardiography
    Echocardiography
    Chest X-ray
    Cardiac magnetic resonance imaging and computed tomography
    Nuclear medicine in pediatric cardiology
    Pediatric exercise testing
    Cardiac catheterization
    Electrophysiology studies
    Leading synptoms
    Cyanosis
    Cardiac murmurs
    Chest pain
    Palpitations
    Syncope
    Syndromes
    Congenital heart defects
    Acquired cardiac diseases
    Cardiomyopathies
    Cardiac arrhythmias
    Heart failure
    Arterial hypertension
    Pulmonary hypertension
    Eisenmenger syndrome
    Syndromic diseases with cardiac involvement
    Treatment
    Interventional catheterization
    Postoperative pediatric cardiac treatment
    Operations with cardiopulmonary bypass
    Mechanical circulatory support systems
    Initial treatment of critically ill neonates with cardiac defects
    Heart transplantation
    Vaccinations for pediatric patients with cardiac disease
    Pharmacological treatment.
    Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2015
  • Digital
    Christine M. Houser.
    Summary: Often, information in review books can raise as many questions as it answers. This interferes with the study process, because the learner must either look up additional information or skip ahead without truly comprehending what he or she has read. As an alternative, Pediatric Cardiology and Pulmonology: A Practically Painless Review presents bite-sized chunks of information that can be read and processed rapidly, helping learners to stay active while studying to understand and process new information the first time they read it. This book's question and answer format allows for self-testing or study with a partner or a group. The format also facilitates dipping into the book during a few minutes of downtime at the hospital or office. Pediatric Cardiology and Pulmonology: A Practically Painless Review is a quick and easy way to master these tricky topics and is suitable for those studying for the pediatric board exam, practicing physicians brushing up on their skills, medical students and pediatric residents doing rotations, and any busy clinician who wants to learn more about these topics while on the go.

    Contents:
    General Cardiology Question and Answer Items
    Pulmonology: The Lungs, Oxygen and Perfusion
    General Pulmonary Question and Answer Items
    Selected Cardiopulmonary Topics.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    volume editors, Paolo Nucci.
    Digital Access Karger 2016
  • Digital
    Siddharth Agrawal, editor.
    Summary: The book covers all clinical aspects of pediatric cataract surgery. Chapters cover basic sciences, etiology, pre-operative evaluation, choice of intraocular lenses, steps of surgery, complications, considerations in traumatic cataract and post-operative rehabilitation. It includes photographs, diagrams, flow charts and tables for easy memorization and understanding. Multiple choice questions at the end of each chapter help to evaluate the understanding and reinforce important concepts. The book aims to encourage ophthalmic surgeons to successfully treat children with cataract as all of them perform adult cataract surgeries but usually avoid managing pediatric cases. This hesitation is primarily due to exhaustive pre-operative evaluation and long term follow up. As a result the back log of this disease in the developing world is significant and many such children are unable to receive timely intervention during their crucial period of visual development. The chapters primarily focus on the clinically relevant issues to keep the reader interested. The book includes contributions from some of the most talented and experienced pediatric cataract surgeons. The book is relevant for ophthalmologists not commonly practicing pediatric cataract surgery and post graduate students.

    Contents:
    The pediatric eye
    Etiology (including genetics) of pediatric cataract
    Pre-operative evaluation of pediatric cataract
    Intraocular lenses in pediatric patients
    Pediatric cataract surgery
    Complications and subsequent procedures after cataract surgery in children
    Considerations in traumatic cataract in children
    Post-operative rehabilitation after cataract surgery in children.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Courtney L. Kraus, editor.
    Summary: Pediatric Cataract Surgery and IOL Implantation: A Case Based Guide is a must-have resource for ophthalmologists, surgeons, residents, and fellows who work with pediatric cataracts and their surgical management as well as ancillary readers such as parents or supportive caregivers to a child with cataracts. This book offers a comprehensive overview of the epidemiology of pediatric cataract surgery and IOL considerations and implantation. It addresses pre-operative considerations and examinations as well as surgical steps and techniques for various pediatric cataract conditions. Chapters begin with an introduction and are followed by discussions that offer countering viewpoints and case studies. In addition, chapters illustrate the complexity of the management of pediatric lens opacities. The book closes with a case-based approach to special considerations in IOL implantation: including considerations in the uveaitic patient, placement without capsular support, and cataract surgery in the developing world. Providing thoughtful chapters that seek to expand on the currently available literature without redundancy, this book a solid companion piece to any other text discussing pediatric cataracts.

    Contents:
    Part 1: Approach to Lens opacities
    Cataract epidemiology & genetics
    Non-visually significant cataracts
    Unilateral congenital cataracts
    Bilateral congenital cataracts
    Secondary/Acquired cataracts
    Pre-operative examination
    Pre-operative counseling
    Part 2: Surgery
    Surgical steps
    Calculation of IOL power
    Post-operative care
    Part 3: Correcting Surgically-Induced Aphakia
    Contact Lenses
    Aphakic glasses
    Part 4: Correcting Surgically-Induced Aphakia
    Intraocular Lens Placement
    Primary intraocular lens placement
    Refractive targets
    Multifocal and Accommodative IOLs
    Polypseudophakia ("Piggyback IOLs")
    Secondary intraocular lens placement
    IOL exchange
    Part 5: Correcting Surgically-Induced Aphakia
    Special considerations in IOL implantation
    IOL placement without capsular support
    IOL placement in the setting of trauma
    IOL placement in the uveitic patient
    IOL placement in the setting of glaucoma
    IOL placement in the abnormal anterior segment
    IOL placement in developmentally delayed patients
    Cataract surgery in the developing world.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    editor, by Ruth Anne Herring ; section editors, Joan O'Hanlon Curry, Joy Hesselgrave, Colleen Nixon, Mary Lynn Rae.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC281.C4 P33 2019
    1
  • Digital
    Pilar García-Peña, R. Paul Guillerman, editors.
    Summary: Since the previous edition of Pediatric Chest Imaging was published in 2007, there have been significant advances in our understanding of chest diseases and continued development of new imaging technology and techniques. The third edition of this highly respected reference publication has been thoroughly revised and updated to reflect this progress. Due attention is paid to the increased role of hybrid imaging, and entirely new chapters cover topics such as interventional radiology, lung MRI, functional MRI, diffuse/interstitial lung disease, and cystic fibrosis. As in previous editions, the focus is on technical aspects of modern imaging modalities, their indications in pediatric chest disease, and the diagnostic information that they supply. The full range of imaging techniques and all important disorders are thoroughly covered. The editors are confident that this latest edition of Pediatric Chest Imaging will be an essential asset for pediatricians, neonatologists, cardiologists, radiologists, and pediatric radiologists everywhere. The combined expert knowledge and experience contained within its pages should contribute in further improving patient care and outcomes.

    Contents:
    Advances in Chest Radiography Techniques: CR, DR, Tomosynthesis, and Radiation Dose Optimization
    Classic Chest Radiology Findings, Pearls and Pitfalls
    Ultrasound Study of the Pediatric Chest
    The Contribution of Nuclear Medicine to Pulmonary Imaging
    Helical Multidetector Chest CT
    High-Resolution CT of the Lung in Children: Technique, Indications, Anatomy, and Features of Lung Disease
    High-Resolution CT of the Lung in Children: Clinical Applications
    Fetal MR Imaging of the Chest
    Neonatal Chest Imaging
    Pulmonary Malformations Beyond the Neonatal Period
    Congenital and Acquired Large Airway Disorders in Pediatric Patients
    Congenital and Acquired Mediastinal Vascular Disorders in Children
    Acute Chest Diseases: Infection and Trauma
    Pediatric Tuberculosis
    Foreign Body Aspiration: Imaging Aspects
    Imaging of the Pediatric Thymus and Thymic Disorders
    Pulmonary and Extrathymic Mediastinal Tumors
    Diffuse Lung Disease
    Thoracic Manifestations of Systemic Diseases
    Radiology of the Chest Wall
    Pediatric Cardiac CT
    Pediatric Cardiac MRI
    MRI of Lung Morphology and Perfusion
    Hyperpolarized Gas MRI in Pediatric Lung Disease
    Interventional Radiology Management of Pediatric Chest Disorders.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ClinicalKey
    ScienceDirect
    Print Access
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    60
    Periodicals (Downstairs)
    197
  • Digital
    Nalin Gupta, Anuradha Banerjee, Daphne Haas-Kogan, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Low-grade gliomas
    2. High-grade gliomas
    3. Brainstem gliomas
    4. Ependymoma
    5. Embryonal tumors
    6. Intracranial germ cell tumors
    7. Craniopharyngioma
    8. Neuronal tumors
    9. Choroid plexus tumors
    10. Intramedullary spinal cord tumors
    11. Rare tumors
    12. Neurocutaneous syndromes and associated CNS tumors
    13. Modern neuroimaging of pediatric brain tumors
    14. Current surgical management
    15. Chemotherapy
    16. Advances in radiation therapy
    17. Late effects of treatment and palliative care.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Nancy M. Young, Karen Iler Kirk, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I: Introduction
    Cochlear Implant Design Considerations
    Part 2: Clinical Management
    Cochlear Implant Candidacy in Children: Audiological Considerations
    Vaccines and the Chochlear Implant Patient
    Medical and Radiologic Issues in Pediatric Cochlear Implantation
    Surgical Considerations
    Cochlear Implant Programming for Children
    Diagnosis and Management of Cochlear Implant Malfunctions
    The Role of Electrophysiological Testing in Pediatric Cochlear Implantation
    Part 3: Cochlear Implant Outcomes in Children
    Speech Perception and Spoken Word Recognition in Children with Cochlear Implants
    Binaural an Spatial Hearing in Implanted Children
    Language and Literacy Skills in Cochlear Implants: Past and Present Findings
    Benefits of Cochlear Implantation on the Whole Child: Longitudinal Changes in Cognition, Behavior, Parenting and Health-Related Quality of Life
    Part 4: Cochlear Implant Outcomes in Special Populations
    Redefining Cochlear Implant Benefits to Appropriately Include Children with Additional Disabilities
    Cochlear Nerve Deficiency
    The Neuroscience of The Pediatric Auditory Brainstem Implant
    Cochlear Implants as Treatment of Single-sided Deafness in Children
    Part 5: Maximizing Cochlear Implant Outcomes Learning
    Elementary Cognitive Processes Underlying Verbal Working Memory in Pre-lingually Deaf Children with Cochlear Implants
    Working Memory Training in Deaf Children with Cochlear Implants
    Auditory Training: Predictors of Success and Optimal Training Paradigms
    Integrated Language Intervention for Children with Hearing Loss
    Music as Communication and Training fort Children with Cochlear Implants
    Part 6: Educational Management of Children with Cochlear Implants
    Early Intervention Programs: Therapy Needs of Children Ages 0-3 Years Pre and Post Cochlear Implantation. .
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    by American Academy of Pediatrics Committee on Coding and Nomenclature
    Summary: Pediatric Coding Basics was developed to give pediatric healthcare professionals a basic overview of medical coding for services completed.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Welcome and Overview
    Chapter 1: Introduction to Medical Coding
    Introduction to Medical Coding
    Getting Paid
    Documentation and Coding
    Code Assignment
    Coding Keys
    Resources
    Coding Challenge
    Chapter 2: Diagnosis Coding
    Diagnoses
    Internatinal Classification of Diseases, 10th Revision, Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM)
    ICD-10-CM Tips
    Code Selection
    Reporting ICD-10-CM Codes
    Coding Keys
    Resources
    Coding Challenge
    Chapter 3: Current Procedural Terminology®
    Coding Professional Services Current Procedural Terminology (CPT) Categories, Sections, and Codes
    The CPT Codebook
    Selecting Codes
    General Tips and Principles for Reporting CPT Codes
    Coding Keys
    Resources
    Coding Challenge
    Chapter 4: Healthcare Common Procedure Coding System and National Drug Codes
    Healthcare Common Procedure Coding System (HCPCS)
    HCPCS Codes
    Using a HCPCS Manual
    HCPCS Coding Instructions
    National Drug Codes (NDCs)
    Coding Keys
    Resources
    Coding Challenge
    Chapter 5: Coding Assignment and Billing Processes
    Codes Tell the Encounter Story An Overview of the Billing Process
    Coding Keys
    Resources
    Coding Challenge
    Chapter 6: Health Plan Policies and Coding Compliance
    Covered Services
    Coding Compliance
    Code Edits
    Modifiers
    Global Period Edits
    Codes and Payment Policies
    Coding Keys
    Resources
    Coding Challenge
    Appendix A: Coding Challenge Answer Key
    Appendix B: Glossary of Common Coding Acronyms
    Appendix C: History of Medical Payment
    Appendix D: Certificate of Completion
    Index
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Anthony P.S. Guerrero, Paul C. Lee, Norbert Skokauskas.
    Summary: This ambitious resource presents an inventive approach to integrating pediatric and mental health care based in comprehensive, family-centered service delivery. Its framework adds a problem-solving focus to the core principles of pediatric consultation-liaison psychiatry, emphasizing young patients' developmental, family, and social context. An international panel of expert clinicians explores the value of the mental health component in treating complex and chronic cases across varied settings, as well as practical considerations in implementing collaborative pediatric care systemwide, including at the global level. Detailed case histories illustrate skills and traits essential to making this problem-based approach work, such as multidimensional thinking, a prevention mentality, a dedication to lifelong learning, and empathy and respect for young clients and their families. Included in the coverage: · Pediatric medicine for the child psychiatrist. · Safety issues in a general medical facility setting. · "Other medical" presentations and considerations in pediatric consultation-liaison psychiatry. · Principles of biopsychosocial formulation and interventions in the pediatric medical setting. · Preventive models for reducing major causes of morbidity and mortality in childhood. Child and adolescent psychiatrists, child and school psychologists, and physicians in pediatrics, general practice, and family medicine will welcome Pediatric Consultation-Liaison Psychiatry as both a robust training text and a blueprint for the future of children's medicine.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    General principles of pediatric psychosomatic medicine, including developmental and systems of care perspectives
    Essential pediatrics for the pediatric consultation-liaison psychiatrist
    Essential psychiatry and substance use disorders for the non-psychiatrist
    Psychopharmacological principles
    Common scenarios and concerns in traditional inpatient pediatric consultation-liaison psychiatry
    Suicidality, self-harm and dangerousness
    Eating and feeding disorders
    Adjustment to medical illness
    Acute mental status change
    Other common medical considerations for behavioral symptoms
    Contemporary value-building roles spanning inpatient and outpatient care
    Principles of bio-psycho-social formulations and interventions in medical settings (case examples from pediatric nephrology, pediatric gastroenterology)
    Psychological testing and pre-procedure evaluation (case example from pediatric cardiology, pediatric endocrinology, pediatric oncology,)
    Improving adherence and promoting behavioral change (case example from adolescent medicine, pediatric allergy/pulmonology, etc.)
    Identifying and managing brain/behavioral conditions (case example from pediatric rheumatology, pediatric neurology, etc.)
    Multidisciplinary management of complex conditions (case example from genetics, etc.)
    Interfacing with palliative and end-of-life care and ethical decisions (case example from neonatology, etc.)
    Healthcare systems and global perspectives.-Administrative and financing models
    Patient experience, safety, and quality
    Primary care integration
    Preventive models for reducing major causes of morbidity and mortality in childhood
    Addressing healthcare disparities
    Complementary and alternative approaches to improving comfort and access
    Pediatric psychosomatic medical approach to optimize global access to child and adolescent mental healthcare
    Appendices
    Teaching tools: basic psychiatry for other children's healthcare professionals
    Screening tools
    "Talking points" for justifying the value of pediatric psychosomatic medicine services.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Farahnak Assadi, Fatemeh Ghane Sharbaf.
    Contents:
    Acute kidney injury
    CRRT as treatment.- Water and solute movements: basic physiology
    CRRT modalities
    Hemodialysis (diffusive) versus hemofiltraion (Convective) CVVH
    CRRT Principles
    General consideration for CRRT
    Specific consideration for pediatric CRRT
    Vascular access and catheter size
    Blood flow rate (BFR)
    Ultrafiltation rates
    Calculating the desired fluid removal rate
    Replacement/dialysate solutions
    Drug dosing in CRRT
    Blood priming
    Nutrition in CRRT
    Monitoring during CRRT
    Compliance of CRRT
    Replacement/dialysate solution composition
    Factors influencing the clearance of drug during CRRT
    CRRT impact on pharmacokinetic parameters
    Case Studies.-
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Concezio Di Rocco, Nejat Akalan, editors.
    Summary: "Provides a comprehensive approach to CVJ diseases and their management based on the multidisciplinary cooperation of neurosurgeons, anatomists, neuroradiologists, and neuroanesthesiologists. The main topics highlighted are embryology, normal and abnormal development of the CVJ, including the related vessels, modern radiological contributions to diagnosis, genetic and metabolic factors which may impact on the surgical strategies, the opportunities offered by traditional operative techniques, and the recently introduced minimally invasive and endoscopic surgical modalities. Special emphasis is also placed on the evolution of the principles of surgical treatment as matured during the past decade by experiences in the still open field of pediatric neurosurgery"--publisher description.

    Contents:
    Nosographic identification and management of pediatric craniovertebral junction anomalies: evolution of concepts and modalities of treatment
    Embryology, classification, and surgical management of bony malformations of the craniovertebral junction
    Extracranial segments of the vertebral artery: insight in the developmental changes up to the 21st year of life
    Imaging of the craniovertebral junction anomalies in children
    Anaesthesiological and intensive care management in craniovertebral junction surgery
    Technical advances in pediatric craniovertebral junction surgery
    Craniovertebral junction instability: special reference to pediatric age group
    Minimally invasive posterior trans-muscular C1-C2 screw fixation through an anatomical corridor to preserve occipitalcervical tension band: surgical anatomy and clinical experience
    Os odontoideum syndrome: pathogenesis, clinical patterns and indication for surgical strategies in childhood
    Craniovertebral junction anomalies in achondroplastic children
    Craniovertebral junction pathological features and their management in the mucopolysaccharidoses
    Pediatric craniovertebral junction trauma.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Christopher W. Mastropietro, Kevin M. Valentine, editors.
    Contents:
    Important Topics for Further DiscussionFuture Directions; References;
    2: Extracorporeal Membrane Oxygenation for Acute Pediatric Respiratory Failure; Introduction; Indications for ECMO; Hypoxemic Respiratory Failure and Pediatric Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome; Hypercarbic Respiratory Failure; Airway Disorders; Patient Selection; Diagnosis; Duration of Mechanical Ventilation; Patient Comorbidities; ECMO Modality and Cannulation Strategy; Pulmonary Management; Ventilator Management; Secretion Clearance on ECMO; Extubation on ECMO; Recommendations Centralization of ECMO and the Effect of Center VolumeProlonged ECMO and Lung Transplantation; Long-Term ECMO; ECMO as a Bridge to Lung Transplant; Considerations on Prolonged ECMO; Termination of Extracorporeal Support; Conclusion; References;
    3: Weaning and Extubation Readiness Assessment in Pediatric Patients; Introduction; Definitions; Ventilator Weaning Versus Extubation Readiness; Extubation Failure; Post-Extubation Stridor and Upper Airway Obstruction; Ventilator Weaning; Causes of Ventilator Weaning Failure; Respiratory Muscle Weakness; Cardiac Dysfunction and Pulmonary Hypertension Fluid OverloadSedation Optimization; Mucociliary Clearance; Extubation Readiness Assessment in Pediatric ICU; Screening for Entry Criteria into the ERT; Respiratory Support during the ERT; Duration of the ERT; Criteria for What Constitutes a Successful ERT; Anticipation of Post-Extubation Respiratory Support; Establishing a Respiratory Therapist-Driven Extubation Readiness Assessment Protocol; Potential Adjuncts to Extubation Readiness Assessment; Extubation Failure; Strategies to Prevent Post-Extubation Upper Airway Obstruction; Extubation in Special Patient Populations Intro; Foreword; Preface; Contents; List of Contributors; Part I: Respiratory Controversies;
    1: Ventilator Management for Pediatric Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome; Pathogenesis of Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome; Definition of Pediatric ARDS; Noninvasive Respiratory Support; Lung-Protective Strategies; Tidal Volume Delivery: Volutrauma; PEEP Titration: Atelectrauma; Plateau Pressure and Drive Pressure (ΔP): Barotrauma; High-Frequency Oscillatory Ventilation; Adjunctive Therapies; Recruitment Maneuvers; Prone Positioning; Inhaled Nitric Oxide; Surfactant Congenital or Acquired Cardiac DiseaseTraumatic Brain Injury; Neuromuscular Disease; Patient with Chronic Respiratory Support; Future Directions; References;
    4: Management of Status Asthmaticus in Critically Ill Children; Introduction; Pathophysiology: A Brief Précis; Clinical Assessment; Diagnostic Evaluation; Fiberoptic Bronchoscopy; Xenon Ventilation Computed Tomography; Exhaled Nitric Oxide; Pharmacological Management; Inhaled β-Adrenergic Agonists; Anticholinergic Agents; Anti-inflammatory Drugs; Magnesium; Methylxanthine Drugs; Intravenous Albuterol; Intravenous Terbutaline
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Steven E. Lucking, Frank A. Maffei, Robert F. Tamburro, Arno Zaritsky, editors.
    Summary: This extensively updated textbook is a comprehensive study guide that covers pediatric critical care principles and specific disease entities commonly encountered by the pediatric critical care medicine (PCCM) practitioner. Pathophysiologic aspects unique to the pediatric patient are emphasized. The first edition has become a highly utilized text for pediatric critical care fellows. The second edition will prove even more valuable to the fellow in-training and indeed to any clinical pediatric intensivist. In addition to updating the chapters from the previous edition, there are new chapters on topics such as central nervous structure and function, palliative care, child abuse and practical biostatistics. Pediatric Critical Care: Text and Study Guide is an invaluable clinically focused resource for PCCM practitioners. Allowing for concise reading on specific topics, this book acts as both text and study guide covering advanced physiology, pathophysiology, diagnostic considerations and treatment approaches that should be mastered by the higher level PCCM practitioner. The large number of illustrations complements the text in each chapter that also includes key references and case-orientated questions that help reinforce important ideas learned in the chapter.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Derek S. Wheeler, Hector R. Wong, Thomas P. Shanley, editors.
    Summary: The Editors and contributors of this book take seriously the statement that For all of the science inherent in the specialty of pediatric critical care medicine, there is still art in providing comfort and solace to our patients and their families. No technology will ever replace the compassion in the touch of a hand or the soothing words of a calm and gentle voice. The four volumes of Pediatric Critical Care Medicine: Basic Science and Clinical Evidence, 2nd Edition detail the continued growth and evolution of the pediatric critical care medicine speciality. They reveal the technological innovations in monitoring and information management and gives witness to the rapid evolution and adoption of novel monitoring techniques, such as continuous venous oximetry and near-infrared spectroscopy. They also cover advances in molecular biology that have led to the era of personalized medicine with the ability to individualize treatment to the unique and specific needs of a patient. As such this volume and its three sister titles will be of immense value to all studying and practicing pediatric critical care medicine or those involved in the management of this group of patients.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Derek S. Wheeler, Hector R. Wong, Thomas P. Shanley, editors.
    Contents:
    Section I. The Respiratory System in Critical Illness and Injury
    Section II. The Cardiovascular System in Critical Illness and Injury
    Section III. The Central Nervous System in Critical Illness and Injury
    Section IV. The Gastrointestinal System in Critical Illness and Injury
    Section V. The Endocrine System in Critical Illness and Injury
    Section VI. The Renal System in Critical Illness and Injury
    Section VII. The Hematologic System in Critical Illness and Injury
    Section VIII. Oncologic Disorders in the PICU
    Section IX. The Immune System in Critical Illness and Injury.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Derek S. Wheeler, Hector R. Wong, Thomas P. Shanley, editors.
    Summary: The Editors and contributors of this book take seriously the statement that 'For all of the science inherent in the specialty of pediatric critical care medicine, there is still art in providing comfort and solace to our patients and their families. No technology will ever replace the compassion in the touch of a hand or the soothing words of a calm and gentle voice.' The four volumes of Pediatric Critical Care Medicine: Basic Science and Clinical Evidence, 2nd Edition detail the continued growth and evolution of the pediatric critical care medicine speciality. They reveal the technological innovations in monitoring and information management and gives witness to the rapid evolution and adoption of novel monitoring techniques, such as continuous venous oximetry and near-infrared spectroscopy. They also cover advances in molecular biology that have led to the era of personalized medicine with the ability to individualize treatment to the unique and specific needs of a patient. As such this volume and its three sister titles will be of immense value to all studying and practicing pediatric critical care medicine or those involved in the management of this group of patients.

    Contents:
    Gastrointestinal Bleeding
    Liver Failure in Infants and Children
    Acute Pancreatitis
    Abdominal Compartment Syndrome in Children
    Obesity in Critical Illness
    Nutrition in the PICU
    Diabetic Ketoacidosis
    Hyperglycemia, Dysglycemia and Glycemic Control in Pediatric Critical Care
    Hypoglycemia
    The Adrenal Glands in Critical Illness and Injury
    Thyroid and Growth Hormone Axes Alteration in the Critically Ill Child
    Applied Renal Physiology in the PICU
    Electrolyte Disorders in the PICU
    Acid-Base Disorders in the PICU
    Acute Kidney Injury
    Kidney Disorders in the PICU: Thrombotic Microangiopathies and Glomerulonephritis
    Kidney Pharmacology
    Renal Replacement Therapy
    Transfusion Medicine
    Hematologic Emergencies in the PICU
    Coagulation Disorders in the PICU
    Therapeutic Apheresis in the Pediatric Intensive Care Unit
    Thromboembolic Disorders in the PICU
    Care of the Oncology Patient in the PICU
    Critical Illness as a Result of Anti-Neoplastic Therapy
    Hemophagocytic Lymphohistiocytosis Syndromes
    Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation in the PICU
    The Immune System in Critical Illness and Injury
    Primary and Secondary Immunodeficiencies
    Sepsis
    Thrombocytopenia-Associated Multiple Organ Failure Syndrome
    Toxic Shock Syndrome in Children
    Hospital-Acquired Infections and the Pediatric Intensive Care Unit
    Anaphylaxis
    Rheumatologic Disorders in the PICU
    Infectious Disease-Associated Syndromes in the PICU
    Life Threatening Tropical Infections.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Derek S. Wheeler, Hector R. Wong, Thomas P. Shanley, editors.
    Summary: The Editors and contributors of this book take seriously the statement that For all of the science inherent in the specialty of pediatric critical care medicine, there is still art in providing comfort and solace to our patients and their families. No technology will ever replace the compassion in the touch of a hand or the soothing words of a calm and gentle voice. The four volumes of Pediatric Critical Care Medicine: Basic Science and Clinical Evidence, 2nd Edition detail the continued growth and evolution of the pediatric critical care medicine speciality. They reveal the technological innovations in monitoring and information management and gives witness to the rapid evolution and adoption of novel monitoring techniques, such as continuous venous oximetry and near-infrared spectroscopy. They also cover advances in molecular biology that have led to the era of personalized medicine with the ability to individualize treatment to the unique and specific needs of a patient. As such this volume and its three sister titles will be of immense value to all studying and practicing pediatric critical care medicine or those involved in the management of this group of patients.

    Contents:
    Section I. Anesthesia in the Critically Ill or Injured Child
    Section II. General Principles of Peri-operative Care
    Section III. Trauma
    Section IV. Cardiac Surgery and Critical Care
    Section V. Critical Care of the Solid Organ Transplant Patient.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    [edited by] Praveen S. Goday, Nilesh M. Mehta.
    Summary: Understanding the unique nutritional needs of infants and children in the pediatric critical care unit and written with the goal of shortening recovery time and improving overall clinical outcomes, Pediatric Critical Care Nutrition is the first text to offer comprehensive, in-depth coverage of the nutritional needs of infants and children in the pediatric care unit. This practical text imparts basic concepts, critically appraises the literature, and provides a complete review of the key principles of pediatric critical care nutrition. Combining clinical strategies with a compilation of available evidence, Pediatric Critical Care Nutrition, covers essential topics such as: Metabolic alterations and nutrients in the critically ill child - Delivery of nutrition support to the critically ill child - Disease-related nutrition considerations including burns and wound healing, solid-organ transplantation, renal and pulmonary failure, gastrointestinal issues, cancer, obesity, and more - Practical aspects of the delivery of nutrition support. Optimum nutrition therapy is essential during the entire continuum of critical illness until recovery, and requires the multidisciplinary awareness, knowledge, and effort taught in this groundbreaking text.

    Contents:
    The acute metabolic response to injury in children
    Nutritional assessment of the critically ill child
    Energy and macronutrient requirements in the critically ill child
    Micronutrient requirements in the critically ill child
    Fluid-electrolyte and acid base requirements
    Drug
    nutrient interactions
    Parenteral versus enteral nutrition
    Enteral nutrition in the critically ill child
    Guidelines and algorithms for feeding the critically ill child
    Neonate
    Trauma including traumatic brain injury
    Burns and wound healing
    Solid-organ transplantation
    Renal failure
    Pulmonary failure
    Gastrointestinal issues including hepatic failure and acute pancreatitis
    Nutrition for the postoperative cardiothoracic patient
    Nutrition support of the pediatric surgical ICU patient
    Immunonutrition
    Cancer and immunodeficiency
    Care of the obese child in the PICU
    Nutrition in resource-limited settings
    Nursing considerations in the provision of nutrition support to the critically ill child
    Case studies.
    Digital Access AccessPediatrics 2015
  • Digital
    Sara E. Monaco, Lisa A. Teot, editors.
    Summary: This text presents serious challenges for trainees, clinicians, and practicing pathologists and cytopathologists due to the wide spectrum of diagnoses that may be seen in children and the lack of familiarity with these entities. This reference book has been designed as a practical, high-yield review of pediatric cytopathology. Key findings are highlighted and up-to-date information is provided on the diagnosis of pediatric lesions by cytology, with extensive guidance on differential diagnosis. The book includes tables and full-color images of the cytomorphology and ancillary studies, as well as pertinent histological correlation and guidance on technical issues. Pediatric Cytopathology: A Practical Guide will be an essential reference for anyone interested in the cytomorphological findings in childhood diseases.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Fine Needle Aspiration in Pediatric Patients: Approach and Technique
    Lymph Nodes
    Head and Neck
    Soft Tissue and Bone
    Mediastinum and Lung
    Kidney, Adrenal, and Retroperitoneal
    Liver, Bile Ducts, and Pancreas
    Body Fluids
    CSF and CNS Cytology
    Artifacts, Contaminants and Mimics in Cytology.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Albert J. Pomeranz, Svapna Sabnis, Sharon L. Busey, Robert M. Kliegman.
    Summary: Designed to accompany Nelson Textbook of Pediatrics and Nelson Essentials of Pediatrics, Pediatric Decision-Making Strategies is a concise, user-friendly reference uses a unique algorithmic approach to facilitate diagnosis, testing, and basic treatment of common pediatric disorders. For any given symptom, an algorithm guides the reader through the appropriate investigative procedures and lab tests to reach definitive diagnoses. An updated format that enhances usability makes this medical reference book a must-have for medical students, residents, and practitioners treating pediatric patients.

    Contents:
    Ear pain
    Rhinorrhea
    Sore throat
    Neck masses
    Abnormal head size, shape, and fontanels
    Red eye
    Strabismus
    Visual impairment and leukocoria
    Abnormal eye movements
    Cough
    Hoarseness
    Stridor
    Wheezing
    Cyanosis
    Hemoptysis
    Apnea
    Chest pain
    Syncope
    Palpitations
    Heart murmurs
    Abdominal pain
    Vomiting
    Diarrhea
    Constipation
    Gastrointestinal bleeding
    Jaundice
    Hepatomegaly
    Splenomegaly
    Abdominal masses
    Dysuria
    Enuresis
    Red urine and hematuria
    Proteinuria
    Edema
    Hypertension
    Scrotal pain
    Scrotal swelling (painless)
    Dysmenorrhea
    Amenorrhea
    Abnormal vaginal bleeding
    Vaginal discharge
    Limp
    Arthritis
    Knee pain
    Extremity pain
    Back pain
    Stiff or painful neck
    In-toeing, out-toeing, and toe-walking
    Bowlegs and knock-knees
    Headaches
    Seizures and other paroxysmal disorders
    Involuntary movements
    Hypotonia and weakness
    Ataxia
    Altered mental status
    Hearing loss
    Alopecia
    Vesicles and bullae
    Fever and rash
    Lymphadenopathy
    Anemia
    Bleeding
    Petechiae/purpura
    Neutropenia
    Pancytopenia
    Eosinophilia
    Short stature stature
    Pubertal delay
    Precocious puberty in the male
    Precocious puberty in the female
    Atypical or ambiguous genitalia
    Hirsutism
    Gynecomastia
    Obesity
    Polyuria
    Fever without a source
    Fever of unknown origin
    Recurrent infections
    Irritable infant (fussy or excessively crying infant)
    Failure to thrive
    Sleep disturbances
    Acidemia
    Alkalemia
    Hypernatremia
    Hyponatremia
    Hypokalemia
    Hyperkalemia
    Hypocalcemia
    Hypercalcemia.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2016
  • Digital
    Emmanuelle Waubant, Timothy E. Lotze, editors.
    Summary: SECTION I: Diseases that Affect the Brain -- 1. Acute Disseminated Encephalomyelitis -- 2. Acute Necrotizing Encephalopathy mimicking ADEM -- 3. Pediatric Multiple Sclerosis Manifesting with Primary Psychiatric Symptoms -- 4. Multiple Sclerosis in the Extremely Young -- 5. Breakthrough Disease in Pediatric MS -- 6. Neuromyelitis Optica Spectrum Disorder with Neuropsychiatric Presentation -- 7. Pediatric Tumefactive Demyelination -- 8. Radiologically Isolated Syndrome -- 9. Anti-Glutamic Acid Decarboxylase Limbic Encephalitis -- 10. Anti-NMDA Receptor Antibody Encephalitis -- 11. Pediatric Central Nervous System Vasculitis -- 12. Neuroinflammatory disease in association with Morphea (Localized Scleroderma) -- 13. Susac's Syndrome -- 14. Infectious Mimics of Multiple Sclerosis -- 15. Central nervous system lymphoma -- 16. Methotrexate Toxicity -- 17. Alexander Disease Type II -- 18. Neurodegenerative Langerhans Cell Histiocytosis -- 19. X-linked Adrenoleukodystrophy -- 20. Rapid-onset Obesity with Hypothalamic dysfunction, Hypoventilation and Autonomic Dysregulation (ROHHAD) -- 21. ADEM Mimic with Thiamine Transporter Deficiency -- SECTION II: Diseases that Affect the Brainstem -- 22. Acute Disseminated Encephalomyelitis-Brainstem and Cerebellar Presentation -- 23. Multiple Sclerosis with Brainstem Presentation -- 24. Neuromyelitis Optica Spectrum Disorder with Brainstem Presentation -- 25. Infection mimics with brainstem presentation -- 26. Chronic Lymphocytic Inflammation with Pontine Perivascular Enhancement Responsive to Steroids -- SECTION III: Diseases that Affect the Spinal Cord -- 27. Acute Disseminated Encephalomyelitis with Spinal Cord Presentation -- 28. Post-Infectious Acute Transverse Myelitis -- 29. Complete transverse myelitis (idiopathic) -- 30. Transverse Myelitis with Acute Inflammatory Polyradiculoneuropathy -- 31. Acute Flaccid Myelitis -- 32. Neuromyelitis optica spectrum disease with transverse myelitis presentation -- 33. Transverse myelitis in lupus -- 34. Acute Demyelination associated with TNF alpha- inhibiting biologic therapy -- 35. Myelopathy due to occult trauma mimicking transverse myelitis -- 36. Hypomyelination with Brainstem and Spinal Cord Abnormalities and Leg Spasticity (HBSL) -- SECTION IV: Diseases That Affect the Optic Nerve -- 37. Acute disseminated encephalomyelitis followed by recurrent or monophasic optic neuritis -- 38. Chronic Relapsing Inflammatory Optic Neuropathy (CRION) -- 39. Optic Neuritis as the Presenting Symptom for MS -- 40. Steroid Dependent Recurrent Optic Neuritis in Pediatric Multiple Sclerosis -- 41. Neuromyelitis optica presenting with bilateral optic neuritis -- 42. Sarcoidosis with Optic Nerve Presentation.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Nikolaos Kotsanos, Haim Sarnat, Kitae Park, editors.
    Summary: This textbook provides dental practitioners and students with all the knowledge required in order to treat optimally the oral conditions encountered in children and adolescents and to offer appropriate guidance on subsequent oral health self-care. The opening chapters are designed to assist readers in providing empathic care on the basis of a sound understanding of the processes of physical and psychological maturation. The use of sedation and anesthesia is then discussed, followed by detailed information on such key topics as tooth eruption and shedding, preventive and interceptive orthodontics, and control of dental caries. Restoration procedures and pulp treatment necessitated by dental caries, trauma and/or developmental anomalies are clearly described, with reference to relevant advances in dental technology and materials. Subsequent chapters focus on conditions compromising dental or general oral health in the pediatric age group, such as periodontal diseases, dental wear, dental anomalies, TMJ disorders, and soft tissue lesions. The book concludes by examining treatment approaches in children and adolescents with disabilities, syndromes, chronic diseases, craniofacial abnormalities, and generally advocating children centered dentistry as it affects their quality of life.

    Contents:
    1. Pediatric Dentistry - Past, present and future
    2. Child Cognitive Development: Building Positive Attitudes Towards Dentists and Oral Health
    3. Pediatric body growth
    4. Child dental fear, communication and cooperation
    5. Behavior Guidance and Communicative Management
    6. Examination, diagnosis and treatment plan implementation
    7. Local Anesthesia in Pediatric Dentistry
    8. Pharmacologic behavior management (sedation-general anesthesia)
    9. Growth of the Craniofacial Complex
    10. Tooth Eruption, Shedding, Extraction and Related Surgical Issues
    11. Orthodontic knowledge and practice for the pediatric dentist
    12. Dental Caries Prevention in Children and Adolescents
    13. Restoration of Carious hard dental tissues
    14. Pulp therapy in Pediatric Dentistry
    15. Periodontal diseases in children and adolescents
    16. Dentoalveolar trauma of children and adolescents
    17. Developmental defects of the teeth and their hard tissues
    18. Tooth wear in children and adolescents
    19. Temporomandibular Disorders in Children and Adolescents
    20. Oral Lesions in Children and Adolescents
    21. The young dental patient with systemic disease
    22. Disabilities, neuropsychiatric disorders and syndromes in childhood and adolescence
    23. Child-centered dentistry: engaging and protecting children.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Bernard A. Cohen.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    Section on Dermatology, American Academy of Pediatrics ; editors, Anthony J. Mancini, Daniel P. Krowchuk
    Summary: Significantly updated and revised, this quick reference provides practical and concise guidance on the recognition and treatment of more than 100 pediatric and adolescent skin conditions.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2021
  • Digital
    Thuy L. Phung, Teresa S. Wright, Crystal Y. Pourciau, Bruce R. Smoller.
    Summary: This book provides practicing pathologists, dermatologists, cutaneous oncologists and dermatopathologists with a reference textbook that reviews the clinical and histopathologic features of skin disorders that affect children, along with a discussion of the molecular pathogenesis for each disease as it is currently known. The book includes a concise discussion of the clinical presentation, as well as the histologic and, when appropriate, immunohistochemical features of each disease. The book is divided into two main sections, non-neoplastic and neoplastic skin diseases. Each section is comprised of a series of chapters organized according to histologic findings rather than by clinical classification systems. This will enable the practicing pathologist to browse chapters based upon observation of routine histologic patterns. Each chapter addresses the differential diagnoses of skin disorders with focus on salient histologic characteristics. The text is richly illustrated with over 1000 colorful clinical and histologic photographs for each of the 400 entities discussed. Pediatric Dermatopathology provides a microscope table reference for the practicing pediatric pathologist, general pathologist and dermatopathologist. Further, it will serve as a reference volume for dermatologists, pediatricians and oncologic surgeons.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Christine M. Houser.
    Summary: Often, information in review books can raise as many questions as it answers. This interferes with the study process, because the learner must either look up additional information or skip ahead without truly comprehending what he or she has read. As an alternative, Pediatric Development and Neonatology: A Practically Painless Review presents bite-sized chunks of information that can be read and processed rapidly, helping learners to stay active while studying to understand and process new information the first time they read it. This book's question and answer format allows for self-testing or study with a partner or a group. The format also facilitates dipping into the book during a few minutes of downtime at the hospital or office. Pediatric Development and Neonatology: A Practically Painless Review is a quick and easy way to master these tricky topics and is suitable for those studying for the pediatric board exam, practicing physicians brushing up on their skills, medical students and pediatric residents doing rotations, and any busy clinician who wants to learn more about these topics while on the go.

    Contents:
    Developmental Topics
    Neonatal Physiology: Things That Make Them Special
    Brief Overview of Reproductive Embryology
    Cryptoorchism and Contraindications to Breast Feeding in Developed Nations
    Neonatal Topics.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Rita Marie John, editor.
    Summary: This textbook helps nurses, physician assistants, medical students and residents to order appropriate tests and understand how to interpret them to improve their diagnostic reasoning. Children are not like adults, and interpreting of the results of their diagnostic laboratory tests requires knowledge of the biochemical and metabolic differences. Using a combination of information, questions and case studies, the book allows readers to gain an understanding of the key concepts of sensitivity, specificity, and positive and negative predictive values, as well as the indications for diagnostic lab tests. This book presents the state of art in testing across body systems and guidance on how to order and interpret diagnostic laboratory tests in pediatric patients. Each chapter includes learning objectives, tables and figures, as well as questions and references for further learning. This textbook provides an update for clinicians and is a valuable learning tool for students and new clinicians. .

    Contents:
    1. Pediatric Diagnostic Lab Tests: An Overview
    2. Laboratory Screening and Diagnostic Testing in Antepartum Care
    3. Care of the Newborn
    4. The Well Pediatric Primary Care Visit and Screening Laboratory Tests
    5. PointofCare Testing in Primary Care
    6. Care of the Child with an Infectious Disease or Immunological Defect
    7. Genetics and Pediatric Patient
    8. Hematology
    9. Care of the Child with a Gastrointestinal Disorder
    10. Care of the Child with a Renal Problem
    11. Care of the Child with a Pediatric Endocrine Disorder
    12. Care of the Child with a Possible Rheumatological Disorder.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] Andrew J. White.
    Summary: "Using a practical, case-based presentation, Pediatric Diagnostic Medicine helps you develop diagnostic skills, gain further knowledge through interesting cases, and improve critical thinking to reach a correct diagnosis. Dr. Andrew J. White, vice chair of education and director of the residency program at Washington University in St. Louis, presents dozens of real-world cases highlighted by full-color photographs. This unique case collection is an invaluable resource for pediatricians, residents, hospitalists, physician assistants, nurse practitioners, and anyone who provides care to children. Uses case-based teaching to develop higher-level medical thinking, based on James P. Keating's concept of pediatric diagnostic medicine. Teaches how to think about a patient's symptoms, dissect the issues, think backwards, and arrive at the correct diagnosis. Presents notable clinical cases starting with the presenting symptoms and then discussing vital signs, patient and family history, lab results, consults, differential diagnoses, and the ultimate diagnosis, finishing each case with teaching points. Includes additional relevant information on each case, such as why one diagnosis was chosen over another, or why certain tests were not run"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Ovid 2022
  • Digital
    Bradley A. Warady, Steven R. Alexander, Franz Schaefe, editors.
    Summary: The optimal management of children who receive dialysis therapy requires a thorough understanding of the multidisciplinary nature of their treatment. The multiple organ systems that are often impacted by acute and chronic impairment of kidney function makes the care of this patient population highly complex. This 3rd edition of Pediatric Dialysis provides authoritative and comprehensive information on all aspects of dialysis-related care for children to assist the clinician in achieving the best possible patient outcomes. Like the two preceding editions, the 3rd edition enlists experts from North America, South America, Europe, and Asia to provide their perspectives on virtually all issues pertaining to dialysis-related management for children, based on years of clinical and research experience. The book contains sections on all essential topics including when to initiate dialysis, peritoneal dialysis, hemodialysis, managing secondary complications, nutritional therapy, drugs and dialysis, dialysis outcomes, and transition to adult care. Each chapter has been thoroughly updated in terms of content and references. The book also includes several new chapters on topics such as remote patient monitoring, acute kidney injury management in the developing world, and antibiotic stewardship in the dialysis unit, maintaining the text's preeminent status as a worldwide source for pediatric dialysis care.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    Contributors
    Part I: Essential Primers
    1: Notes on the History of Dialysis Therapy in Children
    Introduction
    Peritoneal Dialysis
    Hemodialysis
    Patient Registries and Multicenter Studies
    Conclusion
    References
    2: The Biology of Dialysis
    Introduction
    Biology of Uremic Toxicity
    Solute Removal Mechanisms in Extracorporeal Dialysis
    Diffusion
    Solute Removal by Convection
    Solute Removal by Internal Filtration
    New Membrane Designs for Enhanced Removal of Large Toxins
    Solute Removal by Adsorption Peritoneal Dialysis: Biologic and Mass Transfer Considerations
    Factors Affecting Solute Transport
    Relationship Between Clearance and Mass Removal Rate Among Various Renal Replacement Therapies
    Clearance as a Dialyzer Performance Parameter
    Whole-Blood Clearance
    Blood Water and Plasma Clearance
    Dialysate-Side Clearance
    Whole-Body Clearance
    References
    3: The Demographics of Dialysis in Children
    Introduction
    Sources of Demographic Data on Pediatric Dialysis Patients
    Incidence and Prevalence
    Access to Dialysis Around the World Effect of Era on the Incidence and Prevalence of ESKD in Children
    Effect of Age on the Incidence of RRT and Treatment Modality
    Primary Kidney Disease Diagnosis
    Mortality Risk
    Conclusion
    References
    4: Chronic Dialysis in Developing Countries
    Introduction
    Economic Indicators
    Epidemiology of Renal Replacement Therapy in Developing Countries
    Demographics of the ESRD Population in Developing Countries
    Challenges Faced by Developing Countries in the Provision of Pediatric RRT
    Conclusion
    References
    5: Organization and Management of a Pediatric Dialysis Program Introduction
    Operational Management
    Facility Culture and Organization
    Physical Space Needs
    Staffing the Unit
    Billing and Regulatory Guidelines
    Care Implementation
    Modality Selection
    Patient/Family Education
    Patient Care Plans
    Patient and Family Support
    Transition and Transfer of Care
    Quality Improvement and Safety
    Oversight and Ongoing Operations
    Conclusion
    References
    6: Role of the Advanced Practice Provider in a Pediatric Dialysis Program
    Introduction
    History of the Advanced Practice Provider (APP)
    Nurse Practitioner Physician Assistant
    Orientation for the APP
    The APP in the Dialysis Unit
    Role of the APP in Hemodialysis
    Role of the APP in Peritoneal Dialysis
    Role of the APP in Critical Care Nephrology
    Billing Practices for the APP
    The Role of the APP in Transitions of Care
    CKD-ESKD
    Dialysis to Transplant
    Pediatric to Adult Care
    The Role of the APP in Improving Patient Outcomes
    Conclusion
    References
    7: Quality Improvement Strategies and Outcomes in Pediatric Dialysis
    Introduction
    Clinical Practice Guidelines and Clinical Performance Measures
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Bradley A. Warady, Franz Schaefer, Steven R. Alexander, editors.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Peritoneal access
    Chapter 2. Peritoneal equilibration testing and application
    Chapter 3. Peritoneal dialysis prescription
    Chapter 4. Dialysis during infancy
    Chapter 5. Hypotension in infants on peritoneal dialysis
    Chapter 6. Ethical dialysis decisions in infants with end-stage kidney disease
    Chapter 7. Catheter exit-site and tunnel infections
    Chapter 8. Peritonitis
    Chapter 9. Relapsing and recurrent peritonitis
    Chapter 10. Peritoneal dialysis-associated hydrothorax and hernia
    Chapter 11. Ultrafiltration failure in children undergoing chronic PD
    Chapter 12. Encapsulating peritoneal sclerosis
    Chapter 13. Difficult vascular access
    Chapter 14: Hemodialysis prescription
    Chapter 15. Intensified hemodialysis
    Chapter 16. Home haemodialysis
    Chapter 17. Myocardial stunning
    Chapter 18. Catheter-related bloodstream infection
    Chapter 19. Intradialytic hypotension: potential causes and mediating factors
    Chapter 20. Dialyzer reaction
    Chapter 21. Nutritional management of infants on dialysis-- Chapter 22. Nutritional management of children and adolescents on dialysis
    Chapter 23. Anemia management
    Chapter 24. Chronic kidney diseases: Mineral and bone disorder
    Chapter 25. Growth delay
    Chapter 26. Hypertension
    Chapter 27. Cardiovascular diseases
    Chapter 28. Sleep disorders
    Chapter 29. The highly sensitized dialysis patient
    Chapter 30. Health-related quality of life in youth on dialysis
    Chapter 31. Nonadherence
    Chapter 32. Transition to adult care
    Chapter 33. Pregnancy in a woman approaching end-stage kidney diseases
    Chapter 34. Withholding and withdrawal of dialysis
    Chapter 35. Peritoneal dialysis as treatment fo acute kidney injury (AKI)
    Chapter 36. Continuous renal replacement therapy (CRRT) and acute kidney
    Chapter 37. Continuous renal replacement therapy (CRRT) for a neonate-- Chapter 38. Anticoagulation and continuous renal replacement therapy (CRRT)
    Chapter 39. Extracorporeal liver dialysis in children
    Chapter 40. Therapeutic apheresis
    Chapter 41. Neonatal hyperammonemia
    Chapter 42. Primary hyperoxaluria
    Chapter 43. Intoxications
    Chapter 44. Acquired cystic kidney disease
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Julina Ongkasuwan, Eric H. Chiou, editors.
    Summary: This text provides the reader with a comprehensive understanding of pediatric swallowing and presents a practical, evidence-based approach to the diagnosis and management of swallowing difficulties in children. It highlights particular clinical challenges and controversies in the management of pediatric dysphagia. Part one of the text begins with an overview of the anatomy and physiology of swallowing, with a focus on normal development as we currently understand it. It also discusses new information regarding reflexive interactions between the larynx and esophagus that potentially influence swallowing, and the advantages and limitations of currently available diagnostic modalities. It highlights current controversies regarding frame rate, radiation exposure, breastfeeding infants, and grading of studies, as well as current literature regarding medical and behavioral-based therapy options. Part two addresses specific diagnoses which can cause or be associated with dysphagia such as prematurity, velopharyngeal insufficiency, ankyloglossia, laryngeal clefts, laryngomalacia, vocal fold paralysis, and cricopharyngeal dysfunction; and explores the pathophysiology and treatment options for each. Anatomic, inflammatory, and neuromuscular esophageal causes of dysphagia are also evaluated as well as the impact of craniofacial anomalies, sialorrhea, and psychological factors on swallowing. As the most up-to-date text in this field, Pediatric Dysphagia: Challenges and Controversies will be a valuable reference guide for both learners and practitioners caring for these children. Comprehensive coverage addresses the full spectrum of dysphagia to strengthen the care provider's clinical evaluation and diagnostic decision-making skills. All chapters are written by experts in their fields and include the most up-to-date scientific and clinical information. It also incorporates the perspectives of multiple types of clinicians that care for these patients including otolaryngologists, gastroenterologists, pulmonologists, speech pathologists, occupational therapists, and lactation consultants.

    Contents:
    Diagnosis and treatment of pediatric dysphagia
    Special topics and controversies in pediatric dysphagia.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Joshua M. Abzug, Martin J. Herman, Scott Kozin, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital/Print
    [contributors] Ricardo A. Samson, MD [and others].
    Digital Access AHA 2017
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RJ370 .P4273 2017
    1
  • Digital
    [edited by] Steven M. Selbst.
    Contents:
    Childhood resuscitation
    Neonatal resuscitation
    Respiratory failure
    Shock
    Abdominal pain
    Altered mental status
    Apnea, sudden infant death syndrome, and apparent life-threatening events
    Chest pain
    Cough
    Crying and irritability in the young child
    Diarrhea
    Ear pain
    Fever
    Foreign bodies in children
    Headache
    Hematuria and dysuria
    Hypertension
    Jaundice
    Limp
    Neck masses
    Pediatric rashes
    Red eye
    Scrotal pain
    Sore throat
    Stiff neck
    Stridor
    Syncope
    Vaginal bleeding/discharge
    Vomiting
    Anaphylaxis
    Cardiac emergencies
    Central nervous system emergencies
    Endocrine disorders
    Fluids and electrolytes
    Gastrointestinal emergencies
    Gynecologic emergencies
    Hematologic and oncologic emergencies
    Infectious disease emergencies
    Poisonings
    Psychiatric emergencies
    Respiratory emergencies
    Technology-assisted children-acute care
    Dental/periodontal emergencies
    General surgery emergencies
    Neurosurgical emergencies
    Ophthalmologic emergencies
    Orthopedic emergencies
    Otorhinolaryngology emergencies
    Urologic emergencies
    Abdominal trauma
    Burns and smoke inhalation
    Child abuse
    Dental injuries
    Extremity injuries
    Eye injuries
    Head trauma
    Minor trauma
    Multiple trauma
    Neck and cervical spine trauma
    Pelvic trauma and genitourinary injury
    Pediatric sports injuries
    Thoracic trauma
    Bites and stings
    Drowning
    Electrical and lightning injuries
    Heat-related illness
    Hypothermia
    Chemical and biologic terrorism
    Emergency medical services and prehospital care
    Patient safety in the emergency department
    Risk management and legal issues
    Sedation and analgesia
    Transport medicine.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2015
  • Digital
    Sheila Sanning Shea, Karen Sue Hoyt, Kathleen Sanders Jordan.
    Digital Access R2Library 2021
  • Digital
    Dennis M. Styne.
    Contents:
    1. Introduction to Pediatric Endocrinology : The Endocrine System
    2. The Evaluation of a Child or Adolescent with Possible Endocrine Disease
    3. Disorders of the Hypothalamic-Pituitary Axis
    4. The posterior pituitary gland and the disorders of Vasopressin Metabolism
    5. Disorders of Growth
    6. Disorders of the Thyroid Gland
    7. Disorders of Calcium Metabolism and Bone
    8. Disorders of Sexual Differentiation
    9. Disorders of Puberty
    10. Disorders of the Adrenal Gland
    11. Diabetes Mellitus
    12. Hypoglycemia
    13. Obesity
    14. Pediatric Endocrine Emergencies
    15. Medications for Pediatric Endocrinology
    16. Laboratory Values for Pediatric Endocrinology.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Sally Radovick, Madhusmita Misra, editors.
    Summary: A state-of-the-art and concise resource presenting the clinical management of pediatric endocrine diseases and disorders, this third edition of the highly regarded textbook covers the most common and challenging conditions seen by practicing endocrinologists and primary care physicians, including growth, hypothalamic, pituitary, adrenal, thyroid, calcium and bone, and reproductive disorders, as well as metabolic syndromes. This expanded third edition includes new topics such as conditions of overgrowth, low bone density and its management, endocrine issues related to sexual identity, mineralocorticoid disorders and endocrine hypertension, and endocrine emergencies. Some existing chapters are expanded to take into account recent advances in the field. Each chapter contains key points, an introductory discussion of the problem, a review of the clinical features that characterize it, the criteria needed to establish a diagnosis, and a comprehensive therapy section delineating the risks and benefits of the best therapeutic options available. New to this edition are concluding sections in each chapter containing relevant case material and multiple choice review questions. Pediatric Endocrinology: A Practical Clinical Guide, Third Edition is a comprehensive resource for all clinicians concerned with the myriad endocrinologic disorders seen in children and adolescents.

    Contents:
    Childhood Growth Hormone Deficiency and Hypopituitarism.- Growth Hormone Insensitivity.- Normal Variant and Idiopathic Short Stature
    Growth Hormone Treatment of the Short Child Born Small for Gestational Age
    Growth Hormone Therapy in Children with Prader-Willi Syndrome.- Growth Hormone Therapy in Children with Turner Syndrome, Noonan Syndrome, and SHOX Gene Mutations
    Management of Adults with Childhood-Onset Growth Hormone Deficiency
    Skeletal Dysplasias
    Growth Hormone Excess and Other Conditions of Overgrowth
    Diabetes Insipidus
    Management of Acute and Late Endocrine Effects Following Childhood Cancer.- Treatment Endocrinologic Sequelae of Anorexia Nervosa and Obesity
    Adrenal Insufficiency
    Congenital Adrenal Hyperplasia
    Cushing Syndrome in Childhood
    Mineralocorticoid Disorders and Endocrine Hypertension
    Congenital Hypothyroidism
    Autoimmune Thyroid Disease
    Non-Thyroidal Illness Syndrome
    Resistance to Thyroid Hormone (RTH) and Resistance to TSH (RTSH)
    Thyroid Neoplasia
    Abnormalities in Calcium Homeostasis
    Rickets: The Skeletal Disorders of Impaired Calcium or Phosphate Availability
    Osteoporosis: Diagnosis and Management
    Delayed Puberty and Hypogonadism
    Precocious Puberty
    Management of Infants Born with Disorders/Differences of Sex Development
    Menstrual Disorders and Hyperandrogenism in Adolescence.- Contraception
    Hypoglycemia
    Type 1 Diabetes in Children and Adolescents
    Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus in Youth
    Disorders of Lipid Metabolism
    Autoimmune Endocrine Disorders
    Multiple Endocrine Neoplasia Syndromes
    Care of Gender Nonconforming / Transgender Youth
    Management of Endocrine Emergencies
    The Endocrine Response to Critical Illness
    The Endocrine Response to Critical Illness.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    David B. Allen, Kristen Nadeau, Michael S. Kappy and Mitchell E. Geffner.
    Digital Access AccessPediatrics 2020
  • Digital
    editors, Kyriakie Sarafoglou, Georg F. Hoffmann, Karl S. Roth.
    Contents:
    Newborn screening, emergency treatment, and molecular testing
    Disorders of fuel metabolism
    Thyroid gland disorders
    Disorders of the adrenals
    Disorders of growth and puberty
    Disorders of the reproductive system
    Bone and mineral density
    Disorders of water metabolism and transport systems
    Select disorders of complex molecule biosynthesis
    Newrotransmitter deficiencies
    Endocrine-related neoplasias
    Endocrine and metabolic laboratory and radiologic testing.
    Digital Access AccessPediatrics 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] Haminder Singh, Jeffrey P. Greenfield, Vijay K. Anand, Theodore H. Schwartz.
    Summary: "Today, expanded endonasal approaches (EEA) have revolutionized the surgical treatment paradigm for pediatric central skull base lesions. Specially adapted micro-instruments have been developed to permit passage through the narrow sinonasal pathways in children, enabling access to the entire midline skull base, from the crista galli to the cervico-medullary junction. Pediatric Endoscopic Endonasal Skull Base Surgery is the first textbook focused solely on endoscopic endonasal management of cranial base pathologies in children. The book reflects in-depth expertise from an extraordinary group of international contributors from five continents, who share extensive knowledge on this emerging field. Thirty four chapters are presented in three comprehensive sections. Key Features: 1) Core topics including anatomy, rhinological and anesthetic considerations, patient positioning and OR set-up, instrumentation, and endonasal corridors and approaches; 2) Fifteen chapters detail endoscopic treatment of a full spectrum of pediatric pathologies, such as encephalocele/meningoencephalocele, cysts, and benign and malignant tumors; 3) Discussion of multiple skull closure techniques, managing complications, and neurosurgical and otolaryngological postoperative care; 4) Visually rich, the succinct text is enhanced with 500 high-quality surgical illustrations and intraoperative photographs, as well as procedural videos. This unique reference is essential reading for neurosurgical and otolaryngology residents and fellows, as well as veteran surgeons, nurse-practitioners, and physician-assistants who treat and care for pediatric patients with skull-base conditions"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
  • Digital
    Prasad P. Godbole, Martin A. Koyle, Duncan T. Wilcox, editors.
    Summary: Pediatric Endourology Techniques, Second Edition enables surgeons to carry out commonly performed minimally invasive pediatric urological procedures. It not only encompasses the majority of commonly performed pediatric endourological procedures in a standardised format, but also newer techniques and procedures that have developed since publication of the first edition. Pediatric Endourology Techniques,Second Editionis a fully illustrated text with accompanying online video content through Springer Extras, which addresses these issues. It is a valuable tool for pediatric urologists as well as pediatric surgeons, general surgeons, adult urologists and those with an interest in minimally invasive surgery.

    Contents:
    1. Laparoscopy in Children: Basic Principles
    2.Ergonomics of Laparoscopy
    3. Basic Principles of Robotic Surgery
    4. Physiology of Minimally Invasive Surgery versus Open Surgery
    5. Learning Curves, Costs and Practical Considerations
    6. Laparoscopic Nephrectomy and Heminephrectomy
    7. Laparoscopic Pyeloplasty
    8. Robotic Assisted Laparoscopic Pyeloplasty
    9. Transposition of Lower Pole Vessels: The Vascular Hitch
    10. Minimally Invasive Ureteroureterostomy
    11. Laparoscopic Adrenalectomy
    12. Operative Pneumovesicoscopy
    13. Laparoscopic ExtravesicalReimplantation
    14. Bladder Diverticulectomy
    15. Excision of Prostatic Utricle.-16. Laparoscopic-assisted Bladder Reconstruction
    17. Robotic-assisted Laparoscopic Ileocystoplaty: Our Technique
    18. Impalpable Testis
    19. Laparoscopic Varicocelectomy
    20. Disorders of Sex Development (DSD)and Laparoscopy
    21. General Principles of Cystourethroscopy
    22.Endoscopic Injection Techniquesfor Vesicoureteral Reflux
    23.Bladder OutletInjection for Urinary Incontinence
    24. Injection Techniques for Bladder and Sphincter
    25.Posterior Urethral Valves
    26. Endoscopic Management of Ureteroceles and Syringoceles
    27. Extracorporeal Shock Wave Lithotripsy: Principles of FragmentationTechniques
    28. Pediatric Percutaneous Nephrolithotomy
    29.Ureteroscopy for Urinary Calculi
    30. Minimally Invasive Techniques to Approach Complications of Enterocystoplasty and Continent Catheterizable Channels
    31. Minimally Invasive Uro-Oncology
    32. Preparing the Child for Minimally Invasive Surgery and What Parents and Children Truly Remember.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Cemal Cingi, Emin Sami Arısoy, Nuray Bayar Muluk, editors.
    Summary: The book provides a comprehensive and up-to-date overview of pediatric ENT infections. It brings together the experience of authors from more than 30 countries and aims to provide a broader understanding of the prevention and treatment of infectious diseases in children, that will likely lead to improve their health globally. In addition to new infections like COVID-19, the work reviews the latest treatments modalities. The list of topics ranges from basic to very advanced and the book will be therefore an invaluable resource for ENT and pediatrics trainees and students, as well as for experienced practitioners in these fields.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    author, Council on Environmental Health, American Academy of Pediatrics ; Ruth A. Etzel, editor, Sophie J. Balk, editor.
    Summary: Significantly revised and updated, the fourth edition of this popular AAP policy manual helps you identify, prevent, and treat pediatric environmental health problems.

    Contents:
    Background: addressing environmental health in primary care. Introduction
    History and growth of pediatric environmental health
    Children's unique vulnerabilities to environmental hazards
    Individual susceptibility to environmental toxicants
    Taking an environmental history and giving anticipatory guidance
    Laboratory testing of body fluids and tissues
    Environmental measurements
    Toxic or environmental preconceptional and prenatal exposures
    Environments. Community design
    Child care settings
    Schools
    Workplaces
    Waste sites
    Considerations for children from low- and middle-income countries
    Food and water. Human milk
    Infant formula
    Drinking water
    Food safety
    Herbs, dietary supplements, and other remedies
    Chemical and physical exposures. Air pollutants, indoor
    Air pollutants, outdoor
    Arsenic
    Asbestos
    Cadmium, chromium, manganese, and nickel
    Carbon monoxide
    Cold and heat
    Electric and magnetic fields
    Electronic nicotine delivery systems and other alternative nicotine products
    Endocrine disrupting chemicals
    Gasoline and its additives
    Ionizing radiation (excluding radon)
    Lead
    Mercury
    Nitrates and nitrites in water
    Noise
    Perfluoroalkyl and polyfluoroalkyl substances (PFAs)
    Persistent bioaccumulative toxic substances
    Persistent organic pollutants-DDT, PCBs, PCDFs, and dioxins
    Personal care products
    Pesticides
    Plasticizers
    Radon
    Tobacco use and tobacco smoke exposure
    Ultraviolet radiation
    Special topics. Antimicrobial use and resistance in animal agriculture
    Arts and crafts
    Asthma
    Birth defects and other adverse developmental outcomes
    Cancer
    Chelation (non-approved use for environmental toxicants)
    Chemical and biological terrorism
    Developmental disabilities
    Emerging technologies and materials
    Environmental disasters
    Environmental equity
    Ethical issues in environmental health research
    Fracking
    Global climate change
    Green offices and practice sustainability
    Idiopathic environmental intolerance
    Methamphetamine laboratories
    Obesity
    Public health aspects of environmental health. Environmental health advocacy
    Precautionary principle
    Risk assessment, risk management, and risk communication
    Chemicals and chemicals regulation
    Appendices. Pediatric environmental health specialty units (PEHSUs)
    Resources for pediatric environmental health
    Curricula for environmental education and environmental health science education in primary and secondary schools
    AAP policy statements, technical reports, and clinical reports authored by the Council on Environmental Health
    Chairs of the AAP Council on Environmental Health
    Selected abbreviations
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2019
  • Digital
    volume editors, Wieland Kiess, Carl-Gustav Bornehag, Chris Gennings.
    Contents:
    Ethical issues in paediatric epidemiology / Rotzoll, M.; Willer, M
    Epidemiological studies of child maltreatment : difficulties and possibilities / Staffan, J
    Legislation on genetic testing in different countries / Rossler, F.; Lemke, J.R
    The incidental findings dilemma / Hiemisch, A.; Kiess, W
    Challenges and opportunities in conducting research in developing countries / Khan, M.I.; Memon, Z.A.; Bhutta, Z.A.
    How to recruit a representative sample and how to look for it? / Hoffmann, R.; Gosswald, A.; Houben, R.; Lange, M.; Kurth, B.-M
    The epidemiology of global child health / Persson, L.Å
    How to deal with proxy-reports / Genuneit, J
    Biology at a young age differs from biology at later ages : developmental aspects of growth and body functions in children and young adults / Soder, O
    Basic epidemiology, statistics, and epidemiology tools and methods / Vogel, M.; Poulain, T.; Jurkutat, A.; Spielau, U.; Kiess, W
    How to deal with confounding / Genuneit, J.
    Digital Access Karger 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Oğuz C̦ataltepe, George I. Jallo.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
  • Digital
    Alan R. Fleischman.
    Summary: This book examines the many ethical issues related to health care in children. It explores the moral obligations of families and clinicians facing hard choices for critically ill and dying children, ranging from neonates to adolescents. It also addresses the ethical concerns in research, genetic testing and screening, and surgical and medical enhancement.

    Contents:
    Children are special : hard questions, hard choices
    Ethical issues in creating a child
    Ethical issues in giving birth to a baby
    Ethical issues in neonatal intensive care
    Ethical issues in genetic testing and screening in children
    Ethical issues at the end of life : caring for gravely ill children
    Ethical issues in general pediatric practice
    Ethical issues in the care of adolescents
    Ethical issues in medical and surgical enhancement
    Ethical issues in research involving children.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    [edited by] Lindsay P. Carter, Meredith G.A. Eicken, Vandana L. Madhavan.
    Summary: "The practice of pediatric medicine can feel very personal; there is an incomprehensible level of trust placed by parents in pediatric providers caring for their children and the enormity of this responsibility is felt by all"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2016
  • Digital
    [edited by] Lily Zhu-Tam, Ida Chung.
    Summary: "This reference book is a clinical procedure book that provides step-by-step pediatric eye care examination techniques and will serve as a great learning and teaching tool for all eye care professionals"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Section 1. History. Chapter 1. Case history for the pediatric eye examination
    Section 2. Examination. Chapter 2. Testing color vision in children ; Chapter 3. Testing stereopsis in children ; Chapter 4. Pediatric visual acuity testing ; Chapter 5. Testing visual fields in children ; Chapter 6. Pupil examination in children ; Chapter 7. Ocular motility testing in children ; Chapter 8. Refraction in the pediatric eye examination ; Chapter 9. Binocular examination in children ; Chapter 10. Testing accommodation in children ; Chapter 11. Diagnostic agents in the pediatric eye examination ; Chapter 12. Slit lamp examination on pediatric patients ; Chapter 13. Fundus examination in pediatric patients: direct ophthalmoscope and panoptic ophthalmoscope ; Chapter 14. Fundus examination in pediatric patients using indirect ophthalmoscopy: binocular indirect ophthalmoscopy (BIO), BIO with scleral indentation, BIO in premature infants ; Chapter 15. Ocular emergencies in children: techniques and procedures to assist in diagnosis and treatment ; Chapter 16. Myopia management.
  • Digital
    Daniel J. Hedequist, Benton E. Heyworth, editors.
    Contents:
    The Pediatric Femur: Development, Growth & Surgical Anatomy
    Radiologic Evaluation of Femur Fractures
    Femur Fractures in Neonates, Infants and Toddlers and Femur Fractures in Child Abuse
    Femoral Head Fractures in Children
    Fractures of the Femoral Neck in Children
    Subtrochanteric Femur Fractures in Children
    Treatment of Pediatric Diaphyseal Femur Fractures: Spica Casting & Traction
    Treatment of Pediatric Diaphyseal Femur Fractures: External Fixation
    Treatment of Diaphyseal Pediatric Femur Fractures with Flexible Intramedullary Fixation
    Treatment of Pediatric Diaphyseal Femur Fractures with Plate Fixation
    Treatment of Pediatric Diaphyseal Femoral Fractures with Locked Intramedullary Implants
    Physeal, Epiphyseal, & Intra-Articular Fractures of the Distal Femur
    Evaluation and Management of Pathologic Femur Fractures in Children
    Evaluation and Management of Complications of Pediatric Femur Fractures.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Lois K. Lee, Eric W. Fleegler, editors.
    Summary: Pediatric firearm injuries are a significant public and medical community issue. Clinicians are on the front line caring for children, adolescents, and their families after a firearm injury or death. They also represent the best hopes for preventing firearm injuries to children and adolescents in the future. In circumstances of injury and violence they provide medical, mental health, and rehabilitative care. They also provide anticipatory guidance to prevent firearm injuries and deaths and should have a strong voice in the local, state and national discussions about firearm policies for injury prevention. This book provides an overview of the epidemiology and risk factors for firearm injuries in children and adolescents. It will serve as a practical clinical guide for firearm injury prevention at the individual, state and national levels. The beginning of the book focuses on the epidemiology of firearm injuries, primarily centered in the United States, but also including an international perspective. It addresses the role of firearms in suicide, homicide, and domestic violence, and examines mass shootings as well. The second half of the book focuses on preventive measures for firearm injuries including primary care and hospital-based interventions, community interventions, and state and federal legislation. It concludes with a background on the history of firearm research in the United States and future directions for decreasing firearm injuries. The book's overall focus is on public policy and the role of clinicians and public health advocates, while simultaneously offering practical tools and information about the clinician's role in intervention. Written by experts in the field, Pediatric Firearm Injuries and Fatalities is an ideal resource for pediatric, adolescent medicine, emergency medicine, primary care and family medicine clinicians. At the same time, it appeals to all clinicians and public health advocates wishing to develop a better understanding of pediatric firearm injuries and a path forward to decreasing them.

    Contents:
    Children and Firearms: Inevitable Interactions or Needless Calamities?
    Access to Firearms and Youth Suicide in the US: Implications for Clinical Interventions
    Firearm Homicide and Assaults
    Unintentional Firearm Injuries in Children
    School Shootings: No Longer Unexpected
    Firearm Violence in the Pediatric Population: An International Perspective
    Talking with Families: Interventions for Health Care Providers
    Emergency Department and Hospital-Based Interventions
    Depression and Means Restriction
    Caring for Pediatric Patients after Gun Violence
    Violence Intervention Advocacy Program and Community Interventions
    Safety Devices for Firearms
    Firearm Legislation and Advocacy
    The Clinician Guide to Firearm Legislative Advocacy
    Future Directions for Firearm Injury Intervention, Policy, and Research.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Michelle L. Butterworth, John T. Marcoux, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    David L. Robinson.
    Summary: This book provides guidance to all professionals working with children who present with injuries, neglect, illness falsification and other forms of child abuse. Clinical findings and the current literature are analyzed. The author's clinical experience is shared to assist the reader in diagnosing the cause of injury and other presentations. This text is the result of many years of experience in the UK working with children in an East London hospital (which receives over 1000 children a week through the children's Emergency Department) and the analysis of over 400 cases for the Family and Crown Courts. Mainstream opinions, the medical literature, and examples from extensive experience on the wards and in Court are discussed. Pediatric Forensic Evidence is aimed at doctors, lawyers, the Courts, social workers, health visitors, teachers, the police and others, guiding them through the analysis of injury and when to raise concerns.

    Contents:
    General Aspects of Child Protection
    Bruising in Infants & Children
    Fractures
    Burns
    Abusive Head Trauma (AHT)
    Abdominal and Thoracic Trauma
    Neglect and Emotional Abuse
    Fabricated or Induced Illness by Carers (FII)
    Child sexual abuse.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Daniel Bar-Shalom, Klaus Rose, editors.
    Summary: As the first book that specifically addresses pediatric formulations in the context of drug development, Pediatric Formulations: A Roadmap covers anatomy and physiology of children as well as the technical state of the art, gives hints about where to find inspiration, and provides a suitable background on the regulatory framework. Existing books on pediatric formulations mainly discuss compounding at the pharmacy. This is not a "how to formulate" textbook for pharmaceutical scientists; the subtitle "A Roadmap" indicates that we are on a path in largely unexplored territory. It is an attempt to equip the reader with necessary information on how to get started with the appropriate mindset. Among medicinal specialties, pediatrics is a young discipline. The potential dangers of medicine were often underestimated in earlier times. Cough suppressants labeled as "suitable for children and adults" a hundred years ago could kill children as they contained opioids. Since then, a complex framework has evolved, with physicians, pharmacists, drug development companies, generic companies, academic scientists, regulatory authorities, reimbursement organizations, patients and children's parents as key players. The position of children in our society has changed dramatically during the last century. Children were protected against clinical trials, yet thanks to clinical trials, many more children with cancer survive today. The development of age-adjusted drug formulations is not only a technical challenge. For new drugs today, there are laws both in the United States and the European Union that compel the research-based pharmaceutical industry to also consider children during drug development. One of the major demands of authorities is the development of age-appropriate formulations.

    Contents:
    Pediatric Development: Anatomy
    Age, Weight, Body Surface and Stature, Organ Development
    Pediatric Development: Physiology. Enzymes, Drug Metabolism, Pharmacokinetics and Pharmacodynamics
    Pediatric Development? Gastrointestinal
    How to Estimate the Dose to be Given for the First Time to Pediatric Patients
    The Clinical Relevance of Pediatric Formulations
    General Considerations for Pediatric Oral Drug Formulation
    Orosensory Perception
    Flavor Is Not Just Taste: Taste Concealing
    Liquid Formulations
    Paediatric Solid Formulations
    Semi-Solid Formulations
    The Challenge of Automated Compounding
    Pediatric Formulations in Clinical Testing and the Challenge of Final Market Formulation
    Buccal/Sublingual Drug Delivery for the Paediatric Population
    Topical and Transdermal
    Parenteral Liquids for Intravenous and Transdermal Use
    The Challenges of Paediatric Pulmonary Drug Delivery
    Nasal, Ocular and Otic Drug Delivery
    Rectal Drug Delivery
    Intraosseous Infusions in Infants and Neonates
    Compounding for Children? The Compounding Pharmacist
    Food Ingredients
    Excipients and Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients (APIs)
    Clinical Testing in Children
    Pediatric Formulations and Dosage Forms and Future Opportunities: Impact of Regulations in the United States and Implementation of Quality by Design
    Pediatric Pharmaceutical Legislation and its impact on Adult and Pediatric Drug Development: The EU Regulatory View
    Pediatric Pharmaceutical Legislation in USA and EU and their impact on Adult and Pediatric Drug Development
    Checks and Balances in the EU: The Role of the European Ombudsman, with a Focus on the Paediatric Regulation
    The Dangerous Business Of Predicting The Future.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Christine M. Houser.
    Summary: Often, information in review books can raise as many questions as it answers. This interferes with the study process, because the learner must either look up additional information or skip ahead without truly comprehending what he or she has read. As an alternative, Pediatric Gastroenterology and Nutrition: A Practically Painless Review presents bite-size chunks of information that can be read and processed rapidly, helping learners to stay active while studying and to pick up new information the first time they read it. This book's question and answer format allows for self-testing or study with a partner or a group. The format also facilitates dipping into the book during a few minutes of downtime at the hospital or office. Pediatric Gastroenterology and Nutrition: A Practically Painless Review is a quick and easy way to master these tricky topics and is suitable for those studying for the pediatric board exam, practicing physicians brushing up their skills and any busy clinician who wants to learn more about these topics while on the go.

    Contents:
    The Bilirubin Pathway
    Selected Gastroenterology Topics
    General Gastroenterology Question and Answer Items
    General Vitamin and Nutrition Question and Answer Items.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    editors, Robert Wyllie, Jeffrey S. Hyams, Marsha Kay.
    Summary: "The world has turned upside down since the last edition of this textbook was published in 2016. The COVID-19 pandemic and its resultant need for social distancing has changed the manner in which we practice medicine with televisits now often being substituted for in-person visits. As uncomfortable as that has become for many clinicians, one outgrowth has been the need to emphasize once again the importance of the patient's history rather than relying on imaging and invasive testing that may be more difficult to arrange. The role of a central compendium of knowledge of pediatric gastrointestinal, hepatic, and nutritional disorders has never been more important. Having such a resource at the clinician's fingertips should facilitate a more directed and focused problem-based approach. That was our goal 27 years ago with the publication of the first edition of this textbook, and it remains our goal now. For novices to the field as well as for experienced clinicians, it is invaluable to have a primary resource even in this age of instant electronic searches. As powerful as today's search engines are, they cannot substitute for a well-written comprehensive textbook."--Preface.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    edited by Michelle Forcier, Gerrit Van Schalkwyk, Jack L. Turban.
    Summary: This book serves as a guide to key topics regarding pediatric gender identity to help clinicians better care for transgender and gender diverse youth. Written by experts in the field, it covers critical considerations for child health providers from a variety of disciplines in a range of clinical settings. Patients, families and other community agencies can also find useful information about current practices and recommendations for care and support. The text begins by overviewing terminology, epidemiology, gender identity development, and relevant neurobiology. Next, the text focuses on the emergence of affirmative treatment paradigms using a patient-centered, consent based framework. Topics include psychotherapeutic support, gender-affirming medical and surgical care, management of co-existing psychiatric conditions, sexual health and fertility, legal considerations, international considerations, and more. Pediatric Gender Identity can be used as a framework to address core clinical issues and offers practical considerations for gender-affirming care. Using the growing science and understanding of gender development, this book is an excellent resource for all professionals working with gender diverse youth, including child and adolescent psychiatrists, pediatricians, pediatric surgeons, psychologists, therapists, researchers, school and educational leaders, and students.

    Contents:
    1. Overview and Terminology
    2. Epidemiology of Pediatric Gender Identity
    3. Pathways of Gender Development
    4. Neurobiology of Pediatric Gender Identity
    5. Minority Stress & The Impact of Acceptance
    6. Sex Positive Approaches to Educating, Supporting, and Listening to TGD Youth in Clinical Encounters
    7. Patient-Centered Care: Providing Safe Spaces in Behavioral Health Settings
    8. Primary Care
    9. Mood, Anxiety & Other Mental Health Concerns
    10. Caring for Transgender and Gender Diverse Youth with Co-occurring Neurodiversity
    11. Pediatric Gender Identity: Considerations for Acute Care of TGD Youth
    12. Psychotherapy
    A Clinical Overview
    13. Treatment Paradigms for Pre-pubertal Children
    14. Treatment Paradigms for Adolescents: Gender-Affirming Hormonal Care
    15. Fertility Considerations for Gender Diverse Youth
    16. Gender Affirming Surgical Care
    17. Late Adolescence to Early Adulthood
    18. Cultural Considerations in the United States
    19. International Considerations & Variations in Practice: An African Perspective
    20. Legal Considerations for Transgender and Gender Diverse Youth.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Christine M. Houser.
    Summary: Often, information in review books can raise as many questions as it answers. This interferes with the study process, because the learner must either look up additional information or skip ahead without truly comprehending what he or she has read. As an alternative, Pediatric Genetics and Inborn Errors of Metabolism: A Practically Painless Review presents bite-size chunks of information that can be read and processed rapidly, helping learners to stay active while studying and to pick up new information the first time they read it. This book's question and answer format allows for self-testing or study with a partner or a group. The format also facilitates dipping into the book during a few minutes of downtime at the hospital or office. Pediatric Genetics and Inborn Errors of Metabolism: A Practically Painless Review is a quick and easy way to master these tricky topics and is suitable for those studying for the pediatric board exam, practicing physicians brushing up their skills, and any busy clinician who wants to learn more about these topics while on the go.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    A. Lindsay Frazier, James F. Amatruda, editors.
    Summary: Germ cell tumors are relatively rare compared with other malignancies, and compilations of knowledge that encompass the entire spectrum of the disease are lacking. This textbook, written by the foremost authorities in the field, rectifies the situation by discussing in depth a broad range of topics, including biology, epidemiology, pathology, treatment, and late effects. Bearing in mind that germ cell tumors are most prevalent in the adolescent and young adult age group, causes of disease and treatment approaches in pediatric and adult patients are compared and contrasted. By spanning the entire life course, from prenatal origins of disease through to treatment in adults and late effects of treatment, the editors have produced a book that will be of interest to both pediatric and adult oncologists.

    Contents:
    Biology of germ cell tumors
    Epidemiology of germ cell tumors
    Pathology of germ cell tumors
    Clinical treatment of extracranial pediatric germ cell tumors
    Management of disseminated germ cell tumor in adults
    Clinical treatment of adult women with ovarian germ cell tumors
    Ovarian and testicular sex cord-stromal tumors
    Late effects in testicular cancer survivors.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Ahmed H. Al-Salem.
    Summary: This richly-illustrated book is a reader-friendly reference guide on pediatric gynecology covering both congenital and acquired conditions. Discussing a broad range of conditions from ovarian cysts and endometriosis to disorders of sexual development and breast disorders, this book presents the topics in a concise manner using a practical approach. Each chapter is divided into sections that cover all aspects of the topic including radiology, surgery and clinical aspects and the text is accompanied by ample images.The book will be of use to general surgeons, pediatricians, pediatric surgeons, pediatric endocrinologists, pediatric urologists, obstetricians and gynaecologists.

    Contents:
    1. Development of the female reproductive system
    2. Delayed Puberty in Girls
    3. Precocious puberty
    4. Breast disorders in female children and adolescents
    5. Fused Labia (Labial Adhesions)
    6. Imperforate Hymen
    7. Labial and inter-labial masses
    8. Pediatric Vulvovaginal Disorders and Vulvovaginitis
    9. Inguinal and femoral hernias in girls
    10. Persistent Mullerian duct syndrome
    11. Vaginal atresia, agenesis and vaginal septum
    12. Cloacal anomalies
    13. Menstruation disorders in adolescents
    14. Polycystic ovarian syndrome
    15. Endometriosis in adolescence girls
    16. Amenorrhea in adolescents
    17. Ovarian Cysts and Tumors
    18. Rhabdomyosarcoma of female children genital tract
    19. Disorders of sexual development
    20. Congenital adrenal hyperplasia (CAH)
    21. Androgen insensitivity syndrome (Testicular feminization syndrome)
    22. Deficient testosterone biosynthesis
    23. Gonadal dysgenesis
    24. Ovotestis disorders of sexual development.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Joshua M. Abzug, Scott H. Kozin and Rebecca Neiduski.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    Paolo Campisi, Vito Forte, Bo-Yee Ngan, Glenn Taylor, editors.
    Summary: This book focuses on Pediatric Head and Neck Surgical Diseases and Pediatric Surgical Pathology. The core objective is to provide the reader the essential background of various head and neck diseases that are common and/or unique to children by highlighting the key diagnostic, clinical, and pathologic features. It encompasses a comprehensive spectrum of pediatric head and neck diseases that are congenital or acquired. Many chapters describe the clinical and radiologic presentation, age-specific differential diagnosis, and diagnostic histopathologic features. The clinical and pathologic aspects of diseases that are unique to children and young adults that are amenable to surgical care are specifically emphasized. Pediatric Head and Neck Textbook: Pathology, Surgery and Imaging is aimed at trainees and specialists in Pediatrics, Otolaryngology Head & Neck Surgery, General and Pediatric Surgery, Pediatric Radiology and Pediatric Pathology.

    Contents:
    Section 1: Introduction to Pediatric Head and Neck Surgical Pathology
    Surgical pathology.-Radiological investigations
    Surgical consultation
    Section 2: Clinical Aspects of Head and Neck Diseases in infants, children and young adolescents
    Ear and temporal bone: Clinical features and surgical management
    Ear and temporal bone: Pathology and diagnostic features
    Nasal cavity and paranasal sinus: Clinical features and surgical management
    Nasal cavity and paranasal sinus: Pathology and diagnostic features
    Nasal pharynx and hypopharynx: Clinical features and surgical management
    Nasal pharynx and hypopharynx: Pathology and diagnostic features
    Larynx and trachea: Clinical features and surgical management
    Larynx and trachea: Pathology and diagnostic features
    Oral cavity, maxilla and mandible: Clinical features and surgical management
    Oral Cavity, Maxilla and mandible Pathology and diagnostic features
    Salivary glands: Clinical features and surgical management
    Salivary glands: Pathology and diagnostic features
    Thyroid and parathyroid: Clinical features and surgical management
    Thyroid and parathyroid: Pathology and diagnostic features
    Paraganglionic system: Clinical features and surgical management
    Paraganglionic system: Pathology and diagnostic features
    Lymphoid system: Clinical features and surgical management
    Lymphoid system: Pathology and diagnostic features
    Surgical skin diseases of the head and neck: Clinical features and management
    Clinical Dermatology of the head and neck
    Dermatopathology of the Head and Neck: Pathology and Diagnostic features
    Disease of the nasal and tracheal cilia: Clinical aspects
    Diagnostic pathology of disorders of nasal and tracheal cilia
    Pathology of Paediatric Sarcoma of the Head and Neck
    Pathology of Paediatric head and neck neoplasm unique to specific geographic regions.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Reza Rahbar, Carlos Rodriguez-Galindo, John G. Meara, Edward R. Smith, Antonio R. Perez-Atayde, editors.
    Summary: The pediatric head and neck cancer patient necessitates a multidisciplinary team of specialists to provide an optimal continuum of care. This A-Z guide provides practical, in-depth information for all medical professionals involved in the evaluation and treatment of these patients. Written in an easy to follow format, each entry contains illustrative figures to aid in pathological and radiographical diagnosis, as well as structured discussion of evaluation and multimodality management. The alphabetical layout eliminates redundancy and allows the busy physician to quickly locate relevant information. Pediatric Head and Neck Tumors is ideal for young physicians as well as attending physicians seeking to expand their knowledgebase to the various subspecialties involved in the multidisciplinary care of their patients.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Jack Gladstein, Christina L. Szperka and Amy A. Gelfand.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    Christopher B. Oakley, editor.
    Summary: Pediatric headache is the most common neurological complaint that presents to the general pediatrician, urgent care and emergency rooms, and to pediatric neurology. Despite how common headaches are in the pediatric population and how many children continue to suffer from their headaches on a daily basis, there remains a tremendous disconnect for those tasked with being the first-line providers (general pediatric providers). This stems from the fact that headache patients can be so variable and challenging, with numerous comorbid concerns, all the while requiring an individualized treatment approach without a cure. The purpose of this proposed book is to help foster a better understanding of how to approach, assess, and ultimately treat pediatric headache for the general pediatric provider in an attempt to make what once was a daunting, overwhelming complaint from patients and their families into something each general pediatric provider can conquer with confidence. With the aid of experts in the field of pediatric headache, this book will begin by providing the foundation as to what types of headaches, primary and secondary as well as their precursors, are commonly seen in the pediatric population. From there, the focus will turn to when should the provider worry about a patient who presents with headaches. The clinic visit -- from the history to the pertinent exam -- will be reviewed in depth to help distinguish between primary and secondary headaches as well as who warrants an evaluation. Additionally, comorbid concerns will be covered as these may have direct impact on the evaluation and subsequent treatments offered. The next section will delve into the treatment of pediatric headache with a comprehensive approach covering everything from lifestyle to complementary and alternative therapies/treatments, to medications, both acute and prophylactic. Other more specialized treatment options such as procedures and devices will also be discussed albeit these options are more likely to be offered by a specialist rather than a general provider. A subsequent section will highlight the unique challenges for the older adolescent patients as they transition into young adulthood. The closing section will highlight the future of pediatric headache.

    Contents:
    Section 1: Introductory Overview
    Chapter 01: Historical Overview of Pediatric Headache
    Chapter 02 MIGRAINES IN CHILDREN
    Chapter 03: Migraine Precursors in the Pediatric Population
    Chapter 04: Other Primary Headaches Commonly Seen in Pediatrics (tension-type, cluster, TACs)
    Chapter 05
    Chronic Daily Headaches in Pediatrics
    Section 2: When To Worry and How to Evaluate the Pediatric Headache Patient
    Chapter 06: The Clinic Visit: From History and Exam to When and How to Evaluate a Pediatric Headache Patient
    Section 3: Comorbid Concerns in the Pediatric Headache Patients
    Chapter 07: Neurologic and Psychiatric Comorbidities in Pediatric Headache Patients
    Chapter 08: Dysautonomia and Atopy in Pediatric Headache Patients
    Section 4: Treatment of Pediatric Headache A Multi-Tiered Approach
    Chapter 09: Lifestyle Modifications and Complimentary/Alternative Therapies
    Chapter 10
    Prophylactic and Acute Pharmacology for Pediatric Headache
    Section 5: Conclusions
    Chapter 11: Transitioning from Pediatric to Adulthood with Regard to Headaches and Their Subsequent Care
    Chapter 12: Future of Pediatric Headache Where Do We Go From Here?
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Michael Weiner, Darrell J. Yamashiro, Prakash Satwani, Monica Bhatia, Cindy Neunert.
    Summary: Pediatric Hematology & Oncology Secrets, 2nd Edition, offers practical, up-to-date coverage of the full range of essential topics in this dynamic field. This highly regarded resource features the Secrets’ popular question-and-answer format that also includes lists, tables, pearls, memory aids, and an easy-to-read style – making inquiry, reference, and review quick, easy, and enjoyable.

    Contents:
    Coagulation overview
    Developmental erythropoiesis
    Sickle cell syndromes
    Intrinsic and extrinsic red blood cell defects
    Thalassemias
    Nutritional anemia
    Granulocytes
    Disorders of platelets
    Bone marrow failure syndromes
    Hematological manifestations of systemic disease
    Epidemiology
    Principles of chemotherapy
    Principles of immunotherapy
    Precision medicine and systems biology
    Predisposition syndromes
    Health equity and disparities in pediatric and adolescent/young adult oncology
    Clinical emergencies in children with cancer
    Transfusion medicine
    Pediatric radiation oncology
    Principles of infectious disease and management of febrile neutropenia
    Neoplastic hematopathology
    Pediatric solid tumors pathology
    Molecular pathology
    Survivorship and late effects
    Integrative therapies
    Palliative Care
    An overview of the Emotional and educational needs of children with hematological and oncological conditions
    Global health issues in pediatric oncology
    Principles of pediatric surgical oncology
    Acute lymphoblastic leukemia
    Acute myeloid leukemia
    Chronic myeloid leukemia/other leukemia
    Soft tissue sarcomas
    Bone tumors
    Neuroblastoma
    Hepatic tumors
    Kidney tumors in children and adolescents
    Hodgkin lymphoma in children and adolescents
    Non-hodgkin lymphoma in children and adolescents
    Neuro-Oncology
    Post-Transplant lymphoproliferative disorder (PTLD)
    Retinoblastoma
    Langerhans Cell Histiocytosis (LCH)
    Hemophagocytic lymphohistiocytosis
    Principles and practice of pediatric hematopoietic cell transplantation
    Autologous hematopoietic stem cell transplantation for children and young adults
    Car-T cells: expanding the universe of immunotherapy in children with malignant diseases
    Gene therapy for hemoglobinopathies and other diseases
    Hematopoietic cell transplantation for malignant disorders
    Stem cell transplantation for children with nonmalignant disorders
    Complications associated with allogeneic hematopoietic cell transplantation in children.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2024
  • Digital
    Daniela Cristina Stefan, Carlos Rodriguez-Galindo, editors.
    Summary: Typically, manuals of pediatric hematology-oncology are written by specialists from high-income countries, and usually target an audience with a sub-specialist level of training, often assisted by cutting-edge diagnostic and treatment facilities. However, approximately 80% of new cases of cancer in children appear in mid- and low-income countries. Almost invariably, general practitioners or general pediatricians without special training in oncology will look after children with malignancies who enter the health care system in these countries. The diagnostic facilities are usually limited, as are the treatment options. The survival figures in these conditions are somewhere below 20%, while in high-income countries they are in the range of 80% for many childhood cancers. Pediatric Hematology-Oncology in Countries with Limited Resources is the only book of its kind to provide specific guidance applicable to limited resource settings and builds up from the foundation of general practitioner or general pediatrician competence. Written and edited by leaders in the field, this manual educates physicians on the essential components of the discipline, filtered through the experience of specialists from developing countries, with immediate applicability in the specific healthcare environment in these countries.

    Contents:
    Childhood Cancer in Low-Income and Middle-Income Countries in the Twenty-First Century
    Cancer Registries and the Descriptive Epidemiology of Pediatric Cancer in Low
    and Middle-Income Countries
    The Role of International Organizations on Collaborationfor Global Pediatric Cancer Control
    The Role of Twinning Programs and Telemedicine in Pediatric Oncology
    Pediatric Cancer Units and Optimization of Resources
    Early Warning Signs of Cancer in Children/Models for Early Diagnosis
    Care and Prevention of Infection
    Nutritional Assessment and Intervention
    Oncologic Emergencies
    Essential Medicines and Pharmacy Services
    Palliative and Supportive Care
    Psycho-Social Aspects/Parent Support Groups
    Nursing Care of Children with Cancer
    Paediatric Radiotherapy
    Procedures in Pediatric Oncology: Practical Guidelines
    Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia
    Acute Myeloid Leukemia
    Hodgkin Lymphoma
    Non-Hodgkin Lymphoma
    Retinoblastoma
    Soft Tissue Sarcomas
    Bone Tumors
    Neuroblastoma
    Nephroblastoma
    Paediatric Neuro-Oncology
    HIV and Malignancy in Children
    Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplant.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Carolina Witchmichen Penteado Schmidt.
    Summary: This unique book is the first on pediatric hematopoietic stem cell transplantation that is especially intended for pharmacists - in recognition of the fact that Pediatric Oncology Pharmacy is an area where more and more specific knowledge is required in daily practice, yet pharmacists who work in pediatric stem cell transplantation do not have a book addressing their specific needs. This pioneering book will likely become the new gold standard for practice, addressing subjects such as stem cells and their differentiation mechanisms; aspects of embryonic and non-embryonic stem cells; stem cell transplantation in pediatrics; stem cell sources and related technical choices; stem cell donors; scheduling transplantations; diseases and chemotherapy protocols that require stem cell transplantation; stem cell homing; engraftment and repopulation of stem cells in bone marrow; autologous stem cell transplantation in pediatrics; allogeneic stem cell transplantation in pediatrics; and indications for autologous and allogeneic pediatric stem cell transplantation. Further, it discusses pediatric graft-versus-host disease and the pharmacist; antibacterial and antifungal prophylaxis; detailed chemotherapy, conditioning and trials for pediatric stem cell transplantation; conditioning granulocyte colony-stimulating factor (G-CSF) in pediatric stem cell transplantation; analyzing prescriptions and programming a pediatric stem cell transplantation; handling chemotherapy and adjuvant drugs for pediatric stem cell transplantation; stem cell transplantation in children up to 1 year old; and clinical pharmacy in pediatric stem cell transplantation. An easy-to-read yet comprehensive guide covering a wide range of topics essential to daily practice, the book offers an invaluable asset for pediatric hemato/ oncology pharmacists, hematologist pharmacists, clinical pharmacists, pediatric pharmacists, pharmaceutical residents and researchers alike.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    About the Author
    Chapter 1: The Pharmacist in Pediatric Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation
    Chapter 2: Stem Cells
    2.1 General Aspects of Stem Cells
    2.2 Types of Stem Cells
    2.3 Differentiation and Self-Renew
    2.3.1 Differentiation
    2.3.2 Progenitor Cells
    2.4 Embryonic and Non-embryonic Stem Cells
    2.4.1 Embryonic Stem Cells and the Possibility to Use Them in Pediatric Oncology/Hematology
    2.5 Basic Concepts on Researching and Handling with Stem Cells
    2.5.1 NOD/SCID Mice 3.2.2 Myeloablative, Non-myeloablative, and Reduced-Intensity Pediatric Regimens for Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation
    3.3 Autologous Stem Cell Transplantation in Pediatrics
    3.3.1 Acute Lymphoid Leukemia (ALL)
    3.3.2 Acute Myeloid Leukemia (AML)
    3.3.3 Chronic Myeloid Leukemia
    3.3.4 Non-Hodgkin Lymphoma
    3.3.5 Hodgkin Lymphoma
    3.3.6 Solid Tumors
    3.3.7 Wilms Tumor
    3.3.8 Osteosarcoma
    3.3.9 Germ Cell Tumors
    3.3.10 Rare Tumors
    3.4 Allogeneic Stem Cell Transplantation in Pediatrics
    3.4.1 Donors 3.4.2 Risks for the Recipient of Allogeneic Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation Regarding the Sources of Stem Cells
    3.4.3 Acute Lymphoid Leukemia (ALL)
    3.4.4 Biphenotypic Leukemia
    3.4.5 Acute Myeloid Leukemia (AML)
    3.4.6 Chronic Myeloid Leukemia
    3.4.7 Non-Hodgkin Lymphoma
    3.4.8 Hodgkin Lymphoma
    3.4.9 Juvenile Myelomonocytic Leukemia, Anemias, Myelodysplasia, Primary Immunodeficiency, and Inborn Error of Metabolism
    Chapter 4: Homing of Stem Cells to the Bone Marrow: Finding the Way Home
    4.1 Homing
    4.1.1 A Big Picture of Homing
    4.1.2 Homing First Step 4.1.3 Homing Second Step: Activation of Lymphocyte Function-Associated Antigen 1 (LFA-1), Very Late Antigen 4/5 (VLA-4/5), and CD44
    4.1.4 Homing Third Step: Cytoskeleton Rearrangement, Membrane Type 1 (MT1)-Matrix Metalloproteinase (MMP) Activation and Secretion of MMP2/9
    4.1.5 Homing Fourth Step: Rolling and Firm Adhesion of Progenitors to Endothelial Cells in Small Marrow Sinusoids Under Blood Flow
    4.1.6 Homing Fifth Step: Trans-Endothelial Migration Across the Physical Endothelium/Extracellular Matrix (ECM) Barrier 4.1.7 Homing Sixth Step: Stem Cells Finalize Their Homing by Selective Access and Anchorage to Their Specialized Niches in the Extravascular Space of the Endosteum Region and Periarterial Sites
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Lorenzo D'Antiga, editor.
    Summary: This book is the first to provide balanced examination of both pediatric liver disease and liver transplantation - two topics that are inherently related, given that most chronic liver disorders eventually require organ replacement. The different forms of liver disease encountered in the pediatric age group are first discussed in a series of disease-specific chapters that have a reader-friendly, uniform structure covering pathophysiology, diagnostic and treatment algorithms, clinical cases, and transition to adult care. Key topics in the field of liver transplantation are then addressed. Examples include indications and contraindications, surgical techniques and complications, immunosuppression, in pediatric liver transplantation, acute and chronic rejection and allograft dysfunction, and CMV and EBV infection in transplant recipients, long-term graft injury and tolerance. A section on pediatric hepatology across the world includes chapters presenting the features and management of pediatric liver disease in South-America, Africa and Asia. A closing section considers what the future holds for pediatric liver disease and its management, including novel genetic testing, cell therapy and gene therapy. Pediatric Hepatology and Liver Transplantation will be of value for a range of practitioners, from residents making their first approach to pediatric liver disease through to specialists working in transplantation centers.

    Contents:
    Part I: Paediatric hepatology: 1. Liver disease in paediatric medicine : an overview / Valeria Casotti and Lorenzo D'Antiga
    2. Basic principles of liver physiology / Valeria Casotti and Lorenzo D'Antiga
    3. The anatomy and histology of the liver and biliary tract / Maria Guido, Samantha Sarcognato, Diana Sacchi, and Kathrin Ludwig
    4. Laboratory evaluation of hepatobiliary disease / Henrik Arnell and Björn Fischler
    5. Diagnostic and interventional radiology / R. Agazzi, P. Tessitore, and S. Sironi
    6. Practical approach to the jaundiced infant / Ekkehard Sturm and Steffen Hartleif
    7. Biliary atresia and other congenital disorders of the extrahepatic biliary tree / Pietro Betalli and Mark Davenport
    8. Acute liver failure in children / Naresh Shanmugam and Anil Dhawan
    9. Chronic viral hepatitis / Giuseppe Indolfi and Lorenzo D'Antiga
    10. Autoimmune liver disease / Giorgina Mieli-Vergani and Diego Vergani
    11. Fibrocystic liver disease / Laura Cristoferi, Giovanni Morana, Mario Strazzabosco, and Luca Fabris
    12. Gallstone disease / Fabiola Di Dato, Giusy Ranucci, and Raffaele Iorio 13. Genetic cholestatic disorders / Emanuele Nicastro and Lorenzo D'Antiga
    14. Wilson's disease / Piotr Socha and Wojciech Janczyk
    15. Liver disease in cystic fibrosis / Dominique Debray
    16. Inherited metabolic disorders / Nedim Hadzic and Roshni Vara
    17. Nonalcoholic fatty liver disease and steatohepatitis in children / Antonella Mosca, Silvio Veraldi, Andrea Dellostrologo, Mariateresa Sanseviero, and Valerio Nobili
    18. Complications of liver cirrhosis / A. Holvast and H. J. Verkade
    19. Portal hypertension / Angelo Di Giorgio and Lorenzo D'Antiga
    20. Vascular liver disease / Simon C. Ling and Ines Loverdos
    21. Liver tumours and nodular lesions / Chayarani Kelgeri, Khalid Sharif, and Ulrich Baumann
    22. The liver in systemic illness / Melanie Schranz, Maria Grazia Lucà, Lorenzo D'Antiga, and Stefano Fagiuoli
    23. Nutrition and liver disease / Florence Lacaille
    24. Intensive care management of children with liver disease / Isabella Pellicioli, Angelo Di Giorgio, and Lorenzo D'Antiga. Part II: Paediatric liver transplantation: 25. Precision medicine in liver transplantation / Alastair Baker
    26. Liver allograft donor selection and allocation / James E. Squires and George V. Mazariegos
    27. Surgical techniques / Michele Colledan and Stefania Camagni
    28. Pediatric living donor liver transplantation / Mureo Kasahara, Seisuke Sakamoto, and Akinari Fukuda
    29. Listing for transplantation : postoperative management and long-term follow-up / Nathalie Marie Rock and Valérie Anne McLin
    30. Surgical complications following transplantation / Michele Colledan, Domenico Pinelli, and Laura Fontanella
    31. Immunosuppression in pediatric liver transplant / Patrick McKiernan and Ellen Mitchell
    32. Pathology of allograft liver dysfunction / Aurelio Sonzogni, Lisa Licini, and Lorenzo D'Antiga
    33. Chronic rejection and late allograft hepatitis / Deirdre Kelly
    34. Cytomegalovirus and Epstein-Barr virus infection and disease / Emanuele Nicastro and Lorenzo D'Antiga
    35. Liver transplantation for inherited metabolic disorders / Alberto Burlina and Lorenzo D'Antiga
    36. Immune tolerance after liver transplantation / Sandy Feng and Alberto Sanchez-Fueyo
    37. Long-term outcome and transition / Marianne Samyn
    38. Neurodevelopment and health related quality of life of the transplanted child / Vicky Lee Ng and Jessica Woolfson. Part III: Paediatric hepatology across the world: 39. Pediatric liver disease in Latin America / Daniel D'Agostino, Maria Camila Sanchez, and Gustavo Boldrini
    40. Pediatric liver disease in the African continent / Mortada H. F. El-Shabrawi and Naglaa M. Kamal
    41. Pediatric liver disease in the Asian continent / Anshu Srivastava and Rishi Bolia. Part IV: Future perspectives: 42. Next-generation sequencing in paediatric hepatology / Lorenzo D'Antiga
    43. Cell therapy in acute and chronic liver disease / Massimiliano Paganelli
    44. Gene therapy in pediatric liver disease / Andrès F. Muro, Lorenzo D'Antiga, and Federico Mingozzi.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Melissa G. Cossey, Lauren K. Gambill
    Summary: "This educational guide provides a much-needed subspeciality-specific learning resource for pediatric hospital medicine. Featuring 50 of the most commonly presenting topics encountered by pediatric hospitalists, this book brings readers into the morning meeting and walks them through patient presentation, diagnosis, treatment, and resolution, providing realistic examples in an engaging case-based format. This book is designed to supplement the educational experience of trainees during their inpatient pediatrics rotation, and its versatility allows it to be used as an educational guide to lead learning sessions or as an individual resource or study guide. Each chapter dives into an individual case that is titled with a fictitious patient name, often related to the case topic, which provides a helpful memory tool for learners. Each case includes a Documentation Tips section, designed to ensure accurate and clear communication across the interdisciplinary team that cares for hospitalized children, as well as Clinical Pearls summarizing the main chapter take-aways. Back to Basics boxes are included in cases as needed, to serve as a refresher of examination techniques, laboratory test result analysis, or other foundational information related to the cases. In addition, Health Equity Focus boxes related to social determinants of health are featured throughout the book to help clinicians recognize and address potential inequities in care"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Emma, a 16-month-old girl with vomiting and diarrhea
    Anita, a 4-month-old girl with respiratory distress
    Baby girl smith, a newborn with respiratory distress
    Parker, a 3-year-old boy with difficulty breathing
    John, a 4-day-old boy with hyperbilirubinemia
    Isaiah, an 8-year-old boy with shortness of breath
    Rose, a 3-week-old girl with fever
    Austin, an 8-month-old boy with fever and vomiting
    Holly, a 5-year-old girl with fever, vomiting, and thigh swelling
    Ilyas, a 6-year-old boy with acute abdominal pain
    Judah, a 2-year-old boy with buttock pain and redness
    Maryam, a 4-year-old girl with fever and cough
    Freddy, a 9-week-old boy with an episode of decreased responsiveness
    Brian, a 2-year-old boy with fussiness and fever
    Liam, a 6-week-old boy with poor weight gain
    Simon, a 15-month-old boy with abnormal movements and fever
    Polly, a 16-year-old girl with fever, abdominal pain, and vomiting
    Payton, a 14-year-old boy with throat pain and fever
    Ida, a 15-month-old girl with pallor and fatigue
    Jenny, a 14-year-old girl with a severe headache
    Katelyn, a 4-year-old girl with fever and neck swelling
    Taj, a 12-year-old boy with hyperglycemia
    Finn, a 2-year-old boy with fever and leg pain
    Aubree, a 15-year-old girl with recurrent abdominal pain
    Andy, a 9-year-old boy with respiratory distress and vomiting
    Janice, an 11-year-old girl with prolonged menses
    Amaia, a 16-year-old girl with hematemesis
    Chandler, a 7-year-old boy with eye swelling
    Philip, a 7-year-old boy with intermittent abdominal pain
    Alex, a 9-year-old boy with edema and hematuria
    Ella, an 8-year-old girl with 2 weeks of fever
    Maria, a 15-year-old girl with lower extremity weakness
    Juan, a 16-year-old with shoulder pain
    Bernard, a 15-year-old boy with abdominal pain and diarrhea
    Ricky, a 3-year-old boy with shaking
    Alberto, a 7-year-old boy with edema
    Reese, a 12-year-old girl with weight loss
    Lily, a 6-month-old girl with fever and lethargy
    Isla, a 15-month-old girl with fever and rash
    Rena, a 14-year-old girl with abdominal pain and vomiting
    Malik, a 2-year-old boy with pneumonia and persistent fever
    Flora, an 8-year-old girl with worsening epigastric pain and emesis
    Scott, a 3-year-old boy with bloody diarrhea and decreased urination
    Lucy, a 16-year-old girl with altered mental status
    Sam, a 10-month-old boy with hypoglycemia
    Makayla, a 16-year-old girl with fever and blurry vision
    Olive, a 4-month-old girl with lethargy and hyponatremia
    Aria, a 16-year-old girl with headache and confusion
    Tomás, a 17-month-old boy with worsening respiratory status
    Anna, an 11-year-old girl with medical complexity, fever, increased secretions, and increased seizure frequency.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2022
  • Digital
    Giuseppe Cinalli, M. Memet Özek, Christian Sainte-Rose, editors.
    Summary: Since the first edition of this book, the impressive development of neuroendoscopy has dramatically changed the surgical approach to hydrocephalus, the main pathology pediatric neurosurgeons worldwide have to deal with. This revised and updated second edition, written by worldwide leaders in the field, fully reflects this progress: not only existing chapters have been reviewed whenever required, but new ones have been added thus taking into consideration every aspect of hydrocephalus, even when associated with the rarest pathologies. The general part include now more data on history, biomechanics, circulation and molecular basis. Special consideration for fetal surgery has been added, whereas the section on neonatal hydrocephalus has been further developed. Section 4, on the different pathologies associated with hydrocephalus, has been significantly expanded. and is now amazingly detailed, as well as the section on shunt treatment. Infections are now dealt with in two different chapters, and special attention to shunt complications (the nightmare of every Pediatric Neurosurgeon.) is paid in five different chapters. A very complete overview of the endoscopic treatment, that will surely draw the reader's attention thanks to the wonderful full color images, is also included. Written by acknowledged experts in the field, this title is an indispensable tool for all those facing this pathology in their daily practice.

    Contents:
    From the contents: History of Hydrocephalus and of its treatment
    Experimental Hydrocephalus: Models and study Methods
    Genetics of hydrocephalus
    Development of the cerebrospinal fluid pathways during embryonic and fetal life in humans
    Anatomy and histology of cerebral and spinal meninges
    The choroid plexus
    CSF circulation
    CSF hydrodynamics
    Molecular basis of Hydrocephalus
    Biomechanics of Hydrocephalus
    Pathology of Hydrocephalus
    Radiology of Hydrocephalus
    Classification and definition of Hydrocephalus
    Clinic of Hydrocephalus.-Prenatal Hydrocephalus
    Post haemorrhagic hydrocephalus in prematures
    Post haemorrhagic hydrocephalus in prematures
    Post haemorrhagic hydrocephalus in prematures
    Hydrocephalus and Myelomeningocele
    Hydrocephalus associated with cerebral malformations
    Hydrocephalus in posterior fossa tumors
    Hydrocephalus in suprasellar and basal ganglia tumors
    Hydrocephalus in pineal and tectal tumors
    Hydrocephalus and colloid cysts
    Hydrocephalus and spinal tumors
    Post-infectious Hydrocephalus
    Hydrocephalus in developing countries
    Multiloculated Hydrocephalus
    Hydrocephalus and Parasitosis
    Hydrocephalus and Dandy-Walker malformation
    Hydrocephalus and aqueductal stenosis
    Extraventricular intracisternal obstructive hydrocephalus
    Hydrocephalus and arachnoid cysts
    Hydrocephalus in Achondroplasia and venous hypertension
    CSF Hydrodynamics in Craniosynostosis
    Hydrocephalus and Neurofibromatosis
    Hydrocephalus and malformations of Cranio cervical junction
    Hydrocephalus and vein of Galen Malformation
    Post-traumatic Hydrocephalus
    Post tubercular Hydrocephalus
    Fetal surgery
    ICP Monitoring: Indications, Techniques, interpretation
    CSF hydrodynamics applied to the CSF shunt design
    Shunt hardware
    CSF shunt insertion: Surgical techniques
    Mechanical complications in CSF shunts
    CSF shunt infection
    Abdominal complications in shunts
    Slit ventricle syndromes
    Endoscopic anatomy
    Third Ventriculostomy
    Third Ventriculostomy and Choroid Plexus Coagulation
    Aqueductoplasty and Aqueductal stenting
    Septostomy and complex procedures
    Third ventriculostomy in shunt malfunction
    Radiological assessment before and after endoscopic third ventriculostomy
    Complications of third ventriculostomy
    Obstruction of third ventriculostomy
    Outcome analysis
    ETV under 2 years in Triventricular hydrocephalus
    Long term evaluation and QOL assessment of hydrocephalus outcome
    Growth and puberty in Hydrocephalus
    Hydrocephalus and Epilepsy
    Rehabilitation for hydrocephalic children
    Transitional care in pediatric neurosurgical patients
    Benign pericerebral collections in infants
    Syringomyelia in pediatric age
    Benign intracranial Hypertension in children.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Joseph T. Flynn, Julie R. Ingelfinger, Karen M. Redwine, editors.
    Summary: The fourth edition of this book is the most comprehensive major reference work on hypertension in children and adolescents. Since the publication of the previous edition, there have been notable changes in the field, with the arrival of new evidence of the long-term sequelae of hypertension in youth, an evidence-based review of the value of routine BP screening in children and adolescents, and further evidence of the cardiovascular consequences of the childhood obesity epidemic. This expanded edition covers these new findings, while featuring new chapters on such timely topics as routine blood pressure screening, hypertension in late adolescents/young adults, and current pediatric hypertension research. The reference work also includes thorough updates on chapters from the previous edition, as well as new clinical practice guidelines for childhood hypertension, which have not been revised since 2004. Written by experts in the field, Pediatric Hypertension, Fourth Edition is the definitive resource for clinicians and researchers interested in childhood hypertension.

    Contents:
    Neurohumoral and Autonomic Regulation of Blood Pressure
    Vasoactive Factors and Blood Pressure in Children
    Cardiovascular Influences on Blood Pressure
    Ions and Fluid Dynamics in Hypertension
    Uric Acid in the Pathogenesis of Hypertension
    Insulin Resistance and Other Mechanisms of Obesity Hypertension
    Monogenic and Polygenic Contributions to Hypertension
    Perinatal Programming of Arterial Pressure
    Hereditability and Familial Aggregation of Blood Pressure
    The Role of Dietary Electrolytes and Childhood Blood Pressure Regulation
    Endothelial Dysfunction and Vascular Remodeling in Hypertension
    Stress and Salt Sensitivity in Childhood Hypertension
    Methodology of Casual Blood Pressure Measurement
    Value of Routine Screening for Hypertension in Childhood
    Development of Blood Pressure Norms and Definition of Hypertension in Children
    Ambulatory Blood Pressure Monitoring Methodology and Norms in Children
    Methodology and Applicability of Home Blood Pressure Monitoring in Children and Adolescents: Home Blood Pressure Monitoring
    Epidemiology of Primary Hypertension in Children
    Epidemiology of Cardiovascular Disease in Children
    Ethnic Differences in Childhood Blood Pressure
    Obesity Hypertension: Clinical Aspects
    Hypertension in Children with Type 2 Diabetes or the Metabolic Syndrome
    Primary Hypertension in Children
    Secondary Forms of Hypertension in Children: Overview
    Hypertension in Chronic Kidney Disease
    Hypertension in End-Stage Renal Disease: Dialysis
    Hypertension in End-Stage Renal Disease: Transplantation
    Renovascular Hypertension, Vasculitis, and Aortic Coarctation
    Endocrine Hypertension
    Neonatal and Infant Hypertension
    Obstructive Sleep Apnea and Hypertension
    Hypertension in the Pregnant Teenager
    Cognitive and Behavioral Aspects of Childhood Hypertension
    Substance-Induced Hypertension: Mechanisms and Management
    Hypertension in Oncology and Stem-Cell Transplant Patients
    Hypertension in Older Adolescents and Young Adults
    Hypertension in the Developing World
    Diagnostic Evaluation of Pediatric Hypertension
    Sequelae of Hypertension in Children and Adolescents
    Vascular and Cardiac Imaging Techniques and Their Applicability to Childhood Hypertension
    The Role of ABPM in Evaluation of Hypertensive Target-Organ Damage
    Exercise Testing in Hypertension and Hypertension in Athletes
    Nonpharmacologic Treatment of Pediatric Hypertension
    Pharmacologic Treatment of Pediatric Hypertension
    Management of Hypertensive Emergencies
    Hypertensive Models and Their Relevance to Pediatric Hypertension
    Cohort Studies, Meta-analyses, and Clinical Trials in Childhood Hypertension
    Changes in Drug Development Regulations and Their Impact on Clinical Trials.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Brady, Tammy M.; Flynn, Joseph T.; Ingelfinger, Julie R.
    Summary: For the past 17 years, Pediatric Hypertension has served as the definitive reference text on hypertension in children and adolescents. Each edition has incorporated the latest research on the pathophysiology, clinical significance and management of hypertension in the young, and has incorporated the most current consensus guidelines on diagnosis and management. The years since publication of the fourth edition have seen further advances in the field that merit publication of an updated, expanded text, including: Analysis of the implications of updated hypertension guidelines on identification of youth at highest cardiovascular risk Additional data on the proximate effects of high blood pressure in children in adolescents Further understanding of the links between high blood pressure in youth and surrogate markers of adult cardiovascular disease The fifth edition is a readable, informative text that provides a comprehensive guide to the diagnosis, management and therapy of hypertension in children and adolescents, and presents new data that very clearly indicate that the origins of adult cardiovascular disease are rooted in pediatric hypertension. It will, as a result, be very important for therapeutic decisions and will also be highly relevant for those in internal medicine, who care for the millions of adults who have hypertension, cardiovascular disease and kidney disease. In this sense, the book fulfills the longstanding goal of showing that hypertension that begins in childhood is important to track, diagnose and treat, and that the present understanding of adult hypertension necessitates the study of blood pressure in youth. The fifth edition has a similar structural format to the prior editions and covers all aspects of pediatric hypertension, from basic science research to the most recent clinical information.

    Contents:
    Neurohumoral and Autonomic Regulation of Blood Pressure
    Vasoactive Factors and Blood Pressure in Children
    Cardiovascular Influences on Blood Pressure
    Ions and Fluid Dynamics in Hypertension
    Uric Acid in the Pathogenesis of Hypertension
    Insulin Resistance and Other Mechanisms of Obesity Hypertension
    Monogenic and Polygenic Contributions to Hypertension
    Perinatal Programming and Blood Pressure
    Heritability and Familial Aggregation of Blood Pressure
    The Role of Dietary Electrolytes and Childhood Blood Pressure Regulation
    Endothelial Dysfunction and Vascular Remodeling in Hypertension
    Early life stress and blood pressure
    Salt Sensitivity in Childhood Hypertension
    Early vascular aging in childhood hypertension
    Methodology of Casual Blood Pressure Measurement
    Value of Routine Screening for Hypertension in Childhood
    Development of Blood Pressure Norms and Definition of Hypertension in Children
    Ambulatory Blood Pressure Monitoring Methodology and Norms in Children
    Methodology and Applicability of Home Blood Pressure Monitoring in Children and Adolescents
    Epidemiology of Hypertension and CVD in Children
    Ethnic Differences in Childhood Blood Pressure
    Obesity Hypertension: Clinical Aspects
    Hypertension in Children with Type 2 Diabetes or the Metabolic Syndrome
    Primary Hypertension in Children
    White Coat Hypertension
    Hypertension in Chronic Kidney Disease
    Hypertension in End-Stage Renal Disease: Dialysis
    Hypertension in End-Stage Renal Disease: Transplantation
    Renovascular Hypertension, Vasculitis and Aortic Coarctation
    Endocrine Hypertension
    Neonatal and Infant Hypertension
    Sleep Apnea and Hypertension
    Hypertension in the Pregnant Teenager
    Cognitive and Behavioral Aspects of Childhood Hypertension
    Stroke and Childhood hypertension
    Substance-Induced Hypertension: Mechanisms and Management
    Hypertension in Oncology and Stem-cell Transplant Patients
    Hypertension in Older Adolescents and Young Adults
    Hypertension in the Developing World
    Diagnostic Evaluation of Pediatric Hypertension
    Sequelae of Hypertension in Children and Adolescents
    Cardiovascular Assessment of Childhood Hypertension
    The Role of ABPM in Evaluation of Hypertensive Target-Organ Damage
    Exercise Testing in Hypertension and Hypertension in Athletes
    Nonpharmacologic Treatment of Pediatric Hypertension
    Pharmacologic Treatment of Pediatric Hypertension
    Management of Hypertensive Emergencies
    Hypertension Care during Emergencies and Pandemics
    Hypertensive Models and Their Relevance to Pediatric Hypertension
    Cohort Studies, Meta-analyses, and Clinical Trials in Childhood Hypertension
    Changes in Drug Development Regulations and Their Impact on Clinical Trials.
    Digital Access Springer 2023
  • Digital
    American Academy of Pediatrics.
    Summary: "For the pediatric provider, coder, and biller, here's the most helpful and easy-to-use manual on ICD-10-CM yet. Featuring a laser-sharp pediatrics focus, it provides codes and guidelines in a simplified, yet familiar format. This purpose-built tool streamlines the coding process by condensing the vast ICD-10-CM code set to only pediatric-centered guidelines and codes. This yields a 50% reduction of codes to search for faster, efficient coding. The guidelines are included directly at the chapter and code level, helping ensure that coders will always use the right codes in the right situations. Tabular, indexed navigation helps you find needed items fast"--Publisher's description.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
  • Digital
    editors, Steven L. Blumer, David M. Biko, Safwan Halabi.
    Contents:
    1. Pediatric gastrointestinal tract
    2. Pediatric genitourinary tract
    3. Pediatric musculoskeletal system
    4. Pediatric chest radiology
    5. Pediatric neuroradiology
    6. Pediatric vascular radiology
    7. Pediatric cardiac radiology
    8. Pediatric multisystem radiology.
    Digital Access Ovid 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Michael Riccabona, Professor, Department of Radiology, Division of Pediatric Radiology, Graz University Hospital, Graz, Austria ; with contributions by Ingmar Gassner, Gabriele Hahn, Wolfgang Hirsch, Marcus Hoermann, Thekla von Kalle, Kathrin Maurer, Heimo Nemer, Gerald Paertan, Brigitte Povysil, Ianina Scheer, Jens-Peter Schenk, Gisela Schweigmann, Maria Sinzig, Erich Sorantin, Gundula Staatz, Peter Waibel, Doris Zebedin.
    Summary: "For all radiologists diagnosing infants and children, knowledge of best practices in pediatric imaging is essential to successful, high-quality results. This informative, reader-friendly text covers current guidelines and key topics in the field, including choice of modality, equipment and dosages, child-specific diseases, and safety factors. It is invaluable for all specialists who diagnose and manage this sensitive, highly targeted population. Special Features: Explores the use of all standard imaging modalities in children vs. adults, especially in regard to ultrasound, CT, and MRI, Supplies more than 600 clear, clinically relevant images to help in visualizing every concept, including imaging of suspected child abuse. Shows how to adapt examination protocols and equipment requirements for the specialized needs of pediatric patients. Describes important safety protection measures in children utilizing the ALARA principle of radiation exposure (As Low As Reasonably Achievable). Summarizes a wide array of pediatric diseases and disorders in a quick, checklist format, including clinical features, imaging findings, differential diagnosis, associated syndromes, and treatment recommendations for each. Includes lists of indications, summary tables, flowcharts of imaging protocols, case studies, and quiz questions to test your knowledge. Discussing differences in body proportions, heart and respiratory rates, skeletal structure, and more, this book provides a fundamental understanding of imaging in infants and children as compared to adults. It is an ideal practice-oriented reference for residents, fellows in pediatric radiology, general radiologists, and students preparing for the pediatric sections of the national and international specialty examinations in radiology"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Special imaging issues in children
    Imaging of the pediatric chest
    Imaging of the pediatric gastrointestinal tract
    Imaging of the pediatric central nervous system and spine
    Pediatric uroradiology
    Imaging of pediatric trauma
    The pediatric musculoskeletal system
    Pediatric oncoradiology
    Syndromes, metabolic diseases, and other special issues in children.
  • Digital
    Robert Vezzetti, Jestin Carlson, Debra Pennington.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    Nima Rezaei, editor.
    Summary: This book comprises a collection of categorized case-based questions, directed and meticulously selected to cover the most common and most important aspects of immunodeficiency diseases. Immunodeficiency disorders of infancy and childhood such as antibody deficiencies, phagocyte defects and defects in innate immunity are addressed among others. Each chapters starts with a brief of the initial presentation and lab data of the patient, followed by a series of 5-6 multiple choice questions (MCQs), leading the reader to the diagnosis and best of practice in a step-wise manner. This MCQ format along with precise, yet detailed answer ensures a quick, case-based, reality learning to the reader. This comprehensive MCQ series, is an essential reading material that a pediatric clinician, hematologist, immunologist, transplant specialist, or pulmonologist, can not afford to miss.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Acknowledgments; Abbreviations; Contents; Contributors;
    Chapter 1: Introduction to Primary Immunodeficiencies; References;
    Chapter 2: Workup of Recurrent Respiratory Infections and a Positive Family History; References;
    Chapter 3: Pseudomonas Meningitis; References;
    Chapter 4: Fever and Sleepiness; References;
    Chapter 5: Recurrent Pneumonia; References;
    Chapter 6: Developmental Regression; References;
    Chapter 7: Recurrent Ear Infections and Pneumonia; References;
    Chapter 8: Positive Urine Culture for Klebsiella pneumoniae; References
    Chapter 9: Brothers with Recurrent Sinopulmonary Infections and Chronic Lung DiseaseReferences;
    Chapter 10: Recurrent Infections and Arthritis; References;
    Chapter 11: Initial Diagnosis of Neutropenia and Later Crohn's Disease; References;
    Chapter 12: Diagnosis of "Sweat-Chloride Negative" Cystic Fibrosis; References;
    Chapter 13: Diagnosis of Sarcoidosis; References;
    Chapter 14: Refractory Crohn's disease; References;
    Chapter 15: Asthma Which Was Not Asthma; References;
    Chapter 16: Generalized Lymphadenopathy and Hypogammaglobulinemia After Abdominal Trauma; References
    Chapter 17: Weakness and AnemiaReferences;
    Chapter 18: Normal Primary Care Workup for Recurrent Sinopulmonary Infections; References;
    Chapter 19: Recurrent Sinusitis and Persistent Giardia Infection; References;
    Chapter 20: Recurrent Respiratory Infections; References;
    Chapter 21: Siblings Presenting with Mild and Severe Lymphoproliferation; References;
    Chapter 22: Non-Malignant Lymphoproliferation; References;
    Chapter 23: Portal Hypertension and Progressive Lymphoproliferation; References;
    Chapter 24: Recurrent Otitis and Upper Airway Obstruction; References;
    Chapter 25: Recurrent Pneumonia
    Chapter 35: Autoimmune CytopeniaReferences;
    Chapter 36: Recurrent Respiratory Tract Infections; References;
    Chapter 37: Protracted Diarrhea and Hypogammaglobulinemia; References;
    Chapter 38: Gingivitis and Recurrent Tonsillitis; References;
    Chapter 39: Respiratory Distress; References;
    Chapter 40: Intestinal Cryptosporidiosis; References;
    Chapter 41: Shortness of Breath; References;
    Chapter 42: Pneumocystis jiroveci Pneumonia Without Failure to Thrive; References;
    Chapter 43: Recurrent Infections and CNS Vasculitis; References;
    Chapter 44: Recurrent Infections and Widespread Warts; References
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Christine M. Houser.
    Summary: Often, information in review books can raise as many questions as it answers. This interferes with the study process, because the learner must either look up additional information or skip ahead without truly comprehending what he or she has read. As an alternative, Pediatric Infectious Disease: A Practically Painless Review presents bite-size chunks of information that can be read and processed rapidly, helping learners to stay active while studying and to pick up new information the first time they read it. This book's question and answer format allows for self-testing or study with a partner or a group. The format also facilitates dipping into the book during a few minutes of downtime at the hospital or office. Pediatric Infectious Disease: A Practically Painless Review is a quick and easy way to master tricky infectious disease topics and is suitable for those studying for the pediatric board exam, practicing physicians brushing up their skills, and any busy clinician who wants to learn more about this topic while on the go.

    Contents:
    Infectious Disease Prevention Question and Answer Items
    Selected Infectious Disease Topics
    General Infectious Disease Question and Answer Items.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Print
    editor, Samir S. Shah ; associate editors, Alex R. Kemper, Adam J. Ratner.
    Summary: "The most practice-oriented guide to diagnosing and managing infectious diseases in children"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access AccessPediatrics 2018
  • Digital
    Petar Mamula, Andrew B. Grossman, Robert N. Baldassano, Judith R. Kelsen, Jonathan E. Markowitz, editors.
    Summary: The latest edition of this essential text provides a comprehensive overview of the unique pediatric issues of inflammatory bowel disease. Through new and thoroughly revised chapters, the volume features updates regarding pathogenesis, clinic features, and management, with an emphasis on recent understanding of pharmacokinetics and the utilization of cutting edge therapeutic monitoring to maximize efficacy of medical management. The new edition also highlights newer, recently approved drugs, emerging therapies, and the most recent recommendations regarding post-operative management for patients who ultimately require surgery. Written by experts in the field, Pediatric Inflammatory Bowel Disease, Third Edition is a valuable resource for both pediatric and adult gastroenterologists involved in the care of children with inflammatory bowel disease.

    Contents:
    Genetics of Inflammatory Bowel Diseases
    The Intestinal Immune System During Homeostasis and Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    Cytokines and Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    The Gut Microbiota and Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    Immune Dysregulation Associated with Very Early-Onset Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    Epidemiology of Pediatric Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    The Natural History of Crohn Disease in Children
    Natural History of Ulcerative Colitis in Children
    Natural History of Pediatric Indeterminate Colitis
    Extraintestinal Manifestations of Pediatric Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    Liver Disease in Pediatric Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    Growth Impairment in Pediatric Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    Inflammatory Bowel Diseases and Skeletal Health
    Puberty and Pediatric-Onset Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    Classification of Inflammatory Bowel Disease in Children
    The History and Physical Exam
    Differential Diagnosis of Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    Laboratory Evaulation of Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    Fecal Biomarkers in Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    Radiologic Evaulation of Pediatric Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    Endoscopy and Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    The Pathology of Chronic Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    Video Capsule Endoscopy in Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    Bone Health in Pediatric Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    5-Aminosalicylate Therapy
    Antibiotic Therapy
    Nutritional Management of Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    Probiotic Therapy
    Corticosteroids
    6-Mercaptopurpine Therapy
    Methotrexate
    Infliximab Therapy for Pediatric Crohn Disease and Ulcerative Colitis
    Anti-TNF Biologic Therapies Other Than Infliximab
    Therapeutic Drug Monitoring in Pediatric Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    New Non-anti-TNF Therapies for the Treatment of Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    Medical Treatment of Perianal Crohn's Disease Fistulae
    Treatment of Acute Severe Ulcerative Colitis
    Dietary Therapies for Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    Complementary and Alternative Therapies
    Management of Intraabdominal Complications of Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    Surgical Management of Crohn Disease in Children
    Surgical Treatment of Ulcerative Colitis
    Postoperative Surveillance and Management of Crohn's Disease
    Pouchitis After Ileal Pouch-Anal Anastomosis
    Enteral Feeding Devices and Ostomies
    Clinical Indices for Pediatric Inflammatory Bowel Disease Research
    Clinical Trials (Clinical Perspective)
    Clinical Trials (Industry/Regulatory Perspective)
    Infectious Complications of Pediatric Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    Psychological Aspects of Inflammatory Bowel Disease in Children and Adolescents
    Measurement of Quality of Life in Pediatric Inflammatory BOwel Disease
    Irritable Bowel Syndrome and Functional GI Disorders in Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    Inflammatory Bowel Disease in Pregnancy
    Immunizations in the Child with Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    Malignant Tumors Arising in Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    Quality Improvement in Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    Fostering Self-Management and Patient Activation
    Advocacy for Pediatric Patients with Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    Legislative Advocacy
    Transition from Pediatric to Adult Care.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] Stephanie J. Phelps, Tracy M. Hagemann, Kelley R. Lee, A. Jill Thompson.
    Summary: "Pediatric Injectable Drugs, also known as "The Teddy Bear Book," is one of the ASHP's most recognized and trusted resources dedicated to helping pharmacists treat pediatric patients with injectable drugs. For more than 20 years, pharmacists and hospital pediatric teams have looked to Pediatric Injectable Drugs (The Teddy Bear Book) for the most comprehensive research-based information on pediatric intravenous infusions. Now for the first time since 2013, a new edition of this trusted resource is available! The "Teddy Bear Book", is the only reference of its kind that focuses on the unique issues that pediatric practitioners face when dealing with pediatric injectable drugs, such as limited fluid amounts, limited intravenous sites, and maximum doses. The updated edition of this comprehensive resource by respected editors Stephanie J. Phelps, PharmD, BCPS, Kelley R. Lee, PharmD, Amanda Jill Thompson, PharmD, and Tracy M. Hagemann, PharmD, FCCP, includes 15 new monographs and updates based on the latest evidence-backed literature"--Publisher's description
    Digital Access STAT!Ref 2018
    Limited to 2 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    edited by R. Scott Watson, Ann E. Thompson.
    Contents:
    Resuscitation and stabilization / Vinay Nadkarni, Robert M. Sutton, Robert A. Berg
    Extracorporeal life support / Heidi J. Dalton, Mark Davidson, and Peter P. Roeleveld
    Transport of the critically ill child / Kathryn Felmet and Richard Orr
    Procedures / S. Pascala, E. Ocal, Stephen M. Schexnayder
    Basic pediatric hemodynamic monitoring / Bradley P. Fuhrman and Jorge G. Sainz
    Respiratory / Jan Hau Lee and Ira M. Cheifetz
    Cardiac disease in pediatric intensive care / Vamsi V. Yarlagadda and Ravi R.Thiagarajan
    Pediatric shock : recognition and management / Diana Pang and Joseph A. Carcillo
    Neurocritical care / Steven L. Shein and Robert S. B. Clark
    Sedation and analgesia / Lynn D. Martin and Iskra I. Ivanova
    Fluids and electrolytes / Desmond Bohn
    Diagnosis and management of renal disorders in the pediatric intensive care unit / Dana Y. Fuhrman and Michael L. Moritz
    Hematology/onc / Phillip Spinella and Jeffrey Bednarski
    Gastrointestinal and nutrition / Renán A. Orellana and Jorge A. Coss Bu
    Infections in the intensive care unit / Samina Afreen, Hector R. Wong, and Marian G. Michaels
    Endocrine disorders in pediatric critical care / Carmen Soto-Rivera, Michael Agus
    Toxicological emergencies / Sandra D.W. Buttram and Anne-Michelle Ruha
    Pharmacology / Athena Zuppa
    Trauma and burns / Joanna C. Lim, Catherine Goodhue, Elizabeth Cleek, Erik R. Barthel, Barbara Gaines, and Jeffrey S. Upperman
    Supportive and end-of-life care in the pediatric intensive care unit / Kelly N. Michelson and Joel E. Frader.
    Digital Access Oxford [2017]
  • Digital
    Michael Temple, Francis E. Marshalleck, editor.
    Summary: The introductory section of the book will highlight the unique elements of pediatric practice that are necessary to provide safe patient care. The remainder of the book will discuss all major vascular and non-vascular PIR procedures. The organization will be procedure specific with secondary area classification.The procedural chapters will be organized using a standard format to make it easier for readers to find information. The chapters will contain introductory descriptions of disease processes, indications for intervention, technical information about the procedures and post procedure care.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Patricia Jones, Dennis J. Dietzen, Shannon Haymond, Michael J. Bennett.
    Contents:
    Daily issues in the practice of pediatric laboratory medicine
    Common tests and considerations important in pediatric medicine
    Inborn errors of metabolism
    Diagnostic approach to the patient with a suspected inborn error of metabolism
    Newborn screening
    Cystic fibrosis and sweat testing
    Pediatric reference intervals
    Maternal-fetal testing
    Pediatric toxicology and therapeutic drug monitoring
    Lipids and lipoproteins
    Point of care testing in the pediatric setting
    Pediatric laboratory testing for specific endocrine conditions
    Molecular diagnostic testing
    Pediatric microbiology
    Pediatric hematology and hemoglobinapathies
    Pediatric coagulation
    Pediatric transfusion medicine.
    Digital Access AccessPediatrics 2017
  • Digital
    Yizhi Liu, editor.
    Contents:
    Embryonic Development of the Human Lens
    Human Visual Development
    Anatomy and Physiology of the Crystalline Lens
    Etiology of Pediatric Lens Diseases
    Epidemiology of Pediatric Cataracts
    Classification and Morphology of Pediatric Cataracts
    Overview of Pediatric Cataract Treatments
    History Taking and Specialized Examination of Lens Diseases in Children
    Perioperative Challenges and Solutions in the Management of Children with Cataracts
    General Anesthesia in Pediatric Lens Surgery
    Care of Pediatric Lens Surgery
    Pediatric Cataract Extraction
    Calculation and Selection of Intraocular Lens Power for Children
    Selection of Intraocular Lenses for Children
    Pediatric Intraocular Lens Implantation
    Cataract Surgery in Children with Anomalies of Uvea
    Ectopia Lentis in Children
    Cataract Surgery in Children with Preexisting Posterior Capsular Defects
    Surgery of Congenital Cataracts Associated with Persistent Fetal Vasculature
    Pediatric Cataract Surgery in Microphthalmic Eyes
    Lens Trauma in Children
    Intraoperative Complications and Management
    Postoperative Complications and Management
    Prevention and Management of Pediatric Secondary Cataracts
    Reposition, Explantation, and Exchange of Intraocular Lenses
    Postoperative visual rehabilitation in children with lens diseases
    Quality of Life Assessment in Children with Lens Anomalies.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] Nedim Hadžić, Ulrich Baumann, Valérie Anne McLin
    Contents:
    Brief history of pediatric liver transplantation
    What is different between pediatric and adult liver transplantation?
    Health system requirements for pediatric liver transplantation
    Managing a scarce resource in pediatric liver transplantation
    Indications and contraindications for pediatric liver transplant
    Preparation for pediatric liver transplant: medical aspects
    Psychological/social aspects
    Living donor liver transplantation in children
    ABO incompatibility: indications and management
    Liver and hematopoietic stem cell transplantation
    Combined liver and kidney transplantation
    Combined transplantation liver-heart, lung, and/or pancreas
    Combined liver and small bowel transplantation
    The transplant procedure: surgical aspects and techniques
    Anesthetic aspects
    Post-operative care after liver transplantation
    Types of rejection
    Anti-rejection strategies
    Anti-infection strategies
    Early vascular complications
    Biliary complications in pediatric liver transplantation
    General aspects of early management
    Hematologic complications after liver transplant
    Role of histology following pediatric liver transplantation
    Surgical complications
    Recurrence of disease after liver transplantation
    Immunological and other late complications
    Post-transplant lymphoproliferative disease
    Role of radiology and interventional radiology after pediatric liver transplantation
    Role of biomarkers in monitoring liver allograft function
    Liver assist systems in pediatric liver failure
    Cell transplantation
    Gene therapy
    Biliary atresia
    Alagille syndrome
    Liver transplantation for acute liver failure in children
    Auxiliary liver transplantation for acute liver failure in children
    Liver transplantation for liver tumors in children
    Metabolic conditions
    Liver retransplantation
    Pediatric liver transplantation in Asia
    Pediatric liver transplantation in South America: incidence and indications
    Psychosocial outcomes after pediatric liver transplantation
    Chronic graft injury
    Prospects for immune tolerance
    Challenges for young people with liver disease including transition to adult services
    Future of liver transplantation in children.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    Sanjeev Sabharwal, editor.
    Contents:
    Part I: General Principles and Techniques
    Etiology of Lower Limb Deformity
    Clinical Evaluation Including Imaging
    Decision Making in Lower Extremity Deformity Correction
    Growth Modulation for Angular and Length Correction
    Physeal Bar Excision
    Acute Deformity Correction Using an Osteotomy
    Gradual Deformity Correction
    Hybrid Techniques for Limb Length and Deformity Correction
    Motorized Intramedullary Lengthening, an Emerging Technology for Limb Length and Deformity Correction
    Part II: Related Concepts and Management Options
    Biomechanically Based Clinical Decision Making in Pediatric Foot and Ankle Surgery
    Pediatric Joint Contractures
    Physical Therapy During Limb Lengthening and Deformity Correction: Principles and Techniques
    Amputation and Prosthetic Management: Amputation as a Reconstructive Option
    Working in Resource-Challenged Environments
    Part III: Underlying Conditions
    Metabolic Disorders
    Osteogenesis Imperfecta
    Lower Limb Deformity in Neuromuscular Disorders: Pathophysiology, Assessment, Goals and Principles of Management
    Arthrogryposis
    Limb Lengthening and Deformity Correction in Patients with Skeletal Dysplasias
    Lower Extremity Benign Bone Lesions and Related Conditions
    Management of Juxtaphyseal Malignant Bone Tumors Around the Knee Joint: New Concepts in Limb-Sparing Surgery
    Part IV: Congenital and Developmental Disorders
    Congenital Femoral Deficiency Reconstruction and Lengthening Surgery
    Fibular Hemimelia: Principles and Techniques of Management
    Tibial Hemimelia
    Congenital Pseudarthrosis of the Tibia
    Controversies in Blount?s Disease
    Part V: Sequelae and Complications
    Methods to Enhance Bone Formation in Distraction Osteogenesis
    Residual Deformities of the Hip
    Post-traumatic Lower Limb Deformities in Children
    Postinfectious Deformities of the Lower Limb
    Iatrogenic Deformities.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    David M. Parham, Joseph D. Khoury. M. Beth McCarville, editors.
    Summary: Pediatric Malignanies: Pathology and Imaging serves as a state-of-the-art reference for understanding the fundamental biology and diagnostic aspects of pediatric tumors. This volume stands apart from other books covering pediatric neoplasia by providing an in-depth analysis of the pathogenetic and diagnostic aspects of the most commonly encountered tumors. The volume covers the new advances in our understanding of the molecular processes underlying a number of pediatric tumors and the novel, sophisticated diagnostic tools that have now become an integral part of practice standards. Pediatric Malignanies: Pathology and Imaging will be of great value for practicing clinicians, oncologists, radiologists, surgeons, pediatricians and pathologists for characterizing and diagnosing childhood tumors.

    Contents:
    Laboratory Techniques Used in the Diagnosis of Pediatric Tumors
    Imaging Techniques Used in the Diagnosis of Pediatric Tumors
    Soft Tissue Sarcomas
    Malignant Bone Tumors
    Tumors of Lymphoid and Hematopoietic Tissues
    Tumors of the Central Nervous System
    Pediatric Cancer in the Head and Neck
    Malignancies of the Pediatric Lower Respiratory Tract
    Gastrointestinal Cancers in Children
    Malignant Renal Tumors
    Germ Cell and Gonadal Tumors
    Tumors of the Adrenal Gland
    Malignant Skin Tumors in Children
    Intraocular Tumors
    Malignant Tumors of Peripheral Nerves.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    George M. Kushner, Lewis C. Jones, editors.
    Summary: This book aims to assist the reader in navigating the potentially complex decision-making process involved in selecting the most appropriate intervention for each particular scenario that may be encountered by the practitioner or surgeon in the growing patient with facial trauma. Among the topics covered are the initial management of both soft and bony trauma, including different types of fracture, as well as the management of complications and revision surgery. The discerning practitioner will learn how to provide the appropriate intervention at the appropriate time, by taking into account skeletal growth when matching techniques to the injuries more common in the skeletally immature patient. It is also emphasized that in some cases, no intervention is advisable owing to the possibility of damaging growth centers or introducing additional scar tissue that may impede future growth. Pediatric Maxillofacial Trauma will provide key knowledge for surgeons treating growing patients, ensuring that their decisions to operate or delay intervention are evidence based.

    Contents:
    Growth and Development of the Maxillofacial Skeleton
    The Use of Resorbable Implants in Pediatric Facial Fractures
    Soft Tissue Trauma in the Growing Patient
    Soft Tissue Revision Surgery in the Growing Patient
    Management of Dog Bites
    Dentoalveolar Trauma
    Mandible Fractures in Primary, Mixed and Permanent Dentition Phases
    Midface (Maxillary and Zygomatic) Fractures
    Orbital and Nasal Fractures
    Considerations in Pediatric Populations (Including Patterns of Abuse).
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    American Academy of Pediatrics.
    Summary: This new compendium is your source for trustworthy recommendations on quality care of children and adolescents with mental health issues.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2020
  • Digital
    Sarah Y. Vinson, Ebony S. Vinson, editors.
    Summary: This book contains practical, clinical information for responding to the increasing unmet mental health needs of pediatric populations. Edited by mental health experts with hands-on experience working in primary care, this book describes the most common pediatric psychiatric concerns that are most appropriately treated by PCPs and integrated care teams and it is written specifically for such providers. It also provides clinical pearls for diagnosis, behavioral interventions, and pharmacologic interventions in order to inform early identification and treatment, which can change the trajectory of mental illness in youth. With broad applicability, the tools in this text can be used in urban, suburban, rural, resource-rich and resource-poor communities alike as well as in clinics that have varying degrees of mental health care integration. Pediatric Mental Health for Primary Care Providers: A Clinician's Guide is the ultimate resource for primary care clinicians and all members of integrated care teams working with children, including onsultant psychiatrists and psychologists, pediatricians, family physicians, social workers, nurse practitioners, physician's assistants, nurses, and care coordinators.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Mohan V. Belthur, Ashish S. Ranade, Martin J. Herman, James A. Fernandes, editors.
    Summary: Pediatric musculoskeletal infections are common globally. If untreated or treated inadequately, pediatric bone and joint infections can cause significant mortality and morbidity. The functional and economic burden to the family and community at large also presents a significant public health problem. This book serves as an evidence-based, comprehensive review of the current concepts for the early diagnosis and management of pediatric musculoskeletal infections. This first-of-its-kind book also uses a multidisciplinary and global approach by including contributions from authors worldwide. The book comprises five sections, making it easy to read starting from any chapter. Written by experts in the field, Pediatric Musculoskeletal Infections: Principles and Practice serve as an easily accessible resource for a wide-reaching audience of healthcare providers from multiple disciplines to aid them in making informed decisions while treating children with bone and joint infections.

    Contents:
    Section 1: General principles
    Epidemiology of musculoskeletal infections
    The Microbiology of MSK infections and antibiotic therapies
    Pathology of musculoskeletal infections
    Imaging modalities to diagnose musculoskeletal infections
    Infection mimics: differential diagnoses of musculoskeletal infections
    MRSA and virulent MSSA infections
    Systemic effects of musculoskeletal infections and ICU management
    Local antibiotic drug delivery systems for musculoskeletal infections
    Evidence based management of musculoskeletal infections
    Section 2: Acute musculoskeletal infections
    Acute hematogenous osteomyelitis
    Septic arthritis
    Pyomyositis
    Musculoskeletal infections in the neonate
    Subacute osteomyelitis
    Surgical site infection in pediatric orthopaedic surgery
    Surgical site infection in spine surgery
    Infections related to external fixators
    Pediatric musculoskeletal infections: a LMIC perspective
    Section 3: Chronic musculoskeletal infections and their sequelae
    Chronic hematogenous Osteomyelitis
    Post-traumatic chronic osteomyelitis
    Chronic non-bacterial recurrent osteomyelitis (Chronic non-infective osteitis)
    Pathological fractures with osteomyelitis
    Post infective deformities: strategies for limb reconstruction
    Sequelae of septic arthritis of the hip and late reconstruction
    Post infective bone gap management of the upper extremity
    Post infective bone gap management of the lower extremity
    Post infective bone gap management: Induced membrane technique
    Section 4: Region specific musculoskeletal infections
    Epiphyseal osteomyelitis
    Pediatric hand infections
    Pediatric foot infections
    Tuberculosis of the axial skeleton
    Tuberculosis of the appendicular skeleton
    Non-tuberculous infections of the spine
    Section 5: Uncommon musculoskeletal infections
    Musculoskeletal infections in immunocompromised children
    Fungal infections
    Necrotizing fasciitis
    Gas gangrene
    Meningococcal infections
    Brucellosis, Hydatid disease, and viral osteomyelitis.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    editors, Kenneth Noonan, Mininder Kocher.
    Summary: "Musculoskeletal complaints represent a large percentage of cases seen by pediatricians, family physicians, and other first-line clinicians who work with children and adolescents. Pediatric Musculoskeletal Physical Diagnosis: A Video-Enhanced Guide helps health care practitioners arrive at an accurate diagnosis and determine the need for a referral. Written by leaders in pediatric orthopaedics, this practical guide is a comprehensive, multimedia resource covering the physical examination and the next steps to the diagnosis of disorders of the growing musculoskeletal system. Uses an easy-to-follow, consistent format that comprehensively covers physical diagnostic techniques for suspected pediatric and adolescent musculoskeletal disorders. Discusses relevant anatomy, patient history, and musculoskeletal physical diagnostic techniques, including diagnostic tests, treatments, and pearls and pitfalls. Provides access to procedural videos from Boston Children's Hospital that clearly demonstrate physical examination methods covered in the text"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Common Pediatric Orthopedic Nomenclature / Aristides I. Cruz Jr and Joseph G. Khoury
    Differences Between Pediatric and Adult Musculoskeletal Systems / James G. Jarvis and Megan E. Johnson
    Pearls and Pitfalls of the Pediatric Musculoskeletal Examination / Andrew Howard, Martin Herman, and Michael Wolf
    Observational Gait Analysis and Correlation With Static Examination / Robert M. Kay, Susan A. Rethlefsen, and Tom F. Novacheck
    Diagnostically Directed Examination for Neurological Disorders / M. Wade Shrader and A. Noelle Larson
    Physical Examination for Unusual and Syndromic Conditions / Pooya Hosseinzadeh, Ron El-Hawary, Craig Eberson, and Kishore Mulpuri
    Diagnostically Directed Examination for Infectious, Inflammatory, and Neoplastic Conditions / Jonathan G. Schoenecker, Stephanie N. Moore-Lotridge, Samuel Johnson, and Alexandre Arkader
    Evaluation for Nonaccidental Trauma / Karen L. Lakin
    Examination of the Injured Child / Anthony I. Riccio and Shital N. Parikh
    Evaluation of the Concussed Child/Adolescent / Naomi Brown, Eileen P. Storey, William P. Meehan III, Corina Martinez, and Christina L. Master
    Spine and Spinal Conditions / Amy L. McIntosh and Bryan Tompkins
    Foot and Ankle Deformity / Benjamin Shore and Megan E. Johnson
    Leg Disorders / Ryan D. Muchow and Vishwas R. Talwalkar
    Knee Conditions / Eric W. Edmonds and Benton E. Heyworth
    Limb Alignment and Limb Length Discrepancies / Christopher A. Iobst and Raymond W. Liu
    Hip Disorders / Matthew D. Milewski and Pablo Castañeda
    Chest and Shoulder Deformity / Dennis E. Kramer and Derek M. Kelly
    Pediatric Elbow and Forearm Conditions / Joshua M. Abzug, Danielle A. Hogarth, and Dan A. Zlotolow
    Hand and Wrist Problems / Roger Cornwall.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library (Pediatrics)
    LWW Health Library (Orthopedics
  • Digital
    Yasser El Miedany, editor.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive compilation of musculoskeletal ultrasonography (MSUS) fundamentals in pediatric rheumatology with emphasis on imaging techniques, normal anatomy, approaches towards standardization, and the spectrum of pathologic findings seen in the pediatric population. It examines the techniques and pitfalls of MSUS in pediatrics and compares sonoanatomy in pediatric patients versus adults. Chapters cover a range of anatomical sites, including shoulder and arm, elbow and forearm, wrists and hands, hip and thigh, knee and leg, and ankle and feet. The text also discusses the use of ultrasonography in juvenile inflammatory arthritic conditions and sports-related injuries. Finally, the book concludes with a summary of the recent advances in pediatric musculoskeletal ultrasonography. Featuring contributions from a large international group of leaders in the field, Pediatric Musculoskeletal Ultrasonography is an authoritative reference for pediatric and adult rheumatologists, sonographers, radiologists, physiotherapists, and orthopedic specialists.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction to Musculoskeletal Ultrasonography
    Chapter 2. Pediatric Musculoskeletal Ultrasound: Pediatric Techniques and Applications
    Chapter 3. Standardized Musculoskeletal Ultrasound in Pediatric Rheumatology: Normal Age-Related Ultrasound Findings
    Chapter 4. Sonoanatomy
    Chapter 5. Imaging Approach and Tissue Pathology
    Chapter 6. Sononeurology: Individual Anatomic Sites and Clinical Applications
    Chapter 7. Shoulder (Including Arm)
    Chapter 8. Elbow (Including Forearm)
    Chapter 9. Wrist and Hand
    Chapter 10. Hip and Thigh
    Chapter 11. Knee (Including Leg)
    Chapter 12. Ankle and Foot
    Chapter 13. Neonatal and Infant Spine
    Chapter 14. Trauma and Sports Injury
    Chapter 15. Reporting Ultrasound Diagnosis and Findings
    Chapter 16. US Guided Interventional Procedures (Biopsy, Joint Procedures)
    Chapter 17. Advances in Pediatric Musculoskeletal Ultrasonography
    Chapter 18. Musculoskeletal US in Standard Clinical Practice: Disease Activity Monitoring, Cut Off Points, Disease Monitoring, Patient Education.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Ellis D. Avner, William E. Harmon, Patrick Niaudet, Norishige Yoshikawa, Francesco Emma, Stuart L. Goldstein.
    Contents:
    Embryology
    Glomerular Circulation and Function
    Renal Tubular Development
    Perinatal Urology Renal Dysplasia/Hypoplasia
    Syndromes and Malformations of the Urinary Tract
    Sodium and Water: Developmental Physiology and Basic Disorders
    Potassium: Developmental Physiology and Basic Disorders
    Acid-Base Homeostasis: Developmental Physiology and Basic Disorders
    Calcium and Phosphorus: Developmental Physiology
    Disorders of Calcium and Phosphate and Therapy Nutrition: Developmental Physiology and Basic Disorders
    Fluid and Electrolyte Maintenance and Therapy of Basic Disorders (Na/HO/K/Acid Base)
    Molecular Biology
    Animal Models
    Clinical Investigation
    Genomic Methods in the Diagnosis and Treatment of Pediatric Kidney Disease
    Renal Stem Cells
    Tissue Engineering
    Clinical Evaluation
    Laboratory Investigation
    Growth and Development
    Diagnostic Imaging
    Renal Pathology
    Congenital Nephrotic Syndrome
    Inherited Glomerular Diseases
    Idiopathic Nephrotic Syndrome: Genetic Aspects
    Idiopathic Nephrotic Syndrome: Clinical Aspects
    Immune Mediated Glomerular Injury
    Complement Mediated Glomerular Injury
    Acute Postinfectious Glomerulonephritis
    Immunoglobulin A Nephropathies (includes HSP)
    Membranoproliferative and C3-Mediated GN
    Membranous Nephropathy
    Nephronophthisis-Medullary Cystic Kidney Disease
    Polycystic Kidney Disease
    Animoaciduria and Glycosuria
    Tubular Disorders of Electrolyte Regulation
    Renal Tubular Acidosis
    Nephrogenic Diabetes Insipidus
    Cystinosis
    Fanconi Syndrome
    Primary Hyperoaxaluria
    Tubulointerstitial Nephritis
    Vasculitis
    Systemic Lupus Erythematosis
    HUS
    Sickle Cell Nephropathy
    Diabetic Nephropathy
    Renal Manifestations of Metabolic Disorders
    Infectious Diseases and the Kidney Nephrotoxins
    Urinary Tract Infections
    Vesicoureteral Reflux and Scarring
    Obstructive Uropathy
    Bladder Dysfunction
    Urolithiasis
    Pediatric Renal Tumors
    Epidemiology of Hypertension
    Pathophysiology of Hypertension
    Evaluation of Hypertension in Childhood Diseases
    Management of the Hypertensive Child
    Pathogenesis of Acute Renal Failure
    Evaluation and Management of Acute Kidney Injury
    Pathophysiology of Progressive Renal Disease
    Management of Chronic Kidney Disease
    Handling of Drugs in Children with Abnormal Renal Function
    Endocrine and Growth Abnormalities
    Chronic Kidney Disease Mineral and Bone Disorder
    Peritoneal Dialysis
    Hemodialysis
    Transplantation Immunology
    Pediatric Renal Transplantation
    Immunosuppression
    Complications of Renal Transplantation
    IPNA: Global Pediatric Nephrology, Introduction and Overview
    AFPNA
    ALANEPE
    AsPNA
    ASPN
    ANZPNA
    ESPN
    JSPN.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Francesco Emma, Stuart L. Goldstein, Arvind Bagga, Carlton M. Bates, Rukshana Shroff, editors.
    Summary: Over the course of the previous seven editions, Pediatric Nephrology has become the standard reference text for students, trainees, practicing physicians (pediatricians, nephrologists, internists, and urologists), subspecialists, and allied health professionals seeking information about children’s kidney diseases. It is global in perspective, reflecting the fact that the international group of editors are all acknowledged world experts. The latest edition of this text is no different, providing a comprehensive, state-of-the-art overview on pediatric nephrology. Much like the previous edition, the latest edition reviews the most critical aspects of the field. Topics covered include developmental physiology and diseases, renal physiology and diagnostic approaches, glomerular disease, kidney involvement in systemic diseases, renal tubular disorders, homeostasis, cystic kidney disease and related disorders, urinary tract disorders, hypertension, acute kidney injury, and chronic kidney failure. Unlike the previous edition, however, the chapters in this edition now combine physiology, clinical management, and pathology for ease of use. The latest edition also includes a new section on the evaluation of different disorders that can have multiple etiologies, setting the stage for the evaluation and management of specific diseases. This book serves as a superb resource and an invaluable asset for practitioners, health professionals, and trainees seeking out information about children's kidney diseases. .

    Contents:
    Pre-natal development of the kidneys and urinary tract
    Post-natal renal maturation
    Congenital abnormalities of the kidneys and the urinary tract
    Stem cells and kidney regeneration
    Assessment of kidney function
    Imaging kidneys and the urinary tract
    Technical aspects of renal pathology
    Approach to the child with hematuria and/or proteinuria
    Nephrotic syndrome: classification and evaluation
    Genetic bases of nephrotic syndrome
    Congenital nephrotic syndrome
    Clinical aspects of genetic forms of nephrotic syndrome
    Inherited diseases of the glomerular basement membrane
    Steroid sensitive nephrotic syndrome
    Non-genetic forms of steroid resistant nephrotic syndrome
    Membranous nephropathy
    Evaluation of children with nephritic syndrome
    IgA Nephropathy
    Henoch Schönlein Purpura Nephritis
    Renal vasculitis
    Lupus nephritis
    Autoantibodies and kidney diseases
    C3 glomerulopathies
    Atypical HUS and TTP
    Infection-related HUS
    Acute post-streptococcus glomerulonephritis
    Infections that affect the kidney (non-viral)
    Viral infections and the kidney
    The kidney in sickle cell disease
    The kidney in type I diabetes
    The kidney in metabolic syndrome
    Renal Manifestations of Metabolic Disorders
    The kidney in methyl malonic acidemia
    The kidney in mitochondrial cytopathies
    Fabry disease
    Primary hyperoxaluria
    Fanconi Syndrome
    Cystinosis
    Aminoaciduria and Glycosuria
    Renal hypophosphatemia
    Inherited disorders of sodium and potassium handling
    Inherited disorders of renal magnesium handling
    Inherited disorders of renal calcium handling
    Renal Tubular Acidosis
    Inherited disorders of water handling
    Tubulointerstitial nephritis
    Sodium and Water Disorders: evaluation and management
    Potassium disorders: evaluation and management
    Clinical use of diuretics
    Autosomal Dominant Polycystic Kidney Diseases
    Autosomal Recessive Polycystic Kidney Diseases
    Renal involvement in tuberous sclerosis
    Nephronophtisis and other ciliopathies
    Autosomal Dominant Tubulointerstitial Kidney Diseases
    Urolithiasis and nephrocalcinosis
    Urinary tract infections
    Vesicoureteral reflux
    Obstructive uropathies
    Bladder disorders
    Enuresis
    Pediatric renal tumors
    Onconephrology
    Pathophysiology and epidemiology of hypertension in children
    Evaluation and management of hypertension
    Renovascular hypertension: evaluation and management
    Pathogenesis of acute kidney injury
    Evaluation and management of acute kidney injury in neonates
    Evaluation and management of acute kidney injury in children
    Nephrotoxins
    Progression of chronic kidney disease and nephroprotection
    Epidemiology and management of Chronic Kidney Disease
    Nutrition, Growth and Development
    CKD-MBD
    Anemia in CKD
    Assessment of volume status in CKD
    Peritoneal Dialysis
    Hemodialysis
    Infant dialysis
    Adequacy of dialysis
    Renal Transplantation: Evaluation of children and donors
    Renal transplantation: surgical and perioperative management
    Renal transplantation: immunosuppression
    Renal transplantation: disease recurrence
    Renal transplantation: infectious complications
    Renal transplantation: non- infectious complications and long-term outcome
    Multi-organ transplants and the kidney in other solid organ transplantation
    Ethical issues in pediatric nephrology
    Drug dosing in abnormal kidney functions in Children with Abnormal Renal Function
    Normal reference values.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Katrin Scheinemann, Eric Bouffet, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. Epidemiology of pediatric brain tumors
    3. Clinical signs and symptoms of pediatric brain tumors
    4. Neuro-imaging
    5. Neuro-surgery
    6. Low grade glioma
    7. High grade glioma
    8. Medulloblastoma/ PNET
    9. Ependymoma
    10. Germ cell tumors
    11. ATRT
    12. Craniopharyngeoma
    13. Rare brain tumors (CPP, CPC etc.)
    14. Infant brain tumors
    15. Radiotherapy
    16. Chemotherapy
    17. Targeted treatment
    18. Long term sequelae
    19. Neurocognitive outcome
    20. Quality of life
    21. Palliative care
    22. Cancer syndromes
    23. Brain tumor stem cells
    24. Pediatric neurooncology in developing countries
    25. Neuropathology 26. HDCT/ ASCT
    27. Developmental neurobiology
    28. Basic science of pediatric brain tumors.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Michael C. Brodsky.
    Summary: Pediatric Neuro-Ophthalmology, 3rd edition provides the single authoritative resource on the pathophysiology, diagnostic evaluation, and treatment of neuro-ophthalmologic disorders in children. This book is encyclopedic in scope, incorporating extensive references for each condition, numerous diagrams and pictures, and a detailed analysis of the clinical disorders included in the differential diagnosis of each condition. The third edition builds upon this format to incorporate new discoveries about mechanisms of disease, new diagnostic modalities, advances in treatment in the field of pediatric neuro-ophthalmology, and updated neuroimaging figures.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Print
    Christophe Faure, Nikhil Thapar, Carlo Di Lorenzo, editors.
    Summary: This volume provides a comprehensive and up-to-date theoretical review and practical guide on pediatric gastrointestinal motility and functional disorders. The latest edition includes extensively revised and new chapters to reflect the rapidly growing field of pediatric neurogastroenterology. New topics covered include neurobiology of pain in children, functional oropharyngoesophageal assessment, dysautonomia, and psychotropic drugs. The text also features instructive illustrations, photographs, and tables. Written by world-renown experts in the field, Pediatric Neurogastroenterology: Gastrointestinal Motility and Functional Disorders in Children, Second Edition is a valuable resource for pediatric gastroenterologists, adult gastroenterologists, pediatricians, and all professionals involved in the treatment and management of children with such disorders. .

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Development of the Enteric Neuromuscular System
    Development of Gut Motility
    Visceral Sensitivity
    The Microbiome in Neurogastroenterology
    Integration of Biomedical and Psychosocial Issues in Pediatric Functional Gastrointestinal and Motility Disorders
    Esophageal Manometry
    Antroduodenal Manometry
    Colonic Manometry
    Anorectal Manometry
    Assessment of Feeding and Swallowing Disorders
    Esophageal pH and Impedance Monitoring
    Barostat and Other Sensitivity Tests
    Radionuclide Gastrointestinal Transit Tests
    Electrogastrography, Breath Tests, Ultrasonography, Transit Tests, and SmartPill
    Autonomic Nervous System Testing
    Pathology of Enteric Neuromuscular Disorders
    Genetics of Motility Disorder: Gastroesophageal Reflux, Triple A Syndrome, Hirschsprung Disease, and Chronic Intestinal Pseudo-Obstruction
    Allergy and Neurogastroenterology
    Swallowing and Oropharyngeal Disorders
    Esophageal Achalasia
    Other Esophageal Motility Disorders
    Gastric Motor Disorders
    Pediatric Chronic Intestinal Pseudo-Obstruction
    Hirschsprung Disease
    Motility Problems in Developmental Disorders: Cerebral Palsy, Down Syndrome, Williams Syndrome, Autism, Turner's Syndrome, Noonan's Syndrome, Rett Syndrome and Prader Willi
    Familial Dysautonomia and Mitochondrial Disorders
    Esophageal Atresia
    Anorectal Malformations
    Motility After Small Bowel and Colonic Surgery
    Gastric Function After Fundoplication
    Rome Criteria for Functional Gastrointestinal Disorders
    Infant Regurgitation and Pediatric Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease
    Infant Colic
    Functional Diarrhea in Toddlers (Chronic Nonspecific Diarrhea)
    Functional Dyspepsia
    Irritable Bowel Syndrome
    Functional Abdominal Pain
    Cyclic Vomiting Syndrome: Comorbidities and Treatment
    Aerophagia
    Rumination Syndrome
    Functional Constipation in Children
    Fecal Incontinence in Children
    Drugs Acting on the Gut: Prokinetics, Antispasmodics, Laxatives
    Drugs That Work in the Brain
    Electrical Stimulation of the GI Tract
    Cognitive Behavioral Therapy for Functional Gastrointestinal Disorders
    Complementary and Alternative Treatments for Motility and Sensory Disorders
    Cellular Based Therapies for Pediatric GI Motility Disorders
    Chronic Intestinal Pseudo-Obstruction Syndrome: Surgical Approach and Intestinal Transplantation. .
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Christophe Faure, Nikhil Thapar, Carlo Di Lorenzo, editors.
    Summary: This third edition brings together the latest in research and clinical practice of the expanding field of pediatric neurogastroenterology. In addition to a comprehensive review of the current state of the art, many chapters have been significant revised and updated, covering the latest discoveries of the delicate and detailed mechanisms of the neuroenteric system as well as relationships of the latter with microbiota and metabolites produced by resident intestinal bacteria. The book also covers rapidly-changing techniques to assess clinical problems, along with international diagnostic criteria and recommendations and guidelines for clinical management. The content is supported by ample figures and photographs. Remaining the gold standard text in this up-and-coming field, Pediatric Neurogastroenterology 3e is dedicated to reporting the most accurate and recent knowledge available. Written by international experts in the field, the book is a comprehensive and up-to-date theoretical review and practical guide to pediatric gastrointestinal motility and functional disorders to pediatricians, pediatric gastroenterologists and all professionals involved in the treatment of children with such disorders.

    Contents:
    Physiology and Development of Enteric Neuromuscular System and Gastrointestinal Motility
    Introduction to Gut Motility and Sensitivity
    Development of the Enteric Neuromuscular System
    Development of Gut Motility
    Visceral Sensitivity
    Chronic Pain in Neurogastroenterology
    The Microbiome in Neurogastroenterology
    Integration of Biomedical and Psychosocial Issues in Pediatric Disorders of Gut Brain Interaction
    Motility and Sensory Testing
    Assessment of Oropharyngeal Function
    pH monitoring and Impedance
    Esophageal Manometry
    Antroduodenal Manometry
    Colonic Manometry
    Anorectal Manometry
    Esophageal Functional Luminal Imaging Probe
    Barostat and Other Sensitivity Tests
    Radionuclide Gastrointestinal Transit Tests
    Electrogastrography, Breath Tests, Ultrasonography, Transit Tests, Wireless Motility Capsule and Cine-MRI
    Autonomic Nervous System Testing
    Disorders of Digestive Motility
    Pathology of Enteric Neuromuscular Disorders
    Allergy and Neurogastroenterology
    Disorders of Deglutition in Infants and Children: Etiology and Management
    Esophageal Achalasia
    Other Esophageal Motility Disorders
    Gastric Motor Disorders
    Pediatric Chronic Intestinal Pseudo-Obstruction
    Hirschsprung Disease
    Motility Problems in Developmental Disorders
    Gastrointestinal Disturbances in Autism Spectrum Disorder
    Motility Disorders after Surgery and Developmental Anomalies of the Enteric Neuromuscular System Secondary to Anatomical Malformations
    Esophageal Atresia
    Anorectal Malformations
    Motility Changes after Small Bowel and Colonic Surgery
    Gastric function after Fundoplication
    Disorders of the Gut Brain Interactions
    Rome Criteria for Disorders of Gut-Brain Interaction (DGBI)
    Infant Regurgitation and Pediatric Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease
    Esophageal Functional Disorders
    Functional Gastrointestinal Disorders in Infants and Toddlers
    Abdominal Pain-Related Functional Gastrointestinal Disorder and Disorders of Brain-Gut Interactions
    Cyclic Vomiting Syndrome, Abdominal Migraine and Chronic Nausea
    Aerophagia
    Rumination Syndrome
    Functional Constipation in Children
    Fecal incontinence in Children
    Treatments
    Drugs Acting on the Gut: Prokinetics, Antispasmodics, Laxatives
    Drugs Acting on the Brain
    Electrical Stimulation of the GI Tract
    Hypnotherapy in Functional Gastrointestinal Disorders
    Cognitive Behavioral Therapy for Disorder of Brain Gut Interaction
    Complementary and Alternative Treatments for Functional Gastrointestinal Disorders
    Cellular-Based Therapies for Paediatric GI Motility Disorders
    Surgery in Motility Disorders
    Gut Dysmotility and Transplantation: Long-Term Outcomes with New Insights into Surgical Integration and Allograft Motility Disorders.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    A. James Barkovich, Charles Raybaud.
    Contents:
    Imaging techniques / Christopher Hess
    Normal development of the neonatal and infant brain, skull, and spine / Matthew J. Barkovich and A. James Barkovich
    Metabolic, toxic, and autoimmune/inflammatory brain disorders / A. James Barkovich and Zoltan Patay
    Brain and spine injuries in infancy and childhood / James Barkovich and Erin Simon-Swartz
    Congenital malformations of the brain and skull / A. James Barkovich and Charles Raybaud
    Neurocutaneous disorders / Gilbert Vézina and A. James Barkovich
    Intracranial, orbital, and neck masses / Charles Raybaud and Zoltan Patay
    Hydrocephalus / Charles Raybaud
    Developmental disorders of the spine and spinal cord / Erin Simon-Swartz
    Neoplasms of the spine / A. James Barkovich
    Infections of the developing and mature nervous system / Gary Hedlund and James F. Bale, Jr.
    Anomalies of the cerebral vasculature / Steven W. Hetts, Philip M. Meyers, Van V. Halbach, and A. James Barkovich.
    Digital Access Ovid 2019
  • Digital
    Hongsheng Liu, Xiaoan Zhang, editors.
    Summary: This book aims to provide readers practical information on clinical diagnosis of pediatric neurological diseases. Topic areas include congenital malformations of the brain and cerebral vessels, brain tumors, intracranial infections, vascular diseases, metabolic encephalopathy, brain damage and destructive diseases. Utilizing a case-based format, the procedure of streamline disease recognition is presented in a clear and concise manner. Each case is supported by representative images, a discussion of the disease, and a description of the most characteristic imaging features of the disorder. Written by radiologists who have been involved pediatric imaging diagnosis for a long time, this case-based book will be a valuable reference for radiologists, paediatricians and neurologists, as well as those who are interested in related field.

    Contents:
    1 Congenital Malformations of the Brain. 2 Brain Tumors
    3 Intracranial Infection
    4 Vascular Diseases
    5 Metabolic Encephalopathy
    6 Neonatal Craniocerebral Trauma
    7 Brain Damage, Destructive Diseases
    8 Neurodegenerative Diseases
    9 Other Brain Diseases.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Gregory L. Holmes, MD, Professor and Chair of Neurological Sciences, University of Vermont, Burlington, Vermont, Peter M. Bingham, MD, Professor of Neurological Sciences and Pediatrics, University of Vermont, Burlington, Vermont.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    Asim F. Choudhri.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Radiology
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
  • Digital
    edited by Nathan Selden and Lissa Baird.
    Summary: Part of the 'Neurosurgery by Example' series, this volume on pediatric neurosurgery presents exemplary cases in which renowned authors guide readers through the assessment and planning, decision making, surgical procedure, aftercare, and complication management of common and uncommon disorders. As pediatric neurosurgery approximates the anatomical and pathophysiological breadth of all specialty areas of adult neurosurgery, the cases provided are particularly relevant to and more frequently encountered in pediatric practice.
    Digital Access Oxford 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] Alan R. Cohen.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
  • Digital
    Georgios Alexiou, Neofytos Prodromou, editors.
    Summary: This book presents a detailed overview of a spectrum of pediatric neurosurgical conditions. It features detailed insight into the techniques available for examining abnormalities, hemorrhages and a variety of tumors. Relevant surgical methodologies are described in relation to a clinical problem or disorder, ensuring that the reader can systematically develop their knowledge of how to perform both routine and more-obscure procedures presently utilized to treat these conditions. Pediatric Neurosurgery for Clinicians is a comprehensive guide detailing methodologies for applying a range of surgical techniques based upon a range of clinical questions. Therefore, it is a critical resource for all practicing and trainee physicians who encounter children with disorders affecting their neurological systems in disciplines within neurosurgery, neurology, radiology, oncology and pathology.

    Contents:
    I. General Topics
    History of Pediatric Neurosurgery
    Neurological Examination
    II. Congenital and Developmental Cerebral Anomalies
    Hydrocephalus
    Intraventricular Hemorrhage in the Newborn
    Arachnoid Cysts
    Dandy-Walker Malformation
    Chiari Malformation
    Cephaloceles
    Craniosynostosis
    Craniofacial Syndromes
    III. Congenital and Developmental Spinal Anomalies
    Myelomeningocele
    Lipomeningocele
    Diastematomyelia
    Myeloschisis
    Non-Dysraphic Lipomas
    IV. Tumors
    Predisponsing Syndromes
    Scalp and Skull Tumors
    Astrocytomas
    Medulloblastoma
    Ependymoma
    Atypical Teratoid / Rhabdoid Tumors
    Craniopharyngiomas and other sellar tumors
    Brainstem Tumors
    Pineal Region Tumors
    Rare variantsi
    Spinal Tumors
    V. Trauma
    Non accidental Trauma
    Fractures
    Epidural Hematoma
    Subdural Hematoma
    Intracerebral Hematoma
    Diffuse Axonal Injury
    Penetrating Head Trauma
    Spine trauma
    VI. Vascular Malformations
    Arteriovenous Malformations
    Cavernous Malformations
    Aneurysms
    Moya-Moya Disease
    Vein of Galen Aneurysms
    VII. Functional
    Temporal Lobe Epilepsy
    Extratemporal Lobe Epilepsy
    Hemispherectomy
    Spasticity
    VIII. Infections
    Shunt Infection
    Epidural Abscess
    Subdural Empyema
    Brain Abscess
    Encephalitis
    Spine Infections
    IX. Modern Concepts and Practices
    Advanced MRI Techniques for Brain Disorders
    Intraoperative Flow Cytometry in Pediatric Brain Tumors
    Advances in Radiotherapy for Pediatric Brain Tumors
    Pediatric Rehabilitation.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    S. Ted Treves, editor.
    Summary: "This pioneering book, now in its fourth edition, presents the cutting-edge developments in pediatric nuclear medicine. Thoroughly revised and updated, it retains the fundamentals that anchor the book's distinguished reputation and includes the latest advances in PET/CT, SPECT, hybrid imaging, and molecular imaging. Pediatric Nuclear Medicine and Molecular Imaging, Fourth Edition, is an excellent resource for nuclear medicine physicians, diagnostic radiologists, pediatricians, and residents and fellows."--Publisher's website.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    American Nurses Association, National Association of Pediatric Nurse Practitioners, Society of Pediatric Nurses.
    Summary: "Co-published with the National Association of Pediatric Nurse Practitioners (NAPNAP) and the Society of Pediatric Nurses (SPN). Pediatric nursing focuses on the protection, promotion, and optimization of the health and abilities for children from newborn age through young adulthood. Utilizing a patient- and family-centered care approach, pediatric nurses strive for preventing illness and injury, restoring health, and maximizing comfort in health conditions and at the end of life, through diagnosis, treatment, and management of the child’s condition and advocacy in the care of children and families"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Scope of pediatric nursing practice.
    Practice context
    Quality and outcome guidelines for nursing of children and families
    Differentiated areas of pediatric nursing practice
    Regulatory challenges for advanced practice registered nurses
    Caring for a diverse population
    Healthcare transitions
    Settings for pediatric nursing practice: pediatric registered nurse and advanced practice registered nurse
    Trends and issues in pediatric nursing
    Standards of pediatric nursing practice.
    Standards of practice
    Standards of professional performance
    References
    Appendices. Comprehensive list of assessment criteria for pediatric nursing
    Pediatric nursing: scope and standards of practice (2008).
    Digital Access R2Library 2015
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Luanne Linnard-Palmer.
    Contents:
    Introduction to children's health care
    Care across clinical settings
    Essential safety models
    Cultural and religious influences to care
    Working and communicating with an interdisciplinary team
    Caring for neonates and infants
    Caring for toddlers
    Caring for preschoolers
    Caring for school-age children
    Caring for adolescents
    Symptom management across childhood
    Caring for families under stress
    Caring for an abused child
    Gastrointestinal elimination
    Metabolism
    Gas exchange and oxygenation
    Skin integrity
    Cellular regulation
    Cardiovascular perfusion
    Sensory perceptions : impairments and disorders
    Intracranial regulation
    Genitourinary elimination
    Mobility
    Cognition and mental health
    Immune system disorders
    Infection and communicable diseases in childhood
    Essential skills for pediatric nursing
    Safe and legal aspects of care
    Care of the acutely ill or critically ill child
    The dying child
    Appendices. Pediatric nursing care : helpful professional organizations
    18 common pediatric medication and supportive calculations
    Pediatric-focused laboratory values
    Nationally normed growth charts
    Best practices in pediatric nursing care : handoff sheets and huddle tips
    Pediatric-focused checklists and helpful mnemonics
    Steps to prevent pediatric medication errors : safety tips
    Rapid response, code blue skills, and PEWS tools
    Tips for maintaining professional boundaries in pediatric/family nursing care
    Formula feeding guidelines for infants
    How to effectively talk to children
    Quick guide to selected developmental theorists.
    Digital Access R2Library 2019
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Summary: Prepare for your Certified Pediatric Nurse (CPN®) or Pediatric Nursing Certification (PED-BC"! exam with Pediatric Nursing Certification Practice Q & A. With 350 high-quality questions and comprehensive rationales based on the most recent Pediatric Nursing Certification Board (PCNB) and American Nurses Credentialing Center (ANCC) exam blueprints, this essential resource is designed to help you sharpen your specialty knowledge with practice Q & A organized by exam topic and strengthen your test-taking skills with the 175-question practice test. Combined, it gives you everything you need to pass the first time, guaranteed! Key Features *Includes 350 questions with in-depth rationales that address both correct and incorrect answers *Offers two study options-by exam topic area and full 175-question practice test *Provides key information about the PNCB and ANCC pediatric nursing certification exams *Boosts your confidence with a 100% pass guarantee (details inside) CPN® is a registered trademark of the Pediatric Nursing Certification Board (PNCB), and PED-BC"!is a registered trademark of the American Nurses Credentialing Center (ANCC). PNCB and ANCC do not sponsor or endorse this resource, nor do they have a proprietary relationship with Springer Publishing Company. -- Provided by publisher
    Digital Access R2Library 2022
  • Digital
    Vicky R. Bowden, DNSc, RN, Vice Provost for Undergraduate Programs, Professor, School of Nursing, Azusa, California, Cindy Smith Greenberg, DNSc, RN, PNP-BC, FAAN, Interim Associate Dean, College of Health and Human Development, Professor, School of Nursing, California State University, Fullerton, Fullerton, California.
    Contents:
    Unit 1: Caring for children
    Pediatric guidelines and procedures.
    Digital Access Ovid 2016
  • Digital
    [edited by] Ronald E. Kleinman, Frank R. Greer.
    Summary: Proper childhood nutrition can be the bedrock of lifelong health. This AAP policy manual makes clear policies and procedures for the best nutrition for well children as well as those with metabolic abnormalities and serious illnesses.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2020
  • Digital
    volume editor: Berthold Koletzko ; co-editors: Jatinder Bhatia, Zulfiqar A. Bhutta, Peter Cooper, Maria Makrides, S.A. Ricardo Uauy, Weiping Wang.
    Contents:
    Specific aspects of childhood nutrition
    Nutrition of healthy infants, children, and adolescents
    Nutritional challenges in special conditions and diseases
    Annexes.
    Digital Access Karger 2015
  • Digital
    volume editor: Berthold Koletzko ; co-editors: Zulfiqar A. Bhutta, Wei Cai, Muhammad Ali Dhansay, Christopher P. Duggan, Maria Makrides, Marina Orsi.
    Summary: "Concise information for readers who seek quick guidance on the practice of nutrition of infants, children, and adolescents"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Specific aspects of childhood nutrition
    Nutrition of healthy infants, children and adolescents
    Nutritional challenges in special conditions and disease
    Perioperative nutritional support.
    Digital Access Karger 2022
  • Digital
    Michael S. Freemark, editor.
    Summary: "This second edition of Freemark’s text embodies all of the strengths of the original work but is deeper and broader in scope, with new chapters on emerging themes including metabolomics, genomics, and the roles of gastrointestinal hormones, the microbiome, brown adipose tissue, and endocrine disruptors in the pathogenesis of childhood obesity. Reviews of the effects of weight excess on cognitive performance and immune function complement detailed analyses of the biochemical and molecular pathways controlling the development of childhood adiposity and metabolic disease. Critical assessments of nutritional interventions (including new chapters on infant feeding practices and vegetarian diets) and superb reviews of behavioral counseling, pharmacotherapy, and bariatric surgery provide practical guidance for the management of overweight children. Penetrating analyses of the obesity epidemic in its social, cultural, economic, and political contexts highlight challenges and opportunities for obesity prevention and community action. The perspective is international in scope and reflects the expertise and experience of many of the leading figures in the field"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Part I: The obesity epidemic: a global perspective. Childhood obesity in the modern age: global trends, determinants, complications, and costs
    Part II: Hormonal and metabolic control of appetite, fat deposition, and energy expenditure. Central control of energy metabolism and hypothalamic obesity
    Gastrointestinal hormones and the control of food intake and energy metabolism
    The gut microbiome and control of weight gain
    Part III: Adipocyte development and function in obesity and insulin resistance. White adipose tissue development and function in children and adolescents: preclinical models
    White adipose tissue accumulation and dysfunction in children with obesity
    Brown adipose tissue and body weight regulation
    Part IV: The genetics of childhood obesity. Monogenic obesity
    Syndromic obesity
    Polygenic obesity
    Part V: Pre- and peri-natal determinants of childhood obesity. Maternal determinants of childhood obesity: maternal obesity, weight gain and smoking
    Fetal and infancy growth
    Intrauterine exposure to maternal diabetes and childhood obesity
    Endocrine disruptors as obesogens
    Part VI: The roles of diet and energy expenditure in obesity pathogenesis and complications. Early feeding practices and development of childhood obesity
    Dietary interventions in the treatment of paediatric obesity
    Vegetarian diets and pediatric obesity
    Energy expenditure in children: the role of neat (non-exercise activity thermogenesis)
    Part VII: Metabolic complications of childhood obesity. Obesity and the endocrine system, part I: pathogenesis of weight gain in endocrine and metabolic disorders
    Obesity and the endocrine system, part II: the effects of childhood obesity on growth and bone maturation, thyroid and adrenal function, sexual development, and bone mineralization
    Metabolomic signatures and metabolic complications in childhood obesity
    Immune function in obesity
    Pathogenesis of insulin resistance and glucose intolerance in childhood obesity
    Youth-onset type 2 diabetes
    Pathogenesis and management of dyslipidemia in obese children
    Fatty liver disease
    Pathogenesis of hypertension and renal disease in obese children
    Sleep-disordered breathing and sleep duration in childhood obesity
    Pediatric metabolic syndrome: long-term risks for type 2 diabetes and cardiovascular disease
    Childhood obesity, atherogenesis, and adult cardiovascular disease
    Childhood obesity and cognitive function
    Part VIII: Treatment of childhood obesity: lifestyle intervention. Family-based behavioral interventions for childhood obesity
    Exercise and childhood obesity
    School- and community-based interventions for childhood obesity
    Part IX: Pharmacotherapy and bariatric surgery for obesity and co-morbidities. Role of pharmacotherapy in the treatment of pediatric obesity and its comorbidities
    Pathogenesis and management of adiposity and insulin resistance in polycystic ovary syndrome (PCOS)
    Prevention and treatment of obesity and metabolic dysfunction in children with major behavioral disorders: second-generation antipsychotics
    Bariatric surgery in adolescents
    Part X: Challenges to long-term success. The role of the primary care provider in long-term counseling: establishing a therapeutic alliance with the child and family
    The sociocultural context for obesity prevention and treatment in children and adolescents: influences of ethnicity and gender
    Part XI: The future of childhood obesity in the global marketplace
    Fast-food value chains and childhood obesity: a global perspective
    Why we need local, state, and national policy-based approaches to improve children’s nutrition in the United States
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    by American Academy of Pediatrics Section on Obesity; edited by Christopher F. Bolling and Victoria W. Rogers.
    Summary: Obtain the latest tools and practice recommendations from leading experts on how to tackle childhood obesity. Completely revised and updated, the third edition provides clinicians with point-of-care guidance on the assessment, prevention, and treatment of obesity in children older than 2 years. This convenient flip chart includes full-color illustrations throughout, providing health care professionals with practical support and guidance to help improve care and outcomes for all children.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2019
  • Digital
    Carolina Witchmichen Penteado Schmidt.
    Summary: There are few publications about chemotherapy in children, and none of them is a book aimed at pharmacists. Pediatric Oncology Pharmacy is an area where more and more specific knowledge is required in daily practice. Pharmacists who work in pediatric oncology area do not have a book directed at them; none of the oncopediatric books addresses topics unique to pharmacy - such as manipulation of cytotoxic drugs for children, analysis of oncopediatric prescriptions, clinical pharmacy in oncopediatrics, pharmaceutical care in oncopediatric area, and other subjects that are of exclusive interest to these professionals, but no less essential for a therapy of excellence. As for this need, the purpose of this book is to be a guideline for all subjects that pediatric oncology pharmacists need to know to work in this area. It will be an essential guide to pediatric oncology pharmacists, clinical pharmacists, pharmaceutical residents who work with drug therapy in children and pharmaceutical researchers. It will be a pocket guide to assist in daily practice, and it will be essential to Pediatric Oncology/ Hematology Institutions. The essential propose of this book is to be the first one focusing pediatric oncology for pharmacists.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Paul Imbach, Thomas Kuehne, Robert Arceci, eds.
    Contents:
    General Aspects of Childhood Leukemia
    Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia
    Acute Myeloid Leukemia
    Myelodysplastic Syndrome
    Myeloproliferative Neoplasms
    Non-Hodgkin Lymphoma
    Hodgkin Disease
    Histiocytoses
    Brain Tumors
    Neuroblastoma
    Renal Tumors
    Soft Tissue Sarcomas
    Osteosarcoma
    Ewing Sarcoma Family of Tumors
    Retinoblastoma
    Germ Cell Tumors
    Hepatic Tumors
    Rare Tumors
    Emergencies in Pediatric Oncology
    Oncological Nursing Care
    Psychology and Psychosocial Issues in Children with Cancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    editor, Leonard B. Nelson, MD, MBA, Director, Strabismus Center, Co-Director, Pediatric Ophthalmology and Ocular Genetics, Wills Eye Hospital, Associate Professor of Ophthalmology and Pediatrics, Jefferson Medical College of Thomas Jefferson University, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania ; section editors, Michael J. Bartiss, OD, MD, Caroline DeBenedictis, MD, Kammi B. Gunton, MD, Judith B. Lavrich, MD, Kara C. LaMattina, MD, Alex V. Levin, MD, MHSc, FRCSC, Scott E. Olitsky, MD, Bruce M. Schnall, MD, Aldo Vagge, MD, PhD student, Barry N. Wasserman, MD ; series editor, Christopher J. Rapuano, MD, Director and Attending Surgeon, Cornea Service, Co-Director, Refractive Surgery Department, Wills Eye Hospital, Professor of Ophthalmology, Sidney Kimmel Medical College at Thomas Jefferson University, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.
    Contents:
    Abnormalities affecting the eye as a whole
    Congenital corneal opacity
    Glaucoma
    Iris anomalies
    Lens anomalies
    Pediatric uveitis
    Congenital abnormalities of the optic nerve
    Retinal anomalies
    Eyelid anomalies
    Lacrimal anomalies
    Strabismus disorders
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    Aparna Ramasubramanian, editor.
    Summary: The book provides a comprehensive review of the current trends in pediatric ophthalmology. It covers well-researched and up-to-date information and keeps the readers updated with the current literature. Pediatric ophthalmology is a vast area with multiple subspecialties and the book helps streamline the literature for rapid reference. The editors and authors are experts in the field. The book is helpful for the general ophthalmologist, ocular oncologist, ophthalmology residents and fellows in training optometrists.

    Contents:
    1 Epidemiology of myopia and update on slowing the progression of myopia
    2 Current management of amblyopia
    3 Update on pediatric refractive surgery
    4 Advances in management of retinopathy of prematurity
    5 Update on infantile periocular hemangioma
    6 Current management of pediatric uveitis
    7 Update on retinoblastoma management
    8 Current update on idiopathic intracranial hypertension
    9 Current management of pediatric glaucoma
    10 Congenital cataract an update
    11 Pediatric corneal transplantation
    12 Clinical guide to management of childhood nystagmus
    13 Update on management of optic nerve glioma.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Kenneth W. Wright, Yi Ning J. Strube.
    Summary: Completely updated and revised, the fourth edition provides primary care physicians with must-know information on eye examinations, eye disorders, vision screening, strabismus, dyslexia, ocular trauma, genetic syndromes, and all pediatric-specific eye issues likely to be encountered in primary care.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2019
  • Digital
    Roman Shinder, editor.
    Summary: This book aims to cover the important pediatric ophthalmic diagnoses that present in the emergency room. A collaborative work of experienced experts, it describes the history, examination, testing, epidemiology, pathogenesis, treatment, and prognosis for a variety of disorders. Richly illustrated, the book offers an invaluable tool for all specialists and trainees entrusted with the care of children presenting with ocular conditions. Across 17 comprehensive yet concise chapters, this book provides an overview on a number of typical pathologies, including trauma, infections, inflammations, and tumors. Organized into five sections, each chapter is written to relay broad insight into the common ophthalmic conditions that may bring a child in for an acute healthcare visit. Additionally, skillfully written text is further supplemented by many high-quality images, including clinical photographs, fundus images, radiographs, and intraoperative photos. Pediatric Ophthalmology in the Emergency Room meets the market need for a resource on this specific topic designed for trainee instruction. It is a valuable text for medical students, residents, and fellows, as well as anyone involved in the urgent or emergent care of children, including ER physicians, ophthalmologists, optometrists and other personnel.

    Contents:
    PART 1. INTRODUCTION
    1. Pediatric Patient Encounter in the Emergency Department
    2. Ocular Motility in the Pediatric Emergency Room
    3. Imaging the Pediatric Patient
    PART 2. OPHTHALMIC TRAUMA
    4. Orbital Trauma
    5. Eyelid Trauma
    6. The Nasolacrimal System
    7. Pediatric Corneal Emergencies
    8. Anterior Chamber and Lens
    9. Retina and the Posterior Segment
    10. Neuro-Ophthalmic Trauma
    PART 3. INFECTIONS
    11. Ocular Infections
    12. Extraocular
    PART 4. INFLAMMATIONS
    13. Ocular Inflammation
    14. Extraocular Inflammation
    PART 5. OPHTHALMIC CANCER AND MASSES
    15. Tumors
    16. Ophthalmic Plastics
    17. Headache and Visual Loss.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Sylvia H. Yoo.
    Summary: "Children can be affected by a wide range of ophthalmic disorders, many of which require surgical intervention. Pediatric Ophthalmology Surgery and Procedures: Tricks of the Trade by esteemed pediatric ophthalmologist Sylvia Yoo and expert contributors covers the full range of pediatric ophthalmic procedures. As with other titles in this series, the book is consistently formatted with concise, step-by-step guidance. Chapters include goals, advantages, expectations, key principles, indications, contraindications, preoperative preparation, surgical planning, perioperative tips and pearls, operative technique and tools, what to avoid, complications, and postoperative care"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Preparation for Strabismus Surgery / Sylvia H. Yoo
    Surgical Anatomy for Strabismus Surgery / Sylvia H. Yoo
    Conjunctival Incisions for Strabismus Surgery / Sylvia H. Yoo
    Rectus Muscle Surgery / Sylvia H. Yoo
    Adjustable Suture Technique / Sylvia H. Yoo
    Inferior Oblique Muscle Surgery / Sylvia H. Yoo
    Superior Oblique Surgery / Catherine S. Choi and Sylvia H. Yoo
    Reoperations / Sylvia H. Yoo
    Special Strabismus Procedures / Catherine S. Choi and Sylvia H. Yoo
    Botulinum Toxin Injection for Strabismus / Sylvia H. Yoo
    Nasolacrimal Duct Probing, Intubation, and Balloon Dilation / Catherine S. Choi and Maanasa Indaram
    Dermoid Cyst Excision / Alison B. Callahan
    Pediatric Cataract Extraction. / Sylvia H. Yoo
    Goniotomy / Helen H. Yeung
    Trabeculotomy / Helen H. Yeung
    Corneal Collagen Cross-Linking for Keratoconus / Maanasa Indaram
    Laser Therapy for Retinopathy of Prematurity / Shilpa J. Desai and Michelle C. Liang
    Anti-Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor Therapy for Retinopathy of Prematurity / Michelle C. Liang and Shilpa J. Desai
    Preparations for Examinations under Anesthesia / Sylvia H. Yoo.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Ophthalmology
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    editors, John F. Sarwark and Cynthia R. LaBella
    Summary: Fully revised and updated, the third edition delivers targeted guidance on the diagnosis, treatment, and management of orthopaedic problems and sports injuries.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2021
  • Digital
    Frederic Shapiro.
    Summary: Volume 2 of this comprehensive and state-of-the-art text on pediatric orthopedic deformities focuses on conditions of the lower extremity. Developmental disorders of the hip - developmental dysplasia of the hip (DDH), Legg-Calvé-Perthes disease (LCP), coxa vara including slipped capital femoral epiphysis (SCFE), and femoroacetabular impingement (FAI) - the knee, the ankle and foot, as well as rotational and angular deformities of the lower limb are discussed in detail. Presentation for each deformity includes: definition, detailed review of the pathoanatomy, experimental biological investigations (where applicable), natural history, review of the evolution of diagnostic and treatment techniques, results achieved with the various approaches, and current management approaches with detailed descriptions of surgical technique. Extensive illustrations, figures and photos provide clear visual depictions of the range of deformity for the various disorders, underlying histopathology, imaging findings and treatment approaches. Multiple tables provide concentrated information, especially for the treatment options based on the severity of the particular disorder and deformity. Based on a solid understanding of the underlying pathobiology of deformities of the developing musculoskeletal system, this second volume of Pediatric Orthopedic Deformities provides a penetrating, in-depth presentation on the lower extremity for pediatric orthopedic surgeons, adult orthopedic surgeons seeking a deeper understanding of how deformities developed, and all clinicians caring for pediatric patients with developmental deformities.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Rebecca Stein-Wexler, Sandra L. Wootton-Gorges, M.B. Ozonoff, editors.
    Summary: Pediatric Orthopedic Imaging is an indispensable reference for pediatric and musculoskeletal radiologists, as well as orthopedic surgeons. It offers in depth analysis of pediatric orthopedic imaging, covering normal and aberrant development as well as both common and unusual pediatric disorders. Chapters on the spine, shoulder, elbow, hand and wrist, hip and pelvis, lower extremity, and foot and ankle address site-specific congenital and acquired lesions. Subsequent chapters cover generalized orthopedic diseases such as neurofibromatosis and osteogenesis imperfecta, infectious processes, neuromuscular diseases, musculoskeletal tumors, trauma, and orthopedic procedures. The chapters review associated epidemiology, clinical presentation and evolution, treatment, and differential diagnoses, with in-depht analysis of imaging characteristics. With more than 1800 images, high-quality MRI, CT, and US examples complement the radiographs of a broad variety of musculoskeletal disorders. The book has been thoroughly researched and clearly written by expert pediatric and musculoskeletal radiologists and extensively reviewed by pediatric orthopedic surgeons. This canonical text addresses conventional and advanced imaging of the complete spectrum of pediatric orthopedic pathology. Pediatric Orthopedic Imaging is an essential reference for all radiologists and orthopedic surgeons whose practice includes pediatrics.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Spine
    Upper Extremity
    The Hip
    The Lower Extremity
    The Foot
    Generalized Orthopedic Diseases of Childhood
    Neuromuscular Diseases
    Skeletal Trauma
    Orthopedic Procedures.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Christopher Iobst, Steven L. Frick, editors.
    Summary: Because pediatric orthopedic trauma involves fixing bones that are still growing, it has unique concerns and complexities that distinguish it from adult orthopedic trauma. Unlike previous books on this topic, this book utilizes a case atlas format to provide current management strategies for pediatric orthopedic injuries to the upper and lower extremity and axial skeleton in a clear and concise manner, demonstrating real-world clinical situations and methodology for successful treatment. Each case will be authored by an expert in the field and will contain comprehensive step-by-step instructions on how to handle each injury. In addition to pre-operative, intra-operative, and post-operative recommendations, each case will include multiple color images and radiographs, clinical pearls, and possible pitfalls to further guide the reader and provide the orthopedic surgeon, resident and fellow with quick, credible and reliable answers to "How do I fix this?".

    Contents:
    Acture with Closed Triradiate
    Hip Dislocation
    Hip Dislocation with Acetabular Fracture
    Hip Dislocation with Proximal Femoral Physeal Fracture
    Femoral Head Fractures
    Transphyseal Fracture of Proximal Femur
    Femoral Neck Fractures in Children
    Pediatric Intertrochanteric Proximal Femur Fracture
    Pathologic Proximal Femur Fracture
    Proximal Femoral Stress Fractures
    Greater Trochanter Fracture
    Hip Dislocation with Midshaft Femur Fracture
    Femoral Shaft Fracture: Pavlik Harness
    Femoral Shaft Fracture: Spica Cast
    Femoral Shaft Fracture: Plating
    Femoral Shaft Fracture: Flexible Intramedullary Nails
    Femur Fracture: Alternatives to Spica Casting for Fractures in Patients Under Age 6
    Comminuted Femoral Fracture Treated with Locked Enders Nails
    Pathologic Femoral Shaft Fracture
    Open Femur Fracture with Soft Tissue Loss
    Supracondylar Femur Fracture: Treatment with a Submuscular Plate
    Treatment of a Pediatric Open Supracondylar Femur Fracture with External Fixation
    Salter-Harris I Fracture of the Distal Femur
    Salter-Harris II Distal Femur Fracture
    Salter-Harris III Distal Femur Fracture
    Salter-Harris IV Distal Femur Fracture
    Floating Knee: Combined Femoral and Tibial Fractures
    Patella Fracture
    Patellar Sleeve Fracture
    Tibial Spine Fractures: Open Treatment
    Arthroscopic Treatment of Tibial Spine Fractures
    Tibial Tuberosity Fracture
    Youth Type
    Physeal Type Tibial Tuberosity Fracture in an Adolescent
    Tibial Tuberosity Fractures: Intra-Articular Type
    Tibial Tubercle Fracture: Teen Type
    Proximal Tibial Metaphyseal Fracture
    Tibial Shaft Fracture: Flexible Nails
    Tibial Shaft Fracture: Plating
    Submuscular Plating of Tibial Fractures
    Tibial Shaft Fracture Treated with a Rigid Nail
    Tibial Shaft Fracture Treated with a Circular External Fixator
    Tibial Shaft Fracture with Soft Tissue Loss
    Tibial Shaft Fracture with Bone Loss
    Tibial Shaft Stress Fracture
    Compartmen t Syndrome of the Leg
    Tibial Shaft Fracture: Cast Treatment
    Osteochondral Fracture
    Distal Tibial Metaphyseal Fracture
    Plating
    Distal Tibial Shaft Fracture with Metaphyseal Extension: External Fixation
    Salter-Harris II Distal Tibia and Fibula Fractures
    Salter-Harris III Distal Tibia Fracture
    Isolated Lateral Malleolus Fracture
    Triplane Distal Tibia Fractures
    Management of Tillaux Fractures
    Isolated Medial Malleolus Fracture
    Talar Fracture
    Calcaneus Fracture in Children
    Pediatric Lisfranc
    Base of Fifth Metatarsal Fracture
    Pediatric Metatarsal Fractures
    Intra-articular Phalanx Fracture of Great Toe
    Compartment Syndrome of Foot.-.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Amr Abdelgawad, Osama Naga, editors.
    Summary: Topics in pediatric orthopedics routinely surface in general pediatrics and primary care medicine, whether on board exams or in clinical practice. Musculoskeletal-related problems are common presenting complaints in any general pediatric or family medicine practice, and in emergency medicine. From birth injuries to musculoskeletal infections and sport-related injuries, many orthopedic conditions and presenting complaints must be addressed by the primary care physician or pediatrician. Pediatric Orthopedics: Handbook for Primary Care Physicians is a concise and targeted handbook filled with all need-to-know conditions, injuries, and diseases, supplemented by over three hundred photos and illustrations. It describes common orthopedic conditions, how to diagnose them, and the indications to either treat these conditions or refer the child to an orthopedist. Readers will learn the natural history of orthopedic diseases and how to differentiate between normal development and abnormal pathological conditions. An easy-to-read bulleted format highlights the most pertinent information for conditions commonly encountered in primary care. In addition, the book provides critical information used to answer musculoskeletal questions on the pediatrics board exam. The two editors come from different specialties (pediatric orthopedics and pediatrics) and present topics in a practical and problem-oriented method. Pediatric Orthopedics: Handbook for Primary Care Physicians is invaluable to all health providers taking care of children, including pediatricians, family medicine physicians, emergency medicine physicians, nurse practitioners, physical therapists, and medical students.

    Contents:
    Introduction to topics in pediatric orthopedics
    Birth injuries
    Musculoskeletal infections
    Tumor and tumor-like conditions
    Hip
    Knee
    Foot
    Upper extremity
    Spine
    Neuromuscular diseases
    Trauma
    General/metabolic conditions affecting bones.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Jan Douwes Visser.
    Summary: This book presents the most common site-specific pediatric orthopedic problems seen in clinical practice. Detailed discussions of disorders of the chest wall, neck, back, pelvic, upper- and lower limb, leg length discrepancy, abnormal gate, congenital deficiencies, bone and joint infections are included in this comprehensive resource. Operative treatments are discussed throughout the book with the key focus on managing the patient and the use of the conservative approach. As such, the main benefit of this book is as a diagnostic tool to assess children with orthopedic disease. Designed to lead the reader from the initial physical examination through to making the most likely diagnosis, there is advice on what additional studies are meaningful, when there is an indication for referral and what advice can be provided for the patient. The value of the book is increased by hundreds of color images, thus making it easily accessible for pediatric orthopedic surgeons, pediatricians, pediatric physiotherapists, podiatrists, pediatricians, rehabilitation specialists and primary care physicians with an interest in the subject.

    Contents:
    Shoulder
    Elbow
    Forearm
    Wrist And Hand
    Hip Disorders
    Knee
    Lower Leg
    Ankle
    Foot
    Toes
    Leg Length Discrepancy
    Abnormal Gait
    Chest Wall
    Neck
    Back
    Pelvis
    Bone And Joint Infections
    Congenital Deficiencies.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Amr Abdelgawad, Osama Naga, Marwa Abdou, editors.
    Summary: The revised and the expanded second edition of this concise and targeted handbook presents the need-to-know musculoskeletal conditions and injuries required for all health care providers dealing with pediatric patients, including primary care physicians, emergency medicine physicians, radiologists, residents, students, nurses, and therapists, to brush up on pediatric orthopedics and sports medicine topics with ease. The most up-to-date information is contained within themed chapters--sports injuries and pediatric trauma, for example--as well as by anatomical region--the hip, knee, foot, spine, etc.--including chapters new to this edition covering pediatric musculoskeletal image interpretation and general aspects of sports medicine. This book addresses high-yield points needed for both general day-to-day pediatric orthopedics and sports medicine practice as well as information needed for the musculoskeletal section of the General Pediatrics Certifying Examination and other board exams for other specialties, physician assistants, nurse practitioners, and physical therapists. Well-illustrated and utilizing an easy-to-follow, bullet-pointed format, Pediatric Orthopedics and Sports Medicine gives the reader the basic knowledge to be able to identify and understand the management of common pediatric orthopedic and sports medicine conditions, and indications to either treat these conditions or refer the patient to an orthopedist.

    Contents:
    Introduction to Orthopedic Nomenclature
    Pediatric Musculoskeletal Imaging
    Growth and Development and Their Relation to Musculoskeletal Conditions
    Metabolic Diseases
    General Conditions Affecting the Bones
    Birth Injuries and Orthopedic Manifestations in Newborns
    The Hip
    The Knee/Leg
    The Foot
    The Hand and Upper Extremity
    Sports Medicine: General Aspects
    Sports Injury: Lower Extremity
    Sports injury: Upper Extremity
    Management of Pediatric Orthopedic Patients During the Postoperative Period
    Tumors and Tumor-like Conditions
    Spasticity and Gait
    Non-Accidental Trauma
    Orthopedic Trauma
    Approach to the Limping Child
    Casts, Splints and Braces
    Pediatric Spine
    Neuromuscular Conditions
    Musculoskeletal Infections.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Sattar Alshryda, Lisa Jackson, Nandu Thalange, Ali AlHammadi, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive, evidence-based guide on how to manage pediatric orthopedic problems safely and confidently. The format allows the reader to identify key points whilst working in their busy clinical practice. Each chapter is co-written by an orthopedic surgeon and general practitioner to ensure the content is relevant to primary care, but also sufficiently detailed to meet the needs of those in specialist training. The book is divided into two parts; general topics including assessment, normal variants, infections and specific disorders; followed by a section based on specific anatomical regions. Pediatric Orthopedics for Primary Healthcare: Evidence-Based Practice will be an essential resource for a wide audience including but not limited to general practitioners and trainees, pediatric orthopedic surgeons, trauma surgeons, orthopedic residents, emergency department doctors, physiotherapists, podiatrists and medical students who are seeking a concise, yet comprehensive evidence-based resource for this important specialty.

    Contents:
    A. General section: This covers general topics including the followings:
    1. Introduction
    2. Children normal development
    3. General assessment
    4. Normal variants
    5. Infections
    6. Tumours
    7. Metabolic bone diseases
    8. Neuromuscular conditions
    9. Relevant syndromes
    10. Musculoskeletal Dysplasias
    11. Limb Deformity
    12. Safeguarding Children
    13. Miscellaneous Paediatric Orthopaedic Condition
    B. Region specific topics. This is based on body regions:
    14. Paediatric hip disorders
    15. Paediatric knee disorders
    16. Paediatric foot disorders
    17. Paediatric spine disorders
    18. Paediatric shoulder disorders
    19. Paediatric elbow disorders
    20. Paediatric hand and wrist disorders.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Fritz Hefti ; foreword second edition from S. Wientroub and D. R. Wenger ; foreword first edition from J. R. Kasser and G. D. MacEwen in collaboration with R. Brunner, F. Freuler, C. Hasler, G. Jundt and A. Krieg ; translated by R. Hinchliffe ; freehand drawings by Franz Freuler ; schematic drawings by F. Hefti.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    [edited by] R.W. Clarke.
    Summary: Ear, nose, and throat diseases present and progress very differently in children than in adults, needing different diagnostic and treatment strategies. Training in the subspecialty of pediatric otolaryngology is often part of a general ENT program and not a program in itself. As such, the general otolaryngologist may be insufficiently prepared to handle certain pediatric cases. R.W. Clarke's Pediatric Otolaryngology: Practical Clinical Management aims to provide the pediatric ENT resident or fellow, as well as the general ENT practitioner, with sound clinical guidance on ENT pathologies as th.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
  • Digital
    Scott R. Schoem, David H. Darrow, editors
    Summary: Pediatric Otolaryngology for Primary Care, 2nd Edition is the first place to turn for expert help with the myriad ear, nose, and throat disorders.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Section 1: Ear and Temporal Bone
    Chapter 1: Neonatal Hearing Screening, Hearing Loss, and Treatment for Hearing Loss
    Chapter 2: Management and Treatment of Patients With Acute and Chronic Otitis Media
    Chapter 3: Facial Paralysis
    Chapter 4: Diseases and Anomalies of the Auricle and External Auditory Canal
    Chapter 4: Diseases and Anomalies of the Auricle and External Auditory Canal
    Section 2: Nose and Sinus
    Chapter 6: Neonata Nasal Obstruction
    Chapter 7: Rhinosinusitis
    Chapter 8: Epistaxis Chapter 9: Pediatric Nasal and Facial Fractures
    Section 3: Oropharynx
    Chapter 10: Disorders of the Tonsils and Adenoid
    Chapter 11: Pediatric Oropharyngeal Trauma
    Chapter 12: Cleft Lip and Palate
    Section 4: Neck
    Chapter 13: Neck Masses and Adenopathy
    Chapter 14: Deep Neck Space Infection
    Chapter 15: Salivary Gland Disorders in Children
    Section 5: Airway and Swallowing
    Chapter 16: Stridor in Infants and Children
    Chapter 17: Feeding Disorders and Ankyloglossia in Infants and Children
    Chapter 18: Gastroesophageal and Laryngopharyngeal Reflux Chapter 19: Speech and Voice Disorders
    Chapter 20: Drooling and Salivary Aspiration
    Chapter 21: Chronic Cough in Children
    Chapter 22: Aerodigestive Tract Foreign Bodies
    Chapter 23: Pediatric Tracheostomy
    Section 6: General
    Chapter 24: Otolaryngological Disorders in Down Syndrome
    Chapter 25: Vascular Anomalies
    Index
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2020
  • Digital
    [editors,] Karen Frush, Steven E. Krug.
    Contents:
    Quality improvement methods and improvement science / Binita Patel, Joan Shook
    Applying quality improvement in practice / David B. Cooperberg, Alex R. Kemper
    Medical errors, adverse events, and human factors / John M. Brookey, Doug Bonacum
    Medication safety / Lori Kotsonis-Chiampas, Janice Nuuhiwa, Steven Krug
    The role of leaderhship in safe and reliable peditatric care / Allan Frankel, Michael Leonard
    Teamwork and communication / Kyle J. Rehder, Susan M. Hohenhaus, Heidi B. King
    The importance of information technology in pediatric patient safety / Eric Tham
    Engaging patients and families / Leigh Ann Simmons, Sorrel King, Karen Frush
    Special perspectives for neonates / Chris DeRienzo
    Professional accountability and pursuit of a culture of safety / Gerald B. Hickson, Ilene N. Moore.
    Digital Access AccessPediatrics 2015
  • Digital
    Reggie C. Hamdy, Neil Saran, editors.
    Summary: This unique, case-based text offers a comprehensive discussion of pelvic and proximal femoral osteotomies in the pediatric population. Beginning with chapters on preoperative planning and radiologic evaluation of the adolescent hip, subsequent chapters are sensibly divided into three thematic sections, which use a consistent chapter format presenting the case history, relevant imaging, treatment goals, the management strategy, and clinical pearls and pitfalls. Part I describes the various pediatric pelvic osteotomies, including the Salter, Pol de Coeur, Tönnis, Pemberton, and San Diego approaches, among others. Pediatric proximal femoral osteotomies comprise part II, presenting the McHale procedure, varus and valgus osteotomies, Morscher osteotomy, and Shepherd's Crook deformity, to name just a few. The final section covers combined and miscellaneous osteotomies and procedures for the pediatric hip, such as osteochondroplasty, hip instability, hip arthrodesis, and SUPERhip and SUPERhip2 procedures for congenital femoral deficiency. Each chapter is generously illustrated and includes a handy table of indications and contraindications for the procedure described. In infancy, childhood and adolescence, the hip joint is very susceptible to abnormalities (congenital or acquired) that may lead to morphological alterations with potential sequelae, specifically pain and difficulty to ambulate, sit and perform daily activities. Restoring normal anatomy and biomechanics of the hip joint by various pelvic and/or proximal femoral osteotomies remains the cornerstone in the management of these conditions. To this end, Pediatric Pelvic and Proximal Femoral Osteotomies will be an invaluable resource for all pediatric orthopedic surgeons, trainees and students both in the medical and paramedical field.

    Contents:
    Perioperative planning for pelvic and/or proximal femoral osteotomies
    Radiologic evaluation of the adolescent hip
    Pediatric pelvic osteotomies
    Pediatric proximal femoral osteotomies
    Combined/miscellaneous osteotomies and procedures around the hip joint.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    editors: Wieland Kiess, Matthias Schwab, Johannes van den Anker.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Karen G. Duderstadt.
    Summary: This guide teaches the unique range of skills needed to assess children of all ages. Provides quick reference in clinical settings.

    Contents:
    Approach to care and assessment of children and adolescents
    Assessment parameters
    Developmental surveillance and screening
    Comprehensive information gathering
    Environmental health history
    Newborn assessment
    Skin assessment
    Heart and vascular assessment
    Chest and respiratory assessment
    Head and neck assessment
    Lymphatic system assessment
    Eyes
    Ears
    Nose, mouth, and throat
    Abdomen and rectum
    Male genitalia
    Male and female breast
    Female genitalia
    Musculoskeletal assessment
    Neurological assessment.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] Arin K. Greene.
    Summary: With contributions from top experts in the field, Pediatric Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery provides clinically-focused text on the full spectrum of common and rare congenital and acquired pediatric conditions. Organized into six major sections, every chapter reflects the expertise of leading authorities who discuss specific topics for which they have achieved prominence. The organizational structure is consistent throughout 43 chapters, covering core essentials for managing the patient: introduction, diagnosis, nonsurgical management, operative treatment, complications, and key points. Key Features: Surgical approaches for craniofacial disorders such as craniosynostosis, craniofacial syndromes, plagiocephaly, and hemifacial microsomia; The use of cranioplasty to repair skull defects and orthognathic correction for jaw deformities; Treatment of unilateral and bilateral cleft lip, cleft palate, Robin sequence, secondary cleft deformities, and velopharyngeal insufficiency; Reconstructive techniques for soft tissue deformities of the head and neck including microtia; Trunk and lower extremity disorders including genital and breast abnormalities; Upper extremity disorders such as hypoplastic thumb, syndactyly, polydactyly, as well as hand trauma; Diseases of the integument including vascular anomalies, burns, melanocytic nevi, and skin lesions. -- Publisher

    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note: I. Craniofacial Disorders / Gary F. Rogers
    1. Craniosynostosis / Stephen M. Warren
    2. Craniofacial Syndromes / June K. Wu
    3. Deformational Plagiocephaly, Brachycephaly, and Scaphocephaly / Benjamin C. Wood
    4. Craniofacial Microsomia / Jesse A. Taylor
    5. Orbital Hypertelorism / Anand Kumar
    6. Rare Craniofacial Clefts / Reza Jarrahy
    7. Facial Fractures / Joseph Edward Losee
    8. Cranioplasty / Gary F. Rogers
    9. Osseous Lesions of the Craniofacial Region / Salim Afshar
    10. Distraction Osteogenesis / Derek M. Steinbacher
    11. Orthognathic Correction of Jaw Deformities / Cory M. Resnick
    II. Cleft Lip and Palate / Arin K. Greene
    12. Dental and Orthodontic Management of Cleft Lip and Palate / Stephen Shusterman
    13. Unilateral Cleft Lip / Paul Durand
    14. Bilateral Cleft Lip / Alexander C. Allori
    15. Cleft Palate / Carolyn R. Rogers-Vizena
    16. Robin's Sequence / Kamlesh B. Patel Note continued: 17. Secondary Cleft Lip and Nasal Reconstruction / Roberto L. Flores
    18. Velopharyngeal Dysfunction / Howard Wang
    III. Soft-Tissue Deformities of the Head and Neck / Arin K. Greene
    19. Soft-Tissue Injuries / Arin K. Greene
    20. Ear Reconstruction / Arin K. Greene
    21. Microtia / Akira Yamada
    22. Nasal Reconstruction / Peter J. Taub
    23. Facial Paralysis / Greg Borschel
    24. Scalp, Cheek, and Neck Deformities / Arin K. Greene
    IV. Trunk and Lower Extremity / Brian I. Labow
    25. Macromastia / Brian I. Labow
    26. Gynecomastia / Brian I. Labow
    27. Breast Asymmetry / Brian I. Labow
    28. Anterior Trunk Disorders / Brian I. Labow
    29. Posterior Trunk Disorders / Arin K. Greene
    30. Genital Anomalies / Richard J. Redett
    31. Lower Extremity / Amir H. Taghinia
    V. Upper Extremity / Amir H. Taghinia
    32. Embryology and Classification of Hand Differences / Gill Smith
    33. Disorders of Failure of Formation in the Upper Limb / Bran Sivakumar Note continued: 34. Thumb Hypoplasia / Joseph Upton
    35. Syndactyly / Amir H. Taghinia
    36. Polydactyly / Steven L Moran
    37. Macrodactyly / Brian I. Labow
    38. Brachial Plexus Palsies / Angela B. Lipira
    39. Pediatric Hand Trauma / Amir H. Taghinia
    VI. Integument / Arin K. Greene
    40. Vascular Anomalies / Arin K. Greene
    41. Burns / Branko Bojovic
    42. Melanocytic Nevi / Arin K. Greene
    43. Pediatric Skin Lesions / Arin K. Greene.
  • Digital
    edited by Peter J. Taub and Timothy W. King.
    Summary: With contributions from the leading experts in the field, Pediatric Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery for Primary Care provides primary care pediatricians and other professionals who care for children comprehensive coverage of both common and rare congenital and acquired pediatric conditions

    Contents:
    Intro
    Acknowledgments
    Preface
    Chapter 1: Cleft Lip and Palate
    Chapter 2: Craniosynostosis
    Chapter 3: Vascular Anomalies
    Chapter 4: Congenital Ear Deformities
    Chapter 5: Orthognathic Surgery
    Chapter 6: Pediatric Facial Fractures
    Chapter 7: Eyelid Anomalies
    Chapter 8: Facial Paralysis
    Chapter 9: Pediatric Neck Masses
    Chapter 10: Congenital Hand Anomalies
    Chapter 11: Pediatric Burn Injury
    Chapter 12: Skin and Soft-Tissue Lesions
    Chapter 13: Breast Anomalies
    Chapter 14: Abdominal Wall Anomalies
    Chapter 15: Posterior Trunk Anomalies Chapter 16: Aesthetic Surgery in the Pediatric Patient
    Index
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2020
  • Print
    Francis X. Paletta, with 419 ill. ; original artwork by Elisabeth North.
    Contents:

    v. 1. Trauma.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    P526 .P15 1967
    1
  • Digital
    editors, Michael S. Kappy, Mitchell E. Geffner, David B. Allen.
    Contents:
    General concepts and physiology / Kathleen Bethin and John S. Fuqua
    Normal growth and growth disorders / Orit Pinhas-Hamiel, Paul Czernichow, Philip Zeitler, and David B. Allen
    Puberty / Jon M. Nakamoto, Sherry L. Franklin, and Mitchell E. Geffner
    Thyroid / Ari J. Wassner & Stephen A. Huang
    Adrenal disorders / Mimi S. Kim and Patricia A. Donohoue
    Disorders of sex development / Peter A. Lee, Selma F. Witchel, and Christopher P. Houk
    Disorders of bone and mineral metabolism / Andrea Kelly and Michael A. Levine
    Posterior pituitary and disorders of water metabolism / Abhinash Srivatsa, Joseph A. Majzoub, and Michael S. Kappy
    Obesity, metabolic syndrome, and dyslipidemia / Lisa D. Madison, Laurie R. Armsby, and Bruce A. Boston
    Enteric hormones / Matthew Egberg, Ellen Lancon Connor, Matthew Egberg, and Ellen Lancon Connor
    Diabetes mellitus. Part A. Introduction to diabetes / David W. Cooke [and seven others]
    Part B. Type 1 diabetes mellitus / David W. Cooke and Leslie Plotnick
    Part C. Type 2 diabetes mellitus / R. Paul Wadwa, Dana Dabelea, and Georgeanna J. Klingensmith
    Part D. Other specific types of diabetes mellitus and causes of hyperglycemia / Elizabeth Fudge, Janet H. Silverstein, and William E. Winter
    Hypoglycemia / Emily R. Miller, David B. Allen, and Robert J. Ferry, Jr.
    Digital Access AccessPediatrics 2014
  • Digital
    Tina M. Slusher, Ashley R. Bjorklund, Stephanie M. Lauden, editors.
    Summary: Despite global advancements in pediatric medicine, technologies which have become standard-of-care in high-resource settings are unavailable in low-and middle-income countries due to cost, availability, or challenges maintaining equipment. This book compiles evidence-based and expert clinical procedural adaptations in an approachable, case-based, step-by-step guide, aimed to provide educational support for healthcare providers practicing in resource-limited settings. This responds to both the high demand for this content and the importance of gathering experts across continents and pediatric disciplines. Each chapter provides both a theoretical framework and practical discussion of high-yield procedural adaptations. Leading international researchers and seasoned clinicians with expertise using these adaptations were selected by the editors as authors. Chapters include an example case with adaptation use and detailed instructions including supplies, indications, risks, and benefits. Content is grounded in current best practice recommendations and evidence-based research. Highlighted by the COVID-19 pandemic, a mature understanding of pathophysiology and device design/safety is required when providing care in low-resource settings or in crisis times. In-person instruction is not always feasible. Written and virtual platforms remain critical in disseminating high-yield, practical content. This book is not a substitute for appropriate procedural training, though is easily modified to meet the educational needs of diverse learner groups. It is a valuable resource for appropriately trained practitioners practicing in accordance with local guidelines. Knowledge and fluency with pediatric procedural adaptations is critical in efforts to reduce global inequities and pediatric morbidity/mortality in low-resource settings.

    Contents:
    Background
    Procedural Adaptation Concepts in a low-resource settings
    Basics of Neonatal Intensive Care and Pediatric Intensive Care in a low-resource settings
    Neonatal Resuscitation Adaptations in a low-resource settings
    Phototherapy in a low-resource settings
    Umbilical Venous Catheter Placement in a low-resource settings
    Exchange Transfusions for Severe Hyperbilirubinemia in a low-resource settings
    Breastfeeding Tips in a low-resource settings
    Kangaroo Mother Care in a low-resource settings
    Obtaining Blood in Neonates and Children in a low-resource settings
    Pediatric Resuscitation in a low-resource settings
    Oral Rehydration in low-resource settings
    Nutrition and Fluid Alternatives and Tips in a low-resource settings
    Intra-osseous (IO) Needles with Stabilizers in a low-resource settings
    Intravenous Fluid Administration without Pumps in a low-resource settings
    Mixing Intravenous Fluids in a low-resource Setting
    Respiratory Equipment Adaptations in a low-resource Setting
    Bubble CPAP in a low-resource Setting
    Chest Drainage System in a low-resource Setting
    Performing Lumbar Puncture in a low-resource Setting
    Peritoneal Dialysis in a low-resource Setting
    Wound Vacuum-Assisted Closure Therapy in a low-resource Setting
    Burn Care in a low-resource Setting
    Low-fidelity simulations in a low-resource Setting
    Practice and implementation of procedural adaptations in a low-resource Setting.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Anna Belloni Fortina, Francesca Caroppo.
    Summary: This book focuses on childhood psoriasis; it comprehensively discusses various concepts and topics related to this widespread auto-immune disease, including its pathogenesis, clinical aspects, the most recent and proven therapeutic approaches as well as the management of the psychological burden generated in younger patients. By highlighting the latest information on the pathogenic mechanisms, this unique book illustrates the great variety of clinical manifestations of this condition in pediatric patients, which are often very different from those in adults and later onset cases. It describes state-of-the-art therapeutic approaches and the advantages and limitations of latest treatment options available, and also presents all comorbidities of the disease in childhood, focusing on cardiovascular and metabolic disorders, as well as on the psychological impact of the disease in both children and adolescents. Including over 200 original full-color illustrations, this book raises dermatologists’ and pediatricians’ awareness of this disease, which is increasingly being diagnosed during childhood. It also provides practical tools for best management. This clear, concise guide is intended for dermatologists, pediatricians, clinicians and researchers as well as residents in dermatology and pediatrics, but will appeal to all readers wanting to update their understanding of psoriasis in childhood.

    Contents:
    Preface
    1 Introduction
    2 Epidemiology
    3 Pathogenesis
    4 Immunopathogenesis
    5 Genetic Factors
    6 Environmental Factors
    7 Clinical Features of Pediatric Psoriasis
    8 Clinical types of Pediatric Psoriasis
    9 Plaque-type Psoriasis
    10 Guttate Psoriasis
    11 Inverse Psoriasis
    12 Scalp Psoriasis
    13 Napkin Psoriasis
    14 Nail Psoriasis
    15 ErythrodermicPsoriasis
    16 PustularPsoriasis
    17 Diagnosis
    18 Differential Diagnosis.-19 Treatment options for of Pediatric Psoriasis
    20 Topical Treatments
    21 Phototherapy
    22 Systemic Treatments
    23 Biologic Treatments
    24 Comorbidities of Pediatric Psoriasis
    25 Impact on Quality of Life.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Rochelle Caplan, Julia Doss, Sigita Plioplys, Jana E. Jones.
    Summary: This volume describes the basics for short- and long-term treatment of Psychogenic Non-Epileptic Seizures (PNES) in children. The text acknowledges that the disorder, though rare and highly morbid, is treatable when it is not misdiagnosed. Given the limited diagnostic and clinical training offered to clinicians, this book aims to equip professionals with the tools needed to improve the poor quality of life of youth with PNES. The text begins by introducing the main features of the disorder and the problems involved in diagnosing PNES in children. It then describes techniques to overcome these problems in order to make a reliable and valid diagnosis of PNES, as well as provide feedback on the diagnosis and treatment plan. The last section describes the indications for cognitive behavior therapy for youth with PNES and suggested treatment paradigms. Incorporation of do's and don'ts and their relevant clinical examples in all sections of the proposed guide provide the reader with skills and techniques. The book also includes an appendix with resources for parents, children, and school nurses and teachers, relaxation techniques for the child and parents, templates of letters for the child's school about the condition and behavior management plan, templates of supporting letters from epileptologists and primary care physicians, CBT treatment paradigm, and information on individual supervision, workshops and webinars. Written by the few experts in this area, Pediatric Psychogenic Non-Epileptic Seizures is the ultimate guide for psychiatrists, psychologists, nurses, primary care physicians, neurologists, epileptologists, social workers, nurses, school counselors, and all medical professionals working with children experiencing seizures.

    Contents:
    Introduction and Overview
    Overview
    The underlying psychopathology, triggers, and risk factors
    Gold standard diagnosis
    Why is it difficult to diagnose pediatric PNES?
    Red flags during the clinical exam
    Techniques for the child diagnostic interview
    Strategies to use in the Initial parent interview
    Introduction: The importance of the feedback
    How to present feedback and treatment plan to the parents
    Approaches to use in the child feedback and description of the treatment plan
    Combined parent and child feedback and treatment plan
    Psychoeducation about PNES: Child, parents, treatment team, teachers
    How to develop rapport with the child and parents
    Strategies for NES symptom resolution through individual child therapy and work with the parents
    Child reintegration to school and regular life routines
    Treatment of comorbid psychopathology
    Long-term Therapy
    Introduction
    Goals for child therapy
    Goals for work with the parents
    Indications
    Application of CBT in anxiety and depression
    Essential CBT elements that enhance child goals
    Application of CBT to enhance parent goals
    Appendix.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Print
    Kristin H. Kroll.
    Summary: "This book was written to help traditionally trained mental health clinicians become familiar with the basic principles and strategies used in pediatric psychology. This book provides resources to help clinicians enhance their clinical practice as well as providing resources for how to find further resources in specific areas based on the presenting problems of their patients and their own burgeoning clinical interests"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction to pediatric psychological care
    Working with young children with medical concerns
    Working with school-aged children with medical concerns
    Working with adolescents with medical concerns
    Chronic illness and the family unit
    Psychological guidelines for specific medical conditions
    Special populations in pediatric psychology
    Technological applications and pediatric psychological care.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Digital
    Mark A. Riddle, MD ; contributing editors, Rebecca A. Baum, Susan dosReis, Jane Meschan Foy, Emily Frosch, Cori Green, Lynne C. Huffman, David B. Pruitt, Gloria M. Reeves, Lawrence S. Wissow.
    Summary: Completely revised and updated, this best-selling resource provides primary care clinicians with practice-tested, condition-specific treatment recommendations for various childhood mental disorders. Obtain clear guidance on dosing, monitoring, and potential adverse reactions of psychotropic medications. Ease medication decision-making with a clear, straightforward methodology -- based on current research and clinical experience. This simple, systematic approach defines discrete groups of psychotropic medications and spells out group-specific roles and responsibilities in accordance with American Academy of Pediatrics policies. -- From publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Conceptual framework for prescribing psychotropic medication
    The psychosocial assessment in primary care
    Assessment of disorders, formulation, and feedback
    Before prescribing
    Group 1 medications for attention deficit/hyperactivity disorder
    Group 1 medications for anxiety and depression
    Group 2 medications: antipsychotics and mood stabilizers
    Group 3 medications
    What to do when treatment is not successful.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2019
  • Digital
    Mark A. Riddle
    Summary: Completely updated and revised, the third edition provides primary care physicians with practice-tested, condition-specific treatment recommendations for various childhood mental disorders. Obtain clear guidance on dosing, monitoring, and potential adverse reactions of psychotropic medications for treatment of common psychiatric disorders and mental health or behavioral problems in children and adolescents. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Part 1: Before Prescribing
    Chapter 1. Getting Started
    Chapter 2. Conceptual Framework for Prescribing Psychotropic Medications
    Chapter 3. Making a Diagnosis
    Chapter 4. Laying the Groundwork
    Part 2: Group 1 Medications for Specific Diagnoses: Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder, Anxiety, and Depression
    Chapter 5. Group 1 Medications for Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder
    Chapter 6. Group 1 Medications for Anxiety and Depression
    Part 3: Group 2 and Group 3 Medications
    Chapter 7. Group 2 Medications: FDA-Approved Antipsychotics and Mood Stabilizers
    Chapter 8. Group 3 Medications: Others Commonly Prescribed
    Part 4: After Prescribing: Midcourse Corrections
    Chapter 9. Fine Tuning Treatment
    Chapter 10. Managing Treatment Impasses
    Appendix A. Assessment and Symptom Monitoring Tools
    Appendix B. Resources for Clinicians
    Appendix C. Training Resources for Clinicians
    Appendix D. Quality Ratings for Psychotherapies and Efficacy Data for Medications
    Appendix E. Resources for Caregivers
    Appendix F. Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Fifth Edition, Complete Criteria of Select Diagnoses.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2022
  • Digital
    Anna N. Abrams, Anna C. Muriel, Lori Wiener, editors.
    Contents:
    Overview of Pediatric Oncology
    Communication
    Physical Impact of the Disease
    Assessment/Coping/Quality of Life
    Family Systems
    Psychiatric issues and treatment
    Education
    Adolescents
    Social Media
    Complementary Therapies
    End of Life Care
    Survivorship
    Advocacy.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    author, American Academy of Pediatrics Section on Pediatric Pulmonology and Sleep Medicine ; editors in chief, Dennis C. Stokes, Allen J. Dozor ; associate editors, Lee J. Brooks [and 5 others] ; radiology imaging editor, Lisa H. Hutchinson.
    Summary: Obtain practice-focused guidance on the diagnosis, evaluation and treatment of the most commonly encountered pediatric respiratory conditions, asthma-related difficulties, and sleep disorders -- Back cover.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2018
  • Digital
    [editors], Louis S. Constine, MD, FASTRO, The Philip Rubin Professor of Radiation Oncology and Pediatrics, Vice Chair, Department of Radiation Oncology, Director, The Judy DiMarzo Cancer Survivorship Program, James P. Wilmot Cancer Institute, University of Rochester Medical Center, Rochester, New York, Nancy J. Tarbell, MD, FASTRO, CC Wang Professor of Radiation Oncology, Department of Radiation Oncology, Massachusetts General Hospital, Dean for Academic and Clinical Affairs, Harvard Medical School, Boston, Massachusetts, Edward C. Halperin, MD, MA, Chancellor/Chief Executive Officer, Professor of Radiation Oncology, Pediatrics, and History, New York Medical College, Provost for Biomedical Affairs, Touro College and University, Valhalla, New York.
    Contents:
    The cancer problem in children
    Leukemias in children
    Supratentorial brain tumors
    Tumors of the posterior fossa and the spinal canal
    Retinoblastoma
    Neuroblastoma
    Hodgkin lymphoma
    Non-Hodgkin lymphoma
    Ewing sarcoma
    Osteosarcoma, chordoma, and chondrosarcoma
    Rhabdomyosarcoma
    Soft tissue sarcomas other than rhabdomyosarcoma; desmoid tumor
    Wilms tumor
    Liver tumors in children
    Germ and stromal cell tumors of the gonads and extragonadal germ cell tumors
    Endocrine, aerodigestive tract, and breast tumors
    Langerhans cell histiocytosis
    Vascular neoplasms and skin cancer
    Late effects of cancer treatment
    Second primary cancers
    Anesthesia for external beam radiotherapy
    Psychosocial aspects of radiotherapy for the child and family with cancer.
    Digital Access Ovid 2016
  • Digital
    Thomas E. Merchant, Rolf-Dieter Kortmann, editors.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Ewing Sarcoma and DSRCT
    Rhabdomyosarcoma
    Non-rhabdomyosarcoma soft-tissue Sarcoma, Desmoid tumor and Osteosarcoma
    Neuroblastoma
    Wilms Tumor
    Rare in pediatric oncology
    Pediatric Glioma
    Medulloblastoma/non medulloblastoma embryonal tumors
    ATRT
    CNS Germ Cell Tumors
    Chilhood ependymoma
    Childhood craniopharyngioma
    Hematopoitic Stem Cell Transplantation
    Utilization of radiation for pediatric hodgkin Lymphoma
    Basic principles and advances in technology used for pediatric Radiotherapy
    Proton Therapy for pediatric malignancies
    Helical tomo therapy in pediatric-adolescent patients
    Localization, Verification, and Anesthesia
    Palliative radiotherapy and management of the pediatric oncology patients
    Pediatric radiotherapy in Low and Middle Income Countries
    Future Directions.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    editor, Edward Y. Lee ; associate editors, Winnie C. Chu, Jonathan R. Dillman, Andrea S. Doria, Ricardo Restrepo, Sara O. Vargas.
    Contents:
    Skull / Edward Yang and Tina Young Poussaint
    Brain / Sanjay P. Prabhu, Savvas Andronikou, Sara O. Vargas, and Richard L. Robertson, Jr
    Head and neck / Amy F. Juliano, Sara O. Vargas, and Caroline D. Robson
    Spinal cord / Ben Haverkamp, Peter Winningham, Winnie Chu, Lisa H. Lowe, and Paul G. Thacker
    Vertebral column / Esperanza Pacheco-Jacome, Kevin Moore, Sara O. Vargas, and L. Santiago Medina
    Lung / Benard Laya, Behrang Amini, Evan J. Zucker, Tracy Kilborn, K.M. Das, and Edward Y. Lee
    Pleura / Rama S. Ayyala and Edward Y. Lee
    Airway / Evan J. Zucker, Supika Kritsanepaiboon, Omolola M. Atalabi, Ricardo Restrepo, and Edward Y. Lee
    Heart / Lorna P. Browne, Edward Y. Lee, Oleksandr Kondrachuk, Marielle V. Fortier, Zhu Ming, and Cynthia K. Rigsby
    Great vessels / Monica Epelman, Pilar Garcia-Pena, Eric Chong, Magdalena Gormsen, and Edward Y. Lee
    Mediastinum / Paul G. Thacker, Ricardo Restrepo, and Edward Y. Lee
    Chest wall / Dawn R. Engelkemier, Peter Kruk, John Naheedy, Fred Avni, Yeun-Chung Ray Chang, and Edward Y. Lee
    Diaphragm / Mark C. Liszewski, Pedro Daltro, Celia Ferrari, Gloria Soto, Fred Avni, and Edward Y. Lee
    Liver, bile ducts, and gallbladder / Andrew T. Trout, Daniel B. Wallihan, Alexander J. Towbin, and Daniel J. Podberesky
    Pancreas, adrenal glands, and spleen
    Ethan a. smith, jonathan r. dillman, and peter j. strouse
    Gastrointestinal tract / Sudha A. Anupindi, Andria Powers, Suma Chandra, Jonathan R. Dillman, Michael S. Gee, and Asef Khwaja
    Kidneys and urinary tract / Jonathan R. Dillman and Kassa Darge
    Male genital tract / Andrew Phelps, Jesse Courter, Peter Marcovici, Sara O. Vargas, and John MacKenzie
    Female genital tract / Sharon W. Gould, Sabah Servaes, Edward Y. Lee, Jose Lipsich, Victor M. Terrazas Loya, and Monica S. Epelman
    Abdominal wall, mesentery, peritoneum, and vessels / Michael S. Gee, Rahul A. Sheth, Salwa Haidar, Dilip Sankhla, and Edward Y. Lee
    Normal growth and development/congenital disorders / Victor Ho-Fung, Adji Saptogino, Timothy Cain, Selim Doganay, and Diego Jaramillo
    Infection/inflammation / Clara Ortiz-Neira, Jennifer Stimec, Marcia Torre Moreira, and Andrea S. Doria
    Neoplasms / Hye-Kyung Yoon, Jung-Eun Cheon, and Hee Kyung Kim
    Trauma / Mark Bittman, Jeannette M. Peréz-Rossello, Donald A. Tracy, Abdu Shabani, and Edward Y. Lee
    Endocrine, metabolic, and arthropathies / Ricardo Restrepo, Edward Y. Lee, Paul Babyn, and Andrea S. Doria.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    [edited by] Michele Walters, Richard L. Robertson Jr.
    Contents:
    Introduction / Michael J. Callahan, Angela Franceschi, Stephen D. Brown, Sabeena Chako, and Michele Walters
    Chest / Patricia Trinidad Chang and Laureen Sena
    Cardiac / Jamie Frost and Laureen Sena
    Gastrointestinal / Stephanie DiPerna and Carlo Buonomo
    Hepatobiliary, pancreas, and spleen / Erica L. Riedesel and George A. Taylor
    Genitourinary imaging / Rama S. Ayyala, Cassandra Sams, George A. Taylor, and Jeanne S. Chow
    Musculoskeletal / David Whitmer Swenson and Michele Walters
    Brain / Michel Anthony Breen and Richard Robertson
    Spine / Thierry A.G.M. Huisman and Thangamadhan Bosemani
    Head and neck / Caroline D. Robson and Amy Juliano.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] Charles A. James, Leah E. Braswell, Charles M. Glasier, S. Bruce Greenberg, Joanna J. Seibert.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Radiology
  • Digital
    Pablo Bertrand, Ignacio Sánchez, editors.
    Summary: This book is a comprehensive and authoritative textbook on pediatric pulmonology. Edited by Pablo Bertrand and Ignacio Sánchez, renowned academics and pediatricians from the Pontifical Catholic University of Chile, it encompasses five sections and 74 chapters, presenting and discussing the most important topics related to pediatric respiratory diseases. Written and presented in a simple and didactic format, it intends to that ease learning and settlement of doubts in pediatric respiratory diseases. The reader is naturally introduced into the physiology, diagnosis, syndromes, diseases and the treatment associated to the respiratory pathologies affecting children. The chapters within this book includes algorithms for the treatment of syndromes and updated treatment proposals grounded on evidence-based medicine for more than 50 pulmonary diseases of pediatric importance. Pediatric Respiratory Diseases - A Comprehensive Textbook is an essential material for the proper clinical approach of respiratory diseases in children. It is intended for all interns, residents and fellows with interest in pediatric pulmonary medicine, as well as to physicians, general practitioners, pediatricians and pulmonologist who face pediatric respiratory disorders on their clinical practice.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    Contributors
    1: History of Specialist Training in Respiratory Diseases
    Introduction
    The Situation in South America
    Sources
    2: Development of the Respiratory System
    Introduction
    Stages in Lung Development
    Development of Bronchial Circulation
    Respiratory Mechanics
    Lung Weight/Body Weight and Lung Volume/Body Weight Ratios
    Genetic Control of Lung Development
    Factors That Influence Lung Development
    Conclusion
    Sources
    3: Physiological Basis of the Respiratory System
    Respiratory Mechanics
    Airway Resistance Pulmonary Ventilation
    Alterations in Pulmonary Ventilation
    Alveolar Hypoventilation
    Alveolar Hyperventilation
    Pulmonary Circulation
    The Ventilation/Perfusion Ratio
    Respiratory Gases in the Blood
    Sources
    4: Clinical History and Physical Examination of the Respiratory System
    Anamnesis
    Physical Examination
    Inspection
    Palpation
    Percussion
    Auscultation
    Wheezing
    Crackles
    Stridor
    Grunting
    Pleural Friction Rub
    Sources
    5: Physiological Evolution of Sleep
    Introduction
    History and Anamnesis
    Age and Development
    The Fetal Stage Premature Newborns
    Newborns
    Infants
    Preschool Children and Older Infants (1-3 Years of Age)
    Schoolchildren and Neuronal Plasticity
    Adolescents
    Risk Factors and Academic Performance
    Specific Sleep-Associated Symptoms
    Sources
    6: Immunological Defense Mechanisms of the Respiratory System
    Organization of the Respiratory Immune System
    Immune Induction in the Lung
    Innate Immunity
    Adaptive Immunity
    Immune Responses to Respiratory Infections
    Immunology of Acute Alveolar Damage and Tissue Repair
    The Microbiome
    Sources 7: New Frontiers in Research on the Respiratory System
    Cystic Fibrosis as a Model for Dealing with Chronic Lung Disease
    Novel Strategies for Current Objectives
    Gene Therapy
    Small Molecules
    Introduction to Complex Mutations
    The Challenge: How Can We Know It Works?
    The Problem: Delicate Secondary Effects Associated with Longevity
    Selection of Resistant Organisms
    Allergies to Antibiotics
    Chronic Renal Insufficiency
    Chronic Lung Disease Crises or Attacks: Lessons for a Long-Term Response
    Pulmonary Attacks in Cystic Fibrosis
    Pulmonary Attacks in Asthma Genetically Associated Diseases and Their Close Systemic Relationship: Ciliopathy
    Learning from Follow-Up Studies on Chronic Lung Diseases
    Beyond Tucson: Patterns of Wheezing in Preschool Children
    Improved Phenotyping
    The Microenvironment of the Airway and Development of Respiratory Diseases: The Microbiome
    The Importance of the Microbiome in Healthy Children
    The Microbiome in Early Wheezing Disorders
    The Microbiome and Cystic Fibrosis
    Is Clinical Pediatric Pneumology Dead?
    Sources
    8: Evaluation of Pulmonary Function in Infants and Preschool Children
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    [edited by] Mary Elizabeth Hartnett ; section editors, Arlene V. Drack [and four others].
    Digital Access Ovid 2021
  • Digital
    R.V. Paul Chan, editor.
    Summary: This volume on pediatric retina covers all aspects of pediatric retinal diseases as their understanding, diagnosis and management is still under evolution and a challenging task. Newer diagnostic and surgical techniques are being developed and are being adapted for better visual outcome in pediatric cases. It comprises of 10 chapters describing the medical and surgical aspects. The text and figures have been provided in a lucid manner to enhance the understanding of the reader. This volume covers OCT angiography for pediatric retinal disease, clinical spectrum of retinopathy of prematurity, which has become an ever increasing burden of disease for the society and needs special attention, anti-VEGF for retinopathy of prematurity, surgical management of retinopathy of prematurity, retinopathy of prematurity: atypical aspects, Coats disease, pediatric retinal inflammatory disorders, congenital X-linked retinoschisis, familial exudative vitreoretinopathy, hematologic disorders: leukemia, hyperviscosity, anemia. It provides descriptions of these disease accompanied by numerous helpful images to highlight these conditions. This atlas will assist the vitreoretinal specialists, general ophthalmologists, retina fellows and post graduate students in successfully identifying the key features of these challenging pediatric vitreoretinopathies. Pediatric Retinal Diseases is one of the nine volumes of the series Retina Atlas. This series provides global perspective on vitreoretinal diseases, covering imaging basics, retinal vascular disease, ocular inflammatory disease, retinal degeneration, surgical retina, ocular oncology, pediatric retina and trauma. Retina Atlas is spread over 9 volumes and about 100 chapters, covering validated and comprehensive information on retinal disorders.

    Contents:
    OCT Angiography for pediatric retinal disease
    Clinical Spectrum of Retinopathy of Prematurity
    Anti-VEGF for Retinopathy of Prematurity
    Surgical Management of Retinopathy of Prematurity
    Retinopathy of Prematurity: Atypical Aspects
    Persistent Fetal Vasculature
    Familial Exudative Vitreoretinopathy
    Coats Disease
    Pediatric Retinal Inflammatory disorders
    Congenital X-Linked Retinoschisis
    Hematologic Disorders: Leukemia, Hyperviscosity, Anemia.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Ulrich Spandau and Sang Jin Kim.
    Summary: This book provides comprehensive and up-to-date information on diagnosis, medical and surgical treatments for pediatric retinal vascular conditions, which are leading causes of childhood blindness throughout the world. Experienced ophthalmologists in the field discuss basic knowledge about these diseases and practical aspects of management such as exam under anesthesia, diagnostic approaches including spectral-domain hand-held optical coherence tomography (OCT) and OCT angiography. The reader will learn about the recent advances in medical and surgical treatments for pediatric retinal vascular diseases. The surgical treatments, anti-VEGF injections, laser photocoagulation and lens sparing vitrectomy are explained step-by-step and can be observed in several videos. Both the general ophthalmologist who cares for children with retinal diseases and the specialist (pediatric ophthalmologists and vitreoretinal surgeon) will find this book to be an informative resource in providing best care for children with pediatric retinal vascular conditions.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Sujata Sawhney, Amita Aggarwal, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I: Introduction to Pediatric Rheumatology
    History of Pediatric Rheumatology
    Basic Immunology for the Pediatrician
    Genetics of Pediatric Rheumatic Diseases
    Human Joint Anatomy and Physiology
    Epidemiology of Pediatric Rheumatic Diseases
    Trial Dezign and Collaborative Work in Pediatric Rheumatology
    Non Biologic Drugs in Rheumatology
    Biologic Response Modifiers in Pediatric Rheumatology
    Clinical Examination of the Child with a Rheumatic Disease
    Laboratory and the Pediatric Rheumatologist
    Imaging in Pediatric Rheumatology
    Transition: Moving from Pediatric to Adult Rheumatology Care
    Outcome measures in Pediatric Rheumatology
    Part II: Arthritis in Childhood
    Approach to a Child with Joint Pains
    Approach to a Child with a Limp
    Common Orthopedic Problems in Children
    Overview of Juvenile Idiopathic Arthritis
    Systemic Onset Juvenile Idiopathic Arthritis
    Juvenile Spondyloarthropathies
    Management of Juvenile Idiopathic Arthritis
    Infections and Arthritis in Childhood
    Macrophage Activation Syndrome
    Clinical Case Vignettes: Arthritis in Children
    Part III: Connective Tissue Diseases in Childhood
    Connective Tissue Diseases in Childhood: An Approach to the Diagnosis and Classification
    Pediatric and Neonatal Lupus
    Pediatric Lupus Nephritis
    Juvenile Dermatomyositis
    Antiphospholipid Antibody Syndrome in Childhood
    Juvenile Localized Scleroderma
    Juvenile Systemic Sclerosis
    Undifferentiated Connective Tissue Disease, Mixed Connective Tissue Disease and Overlap Syndromes in Children
    Clinical Case Vignettes : Connective Tissue Diseases in Children
    Part IV: Vasculitis in Childhood
    Pediatric Vasculitis: Classification and Clinical Approach
    Henoch Schnolein Purpura
    Kawasaki Disease
    Granulomatosis with Polyangiitis in Children.-Childhood Polyarteritis Nodosa
    Behcets Disease
    Pediatric Takayasu arteritis
    Childhood Central Nervous System Vasculitis
    Cogans Syndrome and other Vasculitides in Children
    Clinical Case Vignettes: Childhood Vasculitis
    Part V: Miscellaneous Rheumatic Diseases in Childhood
    Autoinflammatory syndromes in children
    Metabolic bone disease and osteoporosis in children
    Joint Hypermobility and Pain Syndromes in Children
    Childhood Sarcoidosis
    Rheumatic Manifestations of Genetic Disorders and Hemophilia
    Immunodeficiency and Rheumatic Diseases
    Pediatric Uveitis.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Ronald M. Laxer, David D. Sherry, Philip J. Hashkes.
    Contents:
    General Presentation of Musculoskeletal Problems in Childhood
    General Principles of Management
    Juvenile Idiopathic Arthritis (JIA)
    Systemic Lupus Erythematosus (SLE)
    Juvenile Dermatomyositis
    Scleroderma and Related Disorders
    Overlap Syndromes
    Vasculitis
    Lyme Arthritis
    Autoinflammatory Syndromes
    Acute Rheumatic Fever and Post Streptococcal Arthritis
    Noninflammatory Mechanical Pain Syndromes
    Amplified Musculoskeletal Pain
    Hereditary Conditions of Bone and Cartilage. Benign and Malignant Tumors Involving the Musculoskeletal System.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Hassan H. Ramadan, Fuad M. Baroody, editors.
    Summary: The volume provides a comprehensive, up-to-date and exhaustive review of pediatric rhinosinusitis for clinicians, surgeons, researchers, advanced care providers as well as emergency personnel. It provides information regarding pathophysiology of sinusitis, and how to distinguish between the differential diagnoses of a child with a runny nose. It also utilizes current evidence-based guidelines and consensus statements to clarify this condition to the physician and discusses available medical and surgical treatment. Authored by clinicians with long-time expertise with this disease, Pediatric Rhinosinusitis also reviews definitions, burden of disease, microbiology and pathophysiology of the disease; role of adenoids, allergy and asthma as co-morbid conditions; comprehensive medical management; and the role of topical treatment. It also covers the latest advancements in new treatments such as drug-eluting stents; comprehensive surgical management; and complications of rhinosinusitis. It will be a valuable resource for otolaryngologists, surgeons, residents, medical students and advanced practice providers for years to come.

    Contents:
    Part I: Definitions and Basics
    Definition and Clinical Signs and Symptoms
    Burden and Health Impact of Pediatric Rhinosinusitis
    Pathogenesis of Pediatric Sinusitis
    Imaging in Children
    Microbiology of Pediatric Sinusitis
    Part II: Sinusitis and other Pediatric Issues
    The Role of Adenoids in Pediatric Sinusitis
    Allergy and Sinusitis
    Sinusitis and Asthma
    Chronic Rhinosinusitis in Children with Cystic Fibrosis
    Sinusitis and Immune Deficiency in Children
    Pediatric Rhinosinusitis and Gastroesophageal Reflux
    Sinusitis and Adenoiditis
    Part III: Medical Treatment of Sinusitis
    Antibiotics: Intranasal and Systemic Treatment of Sinusitis in Children
    Saline Irrigation in Pediatric Rhinosinusitis
    Medical Treatment of Pediatric Rhinosinusitis: Focus on Intranasal and Systemic Corticosteroids
    Part IV: Adenoidectomy and Sinus Lavage
    Balloon Sinuplasty in Children
    Endoscopic Sinus Surgery for Pediatric Patients
    Septoplasty and Turbinate Reduction in Children
    Post-operative Management of Pediatric Sinusitis
    Failure of Surgical Treatment in Children with Chronic Rhinosinusitis
    Part V: Complications
    Complications of Sinusitis.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Girolamo Mattioli, Paolo Petralia, editors.
    Summary: This book presents the state of the art across the entire field of pediatric robotic surgery, including thoracic, abdominal, oncologic, gynecologic, and urologic procedures. Indications for each type of robotic surgery are clearly set out and technical aspects are described in detail, illustrating the patient's position and explaining the robotic assessment and the optimal use of robotic instruments. Anesthetic issues and the management of robotic complications are discussed, and managerial aspects are also considered, with provision of helpful suggestions on how to approach robotic surgery in each pediatric department. For surgeons who wish to start using the pediatric robotic approach, simple illustrations of robotic assessment and principles of robotic surgery are included. Pediatric robotic surgery has undergone significant development in recent years, and the technology is now applied to a variety of pediatric diseases beyond urology. This book has been written by a group of world-renowned pioneers of pediatric robotic surgery and will appeal to pediatric surgeons of all disciplines, to residents, and to hospital general managers and medical directors.

    Contents:
    Part 1 Strategic planning, training and preoperative setup: 1. Management aspects
    2. Cost analysis
    3. Training in pediatric robotic surgery
    4. Operating room setup and robotic instrumentation
    5. Moving from conventional minimally invasive surgery to robotic surgery
    6. Management of robotic complications
    7. Anesthetic aspects of robotic surgery. Part 2 Urologic surgery: 8. Pyeloplasty
    9. Vascular hitch
    10. Ureteral reimplantation
    11. Robotic bladder augmentation
    12. Nephrectomy and heminephrectomy
    13. Gynecologic procedures
    Part 3 Gastrointestinal surgery
    14. Hepatobiliary procedures
    15. Fundoplications
    16. Colectomy
    17. Proctectomy and ileal J-pouch anorectal anastomosis
    Part 4 Thoracic surgery: 18. Congenital lung malformations
    19. Cardiac surgery
    20. Upper airway surgery
    Part 5 Oncology surgery
    21. Principle of minimally invasive surgery applied to oncology patients
    22. Adrenal neuroblastoma
    23. Prostate cancer
    24. Thoracic mass.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital/Print
    [edited by] Richard A. Polin, Mark F. Ditmar.
    Contents:
    Adolescent medicine
    Behavior and development
    Pediatric cardiology
    Dermatology
    Emergency medicine
    Endocrinology
    Gastroenterology
    Genetics
    Hematology
    Infectious diseases
    Neonatology
    Nephrology
    Neurology
    Oncology
    Orthopedics
    Pulmonology
    Rheumatology.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    RJ48.2 .P65 2021
    1
  • Digital
    Keira P. Mason, editor.
    Contents:
    Part I. Pediatric Sedation Outside the Operating Room
    1. The History of Sedation
    2. Sedation Policies, Recommendations and Guidelines Across the Specialties and Continents
    3. Procedural Sedation: Let's Review the Basics
    4. The Pre-Sedation Assessment and Implications on Management
    5. Sedation Scales and Discharge Criteria: How Do They Differ? Which One to Choose? Do They Really Apply to Sedation?
    6. Physiological Monitoring for Procedural Sedation: The Routine and Beyond
    7. The Pediatric Airway: Anatomy, Challenges and Solutions
    8. Pediatric Physiology: How Does It Differ from Adults?
    9. The Pharmacology and Clinical Application of Sedatives, Analgesics, and Adjuncts
    10. Sedatives: Effects on Memory and Amnesia
    11. Pharmacokinetics and Pharmacodynamics in the Pediatric Population
    12. Billing and Reimbursement for Sedation Services in the United States
    Part II. Sedation Models Delivered by Different Specialties: A Global Voyage
    13. The Pediatric Hospital Medicine Service: Models, Protocols and Challenges
    14. The Anesthesia Directed Sedation Service: Models, Protocols and Challenges
    15. Sedation in the Neonatal Intensive Care Unit: International Practice
    16. Sedation in the Pediatric Intensive Care Unit: Challenges, Outcomes and Future Strategies in the United States
    17. Sedation in the Pediatric Intensive Care Unit: Current Practice in Europe
    18. Sedation for Pediatric Gastrointestinal Procedures
    19. Sedation in the Emergency Department: A Complex and Multifactorial Challenge
    20. Sedation of Pediatric Patients for Dental Procedures: The United States, European and South American Experience
    21. Pediatric Sedation: The European Experience and Approach
    22. Pediatric Sedation: The South American Approach
    23. Pediatric Sedation: The Asian Approach ? Current State of Sedation in China
    24. Pediatric Sedation: The South Pacific Approach
    25. Pediatric Sedation in the Underdeveloped Third World ? An African Perspective: Models, Protocols and Challenges
    Part III. Safety in Sedation
    26. Pediatric Sedatives and the Food and Drug Administration (FDA): Challenges, Limitations and Drugs in Development
    27. Is there Evidence for Long-term Neurocognitive Effects of Sedatives?
    28. Incidence and Stratification of Adverse Events Associated with Sedation: Is there a Benchmark?
    29. Medicolegal Risks and Outcomes of Sedation
    30. Improving the Safety of Pediatric Sedation ? Human Error, Technology and Clinical Microsystems
    Part IV. Sedation into the 22nd Century
    31. Intravenous Infusions for Sedation: Rationale, State of the Art and Future Trends
    32. Usage of Complementary and Alternative Medicine in Pediatric Sedation
    33. Pediatric Research: Designing, Implementing, and Interpreting Strong Trials
    34. Non-pharmacological Distraction Techniques as Sedation Adjunct
    35. The Role of Simulation in Safety and Training
    36. Michael Jackson: Medical Ethics and What Went Wrong
    37. Ethics and Clinical Aspects of Palliative Sedation in the Terminally Ill Child
    38. Future of Pediatric Sedation.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Ingo Marzi, Johannes Frank, Stefan Rose.
    Summary: This book provides all the knowledge needed to treat injuries to the pediatric extremities, spine, and pelvis. It aims to enable age-appropriate diagnosis and optimal treatment selection, with particular consideration of the current developmental age of an injured child. A general overview section presents the features of skeletal growth, growth plate fusion, and the concept of non-growth-damaging treatment of pediatric fractures. The well-structured specialized chapters detail the characteristics of individual injuries with corresponding case studies. Thus, the book offers a learning opportunity but can also be used as a practical daily reference to facilitate orientation. Three chapters focus on options for the correction of injuries that have healed poorly. The book offers exceptional value through:- Classifications of fractures and injuries Schematic drawings of typical fractures with developmental characteristics Structured overview tables for all regions of injury with representation of the fracture types and their characteristic radiographs Presentation of conservative and operative treatment options and illustration of all typical situations.

    Contents:
    Part I. General
    Bone Growth and Bone Healing
    Types of Injuries
    Fracture Classification
    Radiological Diagnostics
    Conservative Principles
    Operative Principles
    Specific Injuries (vascular, neurological
    General Therapeutic Principles
    Part II. Specific Injuries
    Shoulder
    Humerus
    Elbow
    Supracondylar Fractures
    Radial Condyle Fracture
    ulnar Epicondyle Fracture and Elbow Luxation
    Proximal Radius
    Proximal Ulna
    Monteggia Lesion
    Forearm Fracture
    Distal Forearm Fracture
    Galeazzi Fracture
    Wrist
    Hand
    Fingers
    Spine
    Pelvis
    Proximal Hip
    Femur Shaft
    Distal Femur
    Patella
    Knee Joint
    Proximal Tibia
    Tibia Shaft
    Distal Lower Leg
    Ankle Joint
    Foot
    Part III. Secondary Reconstructions
    Differential Diagnosis to Pathological Fractures and Abnormalities
    Overseen Monteggia lesions
    Secondary Reconstructions of the Upper Leg
    Secondary Reconstructions of the Lower Leg
    Limb lengthening
    Axis-Correction
    Reconstructions of Inborn Abnormalities.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Nanette B. Silverberg, Carola Duran-McKinster, Yong-Kwang Tay, editors.
    Summary: Pediatric Skin of Color is the first textbook devoted to the issues of pediatric skin of color. In 2052, more than fifty percent of the United States will be of color, and currently seventy percent of the world's population is termed of color. Therefore, this book fills the need for an instructional and educational referebce work regarding these populations. Pediatric Skin of Color discusses the biology and clinical data regarding normal skin, skin conditions exclusive to individuals of color, systemic diseases of individuals of color that have a strong component of skin involvement, and the appearance and demographics of common skin diseases, comparing Caucasian and all skin of color populations. Written for dermatologists and pediatric dermatologists, this text includes data on African American, Asian (Southeast and East), Hispanic/Latino, and Middle Eastern patients, as well as Indigenous populations (i.e. Native Americans, Aborigines).
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    David Gozal, Leila Kheirandish-Gozal, editors.
    Summary: This book provides comprehensive coverage of all aspects related to pediatric sleep and its associated disorders. It addresses the ontogeny and maturational aspects of physiological sleep and circadian rhythms, as well as the effects of sleep on the various organ systems as a function of development. Organized into nine sections, the book begins with a basic introduction to sleep, and proceeds into an extensive coverage of normative sleep and functional homeostasis. Part three then concisely examines the humoral and developmental aspects of sleep, namely the emerging role of metabolic tissue and the intestinal microbiota in regulation. Parts four, five, and six discuss diagnoses methods, techniques in sleep measurement, and specific aspects of pharmacotherapy and ventilator support for the pediatric patient. Various sleep disorders are explored in part seven, followed by an in-depth analysis of obstructive sleep apnea in part eight. The book concludes with discussions on the presence of sleep issues in other disorders such as Down syndrome, obesity, cystic fibrosis, and asthma. Written by recognized leaders in the field, Pediatric Sleep Medicine facilitates an extensive learning experience for practicing physicians who encounter specific sleep-related issues in their practice.

    Contents:
    Part I. Basic Introduction to Sleep
    Chapter 1. Normal Sleep in Humans
    Part II. Physiologic Regulation in Sleep and During Development
    Chapter 2. Control of Breathing During Sleep and Wakefulness in the Fetus, Newborn and Child
    Chapter 3. Normal Respiratory Physiology During Wakefulness and Sleep in Children.-Chapter 4. Upper Airway and Motor Control During Sleep
    Chapter 5. Endocrinology of Sleep
    Chapter 6. Thermoregulation and Metabolism
    Chapter 7. Sleep and Immunity
    Chapter 8. Sleep and the Gastrointestinal System
    Chapter 9. Circadian Rhythms in Children
    Part III. Sleep Mechanisms: Developmental Aspects
    Chapter 10. Developmental Aspects of Sleep
    Chapter 11. Humoral and Other Sleep Promoting Factors
    Part IV. Measurement of Sleep
    Chapter 12. Survey Tools and Screening Questionnaires to Pediatric Sleep Medicine
    Chapter 13. The Pediatric Patient With a Sleep Complaint - Initial Interview and Diagnostic Planning
    Chapter 14. Best Practices for Accommodating Children in the Polysomnography Lab: Enhancing Quality and Patient Experience
    Chapter 15. Technologies in the Pediatric Sleep Lab: Present and Future
    Chapter 16. Upper Airway Imaging in Pediatric Obstructive Sleep Apnea
    Chapter 17. Laboratory Tests in Pediatric Sleep Medicine
    Chapter 18. The Nocturnal Polysomnogram - Approaches to Recording, Scoring and Interpretation in Infants and Children
    Chapter 19. Multiple Sleep Latency Test
    Chapter 20. Actigraphy
    Chapter 21. Defining Normal in Pediatric Sleep: Some Thoughts and Things to Think About
    Part V. Pharmacotherapy of Sleep Disorders in Children
    Chapter 22. Stimulants
    Chapter 23. Somnogenic Agents in Children
    Chapter 24. Drugs Which Affect Sleep
    Part VI. Acute and Chronic Ventilatory Support in Children
    Chapter 25. Non-Invasive Respiratory Support in Children With Sleep Disordered Breathing
    Part VII. Disorders of Sleep
    Chapter 26. Pediatric Insomnia: Etiology, Impact, Assessment and Treatment
    Chapter 27. Apnea of Infancy, Apparent Life-Threatening Events, and Sudden Unexplained Death in Infancy
    Chapter 28. Apnea of Prematurity
    Chapter 29. Disorders of Respiratory Control and Central Hypoventilation Syndromes
    Chapter 30. Disorders of Excessive Sleepiness
    Chapter 31. Restless Legs Syndrome and Periodic Leg Movements of Sleep
    Chapter 32. Circadian Sleep Disorders
    Chapter 33. Parasomnias
    Part VIII. Obstructive Sleep Apnea
    Chapter 34. Obstructive Sleep Apnea - Definition
    Chapter 35. Pathophysiology of Obstructive Sleep Apnea Syndrome in Childhood
    Chapter 36. Obstructive Sleep Apnea: Clinical Presentation and Differential Diagnosis.-Chapter 37. Surgical Treatment of Pediatric Obstructive Sleep Apnea
    Chapter 38. Obstructive Sleep Apnea - Treatment - Anti-Inflammatory Therapy
    Chapter 39. Pediatric Obstructive Sleep Apnea - Orthodontic Management
    Chapter 40. Myofunctional Approaches to Pediatric Sleep Medicine
    Chapter 41. Illustrative Clinical Cases
    Part IX. Sleep in Other Disorders
    Chapter 42. Sleep Disordered Breathing in Neuromuscular Diseases
    Chapter 43. Obstructive Sleep Apnea and Asthma
    Chapter 44. Cystic Fibrosis
    Chapter 45. Bronchopulmonary Dysplasia
    Chapter 46. Down Syndrome
    Chapter 47. Sleep in Obese Children and Adolescents
    Chapter 48. Sleep in Sickle Cell Disease
    Chapter 49. Epilepsy and Sleep, Common Bedfellows
    Chapter 50. Autism Spectrum Disorder
    Chapter 51. Sleep and Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder
    Chapter 52. Sleep and Mood Disorder
    Chapter 53. Prader Willi Syndrome
    Chapter 54. Craniofacial Syndromes
    Chapter 55. Sleep Problems and Developmental Delay
    Chapter 56. Sleep in Children Following Brain Concussion
    Chapter 57. Diabetes
    Chapter 58. Cerebral Palsy
    Chapter 59. Sleep in Children With Myelomeningocele
    Chapter 60 .Inborn Errors of Metabolism: Mucopolysaccharidoses and Others.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Lourdes M. DelRosso, Richard B. Berry, Suzanne E. Beck, Mary H. Wagner, Carole L. Marcus.
    Summary: Following in the steps of the bestselling Sleep Medicine Pearls, this practical resource provides authoritative guidance on the evaluation and management of common pediatric sleep medicine problems using concise clinical vignettes. Experts in this rapidly growing field, led by Drs. Lourdes M. DelRosso, Richard B. Berry, Suzanne E. Beck, Mary H. Wagner, and Carole L. Marcus, provide a hands-on, case-based approach, perfect for physicians studying for the sleep boards, fellows learning sleep medicine, and physicians who see children in their practice.

    Contents:
    Title page; Table of Contents; Copyright; Dedication; Preface; Acknowledgments;
    Part 1. Introduction to Pediatric Sleep Medicine;
    Section 1. Evaluation of the Pediatric Sleep Patient; Case 1. Pediatric sleep history: A 4 year-old with snoring, gasping and witnessed apneas; Case Presentation; Question; Answer; Discussion; Case 2. A 6-year-old girl with tonsillar hypertrophy, high-arched palate, and snoring; Case Presentation; Physical Exam; Question; Answer; Discussion; Case 3. A 10-year-old girl with an unusual finding on physical exam; Case Presentation; Physical Exam. Laboratory and Sleep FindingsQuestions; Answers; Discussion;
    Section 2. Pediatric Polysomnography; Case 4. Overview of pediatric polysomnography: A newborn infant with snoring and witnessed apnea; Case Presentation; Physical Exam; Questions; Answers; Discussion; Case 5. A 2-week-old infant with some challenging epochs on polysomnography; Case Presentation; Question; Answer; Discussion; Case 6. A 14-year-old with an abnormal end-tidal CO2 waveform during polysomnography; Case Presentation; Physical Exam; Laboratory and Sleep Findings; Question; Answer; Discussion.
    Section 3. Common Polysomnographic Findings in ChildrenCase 7. A 3-year-old boy with rhythmic activity on electroencephalogram; Case Presentation; Physical Exam; Laboratory and Sleep Findings; Questions; Answers; Discussion; Case 8. A 3-month-old infant with monomorphic waves on electroencephalogram; Case Presentation; Physical Exam; Laboratory and Sleep Findings; Questions; Answers; Discussion; Case 9. A newborn infant with an alternating electroencephalogram pattern; Case Presentation; Physical Exam; Laboratory and Sleep Findings; Questions; Answers; Discussion. Case 10. A 2-month-old infant with sleep-onset REM period on polysomnographyCase Presentation; Physical Exam; Question; Answer; Discussion; Case 11. An infant with high amplitude on an electroencephalogram recording; Case Presentation; Question; Answer; Discussion; Case 12. A 7-month-old infant with a series of central apneas; Case Presentation; Physical Exam; Laboratory and Sleep Findings; Question; Answer; Discussion; Case 13. A 15-month-old with central apnea; Case Presentation; Physical Exam; Laboratory and Sleep Findings; Question; Answer; Discussion. Case 14. A 19-month-old child with irregular, heavy breathing during sleepCase Presentation; Physical Exam; Laboratory and Sleep Findings; Question; Answer; Discussion; Case 15. A 4-week-old infant with jerking movements during sleep; Case Presentation; Physical Exam; Laboratory and Sleep Findings; Question; Answer; Discussion; Case 16. An 8-year-old boy with abnormal capnography on polysomnogram; Case Presentation; Physical Exam; Laboratory and Sleep Findings; Questions; Answers; Discussion;
    Section 4. Artifacts in Pediatric Polysomnography.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017
  • Digital
    editor, Marilyn J. Siegel, MD, FACR, Professor of Radiology and Pediatrics, The Edward Mallinckrodt Institute of Radiology, Washington University School of Medicine, St. Louis, Missouri.
    Summary: Pediatric Sonography has long been recognized as the leading technical reference in its field. Now, the fifth edition continues in that tradition, providing up-to-date guidance on sonographic image decision-making, examination, and interpretation in both children and adolescents. Each chapter covers a specific organ system and the disease processes associated with it. Overflowing with over 1800 updated figures, including Doppler sonograms and full color illustrations. Briskly covers all aspects of sonography in children and adolescents, including imaging techniques, instrumentation, examination, and diagnosis. Depicts the presentation of normal anatomy and identifies technical errors that may affect your interpretation of the sonographic image. -- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Ovid 2019
  • Digital
    guest editors, Sigurd H. Berven, Marinus de Kleuver.
    Contents:
    Early-onset scoliosis : classification and natural history / Michael G. Vitale and Daniel J. Miller
    Adolescent idiopathic scoliosis : classification and natural history / Zeeshan Mohammad Sardar and Lawrence G. Lenke
    Preoperative evaluation and imaging techniques in adolescent idiopathic scoliosis / Kenny Kwan, Kenneth M.C. Cheung, and Michael To
    Late sequelae of untreated pediatric deformity / Sergio Mendoza-Lattes and Faisal Konbaz
    Surgical techniques for the management of early-onset scoliosis / Joshua S. Murphy, Burt Yaszay, and Behrooz A. Akbarnia
    Surgical techniques for adolescent idiopathic scoliosis and the selection of fusion levels / Andre Luis Fernandes Andujar, Luis Eduardo Munhoz da Rocha, and Cristiano Magalhaes Menezes
    Novel nonfusion growth-modulating techniques for pediatric scoliosis / Caglar Yilgor and Ahmet Alanay
    Long-term outcomes of operative management in adolescent idiopathic scoliosis / Manabu Ito, Katsuhisa Yamada, and Ekkaphol Larpumnuayphol
    Revision pediatric spinal deformity surgery / Lawrence G. Lenke
    Spondylolisthesis : classification and natural history / Kariman Abelin-Genevois and Pierre Roussouly
    Adolescent spondylolisthesis associated with scoliosis : which condition should surgery address? / Yong Qiu
    Pediatric spondylolysis and spondylolisthesis / Michael LaBagnara, Durga R. Sure, Justin S. Smith, and Christopher I. Shaffrey
    Dysplastic high-grade spondylolisthesis / Yazeed M. Gussous and Sigurd H. Berven
    Kyphotic deformity in the pediatric spine / Avery L. Buchholz, John C. Quinn, Christopher I. Shaffrey, Sigurd H. Berven, David W. Polly, Jr., and Justin S. Smith
    Spine surgery in the developing world / Oheneba Boachie-Adjei and Irene Adorkor Wulff
    Safety and complications in pediatric surgery / Stephen Lewis, Michael Dodds, and Sam Keshen
    Measuring outcomes in pediatric spinal deformity / Sayf S.A. Faraj, Tsjitske M. Haanstra, Steven J. Kamper, and Marinus de Kleuver.
    Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2018
  • Digital
    Brendon J. Coventry, editor.
    Summary: Written by internationally acclaimed specialists, Pediatric Surgery provides pertinent and concise procedure descriptions spanning benign and malignant problems and minimally invasive procedures. Complications are reviewed when appropriate for the organ system and problem, creating a book that is both comprehensive and accessible. Stages of operative approaches with relevant technical considerations are outlined in an easily understandable manner. Forming part of the series, Surgery: Complications, Risks and Consequences, this volume Pediatric Surgery provides a valuable resource for all general surgeons and residents in training. Other healthcare providers will also find this a useful resource.

    Contents:
    Pediatric Anesthesia for Surgery
    Pediatric Abdominal Surgery
    Pediatric Tumor Surgery
    Pediatric Thoracic Surgery
    Pediatric Vascular Access Surgery
    Pediatric Urological and Genital Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Prem Puri, Michael E. Höllwarth, editors.
    Summary: This is the second edition of a leading international reference on the surgical management of congenital and acquired conditions in infants and children. The editors have assembled outstanding pediatric surgeons and pediatric urologists from all five continents to analyze current practice and provide comprehensive details on both surgical techniques and pre- and postoperative management. The text is organized in a systematic manner, providing step-by-step, detailed practical guidance. Individual sections are devoted to the head and neck; esophagus; chest; abdomen; liver, pancreas, and spleen; spina bifida and hydrocephalus; tumors; and urology. The important advances that have occurred since the first edition in 2006 are all covered, with nine new chapters as well as more than 60 additional figures.The most unique feature of the book is the generous use of high quality color illustrations to clarify and simplify various operative techniques. This atlas will be an invaluable reference for pediatric surgeons, paediatric urologists and for general surgeons with a special interest in pediatric surgery.

    Contents:
    Head and Neck: Thyroglossal duct cyst
    Branchial cysts and sinus
    Lymphangioma
    Tracheostomy
    Oesophagus: Oesophageal atresia
    Gastroesophageal reflux and hiatus hernia
    Achalasia
    Colonic replacement of the oesophagus
    Gastric transposition for oesophageal replacement
    Chest: Thoracoscopy
    Repair of pectus excavatum
    Pulmonary malformations
    Congenital diaphragmatic hernia and eventration
    Extracorporeal membrane oxygenation
    Abdomen: Hernias
    Exomphalus
    Gastroschisis
    Hypertrophic pyloric stenosis
    Gastrostomy
    Malrotation
    Duodenal obstruction
    Jejunoileal atresia
    Meconium ileus
    Gastrointestinal duplications
    Short bowel syndrome
    Hirschsprung's disease
    Anorectal anomalies
    Intussusception
    Appendicectomy
    Omphalomesenteric duct remnants
    Ulcerative colitis
    Crohn's disease
    Liver, pancreas and spleen: Biliary atresias
    Choledochal cyst
    Cholecystectomy
    Surgery for persistent hyperinsulinaemic hypoglycaemia of infancy
    Splenectomy
    Spina bifida and hydrocephalus: Spina Bifida
    Hydrocephalus
    Dermal sinus
    Tumours: Sacrococcygeal teratoma
    Neuroblastoma. -Wilms tumour
    Liver tumours. -Testicular tumours
    Urology: Pyeloplasty
    Endoscopic treatment of Vesicoureteral reflux
    Vesicoureteral reflux – Surgical treatment
    Ureteric duplications
    Posterior urethral valves
    Hypospadias
    Phimosis and buried penis
    Orchidopexy
    Variocele
    Genitoplasty for congenital adrenal hyperplasia
    Bladder exstrophy and epispadias
    Cloacal extrophy
    Augmentation cystoplasty and appendicovesicostomy
    The ACE procedure.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Emmanuel A. Ameh, Stephen W. Bickler, Kokila Lakhoo, Benedict C. Nwomeh, Dan Poenaru, editors.
    Springer Nature eBook.
    Summary: The second, fully updated edition of this book applies and contextualizes up-to-date information on pediatric surgery for low and middle-income countries (LMICs). The book is organized in general anatomic and thematic sections within pediatric surgery, such as urology, oncology, orthopedics and gastroenterology and includes chapters addressing the unique challenges and approaches for pediatric surgery in low-resource settings. Each chapter has dual authorship LMIC author providing context-specific insights and authors from high-income countries (HICs) contributing experience from well-resourced settings. Written in a reader-friendly format, this book has a uniform structure in each chapter, with introduction, demographics, etiology, pathophysiology, clinical presentations, investigations, management, outcome, prevention, ethics, evidence-based surgery and references. This comprehensive volume fills the gap between up-to-date pediatric surgical scholarship and knowledge developed and applied in HICs, and the practical needs of practitioners in low-resource settings. This is an indispensable guide for postgraduate surgical trainees in Africa and other LMICs as well as general surgeons practicing in Africa and other LMICs, who need to care surgically for children.

    Contents:
    1. Paediatric surgery specialty and its relevance to Africa
    2. Neonatal physiology and transport
    3. Respiratory physiology and support
    4. Cardiovascular physiology and support
    5. Fluids and electrolyte therapy in the paediatric patient
    6. Nutritional support
    7. Haemoglobinopathies
    8. Wound healing
    9. Vascular access in children
    10. Anaesthesia and perioperative care
    11. Pain management
    12. Intensive care
    13. Ethics of paediatric surgery in Africa
    14. Psychological issues in paediatric surgery
    -- 15. Common bacterial infections in children
    16. Surgical site infection
    17. Surgical complications of typhoid fever
    18. Tuberculosis
    19. Pyomyositis
    20. Omphalitits
    21. Necrotizing fasciitis
    22. Haematogenous osteomyelitis and septic arthritis
    23. Parasitic infestation of surgical importance in children
    24. HIV/AIDS and the paediatric surgeon
    -- 25. Paediatric trauma: epidemiology, prevention and control
    26. Paediatric trauma scoring and trauma registry
    27. Initial assessment and resuscitiation of the trauma patient
    28. Thoracic trauma
    29. Abdominal trauma
    30. Craniocerebral and spinal trauma
    31. Urogenital and perineal trauma
    32. Musculoskeletal trauma
    33. Burns
    34. Injuries from child abuse
    35. Birth injuries
    -- 36. Neck: cysts, sinuses and fistulas
    37. Lymphadenopathy in African children
    38. Sternomastoid tumour in infancy
    39. Salivery gland diseases in children and adolescents
    40. Thyroid and parathyroid glands
    -- 41. Laryngoscopy, bronchoscopy and oesophagoscopy
    42. Paediatric upper airway obstruction
    43. Tracheomalacia
    44. Congenital cystic lung lessions
    45. Congenital diaphragmatic hernia and diaphragmatic eventration
    46. Pleural effusion and empyema
    47. Lung abscess
    48. Oesophageal atresia
    49. Gastro-oesophageal reflux disease
    50. Achalasia
    51. Corrosive ingestion and oesophageal replacement
    52. Aerodigestive foreign bodies in children
    53. Chest wall deformities
    54. Mediastinal masses
    55. chylothorax
    -- 56. Congenital anterior abdominal wall defects: exomphalos and gastroschisis
    57. Disorders of the umbilicus
    58. Inguinal and femoral hernias and hydroceles
    -- 59. Infantile hypertrophic pyloric stenosis
    60. Peptic ulcer disease
    61. Neonatal intestinal obstruction
    62. Duodenal atresias and stenosis
    63. Intestinal atresias and stenosis
    64. Vitelline duct anomalies
    65. Intestinal malrotation and midgut volvulus
    66. Gastrointestinal duplications
    67. Meconium ileus
    68. Intussusception
    69. Miscellaneous causes of intestinal obstruction
    70. Necrotizing enterocolitis
    71. Short bowel syndrome
    72. Gastrointestinal stomas
    -- 73. Colonic atresias
    74. Appendicitis
    75. Inflammatory bowel disease
    76. Hirschsprungs disease and allied malformations
    77. Anorectal malformation
    78. Polyps
    79. Other anorectal conditions
    -- 80. Obstructive jaundice
    81. Biliary atresia
    82. Choledochal cyst
    83. Cholelithiasis (gallstones)
    84. Annular pancreas
    85. Pancreatitis
    86. Spleen
    87. Portal hypertension
    -- 88. Cystic diseases of the kidney
    89. Congenital ureteropelvic junction stenosis
    90. Ureteric duplications and ureterocoeles
    91. Vesicoureteric reflux
    92. Bladder exstrophy and epispadias
    93. Urethral valves
    94. Hypospadias
    95. Circumcision
    96. Phimosis, meatal stenosis, and paraphimosis
    97. Urolithiasis
    98. Undescended testis
    99. Disorders of sex development
    100. Bladder outlet obstruction
    101. Acute scrotum
    -- 102. Kidney tumours
    103. Teratomas
    104. Lymphomas and the paediatric surgeon
    105. Neuroblastoma
    106. Malignant soft tissue tumours
    107. Liver tumours
    108. Primary bone tumours
    109. Brain and spinal cord tumours
    -- 110. Lymphangioma
    111. Haemangioma
    112. Arteriovenous malformations
    113. Unilateral limb enlargement
    -- 114. Hydrometrocolpos
    115. Mullerian Duct Anomalies
    116. Labial adhesions and agglutination
    117. Ovarian lesions
    -- 118. Disability and Rehabilitation: General concepts
    119. Neurodisability
    120. Common Paediatric Orthopaedic Diseases
    121. Plastic and reconstructive surgery
    -- 122. Minimal invasive surgery in paediatric patients
    123. Prenatal diagnosis and fetal therapy
    124. Conjoined and parasitic twins
    125. Otorhinolaryngology
    126. Paediatric transplantation
    127. Telemedicine and e-health
    128. Paediatric surgical education in sub-saharan Africa.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Prem Puri, Michael Höllwarth, editor.
    Summary: This comprehensive book provides detailed practical advice on the diagnosis and surgical management of congenital and acquired conditions in infants and children. Following the great success of the first edition, the new edition has been fully updated to reflect the major developments in the field of the past decade. Advances in prenatal diagnosis, imaging, anaesthesia and intensive care as well as the introduction of new surgical techniques, including minimally invasive surgery and robotic technology that have radically altered surgical conditions are now discussed in the book. In addition new chapters have been added on surgical safety in children, surgical problems of children with disabilities and surgical implications of HIV infection in children among others. This is a superbly structured and richly illustrated guide aimed at trainees, young pediatric surgeons and general surgeons with interest in pediatric surgery. The book also serves as a handy, quick and easy reference for those making decisions in daily practice. Pediatric Surgery, Diagnosis and Management features contributions by leading experts in pediatric surgery and pediatric urology who have unique experience in their respective fields.

    Contents:
    1 The Epidemiology of Birth Defects
    2 Prenatal Diagnosis and Fetal Counselling for Surgical Congenital Malformations
    3 Transport of the Surgical Neonate
    4 Pre-operative Management and Vascular Access
    5 Anaesthesia and Analgesia
    6 Fluid, Electrolyte and Respiratory Management
    7 Sepsis
    8 Nutrition
    9 Access for Enteral Nutrition
    10 Haematological Problems
    11 Genetics
    12 Ethical Considerations in Paediatric Surgery
    13 Minimally Invasive Surgery in Infants and Children
    14 Surgical Safety in Children
    15 Surgical Problems of Children with Disabilities
    16 Surgical Implications of HIV infection in Children
    Part II Trauma
    17 Birth Trauma
    18 Pediatric Thoracic Trauma
    19 Abdominal and Genitourinary Trauma
    20 Traumatic Head Injuries
    21 Paediatric Orthopedic Trauma
    22 Injuries to the Tendons
    23 Burns
    24 Foreign Bodies
    25 Physical and Sexual Child Abuse
    Part III Head and Neck
    26 Pierre Robin Sequence
    27 Choanal Atresia
    28 Thyroglossal and Branchial Cysts, Sinuses and Fistulas
    29 Tracheostomy
    Part IV Chest
    30 Chest Wall Deformities
    31 Breast Disorders in Children and Adolescents
    32 Congenital Airway Malformations
    33 Mediastinal Masses in Children
    34 Pleural Effusion and Empyema
    35 Congenital Malformations of the Lung
    36 Congenital Diaphragmatic Hernia
    37 Extracorporeal Membrane Oxygenation
    Part V Esophagus
    38 Esophageal Atresia and Tracheoesophageal Fistula
    39 Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease
    40 Achalasia
    41 Esophageal Perforations and Caustic Injuries in Children
    42 Esophageal Replacement
    Part VI Gastrointestinal
    43 Infantile Hypertrophic Pyloric Stenosis
    44 Gastrostomy and Jejunostomy
    45 Duodenal Obstruction
    46 Intestinal Malrotation
    47 Jejuno-Ileal Atresia
    48 Meconium Ileus
    49 Duplications of the Alimentary Tract
    50 Necrotizing Enterocolitis
    51 Constipation
    52 Hirschsprungs Disease
    53 Variant Hirschsprungs Disease
    54 Anorectal Anomalies
    55 Appendicitis
    56 Intussusception
    57 Omphalomesenteric Duct Remnants
    58 Hernias
    59 Short Bowel Syndrome
    60 Inflammatory bowel disease
    61 Paediatric Small Bowel Transplantation
    Part VII Liver, Biliary Tract and Pancreas
    62 Biliary Atresia
    63 Choledochal Cyst
    64 Hepatic Cysts and Abscesses
    65 Portal Hypertension
    66 Gallbladder Disease
    67 Pancreatic Disorders
    68 Splenic Disorders
    69 Pediatric Liver Transplantation
    Part VIII Anterior Abdominal Wall Defects
    70 Omphalocele and Gastroschisis
    71 Bladder Exstrophy
    72 Cloacal Exstrophy
    73 Prune Belly Syndrome
    74 Conjoined Twins
    Part IX Tumors
    75 Vascular Anomalies
    76 Congenital Nevi
    77 Lymphatic Malformations
    78 Sacrococcygeal Teratoma
    79 Neuroblastoma
    80 Wilms Tumor
    81 Soft Tissue Sarcoma
    82 Hepatic Tumors in Childhood
    83 Lymphomas
    84 Ovarian Tumors
    85 Testis Tumors
    Part X Spina Bifida and Hydrocephalus
    86 Spina Bifida and Encephalocoele
    87 Hydrocephalus
    88 Dermal Sinus and Tethered Cord
    Part XI Genitourinary
    89 Urinary Tract Infection
    90 Imaging of the Paediatric Urogenital Tract
    91 Management of Prenatal Hydronephrosis
    92 Upper Urinary Tract Obstructions
    93 Ureteric Duplication Anomalies
    94 Vesicoureteral Reflux
    95 Posterior Urethral Valves
    96 Neuropathic Bladder
    97 End Stage Renal Disease and Renal Transplantation
    98 Disorders of Sexual Development
    99 Cryptorchidism
    100 Acute Scrotum
    101 Hypospadias
    102 Circumcision and Buried Penis
    Part XII Paediatric Gynaecology
    103 Hydrometrocolpos
    104 Gynecologic Conditions of Childhood
    Part XIII Long-term Outcomes
    105 Long-term Outcomes in Pediatric Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2023
  • Digital
    Christopher P. Coppola, Alfred P. Kennedy, Jr., Ronald J. Scorpio, editors.
    Contents:
    Fluids and Electrolytes
    Nutrition
    Pediatric Anesthesiology
    Procedural Sedation
    Postoperative Neonatal and Pediatric Critical Care
    Disorders of Clotting
    Epidemiology of Trauma
    Injury Prevention and Safety
    Non-accidental Trauma
    Initial Trauma Assessment
    Pathophysiology of Brain Injury
    Algorithm of Treatment for Head Trauma
    Thoracic Trauma
    Abdominal Trauma
    Traumatic Spinal Injury in Children
    Burns
    Pelvic Fractures
    Common Pediatric Fractures
    Necrotizing Enterocolitis
    Congenital Diaphragmatic Hernia
    Esophageal Atresia and Tracheoesophageal Fistula
    Pyloric Stenosis
    Duodenal Atresia
    Intestinal Atresia
    Hirschsprung's Disease
    Malrotation
    Gastroschisis
    Omphalocele
    Imperforate Anus and Cloaca
    Congenital Lung Malformations
    Meconium Plug Syndrome and Meconium Ileus
    Hypospadias
    Disorders of Sexual Differentiation
    Biliary Atresia
    Inguinal Hernia/Hydrocele
    Umbilical Hernia
    Intussusception
    Foreign Body Ingestion and Aspiration
    Branchial Cleft Remnants
    Choledochal Cyst
    Thyroglossal Duct Cyst
    Renal Duplication Anomalies
    Cryptorchidism
    Vesicoureteral Reflux
    Megaureter
    Ureteropelvic Junction Obstruction
    Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease
    Gastrointestinal Bleeding
    Vascular Rings and Slings
    Lymphadenopathy
    Appendicitis
    Hereditary Spherocytosis
    Idiopathic Thrombocytopenic Purpura
    Thrombotic Thrombocytopenic Purpura
    Sickle Cell Anemia
    Gynecomastia
    Pectus Deformity
    Imperforate Hymen
    Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    Multiple Endocrine Neoplasia Syndromes
    Thyroid Nodules
    Breast Nodules
    Adrenal Tumors
    Pancreatitis
    Gallbladder Disease
    Varicocele
    Acute Scrotum
    Pediatric Urolithiasis
    Wilms' Tumor
    Neuroblastoma
    Hepatoblastoma
    Leukemia
    Rhabdomyosarcoma
    Parenteral Access
    Enteral Access
    Chest Tube
    Scoliosis Exposure
    Hydrocephalus: Ventricular Shunts and Endoscopy
    Circumcision
    Patent Ductus Arteriosus Ligation
    Tracheostomy
    Note Templates
    Common Medications
    Vaccination Schedule
    Developmental Milestones.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Christopher P. Coppola, Alfred P. Kennedy Jr, Marc S. Lessin, Ronald J. Scorpio, editors.
    Summary: The heavily revised second edition of this essential textbook describes how to utilize a range of surgical techniques applicable to pediatrics. Chapters contain flowcharts to facilitate rapid assessment and decision-making. In addition, learning objectives and review questions are contained within each chapter to reinforce the key points covered. Topics covered include routinely encountered adolescent problems and neoplasms in children. Pediatric Surgery: Diagnosis and Treatment concisely describes how to apply a range of diagnostic and treatment techniques that are applicable to the pediatric patient in a variety of surgical scenarios for a range of diseases. Furthermore, it is an ideal resource for trainees and active practitioners taking board examinations.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Contents
    Contributors
    Part I: Introduction
    The History of Pediatric Surgery
    Origins
    Development into a Specialty
    Refinement and Growth of Pediatric Surgery into the Modern Era
    The Future of Pediatric Surgery
    References
    Further Reading
    Resources for Pediatric Surgery
    References
    Further Reading
    COVID-19 Pandemic and Contamination Response
    Origins
    Pathophysiology and Clinical Presentation
    Management
    Mitigation
    Impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic on Pediatric Surgery
    Conclusion
    Study Questions Further Reading
    Part II: Perioperative Issues
    Fluids and Electrolytes
    Special Situations
    Study Questions
    Further Reading
    Pediatric Anesthesiology and Opioid Use
    Essentials of Anesthetic Management of Pediatric Patients
    Pharmacology of Anesthetic Medications
    Use of Anesthetics and Sedatives in Infants and Toddlers
    Additional Notes
    Use of Opioids in Pediatric Patients
    Study Questions
    References
    Further Reading
    Procedural Sedation
    Additional Notes
    Study Questions
    Further Reading
    Postoperative Neonatal and Pediatric Critical Care Study Questions
    Further Reading
    Nutrition
    Introduction
    Additional Notes
    Study Questions
    Reference
    Further Reading
    Disorders of Clotting
    Additional Notes
    Study Questions
    References
    Further Reading
    Part III: Trauma
    Epidemiology of Trauma
    Additional Notes
    Study Questions
    Further Reading
    Injury Prevention
    Additional Notes
    Study Questions
    References
    Non-accidental Trauma
    Additional Notes
    Study Questions
    References
    Further Reading
    Initial Trauma Assessment
    Additional Notes
    Historical Perspective
    Future Directions Study Questions
    References
    Further Reading
    Pathophysiology/Pathobiology of Brain Injury
    Study Questions
    References
    Further Reading
    Pediatric Head Trauma and Treatment Algorithm
    Additional Notes
    Study Questions
    References
    Further Reading
    Abdominal Trauma
    Additional Notes
    Study Questions
    References
    Thoracic Trauma
    Algorithm to Guide Diagnosis and Treatment of Thoracic Trauma in Children
    Discussion of Specific Injuries in Respect to Thoracic Trauma
    Additional Notes
    Review Questions
    References
    Further Reading
    Burns
    Outline Narrative Section
    Study Questions
    Further Reading
    Cervical Trauma
    Additional Notes
    Study Questions
    Bibliography
    Traumatic Thoracolumbar Spinal Injuries in Children
    Study Questions
    Further Reading
    Pelvic Fractures
    Discussion
    Study Questions
    Further Reading
    Common Pediatric Fractures
    Study Questions
    Further Reading
    Part IV: Neonatal Problems
    Fetal Surgery and Interventions
    Additional Notes
    Study Questions
    References
    Necrotizing Enterocolitis
    Additional Notes
    Study Questions
    Further Reading
    Congenital Diaphragmatic Hernia
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Prem Puri, editor.
    Summary: Pediatric Surgery provides an authoritative, up-to-date and comprehensive analysis of current practice in the field. It is divided into three topical volumes, with a total of seven sections focusing on general principles, newborn surgery, general pediatric surgery, tumor surgery, trauma, transplantation, and pediatric urology surgery. Detailed descriptions of surgical techniques and pre- and postoperative management are provided by experts from various parts of the world. The result is an international reference on the surgical management of both common and rare diseases of infants and children that will be an ideal source of information and guidance for pediatric surgeons, pediatric urologists, neonatologists, pediatricians, and all those seeking more detailed information on surgical conditions in children. The three topical volumes are as follows: General Principles and Newborn Surgery General Pediatric Surgery, Tumors, Trauma and Transplantation Pediatric Urology.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    About the Editor
    About the Section Editor
    Contributors
    Part I: General: Head and Neck
    1 Thyroglossal and Branchial Cysts, Sinuses, and Fistulas
    Introduction
    Thyroglossal Duct Remnants
    Embryology (Sadler 2006)
    Pathology
    Clinical Presentation and Diagnostic Workup
    Surgery
    Branchial Cysts and Sinuses
    Embryology (Sadler 2006)
    Pathology
    Clinical Presentation and Diagnostic Workout
    Surgery
    Conclusion and Future Directions
    Cross-References
    References
    2 Lymph Node Disorders
    Introduction Anatomy and Physiology
    Pathology
    Benign Disorders
    Lymphatic Malformations: Lymphangioma, Lymphangiomatosis, and Absence of Lymph Vessels
    Infections (Lymphadenitis)
    Nonspecific Infections
    Specific Lymphadenitis
    Other Causes of Lymph Node Enlargement in Children
    Malignant Causes of Lymphadenopathy
    Primary Malignancies of Lymph Nodes Are Called Malignant Lymphoma (Thomas et al. 2011)
    Secondary Malignancies (Lymph Node Metastasis)
    Diagnosis of Lymph Nodes Disorders
    Clinical and Laboratory Examination
    Imaging
    Imaging Findings in Common Clinical Entities Neoplasia
    The Role of PET-CT Scan of Lymph Nodes in Children with Malignant Tumors
    Invasive Diagnostic Procedures
    Fine Needle Aspiration Cytology (FNAC)
    Benign Lymphadenopathy
    FNAC in the Diagnosis of Lymphoma
    Surgical Biopsy
    Sentinel Lymph Node Biopsy (SLNB)
    Treatment
    Lymphadenitis
    Medical Treatment: Antibiotics for (Cervical) Lymphadenitis
    Surgical Treatment
    Role of Surgical Excision in Benign Lymphadenopathy
    Role of Surgical Treatment in Malignant Lymphadenopathy
    Primary Lymphoma
    Lymph Node Metastases and Regional Lymph Node Dissection Conclusions and Future Directions
    Cross-References
    References
    3 Disorders of Salivary Glands
    Introduction
    Anatomy of the Salivary Glands
    Diagnostic Evaluation
    History
    Physical Examination
    Radiographic Imaging
    Laboratory Studies
    Biopsy
    Sialoendoscopy
    Salivary Gland Pathology
    Congenital Salivary Gland Pathology
    Branchial Cleft Anomalies
    Vascular Malformations
    Acquired Salivary Gland Pathology
    Inflammatory Disease
    Bacterial Sialadenitis
    Viral Sialadenitis
    Chronic Sialadenitis and Sialolithiasis
    Granulomatous Disease Mucoceles and Mucous Retention Cysts
    Sialorrhea and Ptialism
    Salivary Neoplasms
    Benign Neoplasms
    Hemangiomas
    Pleomorphic Adenoma (Benign Mixed Tumor)
    Warthin Tumor (Papillary Cystadenoma Lymphomatosum)
    Sialoblastoma
    Malignant Neoplasms
    Mucoepidermoid Carcinoma
    Acinic Cell Carcinoma
    Adenoid Cystic Carcinoma
    Rhabdomyosarcoma
    Surgical Considerations
    Conclusion and Future Directions
    Cross-References
    References
    4 Torticollis
    Introduction
    Definitions and Terminology
    Differential Diagnosis of Torticollis Torticollis Due to a Tight Sternomastoid Muscle (Congenital Torticollis, Sternomastoid Tumor, Sternomastoid Fibrosis).
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    senior medical and critical care editor, Kevin M. Creamer ; senior surgical editor, Michael M. Fuenfer.
    Digital Access R2Library 2016
  • Digital
    Zacharias Zachariou, editor.
    Summary: This updated volume offers a praxis-oriented and up-to-date overview of all subjects in paediatric surgery according to the European Training Requirements for Paediatric Surgery ( Approved by UEMS in April 2020). Written by experts in the field, Pediatric Surgery Digest aims to give readers quick access to information on all aspects of pediatric surgery, as well as interdisciplinary topics related to paediatrics, adult surgery, obstetrics, and other disciplines working with children. Practical information on child-adapted dosage for pharmacotherapy as well as age-specific injury patterns from scalding in young children to spleen rupture in teenaged vehicle users are taken into consideration. The role of surgery in modern pediatric oncology is also covered.

    Contents:
    1. What is Pediatric Surgery?
    2. Timing of operations in pediatric surgical patients
    3. Preoperative management
    4. The newborn as a pediatric surgical patient
    5. Enteral / Parenteral nutrition
    6. Emergencies / Resuscitation
    7. Blood / Blood-products transfusion
    8. Pain management
    9. Wounds / Surgical techniques
    10. Minimal invasive surgery principles
    11. Imaging in Pediatric Surgery
    12. Expert opinion
    13. Special situations
    14. Birth Trauma
    15. Skull
    16. Spinal column
    16. Face
    17. Neck
    18. Thorax
    19. Diaphragm
    20. Esophagus
    21. Abdominal wall
    22. Abdomen
    23. Stomach and Duodenum
    24. Intestinal congenital malformations
    25. Intestinal diseases
    26. Anorectal diseases
    27. Inflammatory bowel diseases
    28. Blunt abdominal trauma
    29. Liver and Pancreas
    30. Liver and Pancreas
    31. Pediatric surgical oncology
    32. Urogenital Tract
    33. Penis
    34. Testicles
    35. Vagina and External female genitalia
    36. Ovarian cysts
    37. Kidney and Bladder
    38. Kidney insufficiency
    39. Skin and Soft tissues
    40. Osteoarticular system
    41. Skeletal system
    42. Embryology
    43. Vaccinations
    44. Notifiable infectious diseases
    45. Fever types
    46. Catheter sizes
    47. Reference values
    48. Commonly used pharmaceuticals
    49. Syndromes.
    Digital Access Springer 2022

Lane Library Bookmarklet

Lane Library Bookmarklet

To install, drag this button to your browser bookmarks or tools bar.

What is it?

Lane Library Bookmarklet

Bookmark on Other Websites

Bookmark on Lane

  • To Install, Right Click this Button.
  • Select "Add to Favorites" (click “Continue” if you see a security alert)
  • From the "Create in" menu, select “Favorites Bar” (IE8, IE9) to install
  • Once installed it will look like this
  • Click "Bookmark on Lane" to bookmark any webpage
  • Your saved bookmark will appear on this page
To Install, Right Click this Button.

What is it?

Beyond Stanford

Derived from Current Medical Diagnosis & Treatment, AccessMedicine's Quick Medical Diagnosis & Treatment provides topic reviews with key diagnostic and treatment features for more than 500 diseases.

A repository of medical knowledge from internal medicine, cardiology, genetics, pharmacy, diagnosis and management, basic sciences, patient care, and more.

Continuously expanding, all databases in the repository contain the latest editions of selected medical titles.

MicroMedex: Premier pharmaceutical information source containing multiple databases and drug reference tools. Of particular value is DRUGDEX Evaluations, one of the most comprehensive drug sources available. DynaMed is a clinical information resource used to answer questions quickly at the point-of-care. Easy-to-interpret Levels of Evidence help clinicians rapidly determine the quality of the available evidence.

Biomedical and pharmacological abstracting and indexing database of published literature, by Elsevier. Embase® contains over 32 million records from over 8,500 currently published journals (1947-present) and is noteworthy for its extensive coverage of the international pharmaceutical and alternative/complementary medicine literature.

Scopus is the largest abstract and citation database of peer-reviewed literature: scientific journals, books and conference proceedings. A drug information resource containing: American Hospital Formulary System (AHFS), drug formulary for Lucile Packard Children's Hospital (LPCH) and Stanford Hospital & Clinics (SHC), Lexi-Drugs (adverse reactions, dosage and administration, mechanism of action, storage, use, and administration information), Lexi-Calc, Lexi-ID, Lexi-I.V. Compatibility (King Guide), Lexi-Interact, and Lexi-PALS. Cumulative Index to Nursing and Allied Health Literature (CINAHL) contains coverage of nursing and allied health literature. A knowledge database that provides access to topic reviews based on over 6000 clinically relevant articles. The evidence-based content, updated regularly, provides the latest practice guidelines in 59 medical specialties. Provides critical assessments of systematic reviews compiled from a variety of medical journals. Selects from the biomedical literature original studies and systematic reviews that are immediately clinically relevant and then summarizes these articles in an enhanced abstract with expert commentary.

Multidisciplinary coverage of over 10,000 high-impact journals in the sciences, social sciences, and arts and humanities, as well as international proceedings coverage for over 120,000 conferences.

Includes cited reference searching, citation maps, and an analyze tool.

Features systematic reviews that summarize the effects of interventions and makes a determination whether the intervention is efficacious or not.

Cochrane reviews are created through a strict process of compiling and analyzing data from multiple randomized control trials to ensure comprehensiveness and reliability.

Provides systematic coverage of the psychological literature from the 1800s to the present through articles, book chapters and dissertations. PIER (Physicians' Information and Education Resource) is a Web-based decision-support tool designed for rapid point-of-care delivery of up-to-date, evidence-based guidance for primary care physicians. Cochrane Central Register of Controlled Trials (CENTRAL) provides access to 300,000 controlled trials that have been identified the Cochrane Collaboration. Provides drug information targeted for patients. A continually updating drug monograph. ECRI Guidelines Trust: A comprehensive database of evidence-based clinical practice guidelines and related documents. MedlinePlus: A repository of health information from the National Library of Medicine. Links are from trusted sites. No advertising, no endorsement of commercial companies or products LPCH CareNotes via MicroMedex: Patient education handouts customized by LPCH clinical staff Micromedex Lab Advisor: Evidence based laboratory test information Provides patient handouts from the American Academy of Family Physician.

Largest, broadest eBook package; covers all sciences, as well as technology (including software), medicine, and humanities.

In addition to covering Wiley and Springer, MyiLibrary is also the only provider for Oxford and Cambridge University Press titles. No seat restrictions.

A collection of biomedical books that can be searched directly by concept, and linked to terms in PubMed abstracts.

A web-based, decision support system for infectious diseases, epidemiology, microbiology and antimicrobial chemotherapy. The database, updated weekly, currently includes 337 diseases, 224 countries, 1,147 microbial taxa and 306 antibacterial (-fungal, -parasitic, -viral) agents and vaccines.

Over 10,000 notes outline the status of specific infections within each country.

Large number of high quality software and database programming titles from O'Reilly. Other software titles are also available from Sams and Prentice Hall. Limited to 7 concurrent users. Includes peer-reviewed life science and biomedical research protocols compiled from Methods in Molecular Biology, Methods in Molecular Medicine, Methods in Biotechnology, Methods in Pharmacology and Toxicology, Neuromethods, the Biomethods Handbook, the Proteomics Handbook, and Springer Laboratory Manuals. Contains full text access to selected biomedical and nursing books.

Provides online, full-text access to Springer's journal titles as well as journals from other publishers.

Subjects include: life sciences, chemical sciences, environmental sciences, geosciences, computer science, mathematics, medicine, physics and astronomy, engineering and economics. Also includes eBooks.

Collection of over 8 thousand fulltext titles in engineering, math, and basic and applied biomedical research. Coverage is from 1967 to the present. A library of ebooks on a wide array of topics, digitized and made available online in conjunction with the original publishers.